<^, IMAM IVAUIATtON TEST TARGET (MT-S) % ^#> t 1.0 u^l^ 111 "* — 2.0 u I'^i m L25 i 1.4 1^ y] ^;. y /^ Photographic Sciences Corporation us WeST MAIN STRUT VVPRSTEJt N.r. 1 «5eo (7)6) it; ;;-4503 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche CIHM/ICMK Collection de microfiches. C»n*(N«ft ImtfiuM fof Hitt«triC4it Microf •productions / Institut c*nadi^*n ck micrcK«4»roductions historiqu«» W i m/H i in iw ^ wimmi ft Itm iNKtitiiM Kit MMm*««i« to oMle considering the conditkM* *ntf li |l»< l t y •#the Qriginal copy and in iceeping with ^HH iWfning contract specifications. Oi-iginai copies in printed paper covers ate flTmt^ beginning with the front cover and ending v»n ih9 last page with a printed or iilustrfcted impret* sion, or the bacic cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a prtniert «|- illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche •hall contain the symbol — ^^-Imeaning "COM* TINUED"). or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Afbint indlitflMi «1 4ili ll|«4 Vea images suivantes ont «ti iepr«tftrftae avec tt litus grand soin, campte tenu de la coftititiDA at S4(1>I) BABENTS'S THBEE VOYAGES TO THE ARCTIC RHSIONa >«. LIV. f i I . .«ii — ^t ^ L » II >^^im«P^iaBPHMHWqMiBHHH I o I i I o o i^a w w ia O O \ • •' • • »"" • ^dMF\\ h F.oLann«in.Li*b. { ..i 111 I ' t i f'i j:n • . $•/ .riih Ui?_ : H' iv ^ \D AKfttiJt. lAKfrr >SDOh m •^«H;}KTY ■*,«!«'*»•-■»;:. mmtF :*l ■.Wm0Mmin1^sai 60» t--'^S!fW$3f*Sii»in ium» j^ ^ f f U .- »^ ' rj^i-': It ' » ' * * ^M.'.. ^. ■ ij,*/*' /' < *«» ■^' / n •ic; ■^'.- r I / Kf ! i ? '^-w-il*,*^ -^^ ♦■•It'** . -Wt"' '4 c«s«i ^'^ '*-14 '•-««•-■ .:%. •••. ^ A ■ i^' tf^^ ^' r *^\ .••! *•■■••• ^P •^'f. t • • .„.-.*or:-j' ■ i!... a t ,■«■;' r ^" I /m I Fl-fe-iv^ its., \ %. *"W«Sk»w«' '5»r*-^»«r-*' ,..(jf;' .1 *• 'iPV-S u TJIE TIIliEE TOIAGES or WILLIAM BARENTS "lij Jijit; ARCTIC REGIONS (UHIM^MB •7 OBBBIf TEE II ORABI.RS T. ilEKE« I8S1. fiMM limikM.««s]t^ Six. PRlJIfEB fmi THE HA^LUYT SOCIET? WDCCCLKIVI. fJvn 5 ^ C^*^)^: ^^...-.... t;, I. BtOHABDS, ri", OnF.\T (JltEBH STBERT, \V,r, COUNCIL THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY. Thb Right Hon. Sib DAVID DUNDAS, Pbbsidsnt ADMiEAt C. R. DRINKWATER BETHUNE, C.B Majob-Gknebal Sib HENRY RAWLINSON W. A. TYSSBN AMHURST, Es(j. Ret. Db. G. p. BADGER, D.C.L., F.R.G.S. J. BARROW. Esq.. F.R.S. Vice-Admibal Sib RICHARD COLLINSON, K.C.U. Captain CRUTTENDEN. EGERTON V. HARCOURT, Esq, CHARLES GREY, Es\ a better port, which was necessary, and found inside .. ;■? land all separated and broken and some islands, where .. ill ood anchorage in several spots. ■' Jrno 23. Looked for our true meridian by means of the Astronomical Circle, and found before noon 11, and after noon 16 degrees declination, that the compasses, or the needle turned towards the N.W., so that the circle proved not correct. We went out of the bay to seek how far the coast could extend itself, for the weather was very clear. Could not perceive the end of the land, which extended itself S. \ B., 28 miles, as far as a high and mountainous cape, c 2 fl XX INTRODUCTION TO ' (' which looked as if it was an island. At midnight took the altitude of the sun 13°, so that we were at the latitude of 79° 24'. "June 24. Before noon it was calm, with the wind S.W. The land (along which wo shaped our course) was for the greatest part broken, rather high, and consisted only of mountains and pointed hills; for which reason avo gave it the name of ' Spitsbergen'.^ We sailed about S.W. and S.W. l S., 28 miles, and then we were about 40 or 48 miles from the spot where wo had anchored the first time more easterly. "In the evci- we again kept out from the land, the rorth-western pou. of it was N.E. of us, and steered out of the coast W. and W. \ S., 32 miles. Until the end of the first watch, sailed towards the east, and steered S.E., 32 miles, until noon of the 25tli. Then came close to the land, and sailed with wind aft, N.N.E., 8 miles. And an- chored behind a cape in 18 fathoms sandy bottom ; and it seamed to us there was ebb and flow, for we found in the time of 12 hours a current running from the S.W. and another running from the N.E., so strong that the buoys of our anchors hid themselves under the water. This bay, in which we were, ran rather far inland, with still another in- terior creek; on the south side there was a low cape, ' ohind which one could sail, keeping along the northern coast and stopping behind the cape, having shelter from all winds. Our men found there teeth of walrus or sea-cows, for which reason we called that bay ' Teeth-bay'. We also found there much dung of stags, and some wool as of sheep. Just south of the cape was a little creek, like a harbour. "June 20. We had the wind north, made sail, and steered S. \ E., 40 miles. At noon we arrived between the moun- tainous cape and the ierra ^^r»m, thinking that the moun- tainous capo was an island. We sailed within S. \ E. and S., and being a little distance inside the cap 3, we found the depth 12 and 10 fathoms good sandy bottom, and being 1 Spits- (pointed) Borgeu (mountains). THE SECOND EDITION. XXI entered, 32 miles ; there was. a depth of 50 fathoms stony bottom, and the land was all covered with snow. Entering about 20 miles between the cape and the coast of the terra firma, we found that the ape, which we thought to be an island, was attached by a sand-bank to the land; for we found a depth of 5 fathoms. There was ice on the shallows, so that we were obliged to return. That cape, which we thought to be an island, lies at 79° 5' latitude ; we called it * Cape Bird', because thei'e were so many birds upon it and in the neighbourhood. "June 27. It was calm, so that we remained floating, without being ablo to advance between Cape Bird and the land. "June 28. We rounded it, and then sailed S.S.W., 24 miles, always keeping along the land, which was very moun- tainous and sharp, with a beautiful shore. We sailed south and S. \ E., 24 miles, and afterwards S. \ W., 12 miles. Found, at noon, the latitude to be 78g°, and we were then in the neighbourhood of ice. Sailed same distance seaward, to keep clear of the ice, and sailed thus along the edge of the ice and in the neighbourhood of the land S.E. \ S., 28 mi'os. And then we were close to a largo bay, which ex- tended iiself in the land E.N.E., and was on both sides high and mountainous. Sailed with N.N.E. wind abaft till night all along the coast, S.S.E. and S. \ W., 20 miles. Then again there was a large bay, in which was much ice under the land. To keep out of the ice we steered a little W.S.W., and sailed S. \ W., IG miles. Came into the ice, for which reason we sailed S.W. 12 miles. " June 29. Continued, with a north wind, to sail S.E. \ E. and S.S.E. 20 miles. All along the coast, till noon, south 16 miles, and found at noon the latitude of 70° 50'. Sailed south and S.S.E. without finding land, until we saw Bear Island, on the first of July." This is all that Hessel Gerritsz has copied out of the log of Barendsz himself, as he earnestly assures us. ^P^SS XXII INTRODUCTION TO I Dr. Beke, speaking in his introduction of this ex- tract, says : — " Want of time and space prevents us from giving the subject any lengthened consideration. But from what we have been able to make out, our impression decidedly is, that it was never written by Bai-endsz, but was attributed to him solely for the purpose of giving to it an authority which it might otherwise not have possessed." Dr. Beke then gives his arguments in support of this opinion, and in order to refute them Mr. MuUer makes the following remarks : — I do not see (he says) why, after the death of Barendsz, the important ship's log shoidd have fallen into the hands of an inferior officer, even had he been a friend of the deceased. It would seem more probable, that after Barendsz's death the skipper and supercargo, Jakob Heemskerck, would have taken all possible care of that interesting docu- ment, and, on his return to his native country, would have delivered it to Plancius, or others entitled to it. Admitting that the log came into the hands of Plancius, we are not at all surprised that he should allow the perusal \.-''its contents by his friend Hessel Gerritsz, to assist him in his work of proving that the Dutch were the real discoverers of Spitsber- gen. Dr. Beke's chief argument against the authenticity of the extract above given, is that in it, instead of Greenland, the newly discovered land is spoken of as being Spitsbergen, a name, according to him, only given to that island years afterwards. But Barendsz's THE SECOND EDITION. xxm opinion that they sailed along Greenland is no reason why they should not have given the name of Spits- bergen to a part of that coast. Mr. De Jonge, assistant-keeper of the Royal Archives at the Hague, and author of the ** History of the Dutch East Indies Company", sets at least this question at rest by making mention of evidence which he found in the Archives at the Hague, given by Barendsz's companion, Captain Rijp, before the magistrates of Delft, in which it is said : — " And we gave to that land the name of Spitsbergen, for the great and high points that were on it." De Veer,^ it is true, does not make any mention of this name in his account, but the extract from the ship's log of William Barendsz, as Hessel Gerritsz gives it, contains other peculiarities, which are not found in " De Veer". Dr. Beke, moreover, brings a charge against Hessel Gerritsz of having intentionally invented wrong courses, but there is no reason why he should have done so. For, in order to prove the discovery of Spitsbergen by the Dutch, he had only to refer to the work of " De Veer", and the inven- tion of new courses would in no respect have ^ Gerrit de Veer, son of Albert de Veer and Cornelia van Adri- chera, belonged to an old and illustrious Dutch family. He was a younger brother of Ellert de Veer, who occupied the position of Councillor of Amsterdam, when Gerrit de Veer undertook his voyage to Novaya Zemlya. In April IGIO, Ellert de Veer was sent to England as plenipotentiary, on which occasion he was knighted by James I. Gerrit de Veer died, unmarried, abroad. — Heraldic Library, 1874. ' XXIV INTRODUCTION TO ; stronffthcncd his aiijiiments. The difference in the statements of the courses, and here and there in the account of the circumstances, proves sufficiently that we have here to do with two quite distinct docu- ments. And then, as Mr. Muller remai-ks, the journal of Barendsz, which gives fewer anecdotes but more courses, merits even more confidence than the in- distinct statements of De Veer. The very accurate account kept of the courses, as well as of the obser- vations, the total neglect of all that could give the journal an agreeable form, everything, in fact, con- cerning it, marks the extract as being a log, that is to say, a work not destined to be used as a pleasant history of the voyage. Moreover, Barendsz's state- ments are much more correct. Barendsz gives con- tinually, and with great accuracy, the courses which are often changed several times on the same day, whilst De Veer says repeatedly : "The courses were about northerly", without giving any further indi- cation. Barendsz gives what happened every day, whilst De Veer sometimes omits a few days. But the journal of De Veer especially loses in value when we come to compare his account with that of Barendsz. At once we perceive that he did not keep a strict daily account, but rather that he had written it at different intervals during the voyage ; f jr whilst in the main points both accounts quite coincide, the clironology of De Veer is entirely incorrect. Combining all these arguments, we may come to the final conclusion : — that the extract given THE SECOND EDITION. XXV by Hessel Gerritsz is truly taken from Barendsz's log, and as such merits more credit than the account of De Veer. This granted, we see that Barendsz's true track does not go north along the east coast, as Dr. Beke believes, but runs up along the west side of the land. Dr. Beke and Dr. Petermann have supposed Barendsz to have sailed up the east side, and to have circumnavigated the largest island in the group. This is not possible, for then Barendsz would have known it to be an island, and therefore could never have thought it to be a part of Greenland. The track as Dr. Petermann lays it down, has, up to the present day, never been followed by any known ship, although in the last ten years many attempts have been made. One of the most successful of these voyages was tliat of Captain Nilsen, a Norwegian, who, in the remarkably favourable season of 1872, with his schooner De Freia, pushed as far as 79° 20' N. lati- tude, the farthest point yet attained, on the east coast of Spitsbergen, coming from the south. Ar- riving at the very entrance of Hinlopen Strait, Cap- tain Nilsen was prevented by impenetrable pack-ice from entering that strait, and had, after sighting Cape Torel], to retrace his steps. The question whether Barendsz went north along the west or along the east coast of Spitsbergen, has been fully treated by Mr. P. A. Tiele, archivaris at Leyden, who has also demonstrated that the ship's track, laid down in the chart of J. Hondius, "Tabula XXVI INTRODUCTION TO lit I i Geographica" of the year 1598/ has been printed after a drawing of William Barendsz himself With the extract from the log of Barendsz in our hand, and following the chart, we believe the true track of Barendsz'a third voyage to have been as follows : — On the 18th of May, 1596, the two ships left the Netherlands, and arrived on the 10th of June at Bear Island ; from whence they departed on the 13th, shaping their course in a north-westerly direc- tion. In the evening of the 14th, or in the morning of the 15th, they fancied they saw land.* On the 15th they made more easting, till at the beginning of the first watch, when they began to steer again more north. On this course they made, till noon of the 16th, 84 nautical miles. The weather was foggy, and prevented their seeing any land to- wards the east. There they encountered ice, and sailed along the edge of it as much as the wind allowed, and late on the 17th they saw high land, entirely covered with snow. Till noon of the 20th they continued, 'a latitude about 80°, to sail along that land, when they had the western point of the land S.S.W., only 20 miles. Continuing to sail S.S.W. and S.W. ^ S., they passed two bays, which both stretched into the land towards 1 This chart is also to be found, with a few additions, in Asher's Hudson the Navigator, and in Pontanus' Histoi'y of Am- sterdam, 1614. ' The south point of Prince Charles's Foreland 1 THE SECOND EDITION. XXVll the south.' In the evening of that day they made a fresh effort towards the N. W., but were again hindered by the ice from pushing further north, and had to return, anchoring on the evening of the 21st close under the land, in 18 fathoms, sandy bottom, sur- rounded by several rocks, of which one was split, *• very good to recognise".^ On the 22nd they inspected, with one of their boats, the north-westerly point of the land, which they found to be only islands with many good anchor- ages.^ The following day they went out of the bay, and, the weather being very clear, they saw the coast stretching in a southerly direction, and found at midniglit the latitude to be 79° 34'. In the even- ing they again made a vain effort to push farther in a more westerly direction. On the 25tli tliey anchored in a bay,^ about 10 miles north of a high point, which they afterwards chris- tened Cape Bird. That bay ran rather far inland, and by sailing round its northern shore, it was pos- sible on the south side of the bay to find shelter from all winds behind a low point. Early in the morning of the 26th they weighed the anchor, made sail, and arrived at noon between the * The Red Bay and the Zeeniosche Bay, with tha Archipelago and the Mauritius Bay 1 2 Cloven ClitF, and the other islands of the archipelago ? 3 The north-western archipelago, with Amsterdam and Danish Islands 1 * Magdalena Bay. . ' -lU l L- P U t XXVlll INTRODUCTION TO mountainous cape and the terra firma/ After sail- ing about 20 miles in a southerly direction, they saw much ice aground, and on sounding they found only 5 fathoms. These shallows^ obliged them to return, but having to strive with foul winds, and being becalmed, they only, on the 28th, rounded the mountainous cape, which they called "Cape Bird", " because there were so many birds upon it and in the neighbourhood." This cape lay in 79° 5' N. latitude.' Steering about 60 miles in a sovitherly course, they came close to a large bay, which ran into the land E.N.E.' Twenty miles farther they l^assed another large bay,^ in which was " much ice under the land." To keep clear of the ice the course now became more westerly, and at noon on the 29th, in latitude 7G° 50', they lost sight of the land." Sailing S. and S.S.E. they, on Ihc 1st of July, re- turned to Bear Island, where they agreed to separate. Barendsz, as we know, went to Novaya Zemlya, and llijp steered again towards the north. In deciding whether Rijp steered along the west, or went north along the east coast, opinions are again at variance. Hessel Gerritsz, in the same work, "Histoire de Spitsbergen, etc.", speakmg on this ques- tion, says : — 1 Sir Thomas Smith Bay, 2 What is called in the chart, from Purclms' Ilis PilgnmeSy vol. iii, " The Barr"? 3 Faire Foreland, still known in the Dutch charts as Vogelhoek (Cape Bird)? * ice Sound? ^^ Bell Sound? ' The south point of Spitsbergen ? THE SECOND EDITION. XXIX "Rijp and Barendsz, anchoring at Bear Island on the first of July, diltbrcd mucli in their opinions, Rijp calcu- lated that the spot where they were lay N.E. of the North Capo in Norway, whilst liarendsz, on the contrary, main- tained that it was N.W. Whilst the calculations of Barendsz led him to believe that he was 1000 miles distant from the Ice Capo of Novaya Zeralya, Rijp pretended to bo only 250 miles distant from the same point, and because Barendsz thought it better to extend his knowledge of a land already somewhat known, and thus render easier the passage to the Strait of Anian, they resolved to separate. They both agreed that Rijp should investigate towai'ds the north-west and Barends/i towards the N.E. So that Rijp again set sail towards the north, and came, after marvellous accidents from ice and winds, to the spot whore they had anchored for the first time in 80°. Ho had also been up again to Cape liird, and ho retui'ned from thence with the intention of rejoining Barendsz." This statement of Hessel Gerritsz that Rijp pro- ceeded to the same spot in 80°, where he had ah-eady been in company with Barendsz, agrees with the account of Pontanus in his work on Amsterdam, piibhshed in 1614 ; as well as with the information of Rijp himself, found in the old records by Mr. De Jonge. Pontanus (p. 168), says: "That Rijp pretended they ought to retrace their steps till 80°." Whilst Rijp himself says " that they returned to the same spot where they had first been" (et pr^vient au lieu oil ils avoyent este premierement). This granted, and with the experience of past navigators before us, to prove the almost impossibility of going north along the east coast of Spitsbergen, I t; I !' 1 XXX INTRODUCTION TO ore would be inclined to conclude that Rijp must again have gone up along the west coast. Dr. Beke's opinion, " that nothing worthy of re- mark can have occurred to him, or otherwise it could not have failed to be recorded", seems fully borne out by later research. Sailing up to 80° N. latitude, Rijp fjund his further passage again intercepted by that i^e-barrier which (as we are now aware) yearly obsiructs the sea north of Spitsbergen. Not long after he sailed to Kola, and from thence returned home. It is perfectly clear why Barendsz and Rijp should have followed the west coast in prefer- ence to the east. In his previous expeditions to- wards Novaya Zemlya, Barendsz had had to con- tend with masses of ice constantly driven towards the west, so that he had a perfect knowledge of the western current ; and, consequently, he could not expect to penetrate along the east coast, against which the ice would be accumulating. Not daunted in his heroic purpose by the remem- brance of all the difficulties with which he had to grapple along th(3 coast oi Novaya Zemlya in pene- *>'ai/ing through the pack ice, Barendsz decided upon again trying what could be done in that direction. Subsequent research has added nothing to Dr. Beke's Introduction, as far as the further voyage of Barendsz is concerned ; but we are able to lay before our readers the results of several other Arctic expeditions made by the Dutch after the return THE SECOND EDITION. XXXI on the 29th of October, 1597, of the survivors of Barendsz's heroic companions. The results of the three voyages made before that date had been, as far as their real object was con- cerned, insignificant, and could not be called an en- couragement to make another attempt to find the north-east passage ; aivd, besides this, the necessity to search for it no longer existed. In the same year in which Heemskerck and his companions entered the Maas, Houtman returned to the Netherlands with the first Dutch fleet coming from the East Indies. He had found, without great difficulty, his way to the East Indies, around the Cape of Good Hope, and consequently there was no longer any necessity to find a new route through the Polar ice. But when, in 1602, ilio Dutch East India Com- pany was established, and received, by its charter (to the detriment of all other Netherlands ship- owners), the exclusive permission to sail to the East Indies round the Cape of Good Hope or round Cape Horn, a new inducement was given to the interlopers to seek the northern passage. The East India Com- pany saw the danger which threatened it on that side, and was compelled, in its own interests, if pos- sible, to be the first to discover the north passage, hoping thus to obtain the monopoly of the northern, as it already possessed that of the southern route. The origin of most of the subsequent expeditions can be traced back to the contest between monopoly and free trade. XXXll INTRODUCTION TO . Hudson, the celebrated English navigator, had just returned from his voyage in 1608, when the East India Company seized the opportunity, and in- vited him over to the Netherlands, desiring to re- tain him in their service. After long negociations, an agreement was entered into, in which Hudson engaged to seek the north-east passage. Accordingly, on the 6th of April, 1609, Hudson started from the Texel in a small vessel called De Halve Maan (the Half Moon). But among the interlopers was one Isaac le Maire, a clever merchant and an inveterate adversary of the Company, who, seeing the preparations made for the departure of Hudson, had not remained inactive. Thirty days later, by his zealous exertions, another ship was fitted out, in order, if possible, to out-do Hudson, and, consequently, the hated East India Company. This expedition was under the command of Melchior van Kercklioven, who left the Dutch ports on the oth of May, 1609. Hudson had gone out with instructions to follow the example of Barendsz, in seeking for a passage north of Novaya Zemlya. On this occasion he was again unfortunate ; for, as on his preceding voyage in 1608, he could not succeed in rounding Novaya Zemlya. On the 5 th of May he arrived at the North Cape of Norway ; but before he had sighted Novaya Zemlya he was obliged by his muthious crew to return. On the 1 9th he again passed the North Cape, and T THE SECOND EDITION. XXXlll from thence sailed towards the N.W. to make new discoveries in that direction. In this he was much more successful. On the other hand, the expedition of Isaac le Maire came to no better result. Melchior van Kerck- hoven penetrated some distance into Pet Strait, but finding it perfectly blocked by ice of extraordinary thickness, he was obliged to return without having effected his object. Both these expeditions tended to confirm the opinion already entertained of the great difficulty of finding, in that direction, the passage to the Indies. The number of those who maintained the possibility of finding a way straight across the Pole daily in- creased. So early as 1527 an Englishman, Robert Thorne, vv^ho lived at Sevilla, had strongly recom- mended this direction for reaching the Indies, A warm defender of his doctrines was found in the Dutch cosmographer Plancius. Maim ht of the existence of an open Polar Sea, Plancius argued that the cold gradually augmented as far as 66° latitude, but that from thence to the Pole it asrain de- creased. Accordingly, when in 1610 a certain Helisarius Roslin, medical doctor at Buchsweiler and court phy- sician to the Count of Hanau, presented to the States a small book, in which he attributed the ill-luck of the former expeditions only to taking the wrong direction, this coincided with the views of the sup- porters of the doctrines proclaimed by Plancius. Consequently, in the year following, two Nether- d m m\ XXXIV INTRODUCTION TO landers, Ernst van de Wal and Pieter Aertsz de Jonge, requested the Str tis-General and the Ad- miralty of Amsterdam to assist them in fitting out a new expedition. They positively believed they would find the northern passage, and jokingly remarked • "That the sun at the far north was rather a mann- facturer of salt than of ice". The plan, notwith- standing the disapprobation of many, found sup- port, and in 1611 the Admiralty of Amsterdam decided on giving their sanction to the new expedi- tion. Two ships, De Vos and De Craen, were fitted out for the voyage. As commander of the expe- dition, Jan Cornellsz May, surnamed " The Man- Eater", was appointed. This experienced and skilful sailor had already been, in 1598, among the first Dutch navigators to round the Cape of Good Hope on his way to the Indies. On board of the ship De Vos Ernst van de Walle was appointed super- cargo and Pieter Fransz mate. The ship De Craen, with Pieter Aertsz de Jonge as supercargo and Cor- nells Jansz Mes as mate, was commanded by Symon AVillemsz Cat. On the 18th of Marcli, 101 I, tlie ships started; but, instead of going straight north, they again sailed towards Novaya Zenilya, visited Kostin 8har, but were prevented by the ice from penetrating into the Kara Sea. The ships were so damaged by their col- lisions with the ice, that they were obliged to return to Kildin to repair. From thence they sailed to North America, wintered there, and af'Lor-.vards ex- plored the coast-line between 47° and 42^' N. lati- THE SECOND EDITION. XXXV tude. In one of the attempts to land, Pieter Aertsz de Jonge was killed by the natives. In the beoinnino- of 1G12 the De Craen returned to Holland, but Captain May, with his ship the De Vos, sailed again towards Novaya Zemlya, where he arrived on the 30th of June, 1612. Setting out from thence he sailed to the north, along the coast of the island ; but, notwithstanding his great perseverance, he met with no better success. He was checked by a vast barrier of ice, which stretched itself from the land in a north-westerly direction. He followed Ll.e edge of it until the 14th of July, when he had attained the latitude of 77°, and then returned to the coast of Novayfi Zemlya, where he arrived on the 20th. Between the 2nth of July and the 0th of August he renewed his endeavours, and came as far as 77° 45' N. His attempt to sail straight to the Pole proved a complete failure. On the 2r)th of August he resolved to give up his trials, and to return to Holland, where he safely anchored about the 15th of September. Yet all these misfortunes did not affect the courao-e of the enterprising Netherlands merchants. The many ships which in the following years left the Dutch ports, bovnid on voyages of discovery, were, however, without one exception. «!ent towards the north-west, where Hudson, in the last years, had gathered such unfading laurels. All these trials to the north-west gave, however, no better results than those to the noi'th-east, and after many fruitless ex- d 2. illiii iV'} XX XVI INTRODUCTION TO h I i^ 'I :; peditions in a nortli-westeni direction, we see, in the year 1G24, a return to the old plans of the sixteenth century, which were all based on the principle of following a coast-line. A ship called De Kat, with twenty-four hands on board, and provided with stores for two years and a half, was fitted out to renew the investigations to- wards the north-east. Cornelis Fennisz Bosman was appointed commander of the expedition, whilst Wil- lem Joosten Glimmer accompanied him as super- cargo. As late as the 24th of June they left the Texel with the desifjn to sail alonjj the Russian coast through Pet Strait, in the direction of the Obi. From thence they intended to try to reach Cape Fabin, and seek through Strait Anian the way to Cathay. The highest expectations were entertained of this expedition, but the result did not bear them out. On the 24th of July, passing the island of Kalgo- jew, they reached Novaya Zemlya on the 28th in 70° 5.5 'N. On the 1 0th of August they entered Pet Strait, and only by great exertion did they succeed in push- ing through it. But on the 1 7th, when the sails were frozen as hard as a plank, so as to render all working of the ship impossible, the wind drove the ice-floes with such force against the ship, that it was driven back in the direction of Pet Strait. Anchoring in the strait, they had to contend with very heavy storms. THE SECOND EDITION. XXXVll The ship was parted from her anchors, and the strait getting choked with ice, they resolved to re- treat. Upon tlie return of Bosnian to Holland in the be- ginnii.g of September, without having effected his object, the public was greatly disappointed, and almost denied the strenuous efforts he had made to conquer all difficulties. It seems that after this bad success the Netherlands merchants gave up all trials towards the north-east. The English and Russians who afterwards con- tinued to seek for a passage in that direction did not meet with better success. In the year 167^ an English expedition was sent towards the north-east ; but the conmiander, Wood, only explored the edge of the ice between Spits- bergen and Novaya Zemlya, without rounding this latter island. llussian wfilrus-hunters and fishermen have also made many excursions in the seas around Novaya Zemlya. The greater part of the llussian expedi- tions were made with the object of reaching the Siberian rivers. Seldom did they go along the east coast northward of Matthew's Strait. In the Archlu fiir WissenschiiftUche Kunde ran Rusland, these excursions are dcvscribed more or less completely. Chronological order is adhered to, and this rather detailed account of the Russian expeditions extends from the year 101)0 down to the voyages of Liitke, Biier, and Krusenstci ii. Oiie of the most remarkable recorded is that of [ . I I I I XXXVlll INTRODUCTION TO the Russian navigator, Sawwa Loschkin, in 1760, of which it is written : — " That in the year 1760 a certain Sawwii Liischkin from Olonoz, formed the bold design of exploring the east coast of Novaya Zemlya, because this coast, till then never visited by Russian hunters, would surpass all other places in abun- dance of fur-auiuials. From this account of the expedition, which in a nautical point of view h-is never been surpassed, we know that Loscbkin sailed along the east coast from Buvrougli Strait, as far as the N.E. point of Novaya Zemlya in 70° 9'. During this unprecedented voyage he had to overcome so many obstacles, in consequence of the ice, that he was obliged to winter twice on the east coast, and to use three summers in sailing to the N.E. point," This information leads Mr. de Jonge to the con- clusion that Loschkin must have wintered much more southwardly than Barendsz, else he would not have wanted three summers to reach the north-east point. For the rest, that the Russians seldom visited the north-east coast of Novaya Zemlya may be proved from the fact that, on a chart of the Northern Polar Sea of 18G4, drawn after Russian data and published in the review of Erman, above alluded to, the north- east coast of Novaya Zemlya is laid down between 75° N. and 76° 59', as being very uncertain and doubt- ful, and only with the three old Dutch names — "Ice Harbour, Cape Flessingue, and Cape of Desire".^ The Russian admiral, Liitke, who was employed in surveying the coast of Novaya Zemlya from 1821 to 1824, made all his attempts along the west coast, without being able, however, to round Cape Nassau. ' Mr. iJc Jongo, Novn/ii Zcmh/a, \i. 21. THE SECOND EDITION. XXXIX All these trials, made towards the north-east, fully show us the great difficulties which Barendsz had to encounter, and the gallant perseverance which en- abled him to penetrate thus far into the frozen seas. A greater proof of this exists in the fact that in 1872 we find that the steamer Tegethof, under the skilful command of Lieutenant Weyprecht, not only failed in rounding Novaya Zemlya, but was entirely closed in by the mighty ioe-floes, and driven power- lessly towards the north-east. However, the sea north of Novaya Zemlya was not always found obstructed by the ice. During a favourable season ships could penetrate far to the north-east without the slightest difficulty. This was often proved by the old Dutch whalers or walrus-hunters, who, sail- ing north of Novaya Zemlya, even passed into the Kara Sea. The journal of Gerrit de Veer sufficiently proves that the year 1596 was by no means a favourable season. The Dutch walrus-hunters, among others Theunis Ys, Cornelis Roule, and William de Vlam- ingh,^ repeatedly frequented these seas north of Novaya Zemlya ; but we find no mention made of their having discovered Barendsz's winter quarters. Skipper William de Vlamingh seems to have passed nearest to it. Witsen, in his work, North and East Tartary, speaks of this skipper's voyage thus : — ~ m ' See "Notes on the Ice between Greenland and Novaya Zem- lya", by Captain M. H. Janseu, of the Dutch Navy {Proceedings of the R.G.S., vol. ix, No. iv, p. 170). ^ Mr. de Jonge, Xovaya Zemlya, p. 25. ; If T . ■ HL - ig.Ji-iW-IU I L g J-g ■ ■ ■JJ-il- xl INTRODUCTION TO "I was informed by skipper William de Vlamingh of Oost Vlielead, that when he sailed in the year 1004 to catch whales, he succeeded in passing along tho northern shore of Novaya Zemlya, and rounded tho N.E. point of the island in order to try and be more prosperous in his fishery than he had been towards the west. Steering S. and S.W. he came near or about the house in wliich Heemskerck had wintered in the year 1596. From the house he sailed E.S.E. till in about 74° latitude, where he saw nothing but open water. He afterwards sailed back in the same direction, and 16 days after having lost sight of Novaya Zemlya he again anchored ia the Vlie." Combining all the information we find in the work of Witsen, there are reasons for believing that De Vlamingh went on shore on the west and on the north coasts of Novaya Zemlya, but not on the east coast. Mr. de Jonge, speaking about this whaling cruise, remarks : — " According to this account Vlamingh would have beer near the house of Barendsz or thereabout, but Witsen does not say that Vlamingh went on shore there. This infor- mation leads us to conclude that Vlamingh did not see the wintering house at all, but simply presumed that he had been near to it or thereabout, or else surely he would not have failed to have mentioned it. For the rest, the account of Witsen is rather vague, and exclusively depends upon verbal com- munications. These old voyages of the Dutch wal- rus-hunters, as well as those of the Norwegian fishermen in the present day, clearly show us that here, as well as in every other part of the Arctic Re- gions, a favourable season might allow the fortunatf THE SECOND EDITION. xli navigator who happens to be on the spot to pene- tmte in a few days further than any of liis pre- decessors, notwithstanding their unequalled perse- verance and 'mergy. Within the last ten years the Norwegians, like the Dutch walrus-hunters of old, have been making continual inroads into the Kara Sea. This has been principally due to the discovery of rich fishing- grounds in that direction. The first of these Nor- wegian explorers was Captain Carlsen. With a small fishing-boat of Hammerfest he sailed through Pet Strait, and, following the Siberian coast, he reached White Island, near the mouth of the Obi river, without having fallen in with any signs of ice. It was, indeed, a bold undertaking to penetrate thus with so small a boat into the Kara Sea ; but Captain Carlsen was fully rewarded for the risk he had run, in making a vast capture of blubber-yielding animals, which handed him over a profit of £1,100. The voyage of the intrepid English wah'us-hunter. Captain Palliser, who in that same season sailed as far as the north coast of Novaya Zemlya, was of no less importance. Being about half a degree north of Cape Nassau, he fell in with extensive ice-fields, which, however, were soon broken up by stormy weather. Captain Palliser writes : — " After the ice was broken up and driven away by the lieavy galcv-., I believe I could have circumnavigated all Novaya Zcml^'a without much trouble. We were however prevented from doing so, on account of having on board I »i l ll l«l ■ I I ■ r ii I ! xlii INTRODUCTION TO the crew of a wrecked fishing smack. For this reason a great decrease in our provisions had taken place, and conse- quently our store would not have been sufficient for so long a voyage." Captain Palliser then shaped his course south, came through Matthew's Strait into the Kara Sea, and penetrated to within three or four miles of White Island. However, both these voyages were surpassed in intrepidity by the interesting cruise of the Nor- wegian, Captain Johannesen. On the 1st of May 1869, the schooner Nordlnnd, Captain E. H. Johannesen, anchored at the Mersdu- scharsky Island, south of Kostin Shar. After sail- ing for some time in the direction of Burrough Strait, Captain Johannesen changed his course north- wardly, and keeping the west coast continually in sight, he eventually passed Matthew's Strait on the 9th of June. Ten days later he was close to Cape Nassau, where he experienced a strong easterly current. From here, turning south, the Nordland sailed on the 1 7th of July through Matthew's Strait, and run- ning south in the land-water along the east coast, Captain Johannesen was, on the 26th July, in Bur- rough Strait. At once he resolved to penetrate into the Kara Sea. He followed the low coast of the country of the Samoyeds in an easterly and after- wards north-easterly direction, and found himself on the 8th of August in the immediate neighbourhood of White Island without having been hindered by the ice. THE SECOND EDITION. xliii The day following he shaped his course north-west, and attained, on the 15th of August, the estimated latitude of 75° 6' N. and 71° E. longitude, where he encountered his first ice. Thence, in a westerly- direction, he returned to Novtvya Zemlya, which he sijrhted on the 2Uth in 75° 10' N. latitude and 04° E. longitude. Pie now sailed along the east coast, and passed through Burrough Strait on his homeward voyage. He had repeatedly encountered a heavy swell from the south-east, but had scarcely met with ice. He must, undoubtedly, have been close to Barendsz's winter house, which is placed by Captain Carlson in 70° 12' N. latitude and 08° E. longitude. Induced by these advantageous voyages, several Norwegian fishermen entered the Kara Sea in the following year. Again the skilful Captain Johannesen made a cruise which almost surpassed his former one, having this time circumnavigated Novaya Zemlya, a feat never before achieved. He visited the east coast of that island, passing close to, but without perceiving, Barendsz's winter quarters. F. Torkildsen, commander of the schooner Alpha, was less fortunate. On the 24th of June he passed through Burrough Strait and entered the Kara Bay, where he, on the 13tli of July, in 68° 40' N. latitude and 08° E. longitude, lost his ship. The crew was, however, saved. Captain E. A. Ulve sailed with his schooner Samson along the west coast of Novaya Zemlya, and on the 1st of August attained the high — ■i ; ill H ll>>l H .>.r3gyt ,, MWWl|lll H a.»l ^^^^ miV mm xliv INTRODUCTlOx. TO H |i ? f T' latitude of 76° 47' in 59° 17' E. longitude, without sighting any ice. Entering on the 8th of August through Matthew's Strait into the Kara Sea, and keeping between White Island and the island of Vaigat, he, on the 24th of August, when homeward-bound, sailed through Burrou^h Strait. F. E. Mack, with his schooner Polarstern, found, on the 5th of July, Matthew's Strait blocked up with ice ; but thirteen days afterwards he sailed through it, and after crossing the Kara Sea in all directions, returned on the 21st of August through Burrough Strait. Another navigator, Captain P. Quale, pushed more eastwardly. With his yacht, the Johan Mary, he, in the latitude of 75° 20' N., attained the longitude of 74° 35', and thus found himself t .stward of the meridian which goes across the mouth of the Obi River. The following year, encouraged by the partial success of these cruises, we find the Norwegian seal- hunters again entering this new and prosperous ground. The southern entries being closed by the ice, the captains directed their course northwardly, in order to penetrate into the Kara Sea by rounding Novaya Zcmlya. Passing over in silence the cruises of Captain F. C. Mack and those of the brothers Johannesen, we come to the interesting voyage of Captain Carlson, the first navigator, who, since 1597, has entered the Ice Harboi.r of Barendsz. Captain EUing Carlson, with I THE SECOND EDITION. xlv his sloop The Solid, left the harbour of Hammerfest on the 22nd of May, 1871. When rounding the North Cape of Norway, he met with very heavy squalls and snow-storms from the north-west. On the 28th he passed Vardo, and on the 10th of June, in 68° N. latitude and 40° 36' E. longitude, at the northern outlet of the White Sea, he fell in with the first ice. On the 16th of June he met two other ships, of which the one had already killed five hundred and the other a thousand seals. On the 19th of July Captain Carlson reached the coast of Novaya Zemlya, in the neighbourhood of Mersduscharsky Island, and shaping his course to- wards the north, he passed Cape Nassau, rounded Novaya Zemlya, and anchored on the 18th of August at Cape Hooft, on the east coast. On the 24th of August, when he had advanced in a southerly direction almost as far as 76° N. latitude, he observed much drift ice at a distance of forty miles from the coast. On the 29th of August Carlsen again steered north, and anew anchored at Cape Hooft. North of Mat- thew's Strait, Captain Carlsen had fallen in with Captain F. Mack, who wjis provided with better in- struments, supplied by the Meteorological Institu- tion at Christiania. By means of these instruments, both captains made very correct observations, with such success that they noted down the north-east point of Novaya Zemlya as lying in 67° 30' E. longi- tude, instead of in 73°, as was given in the latest charts. Thev found that the land to the north-east —I | ii n - we had found the ruined house. At noon we anchored in the bay, and went again on shore and found several things, viz., candlesticks, tankards with lid of zinc, a sword, a halberd head, two books, several navigation in- struments, an iron chest already quite rusted. "Wednesday, 13. Gale from the W.N.W. At noon we went under sail, but as we made a little south the wind shifted to the S.W., and in order to keep off we had to let go both anchors. Storm with snow. 8 o'clock pumped the ship free. During the night, light bree/iC. "Thursday, 14. Calm with clear sky. 4 o'clock in the morning we went ashore further to investigate the winter- ing place. On digging we found again several objects, such as drumsticks, a hilt of a sword, and speax's. Altogether it seemed that the people had been equipped in a war-like manner, but nothing was found which could indicate the presence of human reinains. On the beach we found pieces of wood which had formerly belonged to some part of a ship, for which reason I believe that a vessel has been wrecked there, the crew of which built the house with the materials of the wreck and afterwards betook themselves to the boats. Five sailors' trunks were still in the house, which might also have been used as 5 berths, at least as far as we could make out. We now set to work to build a cairn, and erected a wooden polo 20 feet high. We placed in the !t xlviii INTRODUCTION TO wdirn a description of wliat we had found, shut up in a double tin-case, after which we returned on board and went under Sidl. At noon the wind was N.E., observed latitude ab.mt 76° 7' N., longitude 68° E. (Greenwich). We steered in the direction S. by W. along the land. 8 o'clock pumped the ship free. The whole night light breeze." Thus far, we have let the log speak for itself. After having quitted the house, Oarlseii intended to return home by circumnavigating the island. Fol- lowing, therefore, the east coast in a southerly direc- tion, he soon passed several icebergs. On the IGth of September he fell in with much ice, which probably by the west and north-west wind was driven from the land. On the ] 8th it froze so stiff that they had to cut their way through the ice. On the 19th, being becalmed, the ship could move neither forward nor backward. During the afternoon the wind freshened from the south-west, upon which they tried to approach nearer to the land. On the 20th they had again to cut their way through the ice, which was already strong enough to bear them. Till eight o'clock in the evening they worked to reach a lead close to the land. On the 21st, Carlson, in about 74° N. latitude, was, during a storm from the north-east, in great danger of losing his ship. Closed in by the ice, he drifted that and both the following days with the ice, in a south-western direction, during wh^ch time he could see from the crow's nest open water towards the north-east and east. Not before the 30th of m to ey de, eat he the ime Lrds I of l;i \it. 'KWL-ian ■ j itA J.mM '^ ' guiiLJ I I I i § '8 !| tl ' ^ ik-T* !| l: i THE SEt'OXn EOITTOX. XllX J September, in 72° 25' N. latitude, did he again suc- ceed in reaching open water, thus, fortunately, es- caping a fate similar to that of Barendsz. The 3rd of October he sailed through Burrough Strait, and anchored on the 4th of November at Hammerfest, thanking God for his prosperous voy- age. Thus Carlsen (like a true seaman) ends his log. News of the discovery, by Captain Elling Carlsen, of a great number of relics on the beach of Ice Har- bour, was soon spread in Hammerfest. In conse- quence, on the 12th of November, 1871, in the Hammerfest newspaper called Finmarksposten, there appeared a leading article entitled " Captain Elling Carlson's Voyage around Novaya Zemlya". A de- tailed account was given in it of the old Dutch voy- ages towards the north-east. Notwithstanding some faults, the article was in its main points correct, and proved that in the far North of Europe the expedi- tions of Barendsz had attained a legendary celebrity. About the discovery of the winter quarters at Novaya Zemlya the Finmarksposten communicates a few details which seem to have been given to the writer by Carlsen himself. " After a lapse of 275 years" (says the Finmarksposten), " Captain Carlsen found himself in the very spot whore, in 159G, I'arendsz and his companions had come on shore, and near to the ruins of the simple hut constructed by the un- fortunate Dutchmen. Captain Carlsen, as far as lay in his power, made researches on and about the spot, but the season being far advanced and the obligation he was under of cix'cumnavigating Novaya Zemlya, obliged him to seize the first opportunity of proceeding on his voyage. Consc- G 1 INTRODUCTION TO I quently on the 10th of September, without having brought his work to a conclusion, ho was obliged to sail. "On the 10th and 11th he remained cruising, but in the evening of the latter day he found himself under the necessity of returning to Ice Harbour, and thus ho was enabled to proceed with his investigations. " On the 13th lie set sail, but was again forced to return and anchor. " Ou the 14th he was enabled to complete his researches. The house, fallen completely into decay, was so to speak covered and almost hermetically enclosed by a thick layer of ice. All the objects wei'e likewise covered by a thick sheet of ice, and this explains the excellent condition in which many of the articles were found. Such was their unimpaired condition that one would be inclined to suppose that they had been placed there but a shorf 'imc previously, and one never would believe that they li;i during almost three centuries, been left nncared for. The house, as far as Captain Carlson could make out, was IG metres long by 10 broad, and nailed together out of fir-wood planks 1,} inches thick \)y from 14 to I G inches broad. The house was in part constructed out of the materials of the wrecked ship, indi- cations of which still existed in the remnants of a few oaken timbers scattered on the beach. The house seemed to have contained for the occupants 5 standing bed-places. There were 5 ship's chests, which were howevci too decayed to be taken away. In two of the chests were found a few instru- ments, such as files, sledge-hammer, a borer, two pairs of compasses, a few caulking-irons, engravings, a flute, pieces of navigation instruments, as well as a few books in the Dutch language, which latter makes it almost certain that the relics belonged to Barendsz and his companions of the year 159G. In the centre of the house, whore the fireplace had probably stood, a great iron frame was found, on which two ship's copper cooking pans still remained. A few porringers were so rotten that one could only take away their copper mountings. In addition to I THE SE<.'OND EDITION. li these were found candlesticks and tin-tankards, a crow- bar, two or more gunbarrels, a gunlock, an alarum with the clock and clock weigl'*^ belonging to it, a great iron chest, a grindstone, a few spears and a halberd. Carl- sen relates that round the lioiisc were found several largo casks which had been provided with iron hoops, but the staves as well as the hoops were so rotten that uo part of thein could be l)rought home. Before Captain Carlson left the place he erected in the neighbourhood of the house a cairn, on which he placed a pole 1 metres long. In the cairn was deposited a double tin case, containing a written account of his having been thei'e on the 13th of September 1871, and of his having found articles belonging to the men of the Dutch expedition under liarendsz, who liad wintered there in the years 1590-07." Such are the particulars about tlie discovery of the relics in the winter-house of Novaya Zemlya. Up to February 1872, the public in Holland re- mained ignorant of the discovery of the winter qu ir- tors of Barendsz, and that several objects, including a few books written in the Dutch language, were brought home. This news, however, when spread, caused a general sensation throughout the Nether- lands, and measures were immediately taken by the Government to obtain possession of these interesting relics. Information was at once obtained as to their whereabouts, and it became known that they were already in the possession of Mr. Ellis C. Lister Kay, who, travelling as an English tourist in Norway, and being by chance at Hammerfest on the arrival of Carlsen, had immediately bought them. Upon learning the interest which the Netherlands Govern- ment took in these relics. Mr. Kay kindly gave them e 2 .1 i '■I ' 1 »■ f. f I I I Hi IXTRODUCTION TO up, accepting only the same amount as he had given to obtain possession of them. This courteous be- haviour of Mr. Kay restored to the native land of the great explorer these precious relics, which had remained hidden for nearly three centuries. They were afterwards deposited in the model-room of the Naval Department at the Hague, where a model- house, having an open front, has been constructed for their reception. This is an exact imitation of the original at Novaya Zemlya. There these old and touching memorials of a noble achievement have found a final resting-place in the worthy company of a number of ancient objects, which each for itself silently points to some one of the many glorious pages in the annals of Dutch naval history. To demonstrate that these objects found by Captain Carlsen originally appertained to Barendsz and his companions, Mr. De Jonge says : — " The relics bear in themselves the undeniable proof — 1st, that they have belonged to Dutch navigators; and 2nd, that they must belong to the last period of the 16th century, and especially to that part included between 1592 and 1598, as I will prove out of the following description of the objects : — "1. An iron frame on four iron feet, with three iron cross bars of which one is moveable (a kind of iron trivet), was found by Captain Carlsen in the centre of the house of Barendsz and Heemskerck, exactly resembling that iron frame which we see also represented in the centre of the house in the old illustration by Levinus Hulsius in 1598. " 2. A round copper cooking pan with handle. Found standing on the iron frames. " 3. A ditto larger one, with bi'oken handle, the pan on THE SECOND EDITION. liii tho upper side a little diuted. Found standing on the sarao place. " 4. Three copper bands, remains most likely of por- ringers, found close to the three objects above alluded to. " 5. A fragment of a copper scoop with handle. " 6. A round grindstone with iron axis." " 7. Fragments of a chest with metal handle belonging to it, besides four other pieces of iron. An iron box made to fit within the chest, in order therein to deposit valuables. All these things were half crumbled away. " 8. The iron cover of tho chest (spoken of in No. 7), with intricate lock-work. "9. An iron crow-bar, bent in the middle, at the lower end a point, the upper cud foi'med like the tail of a swallow. The part which opens out is worn in a circular shape, having in all probability served as a rest for the axis of a spit. " 10. The sieve of a copper scummer. "11. A tin plate. "12. An iron bar in two pieces. This bar was sawn across at Hammerfest, as it was presumed to be a gun-barrel. " 13. Iron striker or sledge-hammer ; the handle is broken. " 14. A borer or auger, with auger-bit. Such an auger is represented in tho illustration, ' How made ready to sail back to Holland'. "15. A ditto, one with larger auger-bit. " 16. Three gauges, without handles. " 17. A large chisel, with a wooden handle. " 18. An adze, of which the handle was broken. " 19. A caulking-iron. " 20. A borer, with the handle broken, and two other boring irons. "21. Seven iron files, of different dimensions. "22. A stone to whet tools. *' 23. Two iron pairs of compasses. " 24. A broken pocket-knife or cutlass, with horn handle. " 25. A copper tap of a wine or beer cask. Excellently preserved. it' 1 1 I '^' •mggn r jB.t- '-■ ■■ I liv INTRODUCTION TO I I' " 20. A wooden siphon of a beer or vinegar cask. "27. A wooden trencher, painted red. "23. An old Dutch earthenware jar, in which theiv, was still a little grease. (See a similar jug in the illustration, ' How we wei-e wrecked, and with great danger had to be- take ourselves to the ice'.) " 29. A tin tankard, with lid and handle. Decaj^ed. " 30. The lower half of another tankard. "31. Three t-.n spoons, of which one is I»roken. Of the form used in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. " 32. The inner works of a lock. '• 33. A ditto larger one, Avith a part of the key. " 34. An iron weight, of 8 lbs. "35. A padlock. " 36. Two leathern shoes or slippers. These shoes are too small for a full-grown man. They must consequently have belonged to the ship's boy, of whom there is mention in the journal of De Veci', on the 19th of October, 159(3. "37. Iron clock-work, in which are seven cug-wheels; the cover is of iron plates, but partly rusted. The dial- plate is lost, but one of the hands is still present. There is also a circular-shaped flexible piece of iron, quite rusted, Mi'obably tlu- spring. In the journal of Genit do Veer, at the date of 27th of October, In* makes mention, on that day : ' They set up tlic dial and made the clock strike.' On the 3rd of December, itV. (j, 'The clock was frozen and might not go, although we ' 'ng more weight on it than before'. This clock agro( 8 in form almost perfectly with the ciock drawn in the ii!a^ti','ifi/»n of llulsius. A similar clock is also given in the werk entitled: ' Le Moyen-age et la Ke- naissance', par I'. Lacroix et ¥. 8erre, l*aris, 1851'. In the article 'Corporations do Metier', par A. Monteil et Ilabutanz, is found a drawing : ' li'horloger, facsimile de planche des- sinee et gi'avee, p"i' Jost Amnion'. This drawing represents a clock of similar construction to that found in Novaya Zemlya. Tiiis jjrint, iu'Lo JMoyen-age', seems to have been copied out of the work of llartin Schopperus, entitled ' I'ano- <■ THE SECOND EDITION. Iv plia. Omnium illiberalium, mechanicarum aut sedentaria- rum artium genera coutinens; Cum figuris a Jost Am- mon. Francofurti, 1568'. Hence wo come to the con- clusion that the clock, with its weight found at Novaya Zemlya, belongs, as is proved by its construction, to work of the sixteenth century. The application of the pendulum took place later, in 1658. " 38. One of the weights belonging to the clock. " 89. A metal clock. This clock, with four perches, stood probably upon the mechanism described r;' No. 37. "40. A little iron hammer, without doubt part of the striking apparatus. "41. Three copper scales of a balance, having served for weighing niedicines. According to the journal of Mr. G. de Veer, ' ii, barber-surgeon joined the crew of Heemskerck and Barendsz'. "42. A six-holed German flute, of beechwood, but with- out the mouth-piece. It is broken at the end. " 43. A part of an instrument, of which one end is con- structed of wood. In this end is found a groove, a round opening, and a wooden tongue. To this wooden tongue is fastened a copper one. opening out in three parts, and end- ing in a point. It is difficult to say to what instrument this belonged ; but it is not quite improbable that it has been fastened on the axis of a globe, in order to prick the chart. Globes and plain charts wore used at this period for want of ^[creator's projection. "44. A wooden compass card, with moveable wooden hand, in the centre of which is found a round opening for the point of the axis. "45. A wooden rectano-le, with three circular seormcnta one within the other, and subtending the rectangle. Tho longer arm is broken in three pieces. " 46. A semi-circular copper plate, whoso case is curved in such a manner as to form a parallel. Through the middle of tho plate I'uns a meridian, having in its centre a small screw, which was formerly moveable, but now fixed by rust. \k I ri I ill 1 f •i SS l. ' X ' f If J li ' J 'I Ivi INTROOL'L'TION TO On the loft or on the west side of the meridian are drawn nine arcs, having- tlieir centre in the point of intersection of the meridian and parallel. On these arcs the degrees are indicated by ciphers, and between these arcs are fouud the Dutch words : Wassende Noordoostersche, Afgaande Noord- oostersche, Wassen(^^ Noordwestersche, etc. It is difficult to say in what manner this instrument was used, but probably it is ".n instrument that has served for examining and determining the variations of the compass. If I dare express my opinion, I should say, that this is the instru- ment which Plancius, the master of Barendsz, invented to calculate the longitude at sea. Plancius was at that time much occupied with his theoi-y of determining the longitude at sea, by means of the variation of the needle. For farther details see the work entitled : ' Rise of the Dutch power in the East Indies,' volume i, p. 80. According to Plancius there existed 8 meridians, under 4 of which there was no variation, and under the i others a maximum variation took place. Calculating upon these data IMancius imagined that the true longitude could be found. He therefore adapted a copper plate to the astrolabe emploj'ed at that period, and the object found by Carlsen is probably this very copper ])late, the only one now extant, " 47. The handle of a sword beautifully formed. A similar handle is represented on drawing (>1, letter B in the work of ]\Ir. D vander Kellen, Jr., entitled: 'Antiquities of the Netherlands.' " 48. A sword with ditto handle. "49. The point of a sword. " -jO. a part of a spear, with iron spearliead. " 51. Ditto hfad without wood. " 52. The point of a halberd. A nearly equiform halberd is represented in the illustration. ' The exact manner of the house wherein we wintered'. " 53. The barrel of a heavy nnisket or matchlock, with breacli-piu, pan, matchstick, a sight on the fore part of the bariel. In the work ' Ia: Moyeu-iige et la Renaissance', I ( Lit I ..'- ' \ : i\ ji - aj aw Miiy ** <» ■ ■ ! it ; iU ■ , ; I ! ! THE SECOND EDITION. 1 VU par P. LacroiXj et F. Sere, Paris, 1851, T. iv. in the article ' Armurerie, armes k feu portatives', folio xxiii, by F. de Saulcy, is the following passage : ' L'arquebuse a meche resta peudant longtemps I'arme ordinaire d'une partie de I'infanterie : seulemout api-es en avoir diminu^ le poids on lui donna le nom de mousquet, et le mousquet k meche etait encore en usage dans les armies de Louis XIII'. To this kind of firearm belongs the barrel spoken of under No. bo. The mechanism, with which the match was brought on the panpowder was railed ' le serpentin'. ' Le serpentin', says de Saulcy, ' exigeait que le soldat eAt con- stamment sur lui uue meche allumde, ou le moyen de faire du feu : il fallait en outre compasser la meche, etc. Pour remedier a cet inconvenient on inventa les p^atines a rouet, qui furent employees d'abord en AUemagne et fab- riquees, dit on, pour la premiere fois en 1517 A Neurem- berg. Daus la platine a rouet la complication du mecanisme avait trop d'iuconvenients, pour qu'on ne cherohut pas a le porfectionner. Les Espaguols y parurout les premiers. La platine cspaguole, appclee souvent platine de miquelet, presentait au dehors un ressort qui pressait a, I'extremite de sa branche mobile sur uu bras du chien, I'autre bras de cette piece lorsqu'on mcttait le chien au bande appuyait centre une broche, sortant de I'intt^rieur ot traversant le corps de la i>latine. On retivait cettc broi^ho et le ressort poussait le hieu, qui n't^tait plus retenu, et la pierre frappait sur un plan d acier oaiinele, qui faisait coi'ps avt-c le cou- vercle du bassinet. Lo choc do la pierre sur les cannelures do I'acier produisait le feu'. The matchlock under No. 57 seems to be a CrHj^'ment of hucIi a platine de miquelet. " M. The barrel ol' a gun of smaller calibre, with three sigh 1.5. "55. Ditto. "5G. Ditto (broken). " 57. A part of a uiatchlock, with cock, and flint-stones. " 58. Nineteen copper powder horns, some ol' them cov i-ed with leather, and some still full of powder. These hurus >vere sus})euded to a shoulder belt. I 1 I'f f i * i 1 ! 1 .11 I I' j r. |i I «. r i^ Iviii INTRODUCTION TO " 59. An iron cannon bull. " 60. A tin bracket pitcher, beautifully engraved. Style Renaissance. I'robably it belonged to tHe merchandise of which, according to de Veer, the ship's cargo partly con- sisted. The pitcher is in a perfect state of preservation. " 61. The upper half of another pitcher. " 62. Five tin candlesticks on pedestals, beautifully formed, as they were used in bhe sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Probably merchandise. " Go. Five ditto, of another form, of which three are broken. Merchandise. " 04. Thirteen ditto, but again of another and smaller form J in three of them the upper part is wanting. " 65. Two tin boxes, each divided into four compartments, of which the lower part, if you turn it, can be used as a drinking cup, the centre as a saltcellar, whilst the upper part is fit for a pepper box, the top of which unscrews. " 60. T\vo ditto, of which only the drinking cups and the upper part of the pepper box have been preserved. " 67. Two ditto, of which only the lower part of the drinking cups has been preserved. "68. A tin medallion, on which is represented: 'T'imo that uplifts truth from the earth', and on which a marginal inPcri[)tion is to bo read : ' Absti'usam. Tcncbris. Tempus. Uo Ediicit. Tn Auras. II. G. (Henry or Hurl)ert Goltzius)'. Inside the margin is found : ' Veritas lilia toniiioris'. I'ro- bably also an object of merchandise. A description of similar medals is found in the J)utch work of C. Li'emans, in ' do Verslageu der Kouiiiklijke Akademio van Wetens- chappen'. "(ill. A ditto medallion in a small wooden frame, repre- senting a woman seated, holding in her right liiuid a cross, and in her left a chalice or goblet, from which a llanie like light arises. Behind her lies one of the tables of the law. A symbol of religion, or of the Now Testament. " 70. Two ditto medallions, in wooden frames, represent- ing a woniun with a child in her lap, and another in her THE SECOND EDITION. lix arms. A third child seeks refuge near her ; this is probably a symbol of Mercy. "71. Three copper parts of objects, the original destina- tion of which is uncertain. " 72. Two wooden stoppers, either belaying pins, which are used on small ships to fasten ropes, or pieces of furniture. These objects have been erroneously taken by Captain Carlson for drumsticks. " 73. Nine buttons, and the stopper of a tin bottle. " 74. The haft of a knife, and another object of carved wood. Not Dutch work, but apparently of Norwegian or Russian origin. Bareudsz or one of his companions might have obtained these objects on the former expeditions. Moreover the trade with Archangel gave them opportuni- ties of buying Russian or Norwegian articles. " 75. A great number of prints from copper engravings. These prints have boon completely frozen together, and whilst in that state a beam or other part of the dwelling has fallen upon tlieui, for they seem to lisive been broken whilst in congealed condition, and a thaw has reduced them to a compact mass. The prints are well executed, but the paper having become too weak, only some of the engravings have been removed, and those in a torn condition. Some of them represent Roman heroes, by Goltzius ; the ' Defenders of Jlarlcm', by (.ioltzius. 1857, subscribed Londcrseel ; 'Paradise', by Spi'anger, subscribed Bosscher ; ' rallas, .Inno, ami N'cnus in presence of Paris, with ' l]oss<;her excudit'. Scenes taken IVoni the Rible, such as ' The meet- ing of Esau and -lacob', ' Tobias', etc. Also represeuti;tions of Asiatic or Persian horsemen, etc.; a large drawing, show- ing a reposing lion, with the monogram HTR. (The // and R written together, and the T interlaced in the //). The manner of engraving the names of the engravers proves that all these must have been the work of the sixteenth century. It may seem strange that Arctic navigators had prints or engravings on board, but it is not at all so, for lleenrskerck anil Ilarendsz intended to go as far as China, when they ' i I ' I , i ■I ■ Ix INTRODUCTION TO I sailed to the Nortli-East. For that purpose they had mer- chandise on board, and prints or engravings were often used as such. This had also been the case on the first voyage to the East Indies. On a list of goods and mer- r-liandise left at Patani, in Siam, in 1602, a great number of t Ts by do Gheyn, Goltzius, Brcngel, etc., are to be f< ad among these, facsimiles of those discovered at Novaya Zemlya, namely, ' The Three Goddesses', ' The Roman heroes', etc. "76. A folio book bound in leather, and with copper clasps, but half the binding has mouldered away. The be- ginning and the end of this book, as well as the edges, are much decayed, and the title of the first volume is quite obliterated. The book is divided into two parts ; the first volume, of which the title is obliterated, has proved to be, after comparison with another specimen of this work, * Die Cronycke van Hollant, Zeeland ende Vrieslant, tot den jaro 1517, etc., tot Delft, by Aelbert Hendricus, wonnende op 't Meretveld, Anno 1585'.^ The second volume, of which the title is intact, runs : ' Short and true account of the Govern- ment, and the most remarkable facts that occurred in the country of Holland, Zeeland, and Friesland, by Albert Hendriksz, anno 1585'. " 77. A book in quarto (the edges of which are much de- cayed), entitled : ' The Navigation, or the Art of Sailing, by the excellent pilote, Pieter de Medina, a Spaniard, etc; with still another new Instruction on the Principal Points of Navigation, by Michel Coignct. 't llautwerpeu, anno 15b0'. At the bottom of the page, where the fifth chapter of the new instruction of Coignet begins, opposite to a copy of the Astrolabe (the number of the page is worn out), there is written in the old Dutch, '...y myn Jan Aerjanss... Pieter Jauss...y (of 17) April ghinghen vij van...(lybercu 1 The second volume of the work " Die Cronycke van Hollant, Zeeland cutlo Vrieslant", etc., was written by EUert do Veer, the brother of Gerrit do Veer, and published by Lawrens Jacobsz at Amsterdam in 1591. I, THE SECOND EDITION. Ixi herte?)'. The two last words are almost illegible. Gorrit do Veer gives, at the end of his recital, the names of those who returned from Novaya Zemlya. Among these, the names of J«n Acrjanxs and Pieter Janss are not to be found. These were, most likely, the names of two of the missing crew of whom the names are not mentioned. Of the seven- teen persons who set out, only twelve returned safely to the Netherlands. A new translation, by Mr. Martin Evcrart Brug, of the work of Medina, had been published in 1598, by Cornelis Claesz, at Amsterdam, with Coignet's new in- structions. As the copy found at Novaya Zemlya is a publication of 1580, it follows, as a matter of course, that the Dutch navigators who had left this copy, dated 1580, at Novaya Zemlya, must have started before the year 1598, or they would assuredly have taken the latest edition of so im- portant a work, especially when printed at Amsterdam, from whence tliey started. " 78. A little book, with pavclunent cover, in octavo, having the form of a pocket-book, entitled, ' The History or Description of the great Empire of China^ This was first written in Spanish by Juan Gonzales de Mendoza, monk of the Order of St. Augustin, and then translated from the Italian into Dutch by Corn. Taemsz, and printed I'uv Cm ), in Nor/ll nebs Claesz, book-seller, living at the Gilt JJible Street, Hooru, by Jacob de ^I , printer, in the town of Alkmaar. The date of the edition of tliia copy cannot be given with exactitude, by reason of the mouldeiing dvVliy (/)' the lower part of the title-page. The qrigin of the W(/(|f can bo deduced from the following facts: /ti /(/() (|/]f]|'ess Ui the Good Willing IiOiid(M-, riTSii of (jie title-page, is w|'i|ff'j| that 'this little book was (dilcd tlHw -Inii HoyglMi)) yilll Linschoten had returned to the Netherlands, \iili f'////// what before the publicatidii tif f|)0 rtpcount of his vp*^--; age'. Jan lluyglieu van Linschoten reti}rnt!/| in )p*))f)||(| j/) the autumn of 1592, and the account qf |(is voyiigo Wf(f^ published by Cornelis Claesz in 1595 T||!/^ |))i) |l'a)isi(itioi| of Mendoza must have been published sOl ;,v* 0/^^ ^ Photographic Sciences Corporation m fV iV ^N ^^ '^..> ^^ ^ ^ KA WEST MAIN STREET VW?E5TEff N V. 1 ♦580 (716) B'i-4503 %^ <\ B^ei«i» ' mfmmmm Ixiv INTRODUCTION TO In adverting to the causes which led to these three expe- ditions, it would be quite superfluous to enter upon the general history of Arctic discovery. All that is requisite for the proper elucidation of the present subject, is an in- vestigation of the actual state of our knowledge respecting the pi'ecise field of the labours of our Dutch navigators, previously to the date of their adventurous undertaking. Three centuries have now elapsed since the first attempt was made to discover a north-east passage to China and In- dia. The circumstances under which this took place, can- not be better detailed than in the words of Clement Adams, in his account of "the newe Nauigation and discouerie of the kingdome of Muscouia, by the north-east, in the yeere 1553", which is printed by Hakluyt in the first volume of his Principnl Navi'ijat ions'. "At what time onr marchants perceiued the commodities and wares of England to bee in small request with the countreys and people about vs and neero vnto vs, and that those ma/chandizes which strangers in the time and me- morie of our auncesters did earnestly seeke and desire, were nowe neglected and the price thei-eof abated, although by vs carried to their owne portes, and all forreine marchandises in great accompt and their prises wonderfully raised : cer- taine graue citizens of London, and men of great wisedome, and carefull for the good of their countrey, began to thinke with themselves howe this mischiefe might be remedied. Neither was a remedie (as it then appeared) wanting to their desires, for the auoyding of so great an inconuenienco : for, seeing that the wealth of the {Spaniards and Portingales, by the discouerie and search of newe trades and counti-eys was marueilously increased, supposing the same to be a course and meane for them also to obteino the like, they thereupon resolued upon a newe and strange nauigation. And whereas at the same time one Sebastian Cabota,^ a man in those dayes very renowned, happened to bee in London, they be- gan first of all to deale and consult diligeutly with him, and after much speech and conference together, it was at last con- cluded that three shippes should bee prepared and furnished ' Mr. Biddlc, in his Memoir of Schnstidii Cnhot (8vo, London, 1831), liiia almost cxhftUfited tlic puhjoct of tlie exploits of this English worthy. I ■A I THE FIRST EDITION. )xv I out, for the search and discouerie of ihe northerne part of tlie world, to open a way and passage to our men for tra- uaile to newe and vnknowen kingdomeb. " And whereas many things seemed necessary to boo re- garded in this so hard and difficult a matter, they first make choyse of certaine graue and wise persons, in raaner of a senate or companie, which should lay their heads together and giue their iudgements, and prouide things requisite and profitable for all occasions: by this companie it was thought expedient that a certaine summe of money should publiquely bee collected, to serue for the furnishing of so many shippes. And lest any priuate man should bee too much oppressed and charged, a course was taken, that euery man willing to be of the societie should disburse the portion of twentie and five pounds a piece ; so that in short time by this meanes the summe of sixe thousand pounds being gathered, the three shippes were bought, the most part w^hei'eof they pro- uided to be newly built and trimmed."^ The three vessels thus fitted out sailed in company from Eatcliff on the 10th of May, 1553. On their arrival at Har- wich, they were detained there some time ; " yet at the last with a good winde they hoysed vp saile, and committed themselues to the sea, giuing their last adieu to their natiue country, which they knewe not whether they should euer returne to see againe or not. Many of them looked often- times backe, and could not refraine from teares, considering into what hazards they were to fall, and what vncertainties of the sea they were to make triall of "^ These gloomy forebodings were not long in finding their realization. In a violent tempest off the coast of Norway, two of the vessels, the Bona Esperanza and Bona Confiden- tia, in the former of which was Sir Hugh Willoughby, cap- tain-general of the fleet, were driven far out to sea, and at length put into a small haven on the coast of Lapland, near the mouth of the river Warsina," where the entire crews of ' Hakhiyt, vol. i, p. 243. « Ibid., p. 245. ' Liitke, Vicrmnliiie Reise (lurch rlas mrilliche Eismeer, German trans- lation by Ernian (forming vol ii of Berghaus's Kahinets-Bibliothek der iwtiesfeu Itfheii), 8vo, Berlin, 183f) ; pp. 12, 196. ') i > ■■]' ■ . ' Ml. u ij'iim ra '.u mi Ai WffS aPliMPII Ixvi INTRODUCTION TO both vessels, aiiounting in all to seventy souls, miserably perished from cold and hunger. Before meeting with his untimely end, Willoughby, on the 14th of August, " descried land, which land (he says, in a note found written in one of the two ships) we bare with all, hoising out our boat to discover what land it might be ; but the boat could not come to land, the water was so shoale, where was very much ice also, but there was no similitude of habitation ; and this land lyeth from Seynam^ east and by north 160 leagues, being in latitude 72 degrees. Then we plyed to the northward".^ As the subject of Wil- loughby's voyage has been discussed by Mr. Rundall in a recent publication of the Hakluyt Society,^ it is here un- necessary to say more than that, whatever may formerly have been the notions of geographers as to the coast reached by our hapless countryman, and to which the name of " Willoughby's Land" was given, tie almost universally re- ceived opinion now is* that it was that portion of the western coast of Novaya Zemlya, which is called by Liitke the Goose Coast {Gdnsenfer in Erman's Translation"), — doubtless from the numbers of water-fowl found there, — and of which the North and South Goose Capes {Sijevernuy Gusinuy Muis and Yuzlinuy Gusinuy Muis) form the two extremities. Mr. Eundall is therefore fully justified in claiming for Sir Hugh Willoughby, as he so earnestly does in his work just cited,® " the credit of having been the first Englishman by whom the coast of Novaya Zemlya was visited*'; and as, further, Willoughby was not only the first Englishman, but also the first European, who had ever been there, the rule and usual practice in regard to new discoveries fairly warrants the ap- ' Tlie island of Senyen, on the coast of Norway, in 69° N. lat. « liakluyt, vol. i, p. 236. ' Narratives of Voyages towards the North-West, Introduction, p. i, et seq. * See Beecliy, Voyage of Discovery towards the North Pole, p. 227. » Page 312. * I ntro^WH w 1!^ Ixxii INTRODUCTION TO turies from the present time, that no apology will be neces- sary for here reprinting it from the pages of Hakluyt.^ It must be premised that the date attributed by t'lat author to this document is 1588 ; whieh is, however, clearly a mis- print. For, in the first place, it was in 1568 (not 1 588) that Thomas Randolph, by whom the Commission was signed only a few days after his arrival in Russia," was appointed ambassador to that country, he having in the following year returned to England ;^ while in the year 1588 it was Dr. Giles Fletcher who was our ambassador.* And, secondly, this Commission, though appearing to bear the latter date, is placed by Hakluyt in chronological order among the documents of the year 15G8. A Commission (jlveii hi/ vs, Thomas Randolfe, ambussadour fur tlie Qnt'cnes ^Jatl:stit' in liusniut and Thomas Ban- nister, f'tc , vnto lames Basseudine, lames Woodeoclio, and liicJuird Browne; the which Bassundine, Woodcocke, and Bruioiie we appoint ioyntly tu(jdher, and aiders the one oj them to the other, in a coijage of discouerij to he made (hij the grace of God) hy them, for searching of the sea and liordcr of the coast, from the riucr Pechora to the eastwards, as hereafter followcth. Anno 1568, the first of Any list. Imprimis, when your barke with nil furniture is ready, you shall at the beginning of the yex'e (assooue as you possibly may) make your rejiaire to the casterue part of tlie riucr Pecliora, where is an island called Dolgoieue, and from thence you shall passe to the eastwards alongst by the sea coast of Hugorie, or the maine laud of Pechora ; and sailing alougst by the same coast, you shall passe within seuen leagues of the island Vaigats, which is in the straight, almost halfe way from the coast of Hugorie unto the coast of Nona Zem- bla ; which island Vaiyats and Nona Zcmbla you shall findc ' Principal Naviyations, vol. i, pp. 382-3, * He arrived at the monastery of St. N icholas, at the western mouth of the Dwiiia, on July 23rd, 15G8.—HaUuyt, vol. 1, p. 376. ' He embarked at St. Nicholas about the end of July, 1669, and arrived safely at London in the mouth of September followinfj. — Hak- luyt, vol. i, p. 378. ■• Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 473. THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxiii noted in your plat, therefore yon shall not need to dincoucr it, but proceed or. alongst the coast of Hugory towards the river Obba. There is a bay betweene the sayd- Vaigats and the river Obba, that doth bite to the southwards into the land of Hu- gory, in which bay are two small riuers, the one called Cara Keca, the other Naramsy, as in the paper of notes which are giuen to you herewith may appeare : in the which bay you shall not need to spend any time for searching of it, but to direct your course to the river Ob (if otherwise you be not constrained to keepe alongst the shore) ; and when you come to the river Ob, you shall not enter into it, but passe ouer into the easterne part of the mouth of the sayd riuer. And when you are at the easterne part of the mouth of Obba Keca, you shall from thence pnsso to the eastwards, alongst by the border of the sayd coast, describing the same in such perfect order as you can best do it. You shall not leaue the sayd coast or border of the land, but passe alongst by it, at k-asb in sight of the same, untill you haue sailed by it so farre to the eastwards, and the time of the yeere [be] so farro spent, that you doe thinke it time for you to returne with your bai-ke to winter, which tranell may well be 300 or 400 leagues to the eastwards of the Ob, if the sea doe reach so farre, as our hope is it dotli ; but and if you finde not the said coast and sea to trend so farre to the eastwards, yet you shall not leaue the coast at any time, but proceed alongst by it, as it doth lie, loauing no part of it vnsearched or [uu-]seene, unlesse it be some bay or I'iver, that you doe certeinly know by the report of the people that you shall finde in those borders, or els some certeine tokens whereby you of your selues may iudge it to be so. For our hope is that the said border of laud and sea doth, in short space after you passe the Ob, incline east, and so to the southwards. And therefore we would haue no part of the land of your starrebooi'd side, as you proceed in your discouery, to be left vndiscouored. But and if the said border of land do not incline so to the eastwards as we presuppose it, but that it doe proue to incline and trend to the northwards, and so ioyne with Nona Zembla, making the sea from Vaigats to the eastwarde but a bay ; yet we will that you do keepe alongst by the said coast, and so bring us certaino report of that forme and manor of the same bay. And if it doe so proue to be a bay, and that you have passed round about the same, and so by the trending of the land come backe vnto that part of Nona Zembla that is I h n ■'■ i T I Ixxiv INTRODUCTION TO against Vaigats, whereas you may from that see the said island Vaigats; if the time of the yeere will permit you, you shall from thence passe alongst by the said border and coast of Nona Zembla to the westwards, and so to search whether that part of Nona Zembla doe ioyne with the land that Sir Hiiijh Willoiif/hbie discouered in anno '53, and is in 72 de- grees and from that part of Nona Zembla 120 leagues to the westwards} as your plat doeth shew it unto you ; and if you doe findo that land to ioyne with Nona Zembla, when you come to it, you shall proceed further along the same coast, if the time of the yere will permit it, and that you doe thinke there will be suflBcient time for you to returne back with your barke to winter, either at Pechora or iu Russia, at your discretion ; for we refer the same to your good iudge- ments, trusting that you will lose no time that may further your knowledge in this voyage. Note you, it was the 20 of August, '56, yer^ the Serch- thrift began to returne backe from her discouerie, to winter in Russia; and then she came from the island Vaigats, being forcibly driuen from thence with an easterly winde and yce, and so she came into the riuer Dwina, and arriued at Col- mogro the 11 of September, '56. If the yce had not bene so much that yere as it was in the streights on both sides of the island Vaigats, they in the said pinnesse would that yeere haue discouered the parts that you are now sent to seeke; which thing (if it had pleased God) might haue bene done then; but God hath reserued it for some other. Which discouerie, if it may be made by you, it shall not only proue profitable vnto you, but it will also purchase perpetuall fame and renowno both to you and our countrey. And thus, not doubting of your willing desires and forwardnesse towards the same, we pray God to blesse you with a lucky beginning, fortunate succe=se, and happily to end the same. Amen. As has already been stated, the results of this expedition are not known. We may, therefore, pass to the considera- tion of the voyage of Arthur Pet and Charles Jackman in the ' This supposed interval between Novaya Zemlyaand "Willoughby's Land", arose from Willoughby's erroneous estimate of the distance of the coast reached by him from Senyen, which distance, "instead of ICO leagues, would be 230 leagues ; an error, however, not much to be wondered at, coii .dering the ))ad weatlier the fleet encountered between those places". — Jlicrhi;/, p. 228. » Ere; before. tTf ' I THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxv year 1580. For this undertaking written instructions were in like manner given by the Russia Company, which have also been preserved by Hakluyt.' But as these instructions correspond in many respects with those given to Bassen- dine and his companions, it is here unnecessary to cite more from them than some few passages requiring particu- lar notice. The Commission from the Russia Company to Pet and Jackman was " for a voyage by them to be made, by God's , grace, for search and discoueries of a passage hy sea hy BoriAujh's Streujhts and the island Vaigats, eastwards to the countries or dominions of the mightie prince, the emperour of Cathay, and in the same unto the cities of Cambalu and Quinsay, or to either of them". And for that purpose they were directed to " saile from this river of Thames to the coast of Finmarke, to the North Cape there, or to the Wardhouse"; and from thence, continuod their instruc ^ns, " direct your course to haue sight of Willoughbies Land, and from it passe alongst to the Nona 2Jemla, keeping the same lundes alwayes in your sight on your larboord sides (if couueuiently you may), to the ende you may discouer whether the same Willoughbies Land be continent and firme laud with Noua Zemla or not ; notwithstanding we would not haue you to entangle your selues in any bay, or other- wise, so that it might hinder your speedy proceeding to the Island Vaigats. "And when you come to Vaigats, we ivould haue you to get sight of the malne land of Samoeda, which is ouer against the south part of the same island, and from thence, with God's permission, to paxse eastwards alongst the same coast, keeping it alirayes in your sight (if conueniently you may) untill vou come to the mouth of the riuer Ob : and when you come unto it, passe ouer the said riucrs mouth unto the border of land on the east side of the same (without any ' Vol. i, pp. 433-5, li'l :■;• J ]-:--i 1 Ixxvi IN; tODUCTION TO stay to bee made for searching inwardly in the same riuor), and heing in sight of the same easterhj land, doe you, in Gods name, proceed alongst by it from thence eastwards, keeping the same alwayes on your starboard side in sight, if you may, and follow the tract of it, whether it incline southerly or northerly (as at times it may do both), untill you come to the country of Cathay, or the dominion of that mightie em- perour.''^ But in case they should not be able to reach Cathay, they were directed to attempt to ascend the river Ob ; and if they should not succeed in this, they were then to " returne backe through Boroughs Streights", and " dis- couer and trie whether Willoughbies Land ioyne continent with Nona Zembla or not".^ In pursuance of these instructions, x*et and Jackman sailod from Harwich on the 31st of May, 1580, in two small barks : namely, the George, of the burthen of forty tons, under the command of the former, with a crew of nine men and a boy, and the William, of twenty tons, commanded by the latter, with a crew of five men and a boy. On June 23rd they reached Wardhuus, which place they left in com- pany on the 1st of the following month. On the next day, however, as the William seemed " to be out of trie and sailod very ill", she " was willing to goe with Kegor", where she might mend her steerage; "whereupon Master Pet, not willing to go into harborough, said to Master Jackman that if he thought himselfe not able to keepe the sea, he should doe as he thought best, and that he in the meane time would beare with Willoughbies Land, for that it was a parcel of our direction, and would meete him at Veroue Os- troue, or Vaigats^' .^ The name of Veroue Ostroue, here given to the island of Vaigats, does not occur elsewhere. It is manifestly Russian ; though it is difficult to say what is its correct form, and con- ■ Ilivkluyt, vol. i, pp. 133-4. « llnd., p. 435. ' I hid., p. 446. THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxvii sequently what its signification. As to the designation by which that island is generally known, Witsen states, though without further explanation, that it was acquired from one Iwan or Ian Waigats;^ in commenting on which statement, Llitke says that the name should properly be written Wai- gatsch, the Russian termination tsch having been changed by the Dutch into tz, in the same way as in Vitzora, for Pe^sc^ora, etc."^ The correctness of this criticism is, how- ever, questionable. For, long before the Dutch visited or knew anything of these parts, we find Englishmen, — who certainly had no diflBculty in pronouncing the sound ch (tsch), which is common to our language, and who in fact always wrote Pec/(ora (Petschora), and not, like the Dutch, Pifzora, — invariably writing not Yaigach (Vaigatsch), but Vaiga^s or Vayga^^. It is therefore reasonable to conclude that Vaigats is the original pronunciation of the name, and that the Russian form is merely a corruption. But to return to Pet, who after parting from Jackman continued his course eastwards, apparently following in Willoughby's track, till, on the 4th of July, he saw land in latitude 71° 38' north, being the coast of Novaya Zemlya, somewhere about the South Goose Cape. Thence he coasted along the south-western end of Novaya Zemlya, keeping the same in sight on the larboard side, as instructed to do, but not nearing it, on account of ice and fog. On the 10th of July, he approached the north-western extremity of Vaigatz Island, and landed on a small island near the coast, where ho took in wood and water.* Here he remained till the 14th, when he got out with difficulty on account of the ice, and "lay along the coast north-west, thinking it to be an island; but finding no end in rowing so long", he " supposed it to be the maine of Nona Zembla", in which, however, he was in error, and thereby missed the entrance into the Sea of ' See the note in page 28 of the present volume. ' llakhiyt. vol. i, p. 446. « fhid. * Ibid, p. 447. I I I 111 I ■I'M iii W- ".' \ Am fi Ixxviii INTRODUCTION TO Kara by Burrough's Strait. He now altered his course, and on the .1.5th " lay south south-west with a flawne sheete, and so ranne all the same day"; and, after meeting with much more ice, he on the 17th came into the " Bay of Pechora". Thence, again taking an eastwai'd course, he on the 1 8th had sight of the southern extremity of Vaigatz, and on the following day entered the passage running between that portion of the island and the main land of the Samoede country; to which passage the Dutch, in the voyages which form the subject of the following pages, gave the name of " the Straits of Nassau", and which the Russians call Yu- gorsky Schar, that is to say, the Ugorian Strait. Neverthe- less, if the first European explorer on record be entitled to the credit of his discovery, this entrance into the Sea of Kara ought to bear the name of " Pet's Strait," in like manner as the passage into that sea at the other extremity of Vaigatz Island received the name of "Burrough's Strait". From the 19th till the 24th of July, Pet endeavoured to make his way eastwards in accordance with his instructions, by keeping " the maine land of Samoeda" always in sight on his starboard side, but was constantly impeded by the ice. At length he was " constrained to put into the ice, to seeke some way to get to the northwards of it, hoping to haue some cleare passage that way, but there was nothing but whole ice."^ Meanwhile, Jackman and his crew of five men and a boy, in their frail bark of twenty tons, had gallantly followed after the George, and on the morning of the 25th July the two vessels again joined company, the William being, how- ever, in so disabled a state when she reached her companion, as to require assistance from the latter. The two vessels now " set saile to the northwardes, to seeke if they could finde any way cleare to passe to tho eastward; but the ' HaWuyt, vol. i, p. 448. THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxix further they went that way, the more and thicker was the ice, so that they coulde goo no further."^ At length, seeing the impossibility of advancing either to the east or to the north, on the 28th of July " Master Pet and Master Jackman did conferre together what was best to be done, considering that the windes were good for us, and we not able to passe for ice : they did agree to seeke to the land againe, and so to Vaygatz, and then to conferre further. At 3 in tho afternoone, we did warpe from one piece of ice to another, to get from them if it were possible : here were pieces of ice so great that we could not see be- yond them out of the toppe."^ It was only with the greatest difficulty and peril that they occasionally made their way through the ice, in which for the most part they remained so enclosed " that they could not stirre, labouring onely to defend the yce as it came upon them"; but at length, on the loth of August, they entred into a cleare sea without yce, whereof they were most glad, and not without cause, and gave God the praise".^ On the day after, they say, " we were troubled againe with ice, but we made great shift with it : for ive gotte betiveeno the shoare and it. This day, at twelue of the clocko, we were thwart of the south-east part of Vaigats, all along which part there was great store of yce, so that we stood in doubt of passage; yet hi/ much adoo we got hetwLvt the shoare and it."* They now bore away to the west, passing by tho island of Kolguev (Colgoyeue), on the sands to the south of which both vessels went aground, on August 20th, in latitude 68° 40' N., according to their calculation. Getting off, they proceeded together on their return voyage ; but, only two days afterwards. Pet's vessel parted from the William, and saw her no more.'' ill Mi , i I 1;! ! 1 Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 44S. » I hill., p. 4.'iO. n>!. « ilakluyt, vol. i, p. 453. B Q S ,t e h THE flRST EDITf'>N. Ixxxi fleet under Cornelius Nai to turn ^ack from somewhere about the same spot ;^ and, as Captain Beechey justly ob- serves, " to this day the hardy Russians have not been eh\e to survey the eastern side of Nova Zembla; and the ships which passed through the Waigatz Strait have never boen able to proceed far, owing to the quantity of ice driven into the Sea of Kara'*.^ Further, when it is considered who these experienced seamen were, it will at once be manifest that under no cir- cumstances ought they to be stigmatised as " indiflferent navigators". Arthur Pet was with Richard Chancellor and Stephen Burrough in the Edward Bonaventure, on their first voyage to the Bay of St. Nicholas in 1553, his name standing in the list of " mariners" sixth before that of Wil- liam Burrough^ (Stephen's brother). Seven years after- wards, in 1560, he commanded the Jesus, of London, in the service of the Russia Company.* And now, twenty years later, in the year 1580, a convincing proof is afforded of the estimation in which he was held, by the interest taken in him and his expedition by several of the most distinguished navigators and cosmographers of his time. For, in addition to his Commission from his employers, in whose service he had been seven-and-twenty years, — whether constantly or not is immaterial, — he received "Instructions and Notes" "^ from " Master William Bui-rough", Comptroller of the Navy, who had been his messmate seven-and-twenty years before, together with " Certaine briefe aduices giuen by Master Dee' ,'' u,s also "Notes in writing, besides more priuie by mouth, that were giuen by M. Richard Hakluyt, of Eiton, in the countie of Hereford, esquire";'^ and, further, his voy- ' See page 64 of the present volume. * Voyage towards the North Pole, p. 202. » Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 233. ♦ Ibid., p. 808. » Ibid., p. 435. • Ibid., p. 437. ' Ibid., p. 437. These " notes" were also published by Hakluyt in '1 ■.fli ^;l 11 111. i I 1 ft Ixxxii l^fTK0DUCT10N TO age was deemed of sufficient importance to form the subject of a letter to Hakluyt himself from the learned Gerard Mer- cator.^ Of Charles Jackman we do not know so much. Yet he, too, had clearly had experience in Arctic exploration, having been " the mate" on board the Ayde, one of the vessels of Frobisher's second expedition, when he was of sufficient importance to give his name to "Jackraan's Sound", on the south side of Frobisher's Strait.^ And it is not without significance that in all the documents above cited, except Mercator's letter to Hakluyt, his name is coupled, without any distinction, with that of so old and experienced a navi- gator of the Russian Seas as Arthur Pet. Notwithstanding the failure of Pet and Jackman's under- taking, the Russia Company appear to have in no wise re- laxed in their endeavours to effect a passage by sea along the northern coast of the Russian dominions. And that they were, to a considerable extent, successful in their exer- tions, is proved by the following two documents, which have been preserved to us by Purchas.' Notes coneerninn the discouern of the river of Oh, taJccn out of a Roll written in the Russian tonfjuc, which ivas at- tenqjtecl hy the meanes of Antonie Marsh, a chief e Factor for the Moscouie Company of England, 1584, xvith other Notes of the North-east. First, he wrote a letter from the cifcie of Mosco, in the year 7092, after the Russe accompt, which after our accompt was in the yeare 1584, unto foure Russes, that vsed to trade from Colmogro to Pechora and other parts eastward ; whose answer was : his Divers Voyages touching the Discovery of America, under the title of " Notes ill writing, besides more priuie by mouth, that were giuen hy a gentleman," titc. See Mr. J. Winter Jones's edition of that work, p. 110. ' Hakhiyt, vol. i, p. 443. " Rundall, Narratives of Voyages to the North-West, pp. 15, 17. ' Pilgrimcs, vol. iii, pp. 804-806. THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxxiii By writings receiued from thee, as also by reports, wee vnderstand thou wouldesthave us seeke out the mouth of the riuer Ob ; which we are content to doe, and thou must giue therefore fiftie rubbles : it is requisite to goe to seeke it out with two cochimaes or companies/ and each cochimn, must haue ten men; and wee must goe by the riuer Pechora vpwards in the spring, by the side of the ice, as the ice swimmeth in the riuti', which will aske a fortnights time ; and then we must fall into Ouson riuer, and fall downe with the streame before we come to Ob, a day and a night in the spring. Then it will hold vs eight dayes to swimme downe the riuer Ob, before we come to the mouth : therefore send vs a man that can write j and assure thy selfe the mouth of Ob is deepe. On the Russe side of Ob soiourne Samoeds, called Vgorskai and Sibierskie Samoeds ; and on the other side dwel another kind of Samoeds, called Monganet or Mongaseisky Samoeds. We must passe by fine castles that stand on the riuer of Ob. The name of the first is Tesuoi- gorodok, which standeth vpon the mouth of the riuer Padou. The second small castle is Xosoro-gorodock, and it standeth hard vpon the side of Ob. The third is called Necheiour- goskoy. The fourth is Charedmada. The fift is Nadesneaa, that is to say, the castle of Comfort or Trust,^ and it standeth vpon the riuer Ob, lowermost of all the former castles to- ward the sea. Heretofore your people haue hin at the said riuer of Obs mouth with a ship, and there loas made shipwrache, and your pieople were slaine by the Samoeds, which thought that they came to rob and subdue them. The trees that grow by the riuer are firres, and a kinde of white, soft, and light firre, which we call yell. The bankes on both sides are very high, and the water not swift, but still and deepe. Fish there are in it, as sturgeons, and cheri, and pidle, and nelma, a dainty fish like white salmons, and moucoun, and sigi, and ster- ' This may perhaps be an erroneous translation of the Russian word kotschmare, which, according to Liitke (p. 71), " is understood at Ar- changel to mean a three-masted vessel, of the burthen of about 600 poods," or eight tons. ^ We have here a proof that this document was translated out of Russian into English through either tlie Dutch or the German language, in which Trost does certainly mean " comfort", but never " trust". The translator of De Veer's work commits the like mistake. See page 20 of the present volume. g2 IS <*.m'I i ;1 I 1 1 : \M Ixxxiv INTRODDCTION TO m lidi J but Salmons^ there are none. Not farre distant from the maine, at the mouth of Ob, there is an island,^ whereon resort many wilde beasts, as white beares, and the morses, and such like. And the Samoeds tell vs, that in the winter season they oftentimes finde there morses teeth. If you would haiie us traiiell to seehe out the month of Ob by sea, we must yoe by the isles of Vaygats and Nona Zenibla, and by the latul of Matphcoue, that is, by Matthewes Land. And assure thy selfe, that from Vaygats to the mouth of Ob by sea, is but a small matter to sayle. Written at Pechora, the yeare 7092, the twenty one of February. Master Marsh also le^ "'y Camus, in his Menioire snr la m ' , f III •9 ff I r Ixxxviii INTRODDCTION TO a delineation of Novaya Zemlya, there shown as an island of not large extent, and the surrounding regions. The strongly marked entire lino along the western side of Novaya Zcunlya, is that of the coast as furnished to Massa by his Husisian authorities: the faint dotted line is that of the coast as corrected by himself or Gerard from Dutch sources of information. The proper names, as written in strong and faint characters respectively, indicate, in like manner, the several sources from which such names were derived. In this map a broad channel is laid down between the island of Novaya Zemlya and a terra innominata to the north of it, to which channel is given the name of " Matsei of tsar", which was evidently intended for " Matybiof tsar", which again must be taken to have been written instead of " Mat- foiof tsur", through a mere clerical error.' The faint dotted line along the west coast of Novaya Zemlya shows that it had been carefully and (considering the time when it was drawn) very accurately corrected ; for we there see plainly laid down the Mezhdusharsky Ostrov and the two inlets — Kostin Shar and Podryesov Shar — between which Collection des grands et petits Voyayes, p. 254, in which, however, he has " tranaitua ad Oceanum", instead of " transitus ad Occasiun^\ ' In the tenth part of De Bry's India Orientalis, which was published at Frankfort in 1613, an absurd blunder occurs with respect to this name. Miissa's map of 1612 is tiiere reproduced, somewhat reduced in size, and with the Dutch names of places, etc., Latinized. And the of in "Matsei of tsar" being imagined to be the Dutch disjunctive conjunc- tion (Engl, or), that name is accordingly done into Latin, and appears as " Matsei vet tsar" In this map " Costintsarch" is not inserted. It may not be uninteresting to add, tiiat Gerard's work, together with its maps, is inserted bodily in De Bry's Collection, and on the title-page, which alone is altered, are the words, "Auctore M. Gotardo Arthusio, Dantiscano, tabulas in tes artificiosc incisas addente Johanne-Theodoro de Bry." The artist has, indeed, the conscience to give Isaac Massa the credit of his map ; but the name of the author of the work, " Hesse- lius Gerardus, Assuniensis, philogeographicus," signed at the foot of his Prolegomena, is left out, and there is nothing whatever to show that the entire work is not the original composition of G. Arthus. THE FIRST EDITION. Ixxxix that island lies, and from which it derives its appella- tion.^ Had the name Kostin Shar, in any of its chameleon forms,'' been retained in its proper place, at the same time that the new name Matfeiof tsar was introduced to designate the more northerly channel, — and the map constructed by Ger- rit de Veer from William Barents's observations, does not warrant the former's being carried much higher up than the 71st parallel, — there would most probably have been no occasion to notice this grave error. But the passage be- tween Novaya Zemlya (Proper) and Matvy^eva Zomlya not having been observed by Barents and his companions, and De Veer having in his journal expressed the opinion that " Constinsarck" goes "through to the Tartarian Sea'V the corrector of Massa's map was led to suppose that this passage must be the same as the " Matfeiof tsar" of the Kussians, and he accordingly placed over the latter the name *' Costint sarch" in faint letters. That in subsequent maps the former name should have been omitted, and the latter alone retained, is only natural : it is the usual progress of error. Accordingly, in Gerard's map of Russia, dedi- cated to the emperor Michael Fedorowich in 1614,* we find " Costint sarch" made to extend right across and through the land from west to east, its latitude being, however, brought down to nearly the same as in Gerrit de Veer's map, from which the western coast-line of Novaya Zemlya is, in ' See the note in page 31 of the present volume. ' See page 30, note 4, and page 202, notes 6 and 7. Yet one more form has to be added to the list. It is Canting Sarch, which is employed by Captain Beechey in page 277 of hia work already cited. ' See page 222 of the present work. * '' Tabula Russia) ex autographo quod delineandum curavit Feodor filius Tsaris Boris desumpta, et ad iluvios Dwinam, Zuchanum, aliaque loca, quantum ex tabulis et notitiis ad nos delatis fieri potuit, amplificata ...ab Hcsselo Gerardo, m.dc. xiiii" (the last i was subsequently added). Ill Blaeu's Grant! Alias, vol. ii, 1667. m I I • .•-..J t'lUHB 1: xc INTRODUCTION TO general, taken, while the more northerly passage is alto- gether lost sight of. Still, the existence of this latter passage continued to be known more than a century later. For, in the year 1705, Witsen published in the second volume of his Noord en Oost Tartarye, a rough and, for the most part, very incorrect map of the Samoede country, obtained by him from Theunis (Aiitonis) Ys, the master of a trading vessel, who had visited Novaya Zemlya ; in which map the southern portion of that country is represented as an island, cut off from the north- ern and far larger portion by a broad channel, running from north-west to south-east, and bearing the name of " Matis- kin jar, of Mathys-stroom"; M'ith respect to which channel Witsen remarks/ that " it is a passage and thoroughfare, and not an inlet or river". Notwithstanding the length of time during which the name has been lost, there does not appear to be any good i-eason why the original and correct designation of Matthew's {Strait, Matvyeeva Shar ("Matfeiof tsar"), or Matyushin Shar, should not be restored to the channel between the two islands, instead of its continuing to bear the modern cor- rupted form of the latter name, Matochkin Shar. It likewise seems only right that the name Matthew's Land {the " Land of Matpheoue*') or Matvydeva Zemlya, should not be lost from our maps ; and it is therefore pro- posed to appropriate that designation to the small island extending from Matyushin Shar ("Matochkin Shar") north- wards as far as the channel, in about 74° N. lat., running across the land from Cross Bay to Rosmuislov's " Unknown Bay". As to the name Novaya Zemlya, there can be no doubt that it ought still to continue the generic appellation of the entire series of islands, of which the country usually known by that name is now found to consist. But, at the same ' Pago%2. THE FIRST EDITION. XCl time, as it is highly expedient that each of those islands should possess some distinctive specific designation, there is a propriety in restricting the title of Novaya Zemlya (Proper), as it appears in the map of Isaac Massa and Theunis Ys, to the southernmost island of the series, lying between the Kara Gate or Burrough's Strait to the south and Matyushin Shar or Matthew's Strait to the north. The establishment of the English in the White Sea, and their explorations to the eastwards, soon induced others to become their competitors ; and of these it is not unnatural that the Russians themselves should have been among the first. Accordingly, we find that a short time previously to the year 1581, "two famous men", named Yacovius and Unekius — which, as Liitke observes,^ are manifestly the Latinised forms of the Russian names Yakov and Anikyi — employed a Swedish shipwright to build for them two ships in the river Dwina, and then sent one Alferius, by birth a Netherlander ("natione Belga''), to Antwerp to engage pilots and mariners, with a view to their employment on board those ships in discoveries towards the north-east. This Alferius — or Oliver, as Hakluyt translates the name — was the bearer of a letter from John Balak to Gerard Mer- cator, which letter, written in Latin, was published by Hak- luyt in his Principal Navigations,^ together with an English translation. On account of the very curious matter bearing on our subject whicU this letter contains, it is thought advisable to reprint it here in its English form, and also to give the original Latin in the Appendix,^ for the convenience of reference. ' r.-ge 93. 2 Voi i, pp. 500-512. ' See page 261. 'rii ,1 ■ ' i ri XCIl INTKODUCTION TO To the famous and renovmed Gerardus Mercator, his re- uerend and singular friend, at Duisburg in dixieland, these he deliiiered. Calling to remembrance (most deare fnend) what exceed- ing delight you tooke, at our being together, in reading the geographicall writings of Homer, Strabo, Aristotle, Pliuie, Dion, and the rest, I reioyced not a little that I happened vpon such a messenger as the bearer of these presents (whom 1 do especially recommend vnto you), who arriued lately here at Arusburg, upon the riuer of Osella. This mans experience (as I am of opinion) will greatly auaile you to the knowledge of a certaine matter, which hath bene by you so vehementl3f desired and so curiously laboured for, and con- cerning the which the late cosmographers do hold such varietie of opinions : namely, of the discouerie of the huge promontorie of Tabin, and of the famous and rich countreys subiect unto the emperor of Cathay, and that by the north- east Ocean Sea. The man is called Alferius,^ being by birth a Netherlander, who, for certaine yeeres, lined captiue in the dominions of Russia, vnder two famous men, Yucouius and Vnekius, by whom he was sent to Antwerp, to procure skilfuU pilots and mariners (by propounding liberall rewards), to go vnto the two famous personages aforesayd, which two had set a Sweden shipwright on worke to build two ships for the same discouerie, vpon the riuer of Dwina. The passage vnto Cathay by the northeast (as he declareth the matter, albeit without arte, yet very aptly, as you may well perceiue, which 1 request you diligently to considex'), is, without doubt, very short and eaoie. This very man himselfe hath trauelled to the riuer of Ob, both by land, thx'ough the coun- treys of the Samoeds and of Sibier, and also by sea, along the coast of the riuer Pechora, eastward. Being encouraged by this his experience, ho is fully resolued with himselfe to ■conduct a barke laden with merchandize (the keele whereof 1. 10 will not haue to drawe ouer much water) to the Baie of jaint Nicholas, in Russia, being furnished with all things expedient for such a discouerie, and with a new supply of victuals at his arrivall there ; and also to hire into his com- panie certaine Russes best knowen vnto himselfe, who can perfectly speake the Saiuoeds language, and are acquainted with the riuer of Ob, as hauing frequented those places ycere by yeere. ' Or Oliiier —Auk hy Ihtkluyl. TTTE FIRST EDITION. XCIU Whereupdn, about the ende of May, hee is determined to saile from the Baie of S. Nicholas eastward, by the maine of loughoria, and so to the easterly parts of Pechora, to the island which is called Dolgoia, And here also hee is purposed to obserue the latitudes, to suruey and describe the countrey, to sound the depth of the sea, and to note the distances of places, where and so oft as occasion shall be offered. And forasmuch as the Baie of Pechora is a most conuenient place both for harbour and victuall, as well in their going foorth as in their returne home, in regard of ice and tempest, he is determined to bestow a day in sounding the flats, and in searching out the best enterance for ships : in which place, heretofore, he found the water to be but fine foote deepe, howbeit he doubteth not but that there are deeper chanels : and then he intendeth to proceed on along those coasts for the space of three or foure leagues, leaning the island called Vaigats almost in the middle way betweene Vgoria and Nona Zembla: then also to passe by a certaine baie betweene Vai- gats and Ob, trending southerly into the land of Vgoria, whereinto fall two small riuers, called Marmesia and Carah,^ vpon the which riuers doe inhabite an other barbarous and sauage nation of the Samoeds. He found many flats in that tract of land, and many cataracts or ouerfals of water, yet such as hee was able to saile bv. When hee shall come to the riiier of Ob, which riuer (as the Samoeds report) hath seuentie mouthes, which, by reason of the huge breadth thereof, con- taining many and great islands, which are inhabited with sundry sortes of people, no man scarcely can well discouer ; because he will not spend too much time, he purposeth to search three or foure, at the most, of the mouthes thereof, those chiefly which shall be thought most commodious by the aduiseof the inhabitants, of whom hee meaneth to haue cer- taine with him in his voyage, and meaneth to employ three or foure boates of that countrey in search of these mouthes, as neere as possibly he can to the shore, which, within three dayes iourney of the sea, is inhabited, that he may learne where the riuer is best nauigable. If it so fall out that he may sayle vp the riuer Ob against the streame, and mount up to that place which heretofore, accompanied with certaine of his friends, he passed vnto by land through the countrey of Siberia, which is about twelue dayes iourney from the soa, where the riuer Ob falleth into the sea, which place is in the ' Or Naramsay and Cara Reca. — Note hy Ilaklui/t. And see jiage Ixxiii, ante. I i' , . imuii wmmmmi XCIV INTRODUCTION TO f| continent neere the riuer Ob, and is called Yaks 01j?ush, borowing his name from that mightie riuer which falleth into the riuer Ob; then, doubtlesse, hee would conceive full hope that hee had passed the greatest difficulties: for the people dwelling there about report, which were three dayes sayHng onely from that place beyond the riuer Ob, whereby the bredth thereof may be gathered (which is a rare matter there, because that many rowing with their boates of leather one dayes iourney onely from the shore, haue bene cast away in tempest, hauing no skill to guide themselves neither by sunne nor starre), that they haue scene great vessels, laden with rich and precious merchandize, brought downe that great riuer by black or swart people. They call that riuer Ardoh, which falleth into the lake Of Kittay, which they call Paraha,^ whereupon bordereth that mightie and large nation which they call Carrah Colmak, which is none other than the nation of Cathay .2 There, if neede require, he may fitly winter and refresh himselfe and his, and seeke all things which he shall stand in need of; which, if it so fall out, he doubteth not but in the meane while he shall be much furthered in searching and learning out many things in that place. Howbeit, he hopeth that hee shall reach to Cathaya that very sommer, unlesse he be hindered by great abundance of ice at the mouth of the riuer of Ob, which is sometimes more, and sometimes lesse. If it so fall out, hee then purposeth to returne to Pechora, and there to winter; or if he cannot doe so neither, then hee meaneth to returne to the riuer of Dwina, whither he will reach in good time enough, and so the next spring following to proceed on his voyage. One thing in due place I forgate before. The people which dwell at that place called Yaks Olgush, affirme that they haue heard their forefathers say that they have heard most sweete harmonie of bels'^ in the lake of Kit- thay, and that they haue scene therein stately and large build- ings : and when they make mention of the people named Carrah Colmak (this countrey is Cathay), they fetch deepe siglies, and holding vp their hands, they looks vp to heaven, signifying, as it were, and declaring the notable glory and • Those are seemingly the river Yenisei and lake Baikal. 2 On the subject of Cathay, see Ilakluyt's Divers Voi/m/es, etc., by J. Winter Jones, pp. 24, 117; and Major's Notes upon Russia, vol. ii, pp. 42, 187. Carrah Colmak would appear to be intended for Black Kalmucks. ' Is not this a sign of the existence there of the Tibetan religion ? THE FIRST EDITION. XCV tnagnificence of that nation. I would this Oliuer were better seene in cosmographie ; it would greatly further his expe- rience, which doubtlesse is very great. Most deare friend, I omit many things, and I wish you should heare the man himselfe, which promised me faithfully that he would visite you in his way at Duisburg; for he desireth to conferre with you, and doubtlesse you shall very much further the man. He seemeth sufficiently furnished with money and friends, wherein, and in other offices of curtesie, I offered him my furtherance, if it had pleased him to haue vsed me. The Lord prosper the mans desires and forwardnesse, blesse his good beginnings, further his proceedings, and grant vnto him most happy issue. Fare you well, good sir and my singular friend. From Arusburgh, vpon the river of Ossella, the 20 of February, 1581 . Yours wholy at commandement, John Balak. It is not known what success attended this Alferius or Oliver in his scheme, or what subsequently became of him ; unless, indeed, it be assumed that he is the Oliver Brunei (or Bunel), concerning whom several unconnected notices ai'e met with, and with respect to whom various conflicting opinions have been entertained. The early history of the discovery of Novaya Zemlya would hardly be complete were these notices and opinions passed over in silence. The first mention made of this individual is by Gerrit de Veer, when speaking, in page 30 of the present work, of "a great creeke, which William Barents iudged to be the place where Oliuer Brunei had been before, called Costincsarch". The next is Henry Hudson, who, on his second voyage to discover a passage to the East Indies by the north-east, in 1608, having entered into this same creek, in the hope of its affording him a way through into the Sea of Kara, ex- presses himself as follows : — " This place vpon Nona Zem- bla is another then that which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch, discouered by Oliuer Brownell : and William Barent- sons obseruation doth witnesse the same. It is layd in plot by the Hollanders out of his true place too farre north ; to J S^i IB ;.M ''I ''I m XCVl INTRODUCTION TO V I ^ what end I know not, unlesse to make it hold course with the compasse, not respecting the variation. "^ In this, however, Hudson was mistaken. The creek into which he entered was really Kostin Shar ; and his error in supposing it to be another "than that which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch", arose from the circumstance that in the Dutch maps that name had been removed northwards to Matfeiov-tsar (Matvy^eva Shar) or Matyushin Shar, and made to supersede the original name. The whole of Hud- son's account of his visit to Novaya Zemlya is of so interest- ing a character, that it is deemed deserving of a place in the Appendix to the present work,^ especially as it has hitherto been either overlooked or else made use of to very little good purpose. In 1611, three years after Hudson's visit to Novaya Zem- lya, Josiah Logan went on a voyage to the Pechora, and on the 27th of August of that year we find the following entry in his journal, which, like that of Hudson, is published by Purchas:* — "We came to an iland called Mezyou Sharry, being sixtie versts to the eastwards of Suatinose, and it is about ten versts in length and two versts broad. At the east end thereof Oliuer Brunell was carried into harbour by a Russe, where he was land-locked, hauing the iland on the one side and the mayne on the other." It is here manifest that Logan's "Mezyou Sharry" Island is the Mezhdusharsky Ostrov, or " the island between the two straits", of the Russians.* From these several statements of three seamen, who visited Kostin Shar at different pei'iods between the years 1594 and 1611, the only facts to be elicited are, that, at some time previous to the former date, this strait was first discovered by some well-known individual, named Oliver Brunei, who was there exposed to some danger or difficulty, 1 Pnrchas, vol. iii, p. 579. ' See page 265. » Vol. iii, p. 545. * See page Ixxxviii, ante. I'' 1 THE FIRST EDITION. xcvn O rs at St er from which he was rescued by the crew of a Russian vessel. That he was, however, subsequently lost at the mouth of the river Pechora is made known to us in the work of Hessel Gerard already referred to.* As this work of Gerard is but little known, the com- mencement of the author's Preface (ProlcrjumenaJ shall be reprinted here, both on account of its clearing up the hig'^ory of Oliver Brunei, and also because it shows the important bearin; which his adventure had on the subsequent voyages of the Dutch, which form the subject of the following pages. " Lucri et utilitatis spes animos hominum nunquam non exoitavit ad peregrinas regiones nationesque lustrandas. Ita pretiosa) illaB, nobis a mercatoribus Russis allatae pelles, mercatores nostrates inflainmarunt acri quadam cupidine incognitas nobis ipsorum terras, si fieri posset, peragrandi. Profuit ipsis quadam tonus hac in parte iter quoddam k Russis conscriptum, Moscovia Colmogroviara, atque inde Petzoram (ubi incolaj anno Christi 1518 Christianam fidem amplexi sunt) hinc porro ad fluvium Obi, pauloque ulterius ducens. Quod quidera pluriraa falsa veris admiscet, puta de Slatibaba anu ilia (ut fertur) aurea, eiusque filijs, necnon .monstruosis illis trans ipsura Obi hominibus.^ Transtulit vero descriptionem hanc Russicam, eamque suis de region- ibus Muscovitarum libris inseruit Sigismundus ab Herber- stein, Imperatoris Maxirailiani orator. Ediditque posted tabulam RussiaD Antonius quidam Wiedus, adjutus ab Tohanne a Latski, Principe quondam Russo, et ob tumultus post obitum Magni Ducis lohannis Basilij in Russia excita- tos, in Polonium profugo. Qiue tabula I. cuidam Copero, Senatoi'i Gedanensi, dicata, Russicisque et Latinis descrip- tionibus aucta, in luct'rn prodiit apud Wildam anno Christi 1555.'' Aliani quoque Rnssiiv tabiiljun edidemnt post mo- ' Pafje Ixxxvii. 2 The members of the Hakluyt Society are referred to their last pub- lished volume, namely, the second of ^[r. Major's translation of Ilerber- stein's celebrated work {Al)tfs upon liiissia. vol. ii. pp. 40, 41), for this description of the " golden old woman" and the other wonderful in- habit: nts of the regions beyond the Ob. •* F. Adelung, in his memoir " iiber die aeltern auslandischen Karten von Kussiand, bis 1700'', in Baer and Helmersen's ISeitriige air Knintniss h I 4 • . .1 ' I ; I I. ii 1 1 M ir ,'i ' ! i ill r I. -^ 1 1 xcvin INTRODUCTION TO dum An{?li, qui in tractu illo negfotiati fucrunt. Atque has quidatn tabulte ot qiialoscurnquo dcscriptionos, quajquo piw- torea de rcpfionibus hisco comporta sunt, dlcucrunt Olu:eriiim qucndam Biturlluiii, ilomo Briwella, vti conseonso naiu'r/io I'lnchnsavo, animvm i)uhixcr!t ou seso covfcrrc. Vhi aJiquan- din vagatns, et pcllium jyreti'osarum, vitri liiisslci, cri/stalU- qnc vundani, id vacant, ailfatiin nodns, ovin'mm opunisiiariini scapluv comviissarinii in mulls JluviJ Pchoree iriHto fecit iiau- frnghtm. Quoo turn Anglorum, turn hvjits limielli, qui et Costinsarcam Novre Zenila3 lustraverat, navigationes, cum ct Batavis nostris, opuin Chinensium Cathaicannnque odoi-o allectis, animum accendissent, nobilcs ct prepotcntes Pio- vinciarum Focderatarum Ordincs, duas naves, ductore lohauno Hugonis i\ Linschot, versus fretum quod vulgo Weygats, totideniquo ductoro Guiliclmo Bernardi, suasu D. Petri Plancij, recto supra Novam Zemblain carsu sententio- nem versus ituras, destinarunt." Oliver Brunei, or " Bunel", was therefore no English- man, but a native of Brussels ; and if the pai'ticulars thus recorded of him and of the motives of his enterprise be cor- rectly stated, he v?ould scarcely seem to be the Alforius of Balak's letter to Mercator. Still, the point cannot bo looked on as absolutely decided. One further remark is necessary with respect to the spelling of his name. On the one hand, it will be seen that, according to Do Veer and Logan, it is " Brunei" or " Bruuell", while Hudson makes it to be " Brow^'^11", which latter may, however, be regarded as merely a broad pronunciation of the word, or perhaps an attempt to give it a vernacular and significant form j — a process with respect to proper names not iniusual among seamen of uU. nations. On the other hiind, Gerard writes (hs RiiKsischcn Rciclic.i, vol. iv (1841), p. 18, when describing this map, 8iiys tliat it nuibt have boon very rare, since few appear to liave been acquainted witli it except Ortelius and Witsen ; referring to tlio latter writer's preface to his Noord en. Oost Turtarijc, wiiere mention is niaile of it. ]>ut from a comparison of Gerard's description of tiiis map with that of Witsen, it is manifest that the latter merely repeated tlie former's statement respecting it; so that there is no reason for supposing it to have been seen even by Witsen. THE FIRST KDITION. XCIX " Bnnel". But this form cannot bo allowed to stand in opposition to the conjoint authority of tho thioo seamen, all writing separately and' without concert j and wo may quite reasonably conjecture the r to have been left out by Gerard, through some clerical or typographical error. Gerard's work must have come to tlio knowledge of Purchas soon after its publication ; for, in the year 1625, it is referred to bo the latter' as his authority for the follow- ing statement : — " The Dutch themselues^ write tliat after the English Kussian trade, one Oliuer Bunell, raoued with liope of gaine, went from Enckhuyseu to Pechoi'a, where he lost all by shipwracke, hauing discouered Costinsarca in Nona Zemla. These nauigations of the English, and that of Bunell, and the hopes of China and Cathay, caused tho States Generall to send forth two shippes, vuder the com- mand of Hugo Linschoten, to the Streights of Wey-gates, and two others, vnder William Bernards, by the perswasion of P. Plancius, to goe right northwards from Nona Zemla." Nearly a century later, Witsen, in his oft-cited work,^ writes as follows : — " Het zijn veele jai'en geleden, eu lange voor Willem Barents-zoons reis, dat eenen Olivier Bunel, mot een schcepje van Enkhuizen uitgevaren, deze rivier [Petsora] hceft bezocht, daor hy veel pelterye, Rusch glas, on borgkristid vergaderd hadde j doch is aldaer komen to bly ven." Witsen does not cite any authority for this state- ' Plhjrimes, vol. iii, p. 473, « Prolegomena ad Hutlsoni Detect., orlit. Amstelodami per lies. Gcr.ard, ICll. — ^^nl•[|in(ll note hi/ Piirchns. Tlie date here attributed to Gerard's work must be a misprint, as Camus makes no mention of any eiliti Linschoten, fol. 3. i'r. f. V:. > ■ * ■,•:'■ Ik \ i f'l ;ii II I > I i cvi INTKODUCTION TO " amongst Master Hakluyt's paper," and preserved by him. and which, following' that laborious collector's example, we have " thought good to adde hither for Barents or Barent- sons sake."^ He appears also to have written the narrative of the first voyage, which was published by Gerrit do Veer, and of which a translation is given in the present volume. Nothing to that effect is stated by De Veer; but as the latter did not go on that voyage, he must necessarily have obtained the pu^ticulai's of it from some one who did, and from Linschoten's statement^ it may be inferred that this was Barents himself. But whatever may have been Barents's general education, it is unquestionable that he was a man of considerable capacity and talent, and tha,; as a seaman he was possessed of far more than ordinary acquirements. By Linschoten he is described as having great knowledge of the science of navigation, and as being a practical seaman of much ex- perience and ability ; his astronomical observations have stood the severest tests of modern science ; while his feats of seamanship will bear comparison with those of the ablest and most daring of our modern navigators. Of his great determination, perseverance, and indomitable courage, some remarkable instances will bf? adduced ; and that his personal character, and general conduct, were such as to secure to him the respect, confidence, and attachment of those who sailed with him, is clearly manifest from various expressions in Geri'it do Veer's simple i ri-ative, and from its tone throughout. The name of this able navigator has been written in various ways. The Dutch usually have Barents/., which has b 'en adopted in the notes on Pliillip's text in the ' rSec tho Appendix, jiago '273. - CJhelijck als t'Belt'de, uyt do bcsclirijviughc ofte t'verbael des voor- seyi It'll Wilk'in IJaiviitaz. gliouocclisiiem (met lief overcoiueiido) vertlioont Hill woi'deii, tut welekcsj ick my relereere." — r«//m/a, etc., fol. lb verso. ! n THE FIKST KDITION, evil present volume, it being tlie usual native contraction of the full name, Barentszoon. In the Amsterdam Latin and French versions of Do Veer's work, the name is translated " lilius Beriiardi," and '*' fils de Bernard". Purchas and other early English writers, have Barents or Barentson, and sometimes even Bovnardson. The first of these forms — nn.mely, Barents — is most conformable to the genius of our language (in which wo have WiUiams and Williamson, Jlichards and Richardson, etc.), at the same time that it accords with that of the Dutch, in which langunge this form of name is not uncommon, Ijarentz and Barentzen, as it has not uufrcquently been written, are incorrect. On the 4th of June, 1594, the little fleet lying off Huys- dunen, by the Texel, the commander of the Swan, Cornclis Nai, was named admiral or commodore, and an agreement made^ that they should keep company as far as Kildin, on the coast of Lapland. On the following morning, being Sunday, the admiral set sail, commanding the othei's to follow ; but as the Amsterdammers said they were not quite ready, they remained behind, though, as appears from their journal,- they too sailed in the course of the same day. On the 21st, the Mercury of Enkhuysen arrived at Kildin, on the 22nd, the Swan, and on the 23rd, Baront's two vessels. On the 29th of the same month Barents left F^'.ii' o!-. his separate voyage to Novaya Zemlya, arran^"- ^^!, viji the others that, in case they should not meet beyoii. 'no.', country, but should have to return, they would wait for ono another at Kildin till the end of September. On tho 2nd of July the ships of Nai and Tetgrles took their departure for Vaigats. For want of taking a comprehensivo view of this, and the subsequent voyages in which Jlaronts was engaged, r»iost writers on the subject have fallen into considerable ' To SHIP • Ailiiiiriiolscliiip I'lidc cuii Viust vorboiidt glieiiwu'ckt. — /.'...■•;7i()'..H, fol. 'y '-' I)t' Veer, p. fi. 1 1 ■ il SI I, i f 4 ■ !,i I :• 111 I lit m rl CVlll INTRODUCTION TO error. By some the two expeditions of Nai and Barents have been treated as totally distinct ; while by others Barents has been regarded as the chief commander of the whole. Thus, Blaeu, in the first part of his Grand Atlas} published at Amsterdam in 1667, speaks of this expedition in the following terras : — " Dans cette grande entreprise, la ville d'Amsterdam, aujourd'huy la plus puissante des sept Provinces unies, se porta des premieres, et fournit deux vaisseaux, qui fureut sncompagnez d'un troisiesme do Zolande et d'un quatri« : 'jnchuse, torn quatre excelleia- mcnt equippcz, et qui euni. pour principal gouuerneur et pHoto tres-expert Guillaume fils de Bernard." It would be a mere loss of time to refer to what other writers have said on the subject. The voyage of William Barents in the Mercury of Amsterdam, forms the subject of the ■' First Part" of the present volume. Without entering here into any needless repetition of the particulars of this voyage, it shall be merely remarked that on the 4th of July, Barents first came in sight of Novaya Zemlya in 73° 25' N. lat., near a low projecting point, called by him Langcnes, whence he proceeded northwards along the coast, till, on the 10th of the same month, he passed Cape Nassau.'^ Thus far he had met with no obstacle to his progress. But during the night of the 13th he fell in with immense quantities of ice, and here his difficulties began. After vainly endeavouring to make his way through the ice, he, on the 19th of the month, found himself again close to the land about Cape Nassau.^ Nothing daunted, he once more struggled for- wards, and at length, on the last day of July, reached the Islands of Orange. Here, "after he had taken all that paine, and finding that he could hardly get through to accomplish and eude his intended voyage, his men also beginning to bee weary and would saile no further, they all ' Tag*^ 27. 2 Dl' Voor, pp. 11-16. lldiL, p. 20. THE FIRST EDITION . CIX together agreed to retnmo back ngaine."^ On the follow- ing day, therefore, they commenced their homeward voyage, and on the 3rd of August they reached Cape Nassau. From a perusal of the mere ry details of their various courses in this part of their voyage, which are nearly all that is recorded in their journal, no idea could bo formed of the difficulties they had to contend with, or the amount of labour actually performed. It is only when their track is laid down on the map, — as it has been, most carefully and with all possible accuracy, by Mr. Augustus Peterman, — that their enormous exertions become apparent. The result is really astonishing. Their voyage from Capo Nassau to the Orange islands and back occupied them from the 10th of July till the 3rd of August, being twenty-five days. During this period, Barents put his ship about eighty-one times, and sailed 1,516 geographical miles, according to the distances noted in the journal ; to which, however, must bo added the courses sailed along the coast, and also those which in some instances have been omitted to bo specified, so that it may bo reasonably assumed that the entire distance gone over was not much (if anything) short of 1,700 miles. This is equal to the distance from the Thames to the northern extremity of Spitzborgen, or from Cape Nassau to Cape Yakan, not far from Bering's Strait. And all this was performed in a vessel of one hundred tons' burthen, accompanied by a fishing smack ! One remarkable fact must not be omitted to be men- tioned. On laying down Barents's track from the bearings and distances given in his journal, from the 10th to the 10th of July, being the interval between his passing Cape Nassau, and being driven back again to that point, — during which period he tacked about in numerous direc- tions, and sailed more than six hundred miles, — Mr. Peter- mann found it to ngrv^e so accurately, that its termination ' i)c "\ ('(T. 1 1. 27. i if i i i .11 m il! i ■ ox INTRODUCTION TO fell precisely upon Cnpo Nassau, without any difference whatever. This extreme precision can hardly be regarded as anything but a singular coincidence. Nevertheless, whf^n viewed in connexion with Bai'ents's other tracks, and with his observations generally, as tested by the recent explorations of Liitke and other modern navigators, it must still remain a striking proof of the wonderful ability and accuracy of that extraordinary man. After passing Capo Nassau, Barents continued his course southwards without any remarkable incident, till on tho 15th of August he reached the islands of " Matfloo and Dolgoy," — Matvyeda Ostrov and Dolgoi Ostrov of the TJussians, meaning Matthew's Island and Long Island, — where he fell in with Nai and Tetgales, who liad just arrived there, on their return from the Sea of Kara through Yugorsky Sbar (Pet's Strait), to which, with pardonable national vanity, they had given the name of tho Strait of Nassau. Their report was that they had sailed fifty or sixty Dutch miles (200 or 240 geographical miles) to the eastward of that strait, and in their opinion had reached about tho longitude of the river Ob, and were not far from Cape Tabin (Taimur), the furthest point of Tiirtary, whence tho coast trended to the south-east, and afterwards to the south, towards the kingdom of Cathay.^ After much rejoicing on b.-^th sides at their happy meet- ing, the whole fleet now sailed ho^newards in company, and on the 14th of September came to the Doggers Sand, whence Nai, in tho Swan, proceeded to Middelburg, whilst the other vessels passed by the Texel to their several ports. The reports made by Barents and Linschoten of the results of their respective voyages were very diflerent in character. The former, though anything but an illiterate man, could make no pretensions to scholarship. The latter ' Do Veer, p. iiG. ^smm THE FIRST EDITION. CXI was an acconiplishod scholar, as is plainly shown by his narrative of this first and of the second voyage (which will be more particularly noticed in the sequel), and by his other published works; and though the vessels which ho accompanied had not in reality accomplished so much as those of Barents, yet he appears to have had no difficulty in convincing their employers and the higher authorities that they had been not far from the realisation of the object of their voyage. That, in the estimation of the Amsterdammers, Lin- schoten represented matters in too favourable a light, is manifest from Gerrit de Veer's innuendo at the commence- ment of his description of the second voyage, that ho " de saeck vry wat brcedt voort stelde,"^ which caused Lin- schoten to reply that, whether he had done so or not, he left to the judgment of the discreet reader.^ Our present knowledge of those seas enables us to judge the question fairly and impartially between the two, and to decide that, when at the Islands of Orange, Barents had sailed from Kildin, their point of separation, further in a dii'cct line, and made a more easterly longitude, than Nai and Tetgales had when at their furthest point on the east- ern side of tlio Sea of Kara; and that, when there, he was quite as near as they were to the mouth of tho Ob, and as near af/nin to Cajio Talnnir ; with the certaint}', further, that from the former position a passage eastwards would at most times, if not always, be attended with fewer difficulties than from tho latter. And it cannot bo denied that Lin- schoten, in stating as he does on the titlc-pago of his work, and at the commencement of his Introduction, without any ' rage 40. 2 Al hoc wol (lat (lio van Planciiis opinio zijn, in haor Tractaet te vorstnen ghcven, flat ick tla sake lirocdor aengliorlicnt haddc, als sy in •'■ffeot was, t'wolck ick //«7/V, fol. 2\. ill n ■'.:■ i cxu INTRODUCTION TO qualification, that lie " sailed through the Strait of Nassau to beyond the riiwr Oh y," has certainly afforded a justifica- tion for De Veer's imputation that he represented matters « vry wat breedt." Stimulated by Linschoten's report, the adventurers who had fitted out the former expedition, with others who now joined them, determined on dispatching in the following 3'ear a large and well-appointed fleet, not merely in the hope of accomplishing the passage to China which had been so well commenced, but also with a view to the establish- ment of an advantageous trade with that kingdom, and tho other countries that might be discovered and visited in the course of the voyage^ in respect of which trade they ob- tained from the Government of the United Provinces cer- tain exclusive privileges and advantages. This fleet consisted of seven vessels, namely, two from Zeelandt, two from Enkhuysen, two from Amsterdam (which city, in consequence of the want of success of Barents's first voyage by Novaja Zemlya, was now willing to take part in the undertaking of the other ports), and one from Rotterdam. The following are the names of the vessels and of their commanders. Tlie Griffin {Griffoen), of Zeelandt, of the burthen of 100 lasts (200 tons), com- manded by Cornelis Cornelisz. Nai, who was appointed admiral or superintendent of the fleet ; the Swan (Swane), also of Zeelandt, of the burthen of 50 lasts (100 tons), which had been on the former voyage, and was now com- manded by Lambert Gerritsz. Oom, of Enkhuysen; the Hope {Hoope), of Enkhuysen, u new war-pinnace (oorlogs- pinas) of 100 lasts, commanded by Brant Ysbrantsz. Tet- gales, vice-admiral ; the Mercuiy (Merau-lus), of Enk- huysen, of 50 las^jS, which had been on the former voyage, and was now commanded by Thomas Willemszoon ; the Greyhound (Winthont), of Amsterdam, likewise a new war- ' De Veer, p, (34. tmmit THE FIRST EDITION. cxin pinnace, of 100 lasts, commanded by William Barents, pilot-major of the fleet, under whom was Cornelis Jacob- szoon as skipper;^ a yacht^ of Amsterdam, of 50 lasts (probably the Mercury of the former voyage), commanded by Harman Janszoon ; and lastly, a yacht of Rotterdam, of about 20 lasts, or 40 tons burthen, commanded by Hendrick Hartman. The last-named vessel was commissioned, when the fleet should have reached Cape Tabin, or so far that it might thence continue its course southwards without hind- rance from the ice, to return and bring news of their suc- cess to Holland. The vessels were all well equipped, with a double complement of men, and ammunition and victuals for a year and a half. The interpreter of the fleet was Meester Christofiel Splindler, as on the former voyage. As supercargoes on behalf of the merchants of Holland and West Friesland, were Jan Hiiyghen van Linschoten, Jacob van Heemskerck, and Jan Cornelisz. Rijp ; and for those of Zeelandt, Frangois de la Dale and N. Buys, with some other relatives of Balthazar Moucheron. Linschoten and De la Dale were further appointed chief commissioners of the fleet on behalf of his excellency prince Maurice and the States General, from whom they received the following commission : — Instructions to Jan Ilui/gen van Linsclwtcn and Frant;oijs de la Dale, Chief Commissioners, for the regulation of their conduct in the kingdom of China, and other king- doms and countries ivhich shall he visited hy the ships and yachts destined for the voyage round hy the North, through the Vaigats or Strait of Nassau. In the first place, after Mr. Christoffel Splindler, the Slavo- nian, shall have been on shore and ascertained whether they may land there, they shall go on shore to the king, gover- ' De Veer, p. 42. « The expressions vlyhoot and yacht seem to have been used, like "cutter" and "clipper" in modern times, to designate quick-sailing ves.sels. I (I III) I f ii ) m I CXIV INTKOUUCTION TO nor, or other authority of the phice, to whom they shall, on behalf of these States, olfer all friendship, and shall explain the circumstances of these States, namel}^ that they hold communication by sea with all countries and nations in tho whole world, for tho purpose of traffickinrc, tradinf^, and dealinj^ with them in a friendly and upright manner, for wliich they possess many advantages of divers sorts of mer- chandise and otherwise. Item, that the Government of this Country being surely informed that upright trade, traffic, and dealiugs are carried on in the said kingdoms and couutries, have found it good to send thither some ships, under good oi'der, government, and regulation, with merchandise, mone}'^, and other com- modities, in order to begin dealings, by means of certain trusty and honest persons on board the said sliips, for whom they shall ask free intercourse there, to the end aforesaid. They shall do their best to come to an agreement for a fair, faithful, upright, and uninterrupted trade, traffic, and navigation, to the mutual advantage of the said kingdoms and of these States, as well as of their respective inhabi- tants ; and in case the same sh.all be found good there, they sliall declare that to that end it is intended to visit them with a good embassy by the first opportunity, provided tho same shall be agreeable to them. 'J'hey shall explain there what commodities and merchan- dizes can from time to time be taken thither from these States ; and they sliall al.-.o carefully examine so as to ascertain what merchandizes and wares may, in return for the same, be obtained from those kingdoms and couutries find brought to these States. They shall keep a good and accurate account of every- thing that shall occur during tho voyage, as well on sln'p- board, in the discovery of countries and ports, and Oi all other occasions, as likewise of that which shall happer- to them on shore ; so that, immediately on their return, they may of all things make a good and faithful report in writing to the Lords the States General. Done and concluded in the Assembly of the Lords tho States General of the United Netherlands at tho Hague, the IGth of June 1595. Sloeth v'- l^y order of the Lords, the States aforesaid. C. AliUSENS, &c.^ ' Linscliotcn, fol. 24 verso. ■ I THE FIRST EDITION. t'XV The several vessels composing the fleet having assembled at the Texel, they all sailed out of Mars Diep on the morn- ing of Sunday, the 2d of July, 1595. It was not till the 10th of August that they passed the North Cape, and on the 1 7th they fell in with ice, being then about fifty miles distant from the coast of Novaya Zemlya. On the following day they reached the island of " Matfloe",* and on the 19th came to the mouth of the strait to the south of Vaigats Island (Yugorsky Shar), where they found the ice to lie in such quantities, " that the entire channel was closed up as far as the eye could see, so that it had the appearance of a continent, which was most frightful to behold".^ Under these circumstances they scarcely knew how to act, but at length resolved to go into the roadstead called Train-oil Bay {Traenh(iy^), where, as it was under the shelter of Idol Cape {Afyoilen Iloccic), and thus out of the current which set from the strait, there was a little open water.* The preceding winter appears to have been more than ordinarily severe, and the ice-masses set in motion by the summer's sun were consequently far greater in quantity than usual. This, coupled with the late period of the year at which, from some unexplained cause, they had commenced their vojago, soon convinced them that they had but little pro- spect of being able to get forward. On the 20th August, while thus lying in Train-oil Bay, a council was held on board the admiral's ship, when it was decided that a yacht should be sent to examine the condition of the strait and the probability of their getting through, and also that a party of thirty or forty armed men should proceeu across the Island of Vaigats for the same purpose. The yacht could go no further than Cross Point, where the entire sea was found to be covered with ice without the least break or ' Sec Do Veer, p .')0, uiid the note tlu'vo. * Linschoton, fol. '>! verso. * Liiischoten, fol. 27 vei-so. ' De Veer, p. ,5.3. i.2 * I n r ;i I' ' 1 !*i lii CXVl INTRODUCTION TO • II opening ; but the crew thence proceeded by land as far as Capo Dispute, though without better success. The party of men — whom Do Veer describes* as fifty-four in number, himself included — returned with a somewhat more favour- able report ; for they thought they had discovered a prac- ticable passage, because they saw so little ice there.^ In this their experience agreed with that of Pet and Jack- man, who found a passage close along the shore, between the ice and the land, at times when the deep sea was entirely filled with ice-masses.^ Cn the 24th of August a yacht was again sent out to inspect the strait, and got as far as Cross Point, bringing back the consolatary intelligence that the ice was beginning to move, and that all was clear, with open water, v far as Cope Dispute. On the following day therefore the fleet weighed anchor, and sailed as far as beyond the latfcr cape, without meeting with any ice ; but soon afterwards they fell in with such quantities that they were forced to return. That night they anchored between Cape Dispute anJi Cross Point, and on the following day betook themselves to their former station r ider Idol Cape, " there to stay for a more convenient time."* Here they were so entirely surrounded by the ice, that they could walk dry-foot from one ship to the other.^ The admiral and other officers had now evidently given up all hopes of effecting a passage, to which result the murmurings of the crews may perhaps have contributed. Barents, however, with that determination and perseverance for which he appears to have been distinguished, was not so satisfied as they were that nothing more could be done ; and as on the 30th of August the ice began again to move, he, on the following day, had a good many words with the admiral on the subject,^ after which he in person crossed ' De Veer, p. 53. ' See pages Ixxi-ii, fitifc ■■* Ijn.schoten, fol. 29 verso. » Ihid., p. 54. « De Veer, p. 57. • De Veer, p. 60. Il TlIK PIK8T EDITION. CXVII over the strait to the main land of the Samoyudes, whero ho made inquiries of tho natives. On his return the fol- lowing day, ho again " spake to the adinirall to will hiiu to set saylo, that thoy might goe forward j but they had not so many wordos together as was befcweene them tho day before."^ Tho conversation which ensued is quaintly told by De Veer, and with an air of perfect truthfulness. On tho following morning (September 2nd), a littlo before sun- rise, Barents began to warp his vessel out, when Nai and Tetgiiles. on seeing him do so, " began also to hoyse their anchors and to set sayle."^ The result of this movement was, that, with immense labour and difficulty and no little danger, they succeeded in making their way through the ice as far as States Island, which they reached in tlio even- ing of the 3rd September ; sailing on the following morning a little further along the channel between that island and the mainland, so as to be sheltered from the drifting of the ice.* This was virtually the termination of their voyage. On the following day (September , 4th) a council was held on board the admiral's ship, when it was decided that, " in order not to fail in their duty,"* — which means that it was little more than a matter of form, — they should on the fol- lowing day make one more endeavour to get through the ice j and if they did not succeed, that then they should not attempt it any further, seeing that the time was passing rapidly, and the winter, with its dreadful cold and long nights, was on the point of setting in. " For," adds Lin- schoten,^ " it is now suflBciently clear and manifest that it does not please the Lord God to permit us this time to proceed further on our voyage of discovery, so that it is not > De Veer, p. 60. « Ibid., p. 61. ' Ibid., p. 62 ; Linschoten, fol. 532. * Om immers aeu ons devoir niet te oiitbrekeii. — Linncltuteii, fol. 32. ■> Liiisoliotcu, fol. '32. ''■II Jl if BE I'XVlll INTRODITCTION TO If ; '■ I (itliiiuf Ui;it \V(< slioiilil wilfully icmpt Kim any longer iinu nm with oiii" lu'iuls ii^iiiiisl tlio wull." 1 1 ciimul 1)1' (k'niiul Muit Niii siml Iiis compiiiiions wvvc l)i>si't with <;'n'!il (lilliculliios, ami tlitif; any riii'tlior al-tt'iii])t.M iiii^'lil lmv(> liciMi (>xtrcMiu'ly h.izani'ius. 'I'lio (M'ows li>(> of the vosscis wi'i'O in)\v louder in ilirir iminmirs, and com- plaiiHMl that (lii'ir commanders desirt'd tlicir (K'atlis, inas- iiiucli as btMnu^ surrounded by (ln> iee, they ran the chance lA' remaini:ii«' locked up diirin<^ the whole \vin|.(M' ;' iuldi'd to which, the loss of two nuMi, who were killed by a be ir on tht> (illi of S'.'pteniber,'- was not at all uidikely to ani>'ment thep inic, and to cause insubordination anionjj the survivors. Findiu'; the sea to cor.t iiuio cpiitc* full of ice, a couiu'il was again li.'ld on the Sth September on boaril (he admiral's ship, in order to ileterinine linally wlu'th(>r t.hey should proceed or return, wheroou a great debati; took place.'' Most of thoin wore of opinion that they should at once return. To this ?u)wever, tlu> Amsterdanuners wci) opposed, their opinion being that some of them should volunteer to vemain there with two of the vesst>ls during the winter, and take their chance of the wintering, besides seeing whether they could not manage to get through, or else ti-ying whether they might not be able to make their way to the west of Vaigats, and so round by the north of Novaya /enilya. But it was replied, tliat the time for doing so was past, and that more- over it did not accord with their instiuctions. Neverthe- less, if they wished it, they could ilo it of their own autho- ritv, a""s then see how tliev might afterwards answer for tlieir ccmduct.' On the following day the indefatigable IJaronts " went on bhoare on the south side of the States Hand, and layd a ' binBdiolt.'n, fol. '3'2. ■ Do Voor. p. 02 ; Linsoliotiii, t'ol. ',V2. ' AVaor evir oon yroot di'bat glicvallcn is, - Linsi-linidi, fol. 152 verso. ' !.'• ;.oliiitoi), fol ;>-' vcrMO. I TirK I'-IKST KDITION. (;XIX stoiK! Oil till' l)riiik(> of the wutor, io prmic wlictlicr tln'rc W(M'(! ii tiilo. luid wont round iiboiit/ tlio ihiiid to sl'ooto iit a liJiiH! ; and rctiiriiinj^" — as ho says in ilii) only writing uii- doiihtcdly of !iis oi-ij^inal coniiiosiljon v/liicl. liaH been pro- scrvod to us — " I foiiiid tlu! stoiio as I k'l't it, and tlio vvatoi" noillicrliiyiuM* nor lowor; wliidi prooiiotl'., as aforo, that thoro is no Hood nor ohho."^ Ill) eoiild scarcely havo rotuniod on hoird bcf'oro tho Hoet s t sail from States Island, on tlieir return to the strait ; but the ice came in so thick and with such force, that tlioy could not get through, and therefore liad to put b;ick in the even- ing.'^ Next day, however, they succeeded in again reacliing Cape Dispute, where they anchored. On the llth, it was decided that they should once more s;iil towards the ic(;, for the purpose of removing all doubts as to the impossibility of proceeding; but tlu;y had not sailed throe Lours before they reached the firm ice, which stretched round in all uiroctiono, completely preventing all further passage.'* 'J^hey therefore returned and anchored at Cross Point, wdiere they remained till the morning of the 1 Ith, when iSarcats weighed his anchor and set his top mast, thinking once again to try what he could do to further his voyage; but the admiral, being of another mind, lay still till the loth of September. ' On that day, as Li'.schoton relates in no very courtooHS language, " seeing how the weather had sot in, the Amster- damiucrs thought better of the matter, and let their ob.stinacy somewhat abate (lieteu hun obstinactheyt wat siuckon), agreeing to conform with all the rcst."^ ^Phe following pro- test, which had been drawn up by Linschotcn, wasaccoriingly signed by Barents together with the other officers,'' and the ' Soo Appendix, p. 274. '■' Linschotcn, fol. !3.'t ; Dc Veer, p. 5G. ' Ibid., fol. 33 vcrso. And sec De Vcor, p. 65. * De Veer, p. GO. * Linschoten, fol. 32 vcrso. » Liitkc 8ay.s (p. 34) that it was signed by all except Bdrents. But it in & ;il i i 'n !l ';. h '- ^ f cxx INTRODUCTION TO same day the whole fleet sailed out from the west end of the strait homeward bound. PROTEST, On this day, the 15th of September, 1595, in the country and in the roads of the Cross Point, in the Strait of Nassau, where the ships are now lyino- at anchor all together, by desire and command of the admiral, Cornelis Cornelisz,, the captains or pilots of all the aforesaid ships being agaembled and met together in the cabin of the ship of the said admiral, in order that, jointly and each of them severally, they may without dissimulation and freely declare their opinion and final decision, and so consult together as to what is best and most advantageous to be done and undertaken in I'espect of the voyage which they have commenced round by the north towards China, Japan, etc. j and they having maturely and most earnestly considered and examined the subject, and also desiring strictly to carry out, as far as is pi'acticable and possible, the instructions of His Excellency and the Lords the States, for the welfare and preservation of the same ships, their crews and merchandize : It is found that they have all of them hitherto done their utmost duty and their best, with all zeal and diligence, not fearing to hazard and sometimes to put in peril the ships and their own per- sons (whenever need required it), in order to preserve their honour in everything, and so as to be able with a clear con- science to answer for the same to God and to the whole wo)ld. But inasmuch as it has pleased the Lord God not to permit it on the present voyage, they find themselves most unwillingly compelled, because of the time that has elapsed, to discontinue the same navigation for this time, being prevented by the ice caused by the severe and un- usually long frost, which, from what they have heard on the information of others and from their own experience, has this year been very hard and extraordinary in these parts. All which having been well considered and discussed by them together, they find no better moans, being forced by necessity, than, with the first fit weather and favourable will be seen that his signature stands in its proper rank, the third, among the others. Lutke's mistake appears to have arisen from his liaving followed Adelung, who copied from the Rccucil de Voyages an Nord, where, in the list of names, that of Barents is certainly omitted, though from what cause except inadvertency cannot be imagined. 1 THE FIRST EDITION. CXXl ■^ wind, to take their course homewards, all tof^ether and in the order in which they came, using every diligence so as if possible to preserve themselves from the frost which is momentarily expected to set in, and with God's help to bring the ships, before all the perils of winter, into a safe harbour; inasmuch as a^"" the pi'esent time no other better means can be found to lead, them to a better judgment. Protesting before God and the whole world, that they have acted in this matter as they wish God may act in the salvation of their souls, and as they hope and trust cannot be gainsaid or con- troverted by any of those who have accompanied them ; and they willingly submit themselves to defend this at all times, if requisite, by means of the fuller and more detailed journals and notes, which each of them, sepai'ately and without com- munication with the others, has kept thereof. And in order that there may be no disorder or idle talking unjustly spread abroad, to the disadvantage or derogation of those who with such good will have braved so many perils for the honour and advantage of our country, whereby they might be deprived of their merited reward, they have, for their defence and in order to provide before hand against the same, unanimously signed this Act, which I, Ian Huy- ghei^ van Linschoten, have drawn up at their request, and together with Francoys' de la Dale, as chief commissioners of the said fleet, hav^, with the like affirmation and in further corroboration, in like manner signed, the day and date above written. Cornelis Cornelisz. Brant Ysbrantsz. Willem Barentsz. Lambert Gerritsz. Thomas Willemsz. Harmen lanssz. Hcndrick Hartman. Ian Huyghen van Linschoten. Franroys de la Dale. It may well be conceived that it was no easy task for a bold and resolute sailor, and at the same time a devout and conscientious man, as William Barents undoubtedly was, to " protest before God, as ho wished He might act in the salvation of his soul", that it was impossible for hitr bo do more than he had done, so long as his ship was staunch m ^ ■pi •111 I I !> i| •7 1 ; f f !■'' !:,. ^1 jii'i ^f^ : n: cxxu INTRODUCTION TO sni(] liu had a crew willing to go forwnrd with liirn, or even to bravo a winter residence in those inhospitable regions. Linschoten speaks of the dissentient A instordamraors in the ])lural nnmber; whence it is to bu irforred that Barents did not stan 1 alone, but that Harmon lanszoon, the master of the other Amsterdam vessel, was at first of the same opinion; and, most probably, it was only when ho yielded, that Barents saw himself, however reluctantly, forced to give in. After the protest had been so signed, the fleet proceeded on its homeward voyage, and on the 30th of September reached Wardhuus, where it remained till the 10th of the following month. The vessels then again set sail all to- gether; but the vice-admiral's ship, the Hope, on board of which was Linschoten, managed to get the start of the rest, ai'riving at the Texel on tho 2Gth of October. It was not till the 18th of the following month that Barents's vessel arrived in the river Maas. The journal of the proceedings of the fleet, which was kept by Linschoten in pursuance of his instructions, was communicated by him to the Government immediately on his ari'ival ; but it was not till six years afterwarda that lie published his very interesting and valuable narrative of this voyage, as well as of that of the preceding year so far as concerns the Eukhuysen vessels, which had sailed through Yugorsky Shar— "Tot's Strait" or the " Strait of Nassau" — into tho Sea of Kara. So httle appears to be known by bibliogra pliers respect- ing Linschotcn's narrative of those voyages, that we have scarcely the means of describing any other editions than those which happen to exist in tho British Museum. The earliest of these appeared in Dutch, in 1001, in folio, under tho following title : — Voyagie, ofto Schip-vaert, van Ian Hvyghcn van Linscho- ten, van by Noorden om lunges Noorwegen, do Noort- A. ■ ;t" THE FIRST EDITION. cxxin cacp, Laplaiit, Vinlant, Ruslandt, do Wittc Zee, de Cus- ten van Candouoes, Swetenoes, Pitzova, &(.'. d(X)r do Strato ofto Engto van Nassau tot voorby do Rovior Ohy. Wuer innc scor distinctolicken Verbaels-ghowijso boscliro- ven endo aengliowesen wordt, alio t'ghono dat liom op do solve Rojsc van dacli tot dacli bejcgliont on vooi'fyhoconien is. Met de afbeoldtsels van alio do Ciiaten, Ilocckcn, Landon, Opdoeningon, Streckinghcn, Conrson, Mijlon, endo d'andor morckclicke dingcn mcer: Golijc als hy't alios solfs siehto- lickon eii waeraclitelicken nac't leven uytgeworpon ondu gheannoteort hcoft, &p. Anno 1594 on 1595. Ghedruct tot Franckor, by Gcrai'd Ketel. The colophon has — Ghedruct tot Franoker, by Gerard Ketel, voor Ian Iluy- glien van Linschotcn, resideerende binnen Eiichuysen, anno 1601. This rare edition consists of thirty-eight numbered leaves, with a dedication to the States General, dated June 1st, 1601, on two loaves unnumbered, and contains numerous maps and coast views by Johannes and l>aptista a Dootochum. It was reprinted at Amsterdam in 1021, likewise in folio, with the same plates. In the first edition, between the dedication and the text, are inserted several eulogistic poems, the longest of which is an ode on " Vaygats ofto do Straet van Nassau", by C. Taomssoon van Hoorn, and another is a " Lof-dicht", by Jacobus Viverius, which is directed to bo sung to the tune of the forty-second Psalm. It is worthy of remark, that, even so early as 1595, allusion was made to the first north- east voyage of Linschoten in the commendatory versos (which included also the poem on Vaygats above referred to) at the commencement of the " Roys-gheschrift van do Navigation der Portugaloysers in Oricntou door Jan Iluyghen van Linschoten. Amstelredan":, mdxcv. folio"; which work, though it boars the date of 1595, the register shows to bo a portion of the author's " Itincrario, Voyage ofto Schipvaert van Jan lluygen van Linschoten uaer Oost f V i -;ii 1 *' 'I' ■J' !■ i 'jl-' ' ' •1 ,•! I'.i '■'■', [' .1 t; il CXXIV INTRODUCTION TO : J i m I ofte Portugacls ludien", the title-page of which is dated a year later. This was reprinted in 1604 with the same verses. An abstract in Dutch of Linschoten's narrative was printed at Amsterdam by G. J. Saeghman, in 4to., with the follow- ing title : — Twee Journalen van twee verscheyde Voyagien, gedaen door Jan Huygen van Liuschooten, van by Noorden om, langhs Noorwegen, de Noordt-Caep, Laplandt, Findlandt, Kuslandt, de Witte Zoo, de Kusten van Candenoes, Swee- tenoes, Pitzora, etc., door de Strate ofte Enghte van Nas- souw, tot voorby de Reviere Oby, na Vay-gats, gedaen in de Jaren 1594 en 1595. Waer in seer pertinent beschreven eude aen gewesen wordt, al het geene hem op de solve Rey- sen van dagh tot dagh voor gevallen is, als mode de Bes- schry vingh van alle de Kusten, Landen, Opdoeningen, Streck- ingen en Courasen, etc. T'Arasterdam, Gedruckt by Gillis Joosten Saeghman, in de Nieuwe-Straet, Ordinaris Drucker van de Journalen ter Zee, en de Reysen te Lande. This ha,3 no date, but was probably printed in or about 1663, the year in which Saeghman printed the " Verhael van de vier eerste Schip-vaerden der HoUandtsche en Zeeuwsche Schepen naar Nova Zembla, etc.", which will be more particularly described when we come to speak of the editions of Gerrit de Veer's work. We learn from Mr. Henry Stevens that a copy of this abstract is in the possession of John Carter Brown, Esq., of Providence, Rhode Island. In 1610, appeared a French translation of Linschoten's voyages, with the following title : — Histoire de la Navigation de lean Hvgves de Linscot, HoUandois, et de son voyage es Indos Orientales : conte- nante diuerses descriptions des Pays, Costes, Haures, Riuieres, Caps, et auti'es lieux iusques a present descouuerts par les Portugais: Obseruations des coustumes des nations de dela quant a la Religion, Estat Politic et Domestic, de leurs Com- merces, des Arbres, Fruicts, Herbes, Espiceries, et autres singularitez qui s'y trouueut : Et narrations des choses me- lt », I »^ THE FIRST EDITION. cxxv H, morables qui y sont aduenues de son temps. Avec anno- tations de Bernard Paludanus, Docteur en Medecine, a quoy sont adiovstees qudques avfres descriptions tant du pays de Guinee et autres eostes d'Ethiopie, que des nauiija- tions des HoUandois vers le Nord cm Vaycjat et en la nou- uelle Zemhla. Le tovt recveilli et descript par le mesmo de Linscot en bas Alleman, & nouuellement traduict en FranQois. A Arastelredam, de I'lmprimerie de Theodore Pierre, iiDdx. folio. Althousfh the voyages to the north aro thus announced in the title-page, they are not inserted in the only copy which we have been able to consult, namely, that in the British Museum ; nor is any light thrown on the matter by biblio- graphers. In the title of the third edition, published at Amsterdam in 1638, fol., these northern voyages are not announced, nor are they given, but the edition is described as " troixiesme Edition augmentce". The second French edition has not fallen within our reach, but we believe the date to be 1619. The only French version of Linschoten's narrative of his northern voyages with which we are acquainted, is that in- serted in the fourth volume of the " Recueil de Voiages au Nord", published in eight volumes, Amsterdam, 1715-27, 12mo. ; of which another edition, in ten volumes, 12rao., was published at the same place, 1 731-38. This French version formed the basis of the German de- scription of these voyages given by Johann Cristoph Ade- lung, at pp. 107-213 of his Geschichie der Schiffalirten, pub- lished at Halle, 1768, 4to. An abstract of Linschoten's work is giveu in Latin, at fol. 31 of the first volume of Blaeu's " Atlas Major sive Cosmographia Blaviana, qua Solum, Salum, Ccelum accura- tissime describuntur". Eleven volumes in folio, Amsterdam, 1062. Tn the French edition, entitled "Le Grand Atlas ou i k m I 11 V. ' I I , f' IF )i i ■ iSi. ! < 4 ^ wm CXXVl INTRODUCTION TO i( Cosmographie Blaviano", etc., 12 vols, in folio, Amsterdam, 16(j3, and ropublished in 10(57, the same appears at fol. 35 of tlio first volume of the latter edition, vvhicli is the only one in the British Museum. It is also at fol. 52 of the first volume of the Spanish edition, entitled " Atlas Mayor, Geographia Blaviana", etc. ; Amsterdam, lGo9-72, 10 vols., fol. In the elaborate dissertation on the works of John Blaen, contained in the fourth volume of Clement's " Hibliothequo Curieuse", mention is made, at page 277, of an "Atlas Fhnnand de I'an 1062". This is apparently a Dutch edition, to which reference is made by Liitke, under the title of " J. Blaeu's Grooten Atlas, of Worelt Beschrijving, Ersto Dool, 't Amsterdam, 1GG2". Beyond this reference, we know nothing of that edition. A German edition is also described by Brunot as announced in a catalogue of Blacu's ; but it is not alluded to by Clement, nor can we find any other trace of it. If ever printed or in progress of printing, it may have been consumed in the great fire, by which, on the '.!2nd February, 1672, nearly all Blacu's stock in trade was destroyed. In part xii, pp. 20-23, of Levinns Hulsins's Collection, is an extract from Linschoten's Navigation, stating the pro- gress of the Dutch in the attempt to find the passage, the discovery of which formed a favourite scheme of his country- men at the end of the sixteenth and beginning of the seven- teenth centuries. Summaries more or less concise, derived apparently from Blacu's abstract, the French " Recueil de Voyages au Nord'\ or Adelung's " Geschiclite der Schiffahrten^', have also been given in most of the histories of Arctic discovery. Gerrit de Veer's description of the second voyage, con- tained in the present volume, must be understood to relate almost exclusively to the proceedings of Barents's vessel, as forming one of the fleet under Nai's command. This re- =i «R THE FIRST EDITION. CXXVU conciles or explains away such tlifforeuces as may appear to exist between his narrative and that of Linschoten. Seeing the signal failure of the second expedition, tho States General, after mature deliberation, decided that no fur- ther attempt should be made at the public expense to discover a north-cast passage. Nevertheless, they were still willing to encourage any private undertaking, by the promise of a considerable reward in the event of success.^ And Plantius and Barents persisting in their opinion that a passage might be effected by tho north of Novaya Zeudya, the authorities and merchants of Amsterdam were induced to take on them- selves tho fitting out of another expedition to proceed in tnat direction. It consisted of only two vessels — the names and tonnage of which are not mentioned — of which the one was commanded by Jacob van Iloemskorck, who was also supercargo, and the other by Jan Corneliszoon Rijp, in the like double capacity. Barents accompanied Hcemskorckjwith the rank of chief pilot (opporste stuerman). Surprise has been expressed that though Barents thus occupied a sub- ordinate station, yet in the narrative of the voyage he is made to perform tho principal part. This is, however, a mistake, arising from the fact that in the abridgements and summaries of this narrative, which alone appear to have been consulted by modern wi-itcrs, most of the personal matters are omitted. For it will be seen that in De Veer's original work, the sk!j)por (or " maister", as he is called in Phillip's translation) is repeatedly mentioned, and Barent's subordi- nate position is clearly and unequivocally shown.- A better founded cause of surprise might be, that Barents himself had not the command of the expedition. Yet for this a sulficicnt reason suggests itsolf. He was evidently resolved to perform (as it were) impossibilities, rather than iail in a project on which he had set his heart ; and the ' l)t! VocT, p. 70. ■ S;'i' iiiirticuliuly pp. 175 178 and 188 lOS of the present volume. :li.i At 7 ,■ ■; ; It ill ■ \ U 1 il m !l I i !■ cxxvm INTRODUCTION TO merchants, however willing to risk their properly on the adventure, may naturally have been disinclined to entrust it absolutely to one, who would not have hesitated to sacri- fice it, or even his own life, in the attempt to accomplish his long-cherished undertaking. In being made subordinate to a nobleman like Jacob van Heemskerck, who, though no seaman by profession, had already sailed with him, and had thus had an opportunity of learning and appreciating his many estimable qualities, Barents, a man of humble birth, could however in no wise have felt himself humiliated or aggrieved. It was a case similar to that of Sii- Hugh Willoughby and Richard Chan- cellor, and was moreover quite in accordance with the prac- tice of those times, which afford repeated instances of the command of a naval expedition being entrusted to a soldier, who had probably never before been on salt water. But while Heemskerck thus held the superior rank of captain, Barents's relation to him was evidently that of an equal, rather than that of an inferior. This is particularly evidenced in the conversation which took place between them shortly before Barents's death, when the latter called his nominal commander ''mate".^ And that the crew looked on Barents as virtually the leader of the expedition is shown, not only by their appeals to him on all important occasions, but by the curious fact that in the signatures to the " letter" which they wrote on the eve of their departure from their winter quarters,^ the name " willem barentsz." is printed in capital letters, while that of Heemskerck, though placed in rank above Barents's name, is only in ordinary type, like those of the rest of the crew. We have now to take a rapid glance at some of the most important results of this third voyage, into the particulars of which, as they are recorded in De Veer's journal, it is unnecessary to enter. ' Do Veer, p. 1 25. rhid., p. 193. THE FIRST EDITION. CXXIX The experience of the two former voyages appears to have impressed Rijp, even more than Barents himself, with the expediency of giving the land to the east a wide soa room ; for, notwithstanding that they at first steered their course much more to th'^ northward than before, yet it was not long before disputes arose between them, Barents contend- ing that they were too far to the west, while Rijp's pilot as- sorted that he had no desire to sail towards Vaigats.* Barents gave way ; and the result was, that on the 9th of June they came to a small steep island, in latitude 71<° 30', to which they gave the name of Bear Island, from the cir- cumstance of their killing there a large white bear."'^ Seven years later this island was visited by Stephen Bennet, who called it Choi-io Island, after his patron, Master (subsequently Sir) Francis Cherio, a distinguished member of the Russian Company. This latter name has usually been inscribed in our English maps, though UTijustly, inasmuch as the merit of the first discovery of the island unquestion- ably belongs to the Dutch. Captain Beechey says, indeed, that "a passage in Purchas seems to imply that it had been known before Barents made this voyage;"" but the only passage bearing on the subject which we have been able to find, is the statement of Captain Thomas Edge, in "A briefe Discouerie of the Northern Discoueries of Seas,'' etc., that the Dutch came " to an iland in the latitude of 74 degrees, which tvee call Cherie Iland, and they call Beare Hand,"* as if the former name had been given before the latter. It is to be hoped that in future English maps, the original and correct name will always be inserted. From Bear Island our adventurers continued their course northwards, and on the 19th of June, when in latitude 79° 49' N., they again saw laud,^ which was supposed by them 11 J I I Mi ' De Veer, p. 7' . ' Ibid., p. 76. * Voyage towards the North Pole, p. 35. * Purchas, vol. iii, p. 4fJ4. > De Veer, p. 77, and the note there. I itUI.' I im \i M cxxx INTRODUCTION TO to bo a part of Greenland, but which subsequent investiga- tion has shown to be tlio cluster of isliinds known by the name of Spitzbergen. Round this land thoy coasted till the 29th, when they again sailed southwards towards Bear Island.^ The first discovery of this country by our Dutch naviga- tors is now universally admitted, though formerly the idea was entertained that thoy had been anticipated by Sir Hugh Willoughby. But that Spitzbergen was actually circnm- navtgoted by them is a fact which, as far as we are aware, has never been adverted to by any writer on Arctic dis- covery. The details of this portion of Barents and Rijp's voyage are neither full nor precise enough to enable us to follow them minutely in their course ; added to which, the maps of Spitzbergen, especially of its eastern side, are still not sufficiently trustworthy to render us much assistance in laying down their track. There can, however, be no doubt that they sailed up its eastern shores, passed along its northern extremity, and returned by the western coast. That part of Spitzbergen which they first saw in 79° 49' N. lat., seems to be the south-east coast of the Noord Ooster Land of the Dutch maps, along which they sailed in a westerly direction, and entered Weygatz or Hinlopen Strait. This assumption agrees with the above latitude and with those of the subsequent positions in 79° 30"' and 79° 42',^^ as also with the time it took — several days — to get out of that strait. The two havens described under the date of June 24th,'* may be the Hecla Bay and Lomme Bay of Parry. The considerable bay or inlet (gheweldigen inham) under 79°, to which they came on the following day, and " whereinto they sailed forty miles at the least, holding their course south- ward'",^ can only be Weide Bay. Finding that its southern extremity " reached to the firme land", they were forced to » I hill., p. 78. ' De Yeer, p. 85. ♦ Ibid., p. 84. » Ihid., p. 83. " Jhid., p. 84. 1 THE FIRST EDITION. CXXXl work their way back against the wind, till thoy " gate be- yondo the point that lay on the west side, where there was so great a number of birds that thoy flew against their sailes".^ This point, in conscquoDco, received tlio name of Bird Cape. From thence thoir course is plainly to be traced along the western coast of Spit/bcrgen, and so back to Dear Island. On the 1st of June, when near that island, disputes again arose between Ilijp and Barents as to the course which they should take. The result was that they separated, Rijp re- turning northwards, while Barents proceeded southwards because of the ico.- Of Itijp's subsequent proceedings nothing is known ex- cept that he is stated to have saik-d back to Bird Cape, on the west side of Spitzbergen, whence he returned with the intention of going after Barents.'' How far he carried his ' Do Veer, p. 85. ' ^ Ihiil. ^ De Bry, India Orieittalh, part ix, p. 61. In Scoresby's Accoinii of the Arctic licgioiis, vol. i, p. 80, the spot reached by Rijp is called " the liny of Birds", De Bry being referred to as the authority. But that writer's words are — " Sub gr. 80 circa Volucriuin Promoiiforiiim, a quo postmodum animo ad Guilhehnum redeundi discessit." Just as this ^heet was going to press, we have found that the article in De Bry, from which the above extract is taken, is a translation of the following work : — " Ilistoire du Pays nouim6 Spitsberghe. Conime il a este descouvert, sa situation et do ses Animauls. Avec le Discours des empeschemens que les Navires esquippcs pour la pcche des Baleincs tant Basques, Ilollandois, que B^lamens, ont souffcrts de la part des Anglois, en TAnnee pre- sente 1G13. Escript par II. G. A. Et uno Protestation contre les Anglois, & annullation de tons leurs frivolz argumens, par lesquelz lis pensent avoir droit de se faire seuls Waistres du dit Pays. A Amsterdam, chez Hes.sel Gerard A. a rensiegnc de la Carte Nautiq. MD.C.XIII." This appears to be the work to which Purchas (vol. iii, p. 464) makes the following allusion ; — " I have by me a French Storie of Spitsbergh, published 1613 by a Dutchman, which writeth against this English allegation, &c., but hotter arguments then I am willing to answer." It gives an account of the voyage of Rijp and Barents, 1-2 m II :r cxxxn INTRODUCTION TO intention into effect is not said ; but nothing worthy of re- mark can have occurred to him, or otherwise it could not have lailed to be recorded. We may therefore conclude which, though agreeing generally with that of De Veer, differs from it in some important particulars. AVhat is most remi\rkable is, that it is s.iid to have been written by Barents himself: — "Mais pour s^avoir deuvement co qu'ils ont d-ouvc en ceste descouvrfice, i'ay trouv6 bon de mettre icy un petit p"-tr,Mot du Journal, escrit de la main prnjrre (If diiillaiime Bernard". Want of time and space prevents us from giving the subject any lengthened consideration. But from what we have been able to make out, our impression decidedly is, ^hat it was never written by Barents, but was attributed to him solely for the purpose of giving to it an authority which it might otherwise not have possessed. For, in the first place, Barents never returned to Holland subsequently to the discovery of Spitzbergen, but dud off the coast of Nov.aya Zenilya, on the 2flth of June, 1507 ; so that, even assuming him to have written a journal n-ith his on-ii hand^ that journal must have passed into the pos- session of Gerrit de \ eer, the historian of the voyage, and would as- suredly have formed the b.isis of his narrative ; and hence the discre- pancies which txist between the two could never h.ave arisen. And, in the second plaee, this journal states, under date of the 24th of iFune, 1596, "la terre (au log du quel prenions nostre route) .stoit la plus pave rompue, bien hault, et non autre quj monts et montaignes agues, parquoy rapjiellions Sj)!l::herfffi>'\ Yet, so far was Barents from having given this nani'^ to the newly-discovered country, that we find it ex- pressly statvjd by De Veer (p. 82), under date of the 22nd of June, that they " esteen^id this laud to be Greene-land". And not merely so, but af I r the latter's return to Holland, where he had the opportunity of consulting with I'lantius and other geographers, he still retained that opinion: for in the dedicat'on to his work, which is dated "Amster- dam, April 29th, 1598", ho s-vys that "the eastern part of Greenland (as ire call it) in 80°, is now ascertained, where it was formerly thought there was only water and no land"; clearly proving that even at that time there was no idea of calling the newly-discovered country by the name of Spitzbergen, or of considering it anything but " the eastern part of Greenland". But, not long afterwards, the u-cstern coast of Spitzbergen having biCn visited by the vessels of other nations, and its importance as u Btation for the whde fishery having been ascertained, the Dutch wero naturally anxious to establish their claim to its first discovery. This was the object of Ileesel Gerard's tract : a most legitimace one in itself, though, unforti .lately, carried out in a very unscrupulous manner. \ THE FIlJfjT EDITION. CXXXlll that he soOn gave up his search after Barents and returned to Holland, and that, in the following year, he went from thence on a trading voyage to the coasts of Norway or Russia, and was on the point of sailing from Kola on his way home, when Heemskerck and the survivors of his crew arrived there, as is related by De Veer.^ Meanwhile Barents, having cleared the ice, held on his course to the east till he reached the western shore of Novaya Zemlya, in about latitude 73° 20','^ whence ho coasted along the land till he had passed considerably beyond the furthest point reached by him on his first voyage, and had rounded the north-eastern extremity of that country. Here, being at length quite shut in by the ice, and unable to make his way either forwards towards the north-east, or round by the eastern side of the land, or even back again by the way he had come, he and his adventui'ous companions, on the evening of the 26th of August, " got to the west side of the For, not only did he attribute the authorship of this journal to Bareuta, and in it ni;ike him first use the name of Spitzbergen ; but as, from tlie then prevailing ignorance respecting the geography of that country, it was not possible to trace that navigator's true course along its ecusteni co^st, round about its northern end, and so down the western coast, he did not scruple to falsify Barents's track, and make him sail from Bear Island on tlie 13th of June sixteen Dutch miles wcst-noith-irest and lifteen miles north-ires^, where De Veer (p. 76) has sixteen miles north and Kumewhat easterly; and then again on the 14th, twenty-two miles north by west, where De Veer (p. 77) has twenty miles north and north and by cast, and on the IGth thirty miles north and by east. By thus altering the direction of Barent's course, Gerard certainly brought him to the western coast of Spitzbergen ; but he tiiereby ren- dered the remaining portion of the voyage, which was westward aloii(j the northern side of the land, an impossible course in the sea between Spitzhert/en and Greenland! The fact of Gerard's tract having been re- published in De Bry's Collection, which work is well known to literary men, while De Veer's original journal has rarely, if ever, been consulted by them, is doubtless the reason why the circumnavigation of Spitzber- gen by Barents and Rijp has iiitherto remained unknown. ' ragoH248, 251. - De Veei, )i. H!», uiul the note there. 0^ 4 m > w i .'III l^:! ! !■' 1} } CXXXIV INTRODUCTION TO ,' ! '! f Ice Haven, where they were foi'ced, in great cold, poverty, misery, and grief, to stay all that winter."^ Before adverting to the subject of the memorable winter- ing of the Dutch at this spot, it is necessary to make a few remarks with respect to the identification of the several points along the coast, which were reached and noted by them during the course of their first and third voyages. This is the more needful, because widely different opinions are entertained by two of the highest living authorities on the subject. Admiral Lutke and Professor von Baor. The former, as is well known, was engaged in survey'ng the Northern Ocean between the yeai-s 1821 H.id 1825, dur- ing which period he visited many parts of the western coast of Novaya Zcmlya between its southern extremity and Capo Nassau to the north, and identified most of the points visited by the Dutch, which he laid down in the map accompanying the publii-hcd account of his four voyages, to the Gorman translation of which allusion has already been made. Pro- fessor von Baer, on the other hand, who also made a scientific visit to Novaya Zeuilya in the year 1837, read in the pro- ceeding year, before tlie Imperial Academy' of Sciences of 8t. Petersburg, a " lieport of the latest Discoveries on the Coast of Novaya Zemlya'', an illustration of a map of that country constructed by a pilot in the Kussian navy, named Zivolka; of which report a German translation is published in Berghaus's "Annalen der Enl-Yolkcr- und Staaten- kunde."^ In this report the learned Professor comes to widely dif- ferent conclu,sions from those of Liitke with respect to the identification of the several stations visited by the Dutch ; the great point of difference between them being, that Baer bases his arguments almost exclusively on the distances along the western coast of Novaya Zemlya recorded by De 1 De Veer, p. 99. ' 'I'liird Series, vol. v (1837-8), pp. 289-3.30. .i ■;■ * ■■ THE FIRST EDITION. CXXXV Veer, especially in the Table given near the end of his third voyage.^ This Table, however, we cannot but regard as little '^etter than a mere list of the various stations reached by the Dutch on their return voyage ; the distances, and even the bearings, therein recorded, being quite untrustworthy, as^ may indeed be perceived on the most cursory inspection. Every allowance has, of course, to be made for any inaccu- racies that may exist in that Table, in consideration of the circumstances under which the return voyage was made ; but, even were we to assume the distances sailed by them in their tw^ small open boats to have been correctly noted down, still ihere is a sufficient reason for contending that those distances, in themselves, are no sure guide, but, on the contrary, only lead to very erroneous conclusions. For, on a comparison of them with the differences of latitude recoi'ded by De Veer, — which, as being the results of astro- nomical observations made by so experienced a navigator as Barents was, are subject only to the imperfections of the instruments employed by him, — it will be seen that the former, especially between Langenes and Capo Nassau, are throughout much too small. No reason is given by De Veer for this discrepancy; and, indeed, it would be difficult to account for it, were it not for the fact established by the observations of Admiral Liitke, that a very powerful current from south to north sets along the western coast of Novaya Zemlya as far as Capo Nassau. The velocity of this current was ascertained by that intelligent seaman to be as much as sixty miles per diem,^ and owing to it he frequciitiy found himself in a latitude from forty-live to tifty-five miles further north than was shown by his dead reckoning.* A remarkable confirmation of this fact is afforded by llenry Hudson's journal of his visit to Novaya Zemlya, printed in ' Pagea 200-20;}. •' Pajjcs 147. l(i(», 2!t«, otc, Page 147. if r Jl;; I: "I i ' W ir.'l ■\ i: CXXXM INTRUDUCTJON TO the Appendix to the present work/ in which, under the date of 9.Bth June 1608, it is stated that, between eight o'clock on the previous evening and four o'clock in the morning, they were drawn hack to the northwards, by a stream or tide, as far as they were the last evening at four o'clock. Applying this, then, to the case of our Dutch navigators, we obtain a satisfactory explanation of the apparent discre- pancies iu their several data. Having premised thus much, and remarking further that the southern portion of the coast of Novaya Zemlya, and also the northern coast of Russia, require no discussion here, we shall proceed to the investigation of the position of tho principal points between Langenes and Cape Nassau, with respect to which a difference of opinion exists. The former point (as has already been stated) is that which was first appi'oached by Barents on his first voyage. On the 4th of July 1794, he found himself, by observation, in latitude 73° 25', being then about five or six miles west of Langenes, — a low projecting point reaching far out into the sea.^ This agrees best with the Dry Cape (Trockenes Cap) of the Rus- sian map, which lies in latitude 73° 45' ; and Liitke accoi'd- ingly identifies Langenes with it. Baer, however, contends for Britwin Cape,^ Avhich, after Dry Cape, is the neai'est projecting point of importance. But that cape lies a whole degree further to the south, and would consequently differ as much as 40' from Bnrents's observed latitude ; and such a difference is more than we are justified iu admitting, inasmuch as 15' or 20' must be ttkeu as the maximum of error. The next point to be noted is Loms Bay, which is stated by De Veer to lie under 74^°;* the observation not being further particularized, as in most other cases. This would make its difference of longitude from Langenes to be 55' ; ' Page 266. » Pag" .S05. ' De Veer, p. 11. « Pngp 12. m THE FIRST EDITION. CXXXVll whereaSj in De Veer's map, the diflference is only 20'. Liitke^ identifies Loms Bay vvitli Cross Bay, though without suffi- ciently stating his reasons for so doing. Baer'^ follows Liitke's example, saying, however, still less on the subject. The latitude of Cross Bay is 74° 10' (Llitke says 74° 20', but this must be an error, as his map shows 10', as does that also of Ziwolka), making a difference of 25' from Dry Cape. This would agree with De Veer's map, and might, in this case, constitute a reason for considering the latitude of Loms Bay, as stated by him in his text in so very general a way, less trustworthy than that in his map. De Veer also gives^ a separate plan of I,oms Bay, which neither Liltke nor Baer alludes to, evidently from their not being acquainted with it. On a comparison of this special plan, as also of De Veer's general chai-t, with the Russian maps, it seems much more probable that loms Bay is not Cross Bay, but the bay immediately to the south of it. For Cross Bay is, in fact, not a bay, but an extensive inlet, of which the end has not yet been explored, and which is indeed regarded by the best Russian authorities as forming a strait or passage completely across Novaya Zeralya, and commu- nicating with Rosmuislov's Unknown Ba}'.* The Dutch, however, anchored in Loms Bay, went ashore, erected a beacon there, and made a plan of the surrounding country ; so that they must assuredly have ascertained whether Loms Bay was a bay or strait. Moreover, they distinctly describe a " great wide creek or inlet" ^ as lying to the north-east of Loms Bay, which is also shown in their plan, and which cannot be any other than Cross Bay itself; and from this alone it would seem to follow that the bay to the south of that inlet must be Loms Bay. Had Llitke made a careful survey of the bay, which he was prevented from doing, and had he also been acquainted with the Dutch plan, he would ' Page 21. ' Page30G. » Page 12. * See page xc, ante, ■"' De Veer, page 13, note 1. ■m m id f.- m : f .1 ;. 1 i»:;^ n I II! )i< l! CXXXVIU INTRODUCTION TO no doubt have been able to set this point at rest. Mean- while we deem ourselves justified, from what has been adduced, in regarding the Flache Bay of Liitke, or the Seichte Bay of Ziwolka (both terms meaning " Shallow Bay''), as the Lorns Bay of the Dutch; and hence Cross Bay will be heir " great wide creek or inlet," while Liitke's Cape Prokoi__ '' and Wrangel's Island^ will be respectively their " Capo tie Plantius" and their "small Island seawards from the point." The Admiraliteyts Eyland of the Dutch^ is unquestionably the Admiralty Island or Peninsula of the Russians, there not being any other point to the northward which answers to the description. Its latitude is not given ; but the Dutch and Russian maps agree satisfactorily. Capo Negro, or De Swart Hoeck (Black Point), is stated to be in latitude V5° 20','' and answers to the first prominent cape in Liitke's maps, after passing Admiralty Island, which lies in 75° 28'. Willems Eyland^ is the Wilhelms Insel of Liitke, and the Biicklige Insel of Ziwolka. For this point the elements of Barents's observation for latitude are given, aud they can consequently be checked. It is most satisfastory to find that it differs only 9' from the latitude given in the Russian maps, the former being 75° 5(3', and the latter 75° 4-7'. This nlso confirms the probable correctness of the identifications of Admiralty Island and Black Point. De Hoeck van Nassau, placed by Barents in 7G° 30','' can be no other than Liitke's Cape Nassau, in 70" 3-4'. Not only does the latitude ag/ee within 4', but likewise its general bearing. There is also another point of correspondence. It was not till the Hollanders reached Cape Nassau that their real difficulties began, especially on the first voyage. This was the most northerly point ever attained by Liitke, ' Page 236. * JIAd., p. 14. ■' Do Veer, p. 13. ^ IhU., p. 14. ' J hill., p. Ki. " THE FIRST EDITION, CXXXIX and twice did he come within sight of this cape, but without being able to reach it. Adverse winds and currents seem ai.yays to prevail liei-e, even in the height of summer. Baer differs, however/ from Llitke's opinion, and I'egards his Capo Nassau as the north-easternmost point of Novaya Zomlya, and identical with either the Ice Cape or Cape Desire of the Dutch, while he places their Cape Nassau much further down towards the south-west, though without being able to fix its precise position. But, for the reasons which have already been adduced, we fael bound to dissent entirely from the learned Professor's conclusions; and we cannot but think that, had he been acquainted with De Veer's original narrative, he too would have seen that Liitke's general identifications cannot well be disturbed. As regards the north-eastern portion of Novaya Zemlya beyond Cape Nassau, Liitke justly argues- that the general accuracy of Barents's coast-line, as far as he has been able to check it, — namely, as far as Cape Nassau, — warrants the assumption that those parts which lie beyond that cape are in a similar degree con-ecfc ; and, accordingly, he adopts from the Dutch map the entire extent of country to the eastward of Cape Nassau, as laid down in De Veer's chart. This sound conclusion is, however, impugned by Baer,^ who does not hesitate to erase the whole from his predecessor's map, and to round off the north-eastern extremity of Novaya Zemlya at a short distance beyond Cape Nassau. Nevertheless, after mature consideration of the entire subject; we are bound to declare that not only do we con- cur in Livtke's opinion generally, but we must adtl that no part of the coast of Novaya Zemlya was so thorougly explored by Barents as just that portion which Baer has thus thought fit to dispute. Barents traced that coast no le^s than four times, and his observation of the longitude of his winter station, which has now for the first time been accurately ' Page 306. = Page 302. ^ Pages 302-306. M ".ill .1' I I U! [< A. t m i'A I J m 11 ' ■ 1 ■ J j I In cxl INTRODUCTION" TO calcnlated by Mr. Edward Vogel (assistant at Mr. Bishop's observatory)/ shows a difference of only about twenty-five miles in the distance between that spot and Cape Nassau, as laid down in Gerrit de Veer's chart : — a result which, as being derived from totally independent data, is conclusive as to the general accuracy of that chart. Consequently, without waiting for any corroboration to be obtained from future surveys, we deem it perfectly safe to i"einsert in our maps the north-eastern portion of Novaya Zemlya, which has been omitted on the authority of Zivolka and Baer. . This is a matter not without importance, inas- much as an extent of at least ten thousand square geogra- phical miles will thereby be restored to the Russian dominions. And we likewise consider it due to the memory of the first and only explorer of this region, that it should bear the specific designation of " Barents's Land," which name is accordingly given to it in the accompanying map. To that portion of Novaya Zemlya which lies between Barents's Land and Matthew's Land, we have further thought that no more fitting appellation can be given than " Llitke's Land," in honour of that able navigator, who has done more for the geography of Novaya Zemlya than any one since the time of Barents. For a considerable portion of the preceding remarks on the geography of Novaya Zemlya we are indebted to Mr. Augustus Petermann, who has otherwise rendered us much assistance during the progress of our labours, and by whose care the track of Barents on his several vovaijres has been laid down in the accompanying charts," from the data fur- nished by Gerrit de Veer's journals. The route from Kildin to Langenes on the first voyage, was found by him to agree precisely with the true distance between the former place > See pages 145-141) of tlie present work, and tlie uotea there. ■^ It Wivs not thouglit necessary to reproduce these charts for the present edition. wm THE FIKST EDITION. cxli and Dry Cape ; but the route from Bear Island to the coast of Novaya Zeralya, on the tliird voyage, from its not being so minutely described, could only be laid down approxi- mately. Those along the more northerly portion of Novaya Zemlj'a are sufficiently correct, and some of them are ex- ceedingly precise, as has been shown in the preceding pages. On these voyages a number of soundings were taken in an otherwise unknown sea, the value of which will be appreciated by nautical men. Those to the north of Novaya Zcmlya are most important. In about latitude 77° 45', the highest point reached by Barents, they give a depth of one hundred and fifty fathoms, without bottom ;' showing the unlikelihood of the existence of any other land in that vici- nity. We feel persuaded that navigators of all nations wjll concur with us in the propriety of distingui.shing the mare innominatum between Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemlya by the appellation of " the Spitzbergen, or Barents's Sea," as it is called in Mr. Petermann's chart. Barents made so many discoveries and traced so large an extent of coast, both of Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemlya, that the surveys of the whole of our recent explorers, put together, are insufficient to identify all the points visited by him. One inference is obvious, namely, that an able, fear- less, and determined seaman like Barentz might yet achieve much in those seas. Admiral Liitke'was twice prevented by the ice from proceeding beyond Cape Nassau ; but he frequently alludes to the unfitness of his vessel to venture among the ice, and gives it clearly as his opinion, at the end of his work," that better success might be expected from vessels similar to those despatched from England to the Arctic regions. The ten months' residence of Barents and his companions at the furthest extremity of Novaya Zemlya, has so often formed the subject of comment on the part of writers on ' Do Veer, p. 20. « Tage 360. .1'ii I u if .'.til r ■ ti ifl ■iiii 'i im cxiii INTRODUCTION TO in Arctic discovery, that we deem it unnecessary to dilate on it here, especially as our other introductory remarks have already extended to so great a length. There can be no doubt that their stay at c his particular spot was a forced one. At the same time, when we bear in mind that, on the second voyage in the year preceding, Barents and his colleague, Harman Janszoon, proposed that two of the vessels should winter in the Sea of Kara ; and that, on the fitting out of this third expedition, they took up " as many vnraarryed men as they could, that they might not be dissvvaded, by means of their wiues and chil- dren, to leaue off the uoyago ;"^ it will not be unreasonable to infer that they went fully resolved and prepared, if ob- liged, to winter in those inhospitable regions. No words are sufficient to extol their exemp. y conduct during their long and miserable stay there. Though no means are afforded of determining the precise degree of cold to which they were exposed, various incidents narrated by De Veer prove that it must have been intense ; and it was not merely a sharp clear cold, which the experience of other Arctic explorers has shown may be borne to an almost incon- ceivable degree, but it was accompanied by terrific storms of wind and snow, so that " a man could hpi'dly draw his breath,"- and they " could hardly thrust their heads out of the dore.''^ One advantage was however derived from the snow which fell in such quantities as completely to cover up their house, and thereby imparted to it a degree of compa- rative warmth, Avithout which it is most probable that their residence in it would not have been endurable. Yet during the whole time perfect order, discipline, and subordination, joined to the greatest unanimity and good feeling, prevailed among them. Scarcely a murmur passed their lips ; and when, in the beginning of May, after they had remained shut up more than eight months, and the ' De Veer, p. 70. « Ihul, p. 111. ' //«>/., p. 112. X m nm THE FIRST EDITION. cxliii 1 weather had the appearance of favouring their departure, some of the men "agreed amongst theniselues to speako unto the skipper (Heemskerck), and to tell him that it was more than time to see about getting from thence";^ still each man was reluctant to be the spokesman, " because ho had given them to understand that he desired to stale vntil the end of June, which was the best of the sominer, to see if the ship would then be loose".^ And even when at length, they " agreed to speake to William Barents to moue the master to goo frotn thence". Do Veer is careful to explain that " it was not done in a mutinous manner, but to take the best counsell with reason and good advice, for they let themselves easily be talked over."^ Gerrit De Veer's simple narrative has further an air of unaffected and unostentatious piety and resignation to the will of Providence, which contrasts I'emarkably with the general tone of Linschoten's works, of which some instances have been given in the preceding pages ; and we may per- ceive that the reliance of himself and his comrades on the Almighty was not less firm or sincere because His name was not incessantly on their lips. Cheerfulness, and even fre- quent hilarity, could not fail to be the concomitants of so wholesome a tone of mind ; and these, joined to the bodily exercise which they took at every possible opportunity, and the labour which they were compelled to perform in pre- paring for their return voyage, must have been very instru- mental in preserving th?m from sickness. Still, with all the means employed to keep themselves in health, — and of these warm bathing was no inconsiderable one, — it would be wrong to imagine that they were able to preserve themselves from that dreaded scourge of Arctic navigators, the scurvy. Lutke observes'* that " it is most remarkable that in the account of their long sufferings this « De Veer, p. 175. > Ibid., p. 176. « //>/ K I ', I \n cxliv INTKODUCTIUN TO disease is not once moiHoned, and that of seventeen men only two died in Novaya Zemlya." But it is from having known only the abbreviated transhitions of Gerrit do Veer's journal that the Russian admiral has been led to view the position of those unfortunate men in this favourable light. For we see from De Veer's narrative/ that as early as the 2(Jth of January, 1597, when one of the crew died, he had even then long lain seriously ill : and two days later it is expressly stated," that, from their having " long time sitten without motion, several had thereby /(»//(.';i sick of the scurvy.'" In- deed, when we consider what they had to undergo for six months, during which period we find it positively recorded that they suffered from the scurvy, until on the 28th of July they first met with a remedy,' — and how long previously the disease had shown itself among thom cannot bo said, — it is almost miraculous that only five (not two) out of the seventeen should have fallen victims to it. The tradition of the memorable wintering of the Hollanders in the Ice Haven (Ledyanoi Gavan) is still preserved among the Novaya Zemlya morse and seal hunters, who call the spot where they so resided Sporai Navolok. It is not known however whether any remains of the Behoiidcn-huis, or "house of safety", have ever been found.* The most remarkable occurrence during their stay in Novaya Zemlya, was the unexpected reappearance of the sun on the 24th of January, 1507. This phenomenon not only caused the greatest surprise to the observers and their companions, but after their return to Holland gave rise to much controversy among the learned men of the day. Their opinion generally was unfavourable to the truth of the alleged fact, as being " oppo&ed to nature and to reason". Among these was Robert Robertsz. le Canu, " homme fort entendu eu I'art de la marine, et qui faisoit profession de I'enseigner aux autres", who wrote a letter on the subject ' Page 150. 2 Page 152. » Pago 224. « Soe l.utko, p. 39. Tr?E FIRST KDITION. cxlv I :' to William Blaou, tlio fiitlier of the celobratod John Rlaou, which was published by the latter in his Great Atlas. This letter shall be reproduced here, not merely on account of its giving the objections whicb were raised at the time, but because it likewise contains some curious matters relating personally to our author and his companions, which it would be wrong to omit. Mon bon amy Guillaumc Jansso Bhieu, Puisquo vous m'avez tdmoigne desirer que je vous en- voyasse un extrait du discours que j'ay eu avec Jacob Heeraskerck, Gerard de Veer, Jean Corneille Rijp, et plusienrs autres de mes escoliers, lesquels ayaut fait voile en i'an 159G, retournerent en 1597, sans avoir rien effectue touchant la commission qu'ils avoyent de reconnoistre les Royauraes do la Chine, & du Cathay, & dans la mesrae annde 1597 me vinrent trouver pour me raconter les morveilleuses aventures de leur voyage, entre leaquellos la plus remarqua- ble estoit, que le Soleil leur estoit disparu lo iv do No- vembre en I'an 1596, & avoyent commence de lo revoir I'an 1597 le 24 de lanvior, sous la mesme hauteur de 70 degrez, sous laquelle ils avoicnt basty leur maison dans la Nouvelle Zemble, matiere suffisante, ainsi qu'ils ont escrit, pour exercer long-temps les beaux esprits: & puis qu'outre vostre propre satisfaction vous me conviez encor k vous declarer mon senti- ment sur ce sujet par I'advis que vous me donnez des con- tentions & debats survenus A, cette occasion entre tons les s^avans de I'Europe, je veux vous faire un court recit du Dialogue que j'ay eu ]k dessus avoc tous ces Messieurs que j'ay deja nommez, qui avoyent estt^ spectateurs d'une chose si extraordinaire, & qui me la raconterent avec grand estonnemcnt ; je raisonnois done avec eux comme il s'ensuit : Considerant en mny mesme qu'ils avoient passd plus de dix semaines dans un jour perpetuel sans avoir eu aucune nuict, & que pendant un si long espace de temps le ciel n'avoit pas tousjours est^ si clair qu'on piit, a la favour de sa lurai^re, marquer & compter exactement chaque tour que le Soleil faisoit a I'entour de la terro, je leur demandois s'ils estoient bien asseurez, qu'il fust le iv de Novembre lors qu'ils perdirent de veue le Soleil, d'autant qu'il estoit en ce temps-li\ plus de 15 degrez vers le Sud par dela la ligne; ils me respondircnt qu'ils avoyent tousjours eu devant eux leurs I \m \i ' 11' i j' cxlvi INTRODUCTION TO hoi'ologea, & leurs sables, en sorte qu'ils n'avoyont pas le moindre sujet do doufce'' de cette verite. Je m'enquosfcay do plus, si leurs horologes, ou leurs monstres, n'avoienfc jaiuais manque, ou s'ils n'avoyent jamais trouve leurs sables vuides ; & voulus outre cela s9avoir d'eux, de combien la Lune cstoit agde lors que le Soleil lenr avoit failly : ils deraeurerent court a cette interrogation ; ce qui me donna lieu de croire qu'ils n'avoyent pas bien corapte les jours, & que la suppu- tation qui leur marquoit pour le iv de Novembre, le jour que le Soleil commonqj, a s'absenter d'eux, estoit fiiusse. Mais suppose, dis-je, que vous ayez si bien roncontrd dans vostre calcul qu'il fust alors le iv de Novembre, que mesme vous aycz avec tres-grando justesse compasse tous les jours d'Este, d'ou pouvez vou. ti"er certaine asseurance de ne vous estre pas mescontd d'un seal jour pendant I'Hyver, que la nait duroit des onze seraaines entieres, puisque vous demcuriez la pluspart du temps comme ensevelis dans vostre maisonnette, & quo pour la crainto dcs extremes froidures, des tourbillons de neigcs & des autros rigaeures, auxquelles co cliraat est expose durant unc si rude saison, vous u'osiez taut seule- ntent mettro lo nez dehors, & ne pouviez par consequent voir u} Soleil, ny Lune, ny Estoilles. Gerard de Voor me re- spoiidit, qu'ils avoyent perpetuellemont vcu I'estoillo Polaire par le ti-ou do leur cheminee, par oil ils avoycnt oncor remarqud tres-distinctemont tous les tours que la grando Oui'sc faisait a I'entour de ce Pole ; joint (ju'ils avoyent tou-^jours eu dov.'uit eux do monstres, des horologes, & des sables, auxquels ils prenoyent treH-*4oigneusement garde tons les joni's. Je no voulus pas entror en dispute avec luy la dcsHiH, mais jo ne pus v \" ulro ses raisons pour argent comp- tant, & je n en dotnerrry nullement persuade^, veu mesme qu'en Est^ ils estoyon. »ssez ompeschez h so dcfondro do I'attaquo des Oiirs 'inisi qu'/l« disoiont; & en Hyver souvent occnpez a la ''!ia:jaO <1( >< renards : de sorte que, s(!lon mou ikIvI-, ils n'uvoient pa- tousjours le loisir de vaquor comme il f'aut aiix observations celestes, ny de gnuverner lours monstres, horologes, & sal>les avec I'assiduite necossaire, Icaqiiolles, pcut-estre, ils out fort souvent trouvd vuides, ou (letiaipiees par la geleo. Vous croyez done, Maistro Robert, comme vous nous donnez a entendre par vos raisons, ropartit Ia(,'obHcem8kerok,(|uenous nous sommes grandemont abusez dans nostre calcul i Jo n'ay pas cetto croyance la sculoment, i-espondis je, mais do plus une forme persuasion, quo la fauto en est si grando, qu'il vous est impossible do s(;-avoir au vray 1 4 THE FIRST EDITION. cxlvii si vous estiez pour lors a la fin de lanvier, oa au commence- ment de Febvrier: car bienquo je leiir fisse plusieurs interro- gations pour apprendro en quelles parties du ciel ils avoyent veu la Luno, les Planetes & les Estoilles, & par quel moyen ils avoyent pris leurs hauteurs le 24 de Janvier, auquel jour ils disoyeut que le Soleil s'estoit monstrd a eux, commo aussi pour s(;avoir si c'estoit a six heures du soir, ou a minuit, ou le lendemain a six heures du matin, et dans quel rombe cette apparition s'estoit faite, ils ne sceurcnt neantmoins respondro a aucunes de mes demandes, d'autant qu'en ce temps-la ils avoyent manque de faire toUc" observations : c'est pourquoy je conclus, qu'ils s'estoyent bie:> mespria tians leur compte do la valeur de dix ou onze jours, ou plus. Le lendemain ils accoururent tons cliez moy, pour me dire qu'ils s(^avoyent bleu en quel endroit estoit la Lune le 24 dp Janvier, mais je leur respondis que la lecture de quelques doofos ]i]nli(imei'idcs les avoit rendu bien sgavans depuis quelques lioures, & leur avoit enseigne ce qu'ils ignoroient hier lors que je leur en fis la demande. Gerard de Veer, qui a estd oscrivain de la navigation vers le Nord, me tint itliiHl'iiura discours aussi mal fondez que les precedents, lesquels jo m'estois au commencement propose de re liger par escl'it ; mais par apres je ne I'ay pas juge uecessaire, & ra'en suis abstenu, par ce qu'il est domeure forme dans son opiu- ion, & qu'il a du depuis fait iraprimer son Journal, dans lequel il a deduit tout au long nette liistoire dans la page 34, & c!5, mais escritte en autres caractores que le reste, afin qu'elle fust plus remarquable,' comrae on pout voir dans ce mcsme livre imprimd a Amsterdam, en rann«5o 1598, ou il oscrit, que tres-vohintiers il rendra Lompto de son dire : mais jo n'ignore pas quel est le compte, quo Gerard do Veer a rendu & envove a ]\Iartin Everard de Bruo-es, demeuranfc ])our lors a Leyde, qui le luy avoit auparavaiit demandd par lettre escritte a ce sujet ; car luy mosme m'ji monstrc^ cette lettre, et demande advis de ce qu'il devoit faire pour le mieux : jo luy dis, que tout le consoil quo j'avois a luy donncr, estoit qu'il reconnut sa faulo, & coufessast ingenue- ment, que luy, & toute sa compaguie s'estoyent pumespren- dre de quelques petitos journees pendant le grand jour ' Tliis observation of Robert le Canu is juiything but ingenuous. De Veer's work, the body of wliich is in German characters, con- tains several other portions printed with Roman letters, for the sake of distinction on account of their importance ; such as the Dedication, the story of the barnacles, etc. 12 i-^^i 'i'll i.jiT 'All m i I |: I' ;li cxlviii INTRODUCTION TO d'Este n'l'ils avoyent eu; & que pendant la longue nuit d'Hyver, ils en avoyent pen laisser escouler quelquea petites, sans y prendre garde, pendant lesquelles les insupportables rigueurs du froid les auroit accablez de sommeil : raais toutes mes remonstrances ont est^ vaines ; car il n'avoit pas mis en lumiere son Journal pr-:r le eorriger par apres ; et jusquea a la fin de sa vie il est derneurd dans I'erreur que ses obser- vations estoyent tres-asseur^es : & ce Gerard de Veer a bien seen dans son Journal ronferiner 56 jours entre le 24 de lanvier & le 21 de Mars, dans lequel il escrit que le Soleil estoit pour lors eleve sur leur Horizon de 14 degrez seule- ment, an lieu que dans le mesme temps de ces 56 jours il devoit avoir raonte sur le mesrae Horizon k la hauteur de 19 degrez. Jo tire cette conclusion de ce que Gerard de Veer a bien seen faire entrer 13 ou 14 jours de trop dans le mesme espace compris entre le 24 de lanvier & le 21 de Mars, lesquels il n'a pas craint d'inserer en son Journal, afin de maintenir & d'affermir son opiiiion, mtiis il n^a parld d'aucune declinaison : de sorte que je demeure tousjours ferme dans ma premiere conclusion, a s(^'avoir, que durant la grande nuit d'Hyver d'onze semaines, le sommeil les avoitpu gaigner si souvent, <& si long-temps, qu'il estoit le 6 on 7 de Fobvrier, lors qu'ils ont creu, a cause de leur assoupissement, qu'il n'estoit que le 24 de lanvier, lesquels jours ils ont expres enfermez entre le 24 de lanvier et 21 Mars, afin de tviom- pher par leurs belles observations, et d'abuser ainsi les scavans, & leur clonner maticro de dispute touchant le lournal de Gerard de Veer. Je laisse aux autres la liberty de juger ce que leur plaira sur cette r.tfaire, niais je crois que Gerard de Veer ressemble au Sacristain qui fait aller I'horologe, laquelle u'ayant pas unefois sonne I'heure comme le Soleil marquoit, & quolques-uns luy demandant la raison do cette erreur, il respondit (pio le 8oloil pouvoit mentir, tnais quo son horologe ne mentoit jamais •} ainsi il me semblo f[ue Gerard de Veer a plustost voulu rejottcr la fautc sur le Soleil, sur la Lune, k^\'<, Tho tlrst is A clerical or typograiihical error. Instead of "221" 48', it should bo 221'" 18', which wa.s the sun's longitude iil Wnici on the ;ird of iS'ovembcr. And the second error is, that no account is taken »if tlie difference of Iongit\do between Venice ami Novaya Zeudya, which is about lour hours in time. The niui's true longitude was 221" 7',o. / i A ^,l THE FIRST KDITION. di uppor edge would have been actually 14',^^ below the visible horizon. Strictly in accordance with this, we have De Veer's statement on the 4th of November, " but that we saw the S'^nne no more, for it was no longer aboue the horizon". Had Gerrit de Veer and his companions been weak enough to give way to the dogmatical assertion of their teacher, that "pendant le grand jour d'este ils avoyent omis a compter quelques revolutions du soleil", they might perhaps at the time, and during the two centuries and a half which have since elapsed, have enjoyed some little more credit than has been accorded to them ; but they would eventually have deprived themselves of that triumphant vindication of their character for perfect truthfulness and sincerity which it is our good fortune to bo the means of now aftbrdiug to them. The reappearance of the sun on the 25th of January 1597, is not, at least for the present, caf>ablo of so complete and satisfactory an explanation. But hitherto the subject has never been properly undoj'stood, because the facts have never been correctly staled. One of the most recent ex- aminations of this phenomenon is that made by the Rev. Cieorgo l''i>hei', in his remarks " On the Atmo- spheric Kefnietion," contained in the " Appendix to Cap- tain Tarry's Journal! of a Second Voyage, etc., published in 1825. Mr. X'^isher'H words are : — " riio testimony of De Veer, will' V »(>to the particulai's and who accompanied Barentz to Nova ./Jiiibla in his third voyage, where he wintered iu latitude 70'' N., in the year 1590-7, has been so often called ,n question, with respect to his account of the re-appearance ol' the sun, that it is but justice to state that he appears to be perfectly correct, and his observations consistent with thosi made during this voyage.' He reports that he, in ' NiuiK'ly, that of Captain I'airy. »i. I I'i' I i ',1 ', i|'"' t ii"' i > i 11 It I't Ji ^1 3 mm ! f i I V i I' f 1 I mm/mmm clii INTKODUCTION TO company with two others, saw the edge of the sun from the sea side, on the south side of Nova Zembla, on the 24th of January (or the 3rd of February, new style) at which time the sun's declination when it passed the meridian in that longitude was about 16° 48' S., and therefore the true meridian depression of the upper limb at noon was 2° 32' nearly, vhich ought to have been the amount of the refrac- tion [so] that the limb might have been visible. Now, if the observation at the least apparent altitude observed on the 23rd January, 1823, at Igloolik, which was 8' 40", be re- duced to the horizon, by observing the rapid law of increase in the refraction visible in the series of observations made on that day, the horizontal refraction cannot be estimated at less than 2° 30', and which, if increased by the apparent dip (which sometimes amounts to more than 20' in the winter time, as I have mentioned when speaking of the terrestrial rofracticn), will be quite sufficient to render the upper limb visible ; and there is still less difficulty in be- lieving that they * saw the sunne in his full roundnesse above the horizon' three days afterwards, since the daily motion in declination at that time of the year is nearly 18 minutes to the northward. " M. Le IVfonier, from the observations made on these two days, assures us that tliei'e must liave been more than 4h degrees of refraction, and that he ' could neither ex- plain these observations, reject tliem as doubtful, nor sup- pose any error, as was done by most other astronometers.' How this conclusion has been deduced from the facts re- lated in the Journal dues not appear, neither is there the least occasion to reject as doubtful the simple and honest ucciiunt of the Dutchmen." Now the facts of (ho case are in reality as follows: — In the first place, the Dutch reckoned their time accord- ing to the vi'io style, which had already been adopted in the Netherlands. This is not only to be deduced from ^ THE FIRST EDITION. clii 11 the correspondence of their several astronomical observa- tions with this reckoning alone ; but it also admits of direct proof from the express statement of Williim Barents, in his note on the tides at States Island, that tlie dates were " stilo noco." In the next place, Gerrit de Veer states explicitly that he and two of his companions " saw the edge of the sini" on the 24th of January, and that on the 27th of that month they " all went forth and saw the sunne in his full round- nesse a little aboue the horrison"; and again, that on the 3lst they " went out and saw the sunne shine cleare"; and lastly, on the 8th of February, they " saw the sun rise south south-east, and went down south south-west." On the in- tervening days, the weather being cloudy or otherwise unfavourable, thoy had no opportunity of observing the sun.^ Now, according to theory, the sun's upper edge ought not, in 75° 45' north latitude, to have been visible till the 0th of Februai-y ; so that on the 25th of January (not the 24th, as De Veer erroneously supposed), at mid-day, the extraordinary and anomalous refraction was as much as 3° 49', and on the 27th of that month it could not have been much, if at all, less. On the 8th of February, however, when they "saw the sun rise S.S.E. and go down S.S.W.", the entire refraction would have been 2° 10',;, which is about one degree and a half more than according to theory it ought to have been ; and on the 19th of the latter month, ' "The 25th of January it was ilarke dowdy weather"; the 26th there was "a fog- bank or a dark cloud"; the 29th, "it was foule weather, with great store of snow"; the 3Uth, "it was darke weather with an east wind," and "as soono as they saw what weather it was, they had no defire to goe abroad"; the 1st of February, "the house was closed up agaiuc with snow"; the 2nd, " it was still the fMwne foule weather"; the 3rd, it was "very misty, whereby they could not see the sun"; and from the 4th till the 7th inclusive, "it was still foule wc.ithcr". wm I ;r ifi i 'It i eliv INTKODUCTION TO '; n ■i i . wlien thoy took the sun's height, the refraction had again attained its normal amount. Witljout attempting any explanation of the pheno- meii 1 <-'us described, what we have now to do is to sho\\ l^crrit de Veer and his companions could not possil). aave been materially in error with respect to their dates. Commencing then from the 4th of November, when it has been demonsti'ated that their time was strictly correct, we have their subsequent astronomical observations on Decem- ber 14th and January 12th, which establish that till the latter date they were still right in their time. If, therefore, they lost their reckoning at all, it must have happened be- tween the 12th and the 25th of January — an interval of only thirteen days ; and certainly neither their oversleeping them- aelves (assuming them to have done so), nor any error, how- ever great, in the rate of their twelve hours* sand-glass, could in that short interval have occasioned any gross mis- calculation with respect to the time of a phenomenon which extended over a period of fourteen days. Then again, on the 19th of February, and also on the 2nd of March, they obtained by similar astronomical observations the means of checking their time ; so that it is utterly impossible for thorn to have fallen into any material error. The mistake of a few Jiours, which caused them to place the conjunction of the moon and Jupiter, and consequently the reappearance of the sun, on the 24th instead of the 25th of January, is only an additional proof in favour of their general correct- ness, as it is just such an error as they were likely to fall into from their inability to measure their time with strict precision. But the fact of the conjunction itself has yet to bo noticed. De Veer tells us that they had watched the approach of the two planets to each other, all at length they came together in u certain direction and at a certain time ; and that con- ' .* THE I'lKST EDITION. olv toraporaneously with this occurionce tho sun reappeai'od. Now there was no other conjunction of those two planets till 27 J days later, namely, at noon on tho 21 st of February, and at that date tho sun had been at least nine days abovo the horizon ; besides which, the conjunction would not havo been visible, on account of the daylight. Consequently, if the conjunction on the 25th of Januaiy is not intended, the whole account must be an invention and a fabrication. And to suppose this would assuredly be imputing to De Veer, not only more deceit, but also very much more skill than ho possessed. For, even assuming him to havo been capable of calculating the place of Jupiter and the time of that planet's setting, ho would have found (as Mr. Vogcl has now found) that at the time of the conjunction that planet had already set 1 hour and 48 minutes, and was at tho time actually 2" 44' below the horizon ; and it is altogether too much to suppose that he would have adduced a conjunction, ivlilch according to calciilafiou ivatt ))iviHihlo, as evidence of another phenomenon which was equally opposed to the re- cognized laws of nature. We have therefore no alternative but to receive tho facta recorded by De Veor as substantially true, and to believe that owing to the j}ec'uliar condition of the atmosphere, there existed an extraordinary ((fraction, not uiorely o)) i]\o 25th of January, but continuously during fourteen days afterwards, at first amounting to nearly /'nin ijiim'intH, l)ut gradually dccioasing to uhniii' '^»P degreo iiil4 H half. The true facts of the case jiaving at length beell clcilH^ made out, they are left for olucidaliotj by ihoao wjio ayo jbest qualified to investigate and explain tlieiii. Tjiu proi))u||f \a a curious, and, with our still insufticief||. |if||L|>Y|.e>iltfo of tlio laws of atmospheric refraction in hig|( Iaiill|/|/i9, fl, ())||jc|i||(/ one. Nevertheless we may conlidenflj^' rely on tlib ivauli i m :•'! li- \\i\ , :!!!; ^Il mm In; ! M cl VI INTRODUCTION TO being such as eventually to establish the entire veracity of our Dutch historian.' With respect to the personal history of Gerrit de Veer we know almost nothing. From his familiar allusion to " the salt hills that are in Spaine", it is to be inferred that he had visited that country at some time previously to the year 1595, when he joined Bareuts's second expedition. From Ilobert le Canu's letter we learn that he had studied navi- gation under him, and also that his death occurred some time previously to the year 1G27, when that letter was written. The position of his name in the two lists of the crew of Heemskerck's vessel, between those of the first mate and the surgeon, shows that he was one of the officers — probably the second mate ; and we learn incidentally that he was a small man, " being the lightest of all their com- pany^'. More than this we know not. Of the various editions, abridgments, and summaries of De Veer's work, we have collected the following particu- lars. The first printed account of these interesting voyages was published in Dutch at Amsterdam in the year 1598, under the following title : — Waerachtighe Beschryvinghe vandrie seylagien,ter werelt uoyt soo vi'eemt ghehoort, drie jaeren achter malcanderen deur de Hollandtsche ende Zeelandtsche schepon by noorden Noorweghen, Moscovia ende Tartaria, na de Copinckrijcken van Catthay ende China, so mede vande opdoeningh 3 vande Weygats, Nova Sembla, eh van't landt op de 80. grade, dat men acht Groenlandt tezijn, daer noyt mensch gheweest is, ende vande felle verscheurende Beyren ende ander Zee- monsters ende ondrachlijcke koude, eii hoe op de laetste reyse tschip int ys beset is, ende tvolck op 7t). graden op Nova Sembla een huijs ghetimmert, ende 10. maenden haer aldaer onthouden hebben, ende daer nae meer als 350. mylen ' Some valuable remarks on this plienomenon are contained in Lutke'a Viermalige Neise, pp. 39-41. THE FIRST EDITIOV. clvii mot open cleyne schuyten over ende langs dor Zee ghevaren. Alles met seer grooten perijckel,rnoyten,endo ongeloofelijeko swaricheyt. Gedaen deur Gerrit de Veer van Amstelro- dam. Ghedruckt t'Amstelrodam, by Cornolis Claosz, op't water, int Shrijf-boeck. A". 1598. ""' Obloni? 4". This rare and valuable book, a copy of which is in tlie British Museum, does not appear to have been hitherto noticed by bibliographers. It contains sixty-one numbered leaves, in addition to the Dedication on two loaves not num- bered, six maps by Baptista h Doetochum, and twenty-five piates, 'vhich are coloured. The title-page also bears a plate, in eight partitions, four of which contain reductions from plates in the volume. The following is a translation of Gerrit do Veer's Dedi- cation. To the N'ohlo, Mujlitii, Wise, BUcrcet, and very Provident Lords, thy' States General of the United Netherlands, the Coiina'l of State, and, the Provincial States of Holland, Zeeland and West Frieslan-' ; and also to the most iUiis- triotis Prince and Lord, Matirice, horn Prince of Orange, Connf of Nassau, Cafzenr/J hogcn, Vianden, I)ietz,ftc., Marqihis of Vere and Flit. 'i\ 1,1 I I i I I ..fi'' 11 Vi „i I 'I IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) LO I I.I 11.25 If m iiM 2.5 22 1.6 % 9, are reprinted, wiiilst the pages are better nunil)crcd. (Mcnioire IJiblio- J f} \ t I i ! )| Ml I!fi i » I i I j clx INTRODUCTION TO in 1599 ; but this appears to be purely an error in date, — 1599 for ] 598, — as he leaves it to be inferred that he alludes to the first edition. It was reprinted at Amsterdam in 1605, at the same press. Another edition was brought out, as the first part of a collection of early Dutch voyages at Amsterdam, with the following title : — Oost-Indische ende Uvest-Indische voyagien, Namelijck, De waerachtighe beschrijvinge vande drie seylagien, drie Jareu achter malkanderen deur de HoUandtsche ende Zee- landtsche Schepen, by noorden Noorweghen,Moscovien ende Tartarien nae de Coninckrijcken van Oatthay ende China ghedaen. Tot Amsterdam. By Michiel Colijn, Boeck-verkooper, op't Water, in't Huys-boeck, aen de Kooren-marckt. 1 619. Oblong 4to. This edition contains eighty numbered leaves. De Veer's Dedication is omitted. The plates are copies from those in the former editions, but smaller and reversed. The colophon reads : — Ghedruckt tot Enchuysen, by Jacob Lenaertsz.Meyn, Boeckvercooper op de Nieuwe straet int vergulden schrijf- boeck. Anno 16l7. Latin. In the same year that the first edition of these voyages was published in Dutch, viz., 1598, a Latin trans- lation was brought out at Amsterdam by the same publisher. The translator signs himself C. C. A., and dates his pre- face, Leyden, July 7th (" nonis Julij ") 1598 ; thereby showing that little more than two months had elapsed since the appearance of the original work. It bears the follow- ing title : — Diarivm Navticvm, sen vera descriptio Trium Navigatio- num admirnndarum, & nunquam auditarum, tribus continuis annis factarum, k HoUandicis & Zelandicis navibus, ad Sep- tentrionem, supra Norvagiam, Mciscoviam & Tartariam, graphique sur lea Joiirnaux des Navigateurs Neerlandais 1867, par P. A. Fiele.) THE FIRST EDITION, clxi versus Catthay & Siaariim regna: tarn ufc defcecfca fuerint Weygntz fretum, Nova Zembla, & Regie sub 80. gradu sifca, quam Groenladiatn esse censent, quatn nullusunqaam adijfc : Deinde de feris & trucibus vrsis, alijsquo monstris marinis, & intolerabili fn'gore quod perhulerunt. Quemadmodum pra3terea in postreraa Navigafcione navis in glacie fuerifc concrota, & ipsi nautse in Nova Zerabla sub 76. gradu sita, doinum fabricarint, atquo in ea per 10. mensium spatiuta habifcarint, & taudom, relict^ navi in glacie, plura quam 380. milliaria per mare in apertis parvis lintribus navigarint, cum suramis periculis, immensis laboribus, & incredibilibus diffi- culfcafcibus. Auctoro Gerardo de Vera Amstelrodamense. Amstelredami, ex Officina Cornelij Nicolaij, Typographi ad symbolum Diarij, ad aquara. Anno M.d.xcviii. Folio. This edition contains forty-three numbered leaves, and has the same plates and maps as the Dutch edition ; but the Dedication is omitted. A copy is in the British jNIuseum. French. In the same year, and probably near the same time as the preceding edition, appeared a French transla- tion under the following title : — Vraye Description de trois Voyages de mer trcs admira- bles, faicts en trois ans, a chacun an vn, par les navires d' Hollande et Zolando, av nord par dcrriere Norwege, Mos- covie, et Tartaric, vers los Tloyaumes de China & Catay : ensemble les docouvreiueus du Waygat, Nova Sembia, & du pays situe souz la hauteur de 80 degrez ; lequel on presume estre Greenlande, oii oncques personne n'a estd. Plus des Ours cruols & ravissans, & autres monstres marins : & la froidure insupportable. D'avantage comment a la derniore fois la navire futarrestee par la glace, & les Matelots ont basti vne niaison sur le pays do Nova Seuibla, situ^ souz la hau- teur de 76. degrez, ou ils ont demeure I'espaco de dix mois : & comment ils ont en potittes barques passe la Mer, bien 350. lieues d'eaue ; non sans peril, a grand travail, &, diffi- cultez incroyables. Par Girard Le Ver. Imprirac a Amstelredam par Cornille Nicolas, sur I'eauo, au livre d, ecriro. Anno m.d.xcviii. folio. This edition contains forty-four numbered leaves, and the same plates and maps as the original Dutch edition. There is a copy in the Grenville Library. It was reprinted in IGOO and in 1609. There is a copy of the edition of 1609 in the 'J i •!■ m imi. m w l\'\ ' ' 1 ! '1, ii'' 111 ; L I ii i <\V' r.ii. i IB ' 1 clxii INTRODUCTION TO , ! British Museum, in which the same plates and maps occur as in the first Dutch edition. An edition in 8vo. was published at Paris by Chaudifere in 1599, under the title of " Trois navigations admirables faites par les Hollandois et les Zelandois an Septentrion." Italian. An Italian translation, which was made at the instance of Gioan Battista Ciotti, by whom it is dedicated to Gaspare Catanei, appeared at Venice in 1599, in Italic characters. Its title runs thus: — Tre Navigationi fatte dagli Olandesi, e Zelandesi al Sot- tentrione nella Norvegia, Moscovia, e Tartaria, verso il Catai, e Regno de' Sini, doue scoporsero il Mare di Veygatz, La Nvova Zembla, et vn Paese nell' Ottantesimo grade creduto la Groenlandia. Con vna descrittiono di tvtti gli accidenti occorsi di giorno in giorno a' Nauiganti, Et in particolare di alcuni combattiraenti con Orsi Marini, e dell' eccesiuo freddo di quoi paesi j essendo nell' ultima Nauigatione res- tata la Naue nel ghiaccio, onde li Marinari passorono infinite difficoltA, per lo spatio di diece mesi, e furono forzati alia fine di passare con li Batelli trecento miglia di Mai'e perico- losissimo. Descritte in Latino da Gerardo di Vera, e Nuo- uamente de Giouan Giunio Parisio Tradotte nella lingua Italiana. In Venetia, presso lei'onimo Porro, o Compagni. 1599. 4to. It contains seventy-nine leaves, with copies of the usual maps and plates, but badly executed. This was reprinted in the third volume of the 100(5 edition of Ramusio's Navigatioui et Viaygl. English . The only other language, as far as we are aware, into which Do Veer's work has been translated, is English ; the first and only edition of which translation, now extremely scarce, is that reproduced in the present volume. ABRIDGEMENTS. German. The first and most important Gorman edition of De Veer's narrative was an abridgement, published at Nuremberg by Levinus Ilulsius, the dedication of which THE FIHST EDITION. clxiii bears dato the 10th of August, 1598, being Uttlo more than three months aftor that of the original Dutch work. Its title I'uns thus : — Warhafftigo Eolation dor dreyen newen vnerhorton poltzamrn Scliinf'arfc, so die Ilolliindischen vnd Soolandi- sehon Schiff gegcn ^litternacht, drey Jar uach einandor, als Anno 159 i', 1595 vnd 1506 verricht. Wie sio Nortwegen, Lappiam, IJiarmiam, vnd Russiam, oder Moscoviara (vorha- bons ins Kiinigreich Cathay vnd China zukoramon) vmb- segolt habeu. Als ancli wie sic das Frotum Nassovia), Way- gats, Novam Semblam, vnd das Land vntor dem 80. Gradu latitnd. so man vermeint das Groonland sey, gefunden : vnd was fiirgefahr, wegendorei'schrocklichon Bern,Meor\vunder, vnd dem Eyss, sie aussgostanden. Krstlich in Niderlilndis- chcr sprach boschrioben, durch Gorhart de Vor, so solbston die Iczton zwo Reyson hat holffen vorrichton, jozt aber ins Hochtontsch gobracht, Durch Lcvinuni Hulsium. Noriborg;o, Impensis L. Hnlsij. Anno 1598. 4to. Translator's dedication two pages. Preface twelve pages. An address to the reader, headed and subscribed " Gerai'dns de Veer," four pages. Text one hundred and forty-six numbered pages. Thirty-five plates and maps. The colo- phon reads ; — Gedruckt zu Niirnberg, durch ChristofF Lochner, In vor- legung Levini Hulsii, anno 1598. It was re-issued in the year 1602, as the "Dritter Theil" of Hulsius's celebrated collection of voyages. This is, how- ever, merely a duplicate of the edition of 1598, excepting the first sheet, which has been reprinted, appai'ently with the view of affording Hulsius an opportunity of alluding, on the fourth page of hia Preface, to the publication of the beautiful book (" schoncs Buch") of Linschoton the year before. The dedication is dated Nuremberg, 0th February. A" sccunda editio," considerably abridged, appeared from the sameprebs in the same year (1G02), with the dedication dated Frankfort, 1st August: the -text of this extends only to one hundred and twenty-one pages, and the address to /,) 2 I'i mi ,1.1'' '^ I * 1, ii;;l iii "' ill l\ I ! i hii! i ' clxiv INTRODUCTION TO the reader and colophon are omitted. In his dedication, Hnlsius informs us, as a reason for this rapidity of republi- cation, that upwards of 1,500 copies of the former edition had already been disposed of, and that the demand for the work was still very great. A third and fourth edition, yet further abridged, and similarly forming the " Drittor Theil " of Hulsius's collec- tion, appeared respectively in the years 1612 and 16G0. Copies of all these editions are in the Grenville Library in the British Museum. This work of Hulsius enjoys a degree of credit among bibliographers, to which intrinsically it would hardly seem to be entitled. On the title-page, and also in the publisher's dedication, it professes to be a translation from the Dutch of Gerrit de Veer. But it is neither this, nor is it a true and genuine ahr'uhjement. On the contrary, copious omis- sions are made throughout, while at the same time passages arc frequently introduced, which are not to be found in tlie original. It would be an almost endless task, undone quite out of place here, to attempt a collation of the two woiks. Still it is expedient that a specimen should be adduced of the liberties which Hulsius has taken with his author ; and for this purpose the commencement of his narrative of the second expedition (pages 10-18) shall bo given vcrbafhn. Im Jar nach unserer Erliisung 1505, si'in von den Unii-ten Stiinden in Holl und Seeland, &c., und dem Duclileucliti- gen Iloehgebornen Fiirsten und Herren, Ilerren Mnurit/, CJrafcn zu Nassaw, tStc, siben Sehiff vorhabons, damit den Weg durch Waygats, und das Fretum Nassovia^, nach Cathay und China zufinden, zugei'ustet wonlen : zwey zu Amsterdam, zwey in Seeland, zwey zu Ijuckhauson, und einss zu Roterdam. Deren sechs mit allerley Kautt'manns Wahren, unnd mit Geld beladen gewest, das sibende aber, war ein Pinasse, welche befehl liatte, wann die andern sechs Schiffe, umb den Capo oder Promontorium Tabin (so dass eusserste Eck der Tartarey gegen Mitternacht ist) gefahren weren, duss er als dann also bald wider nach Holland urn- THE FIRST EDITION. clxv wenden und von den andern Schiffen zeittung bringen solte. Das Admiral Schiff war ein Boyer, von Middelburg, ge- nandt der Greiff, vermochte 80 Last, das ist 3200 Centner ein zu laden, hatte 22 Stuck Eysern Geschiitz, so Kiigel 5 oder mehr pfunden gcschossen, auch zehen Morser oder Poler, und sein auff disem Schiff G4 Mann gewesen. Sein Jacht Schiff war ein Flieboot von Armuien in See- land von 25 Last, oder 1000 Centner, darauff vvaren 8 stiick, so 2 oder 3 Pfund Eysen schosseu, 4 Morser, und 18 Mann. Das Vice Admiral Schiff war von Enckhausen auss Hol- land, 96 last gross, das man mit SSl^O Centnern belagen kijnncn, und SjJes oder die Hoffnung genannt, darauff 24 stiick i:]}sern Goschiitz, so ungofehrlich 5 pfund Eysen gescliossen, zween Morser, und 58 Mann. Sein Jacht Schiff war von Enckhausen von 28 Last, ge- nandt die Jacht von Gliick unnd ungliick, darauff waren sechs Eysene stiick, 4 Morser, und 15 Mann. Das Schiff vou Am.sterda,ni war ein Pinasse, auff 160 Last, oder 6400 Centner, genennet der Gulden Windhund, dar auff vier metallene Stiick, deren jedes45 pfund Eysen schoss, 32 Eyserne Stiick, zu 5 und 6 pfuiiden, am vordersten theil dess Schiffs waren zwo Schlangen, die 38 pfund schossen, und 1 2 Morser, auch 6 Trommeter, und andere Spiel : etlicho Diamant Schneider, Goldarbeyter, auch andere mehr Ambtleut, oder abgesandte der Stiinde, ufi 80 Schiffknecht, und also in allem 108 Mfinn. in disem Schiff war der wolorfahien Wilhelm Barcntzi Oberster Pilot oder Stewr- mann, uiid Jacob Henibsskiich Oberster Commisari. Auff disem bin ich Gerhart de Veer auch gewesen. Sein Jacht Schiff war auch von Amsterdam, genandt S. Moi'itz, auff 27 Last gross, darauff 6 Eysene stiick, 5 Morser, und 13 Mann. Das Schiff lloterdam war ein Pinasse, auf 39 Last, oder 1560 Centner, genandt S. Peters Nachen, darauff 6 Eysene Stiick, und 8 Morser gewesen. Disc Schiff alle waren versehen mit allerley Proviant und Kriegs munition auff zwey Jar, aussgenommen Rotordam, so allein auff 6 Alonat Proviantirt, auss ursach dass es wider- umb solte zu Ruck kommen, wio gesagt. Anno 1595 den 12 Junij, sein wir von Amsterdam nach Texel, da alle Schiff solten zusamman-koinen, gesegelt. Den 2 Julij nach Mittag, da der Wind Sudost, und gut fiir uns war, namen wir unsern Cours in dem Namen Gottes gegen Nordwest zum Nord. Den 5 dito, dess Morgcns saheu wir Engelland. nlxvi INTRODUCTION TO Den (■> dito, war j^voss ungowittor miss N.O. Den 12 hntteu wir guten Wind, nach Mit.tag aiilion wir viel Walfiscli, mind tlioils unscrm Schilf so nalio, das man auff sie lictJ^e springen kininen, dio am Btewrruder stunden, lietten zu thuu genug daa Schift' von deu VValfischen hinweg zu steuren. Deu 15 dito sahen wir das Land Nordwegen. A comparison of tho foregoing with Phillip's translation in pages 42-44 of tho present volume, will at onco show how widely Hulsius's version differs from the oriyinal text of Gerrit do Veer, From tho use made of De Veer's name in the " Address to the Reader," it might at first sight be imagined that Hulsius was in communication with the author, and had his authority for the interpolated passages ; though, seeing that Latin and French versions, corresponding strictly with the original Dutch text, were being simultaneously published at Amsterdam, it would certainly be difficult to conceive that De Veer should have lent himself to a work so different in character as this German version. However, on a closer examination, it is apparent that this "Address," notwith- standing that it is made to bear De Veei-'s signature, with the date " Penult. Aprilis Anno 1598," — which is that of the author's original Dedication to the States General and other authorities of the United Provinces, of which a trans- lation has been given in pages cxix-cxxii, — is merely made up from that dedication and from the introductory portion of the author's narrative of tho first voyage. And, indeed, Hulsius himself does not pretend to do more than give a translation into German from the original Dutch work ; his words being, " Hab ieh auch diso drey letzte Schiffarten gogen Mitnacht, no hahl sie mir in Niderlandischer sprac/i anJivniwe, ins hochteutsch vcrsetzt;" so that his use of the author's name in the way adverted to is manifestly unjustifi- able, and in fact nothing better than a fraud on the public. Tlie foirgoiiig specimen of the difl'ercnces between tho i% TIIK FIRST EDITION. clxvii two works has purposely been taken from the commence- ment of the narrative of the second expedition, because we have the independent authority of Linschoten to fall back upon ; in whose work nothing is found to warrant the inter- polations on the 5th and 12th of July, and whose oflficial description of the vessels composing that expedition — which forms the basis of the statement made iu previous pages of the present Introduction, — differs materially from that given by Hulsius. It is scarcely to be doubted that the latter had an autho- rity of some sort for these important variations ; though had that authority been at all of an authentic nature, there is no conceivable reason why he should not have re- ferred to it. On a consideration of the whole case, wo are inclined to believe that he was desirous of imparting to his production the character of an original work; and hence these vai'iations in the text, and also the fact that most of his illustrations are not copies, but free imitations of the plates in the original Amsterdam editions. IJcforo quitting this subject, which is perhaps not un- deserving of a closer investigation, we may adduce a curious instance of erroneous translation on the part of Hulsius. In the introduction to the narrative of the second voyage (page 40 of the present work), De Veer speaks of Linschoten as having been on the first voyage the commissary or super- cargo of the two ships of Zeeland and Eukhuysen — " daer Jan Uuyghen van Linschoten comis op was." This is ren- dered by Hulsius (p. 14) : " darauff der Hocherfahrne in Scliift'snclu' Johan Huyghen von Linschott, Comes oder Oberstcr gowesen war," as if liinschoten had actually been the commander of those two vessels ! Another German abridgement of De Veer's narrative was made by the brothers De Bry, in 1599, and is given as the third article in the third part of their Lulla Orientalis (or that poition of their collection conimonly known as the I * I!" ill" pV Ml i clxviii INTRODUCTION TO Pctits Voijiujoh), on the collective title of which it is de- scribed as follows : — Drey Schiffahrten der Hollander nach obermoldten Indion durch das Mittniichtigsche oder Eissrneer darinnen viel vner- horte Ebentewer. Sanipt Vielen schonen kiinstlichen figurn vnd Landtafeln in Kupffer gestochen vud an Tag gebon durch Jo. Theodor vnd Jo. Israel de Dry, Gebriider. Ge- druckt zu Franckfurt am Mayn durch Mattheum Becker. M.D.xcix. folio. It is from this German edition that the plates which accompany the present volume have been taken. They are copies from those of the original Amsterdam editions, reversed and more artistically finished. De Bry, doubtless having Hulsius's work in his mind^ says of them that they are : " Alios zierlich uud nach dam acchtcn orUjinal fiirgcti-agen." This abridgement was reprinted in the German editions of De Bry in 1G28 and 1G29. Latin. The same abridgement was also given in Latin by De Bry, in the edition of the LuUo Oricntaliti of IGOl, on the collective title of the third jjurt of which it is thus described : — Tres nauigationes Hollandornm in modo dictam Indiam per Septentrionalem seu glacialem Ocoauum, vbi mira quas- dam et stupciida deiiarrantur. The sub-title, at page 129, is as follows : — Tertia pars, Navigationes trcs discretas, trib. continvis anuis per Heptentrionem supra Norvegiam, Mvscoviam et 'J'artariam, freto Weygatz & Noua Zcmbla detectis, ab Hol- laiidis & Zclandis in Cathay & Chinarum reguum versus orientem susceptas, describens. This abi-idgemeut was reprinted in 1G29, also as the third article in the third part of De Bry's India Orientalis. English. In the third volume of Purchas's collection, pp. 473-51'^, is given a faithful abridgement of Phillip's translation. THE FIRST EDITION. clxix ABSTRACTS OR SUMMARIES. Latin. An abstract of De Veer's work was given in Linschoten's — Descriptio totius Guineae tractus, Congi, Angoloe, ot Monoruotapee, eorumque locorura, qua) e regione C. S. Au- guatini in Brasilia jacent, etc. Accedit noviter historia iiavigationura Jiatavorum in Soptontrionales Oras, Poliqne Arctici tractus, cum Freti Vaygats detectiono summa hdo rolata. Hagaj-Comitis. Ex officinu Alberti Honrici. Anno 1599. folio. The narrative of the Three Navigations to the Noiih, which occupies nine pages, commences at page 17, with the following head-title : — Historia trium navigationum Batavorum in Soptentrionom. Aduiirabilium ac nunquam ante anditarura trium naviga- tionum IJatavorura in 8eptentrionales Oras detegendi Freti Vaygats gratia, et in Novam Zemblam, per hactenus inco- gnita Maria, fidelis relatio. This abstract appears to have been made by Linschoten himself, as Camus states (p. 191) that this Latin edition of his works was tianslated by himself from the Dutch of 1596. Although the description of Guinea, to which this abstract forms an appendix, has a separate title-page and pagination, it is shown by the register to form part of — Navigatio ac Itinerarium Johannis Hugonis Linscotani in Orientalem sive Lusitanorum Indiam . . Collecta . . ac dc- scripta per eundem IJelgico, nunc vero Latino redditum llagas Comitis ex officina Alberti Henrici. Impensis authoris et Cornelii Nicolai, prostantquo apud ^gidium Elaevirum. Anno 1599. Fol. From the circumstance of this absti'act appeai'ing at the end of Linschoten's work, it has been by some confounded with his narrative of his own two Arctic voyages. Dutch. In 1646, another abstract of the original njirra- tive appeared in the first volume of the Dutch collection, entitled ; — Begin ende Voortgangh van do Vereenighde Noder- 1,1 ' 1 1' ai 'I ' .I'i Hii'i clxx INTRODUCTION TO landtsche Geoctroyeerde Oost-Indischc Compagnio. 1646. obi. 4to. This important work, which is profusely illustrated, has no editor's name or place of imprint. It was, however, edited by Isaak Commelin, a learned Amsterdaramer, and printed at Amsterdam, as we learn from Chalraot's Biogrnphisch Woonlouhoeh ile Nedcrlanden, in art. Commelin (Isaak). Chalmot had a good authority for this statement, namely, Isaak Commelin's son, Kasper, who, at page 866 of his Besch'jjvingG van, Amsterdam, declares his father to have been the editor, further mentioning that this and other works were all printed at Amsterdam by Jansson. It was reprinted in 1648, under the following title : — Verhael van de eerste Schip-vaert der Hollandische ende Zeeusche Schepen doer't Way-gat by Noorden Noorwegen, Moscovien ende Tartarien om, na de Coninckrijcken Cathay ende China, Met drie Schepen, uyt Texel gezeylt in den Jaro 1594. Hier achter is by-ghevoeght de bcschrijvingho van de Landen Siberia, Saraoyeda, ende Tingaesa. Seer vi'eemt on vermaackelijck om lesen. T' Amsterdam. Voor loost Hartgers, Bocck-verkooper in de Easthuys-steegh in de Boeck-winckel bezijden het Stadt-huys, 1648. 4to. And it re-appcared in 1650 with the same title. This work, though professing on the title-page to be an account of the first voyage only, contains an account of the second and third voyages also. Another Dutch abstract was printed by G. J. Sacghman at Amsterdam, in 1663, with the following title: — Verhael van de vier eerste Schip-Vaerden der Hollandtscho en Zeeuwsche Schepen naar Nova Zcmbla, by Noorden Noorwogen, Moscovien ende Tartarien om, na de Coninck- rijcken Cathay en China. Uytgevaren in de Jaren 1594, 1595, 1596, en 1609, ende hare wondcrlijcke avontueren, op de Reysen voor gevalleii. Den laetsten druck van niouws ouersien, en met schoone Figueren verbetert. T'Amsterdam, Gedruckt by Gillis Jooston Saeghman, lV)e('k(li'ucker en IJoeck vcrkooper, in de Nicuwe Straet. Anno lii6;3. 4to. THK FIRST EDITION. clxxi We have not had an opportunity of seeing this work, and therefore cannot say whether or not it is a reprint of the last-mentioned abstract. The fourth voyage of 1G09 can only be that of Henry Hudson, who undertook it at the in- stance of the Dutch East India Company. The journal of this voyage, written by Robert Juet of Limehouse, "master's mate", is given by Purchas in his " Pilgrimes", vol. iii, pp. 581-595. An abstract of De Veer's work is likewise contained in the first volume of the several editions of Blaeu's "Gi-eat Atlas", which have been already described in page cxxv : in the Latin at p:>ge 21 ; in the French at page 27 ; and in the Spanish at page 42. The Dutch edition we have not seen. German. A translation from Sacghman's abstract ap- peared in 1G75, in a collection by lludolf Capel, entitled, " Vorstellungon des Nordcn". Hamburg, 1675, 4to. ; in the fifth chapter of which it is entered as follows : — Die vou den HolUindorn zu vier unterschicdenen mahlen, nemlicli in Jalir c. 1594, 1595, 159G, und 1G09, umsonst versuc'lite Soefarth durchs Norden nach der Siueser Land ffiipan und Ost Indien. Anss der NiederUludischen in die IJochtcutyche ►S])raclie ubcrsetzet. Another cdiliou appeared in 1G78. Another abstract in German was given in 17G8, in Ade- lung's dfucltichle der Sch'iffahrtcn, published at Hallo, 17G8. In speaking of the great rarity of the original, Adelung ac- knowledges himself obliged to make use of the summary in the French collection, next described, which he collated with that of Capel. French. The French collection to which we have just alluded, was edited by Constantin de liennevillo, under the title : — Kecneil des Voyages qui out servi a I'etablissement ct aux progres de la Compagnie des Indes orientales, formeo dans li's provinces Unios ties Pays P>as, Amst., 1702, 1710, I7l I ..ii" ' 1^' I I clxxii INTRODITCTTON TO Thisis an unacknowledged translation, with a slight alteration in the language at the commencement of the work, from the Dutch collection already described, " Begin ende Voort- gangli," etc. Eiujlish. In the year 1703, was published an English translation of the above abstract, which was probably made from the French version by Renneville. A very brief summary of the three voyages is also given in the first volume of Harris's Navujant'mm el Itineraiitiutn BibUotheca,Y>'p.b^0-56k Lend. 1705. Fol. The winter's residence of the Dutch in Novaya Zemlya has been repeatedly treated of in various forms. The most recent work on the subject i^ probably a poem with the title— De Overwintering der Hollanders op Nova Zembla gedicht van Tollens, met Houtsneden van Henry Brown, naar teeke- niugen van I. H. I. van den Bergh. Leeuwarden, G. T. W. Suringar, 1B43. 4to. c- Of the English translation by Phillip, which forms the text of the present volume, we are unable to speak in very favourable terms. Independently of a number of errors resulting evidently from the want of a thorough acquaint- ance with the Dutch liuigujige, the work is disfigured by numei'ous typographical errors, arising soomingly from the circumstance that the translator placed his manuscript in the printer's hands, and never saw the work as it passed through the press. In the notes at the foot of the text, in the present edition, these errors are corrected, and attention is drawn to those cases in which subsequent writers, who merely consulted Phillip's translation of Purchas's abridge- ment of it, have thereby been misled.* ' One further curious instance has only recently come to our know- lodge. Cajitain Beechey, when speaking (p. 257) of the bears which were killed by the Dutch while in their WMiter quarters, says that on opening one of tlieni " there was found in it. stomach ' part of a buck, with the hair and skinne and all, which not loni,' before she had toruo m THB FIRST EDITION. clxxiii Besides De Veer's narrative, Phillip translated from the Dutch the three works mentioned below. ^ As one then who performed so much for the causo which it is the object of the Hakluyt Society to pi'omote, he has a claim to our ^ ■>» l'^".fH| and devoured,' a fact (lie adds) which I mention only to rectify an error in supposing deer did not frequent Nova Zenibla." Did the fact of the existence of deer in Novaya Zemlya rest upon this statement alone, it would have but a weak foundation ; for, as ia shown in pivge 182, note 3, the original Dutch is " stucken van rohheii, met huijt ende hayr" — " pieces of wa/.v, with the skin and hair." But, in trutii, the existence of doer in that country is established by the in- controvertible evidence adduced in tlio notes to pages 5, 83, and 104 ; to wliich has to be added the fact recorded in the Ap[)endix, p. 269, that when Hudson and liis crow wore on the coast of Novaya Zemlya in 1608, they saw there numerous signs of deer, and on one occasion "a herd of wiiite deere of ten in a companie; " so that they actually gave to the place the name of Deere Point. ' 1. — "The Description of a Voyage made by certain Ships of Hol- land into the East Indies . . . who set fortli on tiie 2nd Apiill 1595, and returned on the llth of August 1597. Printed by John AVoolfo, 1598, 4to." In his dedication to this work, of which the original was written by Bernard Langhenes, Phillip announces a translation of Linschoten'a voyages ; and in tiie same year there appeared — 2. — "John Iluighen van Linschoton, his discours of voyages into yn Easto and West Indies. Devided into foure books. Printed at London by John Woolfe ;" on the title-pages of the second, tiiird, and fourth books of which work the initials W. P. are given as those of tho translator. In tho advertisement to the reader in this latter work (copies of which have sold ,as high as £10 15.s-.), it is stated that the " Booko being commended by Maister Rieiiard Ilackluyt, a man that laboureth greatly to advance our English name and nation, the i)rinter thougiit good to cause the same to be translated into tiie English tongue." 3. — "The Relation of a wonderfull Voiage made by William Cor- nelison Schouten of Home. Shewing how South from the Straights of Magellan in Terra del Fuego, he found and discovered a newe passage through the great Soutli Sea, and that way sayled round about tho World. Describing what Islands, Countries, People, and strange Adventures he found in his saido Passage. Loudon, imprinted by T. D. for Natlianeell Newberry, 1619. -Ito." Tiiis English edition is exceedingly rare. clxxiv INTRODUCTION TO FIRST EDITION. forbearance for all the imperfections of his translation, which in spite of them, gives still no unapt representation of the simplicity and quaintness of its Dutch original. The editor has already acknowledged the aid afforded to him by Mr. Vogel and Mr. Petermann. He has now also to express his obligation to Mr. R. H. Major and Mr. W. B. Eye, of the British Museum, for much valuable assistance in the bibliographical portions of this Introduction. And he has further to record, that to his worthy friend and pre- ceptor in the Dutcli language, Mr. John Bos, — who was em- ployed by him to make a new translation of De Veer's text into English, in oi'der that he might be spared the incon- venience of collating the whole work in the Reading Room of the British Museum, — he is indebted for much help in the preparation of the index at the end of this volume, and also for many curious parti6ulai'S of information which nono but an old Amsterdammer could well have suj^plicd. Febritari/ l^)lh, 1853. Mi' m THE True and perfect De scription of three Voy- ages, so strange and woonderfull, that the like hath ncucr been heard of before : (I u I > :., Done and performed three yeares, one after the other, by the Ships of Holland and Zeland, on the North sides of Norway, Musconia, and Tartarian towards the Kingdomes oi Cathaia & China; shewing the discouerie of the Straights of IVciifa/es, Nona Zenibla, and the Countrie lying vnder 80. degrees ; which is thought to be Greenland : where neuer any man had bin before : with the cruell Beares, and other Monsters of the Sea, and the vnsupport able and extreame cold that is found to be in those places. And how that in the last Voyage, the Shippe was so inclosed by the Ice, that it was left there, whereby the men were forced to build a house in the cold and desart Countrie of Nona Zentbla, wherin they continued 10. monthes togeather, and neuer saw nor heard of any man, in most great cold and extreame miserie ; and how after that, to saue their liues, they were constrained to sayle aboue 350. Duch miles, which is aboue 1000. miles English, in litle open Boates, along and ouer the maine S^eas, in most great daunger, and with extreame labour, vn- speakable troubles, and great hunger. Imprinted at London for T. Pauicr. 1609. ^'11' ill 1,,J % til / M \\ m I' ' '■\ I 'IJ i!i h 1 1 it I TO THE RIGHT WOR- shipfuU, Sir Thomas Smith Knight, Gouer- nour of the Muscony Company, &c. Right Worshipfvll : Being intreated by some of my Friends, and principally by M. Richard Hakluyt (a diligent obseruer of all Pro- ceedings in this nature) to Translate and publish these three yearcs Trauelles and Discoueries of the Hollanders to the North-east ; I could not deuise how to consecrate my Labours so properly to any, as to your selfe, considering not onely the gencrall good affection the whole Kingdome takes notice, that you beare to all Honorable actions of this kinde, be they for Discouerie, Trafifique, or Plantation ; but also in respect of that particular charge, most worthily recom- mended to your care, ouer the Trade of the English in tl.^se North- east Partes. Many attempts and proffers (I confesse) there haue bin to find a passage by those poorest parts to the richest ; by those barbarous, to the most ciuile; those vnpeopled, to the most popular; those Desarts, to the most fertile Countries of the World : and of them all, none (I dare say) vndertaken with greater iudgement, with more obdurate Patience, euen aducrsiis Eleincnta, adttersus ipsam in illis locis rcnim naturain, then these three by the Hollanders. If any of our Nation be employed that way in time to come, here they haue a great part of their Voiage layd open, and the example of that industrious people (first excited to this and other famous Voy- ages, by imitation of some of ours) for the conquering of all difficulties and dangers ; those people (I say) that of all Christians, and for aught I know, of all Adams Posteritie, haue first nauigated to 8i De- grees of Northerly Latitude, and wintered in 76, where they had no Inhabitants, but Foxes, Beares, and Deare, to kccpc them company. And were it for nothing else, but to register the miraculous pro- uidence of the Creator, and his admirable and vnspeakable workcs in these congealed Climats, vnknowen vtterly to the Ancients, and to demonstrate how much we are obliged to l»is omnipotent fauour, for planting vs in so temperate, so ciuill, and so Kcligious a part of the World, as this blessed Island ; I thinkc omission in this kinde were little lesse than Sacriledge. As it is, I humbly desire you to vouch-safe it your protection, and to estcemc nice, Alwayes deuoted to your seruice, William Phillip. 1 THE FYRST PART OF THE NAUIGATION INTO THE NORTH SEAS. l;Vi; ;:;t ■I ' ^1 A.\ It is amost certaineand an assured assertion, that nothing doth more benefit and further the common-wealth (specially these countries^) then the art and knowledge of nauigation, in re- gard that such countries and nations as are strong and mightie at sea, haue the meanes and ready way to draw, fetch, and bring vnto them for their maintenaunce, all the principalest commodities and fruites of the earth, for that thereby they are inabled to bring all necessary things for the nourishment and sustentation of man from the vttermost partes of the world, and to carry and conuay such wares and marchen- dizes whereof they haue great store and aboundance vnto the same places, which by reason of the art of nauiffation. As the an of r ' ti o 1 nauigation and the commodities of the sea, is easily to be efiFected and "ealJth_ so brought to passe. Which nauigation as it dayly more and daily more moreincreaseth (to the great woonder and admiration of those, tr^s found that compare the sea-faring and nauigation vsed in our forefathers times, yea and that also that hath beene practised in our ago, with that which now at this present is daily furthered and sought out), so there are continually new ' Namely, the United Provinces of luu Netherlands. .Ml' m i'" :{ ■ I ii 111 I :..ii f: .'> 2 THE NAVIGATION !■* I LP' I ;"1 1 DiHiprence and con- tinuance e 4 i if!:'' 1 3 1,1 1 1 ,1 f •M 'I ' >i It iiifS '] III ii . ' i,V« .•li: I 1 ' 'I 10 THE NAVIGATION ' i rl\ I < il the sunne was south-east [^ p. 7, a.m.], and casting out the lead, found ground at 140 fadom, being blacke slimie durt, at which time they tooke the high of the sun and found it to be 73 degrees and 6 minutes, and presently againe they cast out the lead, and had 130 fadome deepth, the ground being blacke slime. After that they sayled 6 [24] or 7 [28] miles further east north-east, till the sunne was north-west [^ p. 7, P.M.]. On Sunday in the morning, being the 3 of July, it was very faire and cleare weather, the wind blowing south-west, at which time William Barents found out the right meridien, tak'ng the high of the sunne with his crosse-staffe,^ when it was south-east, and found it to be eleuated in the south-east 28 degrees and a halfe, and when it had passed ouer west and by north, it was but^ 28 degrees and a half aboue the horizon, so that it differed 5 points and a half, which being deuided there rested 2 points andf ; so that their corapasse was altered 2 points and |, as it appeared the same day, when the sunne was in her higth, betweene south south-west and south-west and by south, for the sun was south-west and by south, and yet was not declined, and they had 73 degrees and G minutes. • (lr(tc(ll-hi)o<)h — rendered it 'ins nstroiioiiiiciis in the Amsterdam Latin version of 1598, and Ihii/ iKudiqiic in the B'rench version of the same year and place — Cross-staflf, Jacob's-staff, or fore-staff; a well known in- strument, no longer in use among European navigatore. But the Arab seamen on the east coast of Africa .till employ a primitive instrument, which is essentially the same. It consists of a small quadrangular board, t ough which a string, knotted at various distances, is passed ; each k'. /t being at such a distance from the board, that when the latter is iield by the observer before him, with the knot between his teeth and the string extended, the board (between its upper and lower edges) shall subtend the angle at which the pole-star is known to be elevated above the horizon at some one of the ports frequented by the observer. Inartiiicial as such an instrument may be, yet if, instead of a knotted string, a notched stick were used, on which the board might slide back- wards and forwards, it .vould be the cross-staff of our early navigators. -' Xoch (now spelt iioij) — again. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 11 The 4 of July in the morning, they sailed 4 [16] miles east and by north, and casting out the lead found ground at 125 fadome, being slimie. That night the weather was mistie againe, and in the morning the wind was east ; then they sailed 4 [16] miles south-east and by south, till the sunne was east [J p. 4, a.m.], and then againe they cast out the lead, and found ground at 108 fadome, black durt; then they wound north-ward, and sailed 6 [24] miles, north north-east, and north-east and by north, vntill the sunne was south south-west [f p. 11, A.M.], and then they saw the land of Nona Zembla, lying south-east and by east 6 [24] or 7 [28] miles from them, where they had black durty ground at 105 fadome. Then they woond southward againe, and sailed 6 [2 i] miles, south and by west, till the sunne was west north- west [5, P.M.], there they had 68 fadome deepe, with durtie ground as before, the wind being south-east. Then they woond east-ward and sailed 6 [24] miles east and by south, at which time,^ William Barents took the height of the sunne with his crosse-staffe,^ when it was at the lowest, that is between north north-oast and east and by north,'' and found it to bee eleuated aboue the hoi'izon 6 degrees and ^ part, his declination being 22 degrees and 55 minutes, from whence substracting the aforesaid lieigth, there resteth 16 degrees and 35 minutes, which being substracted from 90 degrees, there resteth 73 degrees and 25 minutes ; which was when they were about 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles from the land of Nona Zembla. Then they woond east-ward and sailed 5 [20] miles, east and by south, and cast south-east, and past by a long point of land that lay out into the sea,* which they named Langenes : 1 D(ii i JitliJ ■ ;■ I 12 THE NAVIGATION and hard by that point east-ward there was a great bay, where they went a land with their boate, but found no people. Three [12] or foure [16] miles from Langenes east norfh- cast, there lay a long' point, and a mile [4 miles] east-ward from the said point there was a great bay, and upon the east side of the said bay, there lay a rock not very high aboue the water, and on the west side of the bay, there stood a sharpo little hill, easie to be knowne : before the bay it was 20 fadome deepth, the ground small blacke stones, like pease: from Langenes to Cape Bapo^ east north-east it is 4 [16] miles. From Cape Bapo to the west point of Lombsbay north-east and by north are 5 [20] miles, and betweene them both there are 2 creekes. Lombsbay is a great wide bay, on the west side thereof hauing a faire hauen 6, 7, or 8, fadome deepe, black sand : there they went on shore with their boate, and vpon the shore placed a beacon, made of an old mast which they found there ; calling the bay Lombsbay, because of a certaine kind of beares^ so called, which they found there in great aboundance. The east point of Lombsbay is a long narrow point, and by it there lyeth an island, and from that long point to sea- ' Lof/hc — low. ' ( 'ajio Baxo — IjOW Point. From the long connection of the Nether- lands with Spain, the Dutch navigators appear to have employed the Spanish language for trivial names like " Low Point", " Black Point", as being more distinctive than the vernacular. * f'A'iii/erkij aert inn voi/hcku — a certain kind of birds. This strange mistake of the translator lias given occasion to frequent coniuieut. It is the more unaccountable, as the original work contains a pictorial representation of these birds, — iionnlttiche papajurun, or northern par- rots, as they are there called, — in connection with the plan of Lonis- bay; and it is also expressly stated, that the bay "has its name from the birds which dwell there in great numbers. They are large in the body and small in the wing, so that it is surprising how their little wings can carry their heavy bodies. They have their nests on steep rocks, w INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 13 ward in, there is a great creeko.' This Lombsbay lyeth vnder 74 degrees and J part. From Lombsbay to the point of the Admirals Island/ they sailed G [24] or 7 [28] miles, north-east and by north. The Admirals Island is not very faire on^ the east side, but a farre off very flat, so that you must shunne it long before you come at it ; it is also very vneuen, for at one casting off the lead they had 10 fadome deepe, and presently at another casting of the lead they had but 6 fadome, and presently after that againe 10, 11, and 12 fadome, the streame running hard against the flats. From the east end of the Admirals Island, to Cape Negro,* that is the Black Pointe, they sailed about 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles, east north-oast ; and a mile [4 miles] without the Black Point it is 70 fadome deepe, the ground slimie, as vpon Pamphius :^ right eastward of the Blacke Point, thei'e 1 ;i Ml' 1.1 ':( in order to be secure from animals, and they sit on only one egg at a time. Tliey were not afraid of us ; and when we climbed up to any of their nests, the others round about did not lly away." The bird in question is the Brunnich's Guillemot. (Alea Ana.) It is described and figured in the fifth volume of Gould's Birds of Europe, and in Yarrell's Britinh Binh; An assemblage of these birds, such as is here described by the author, " is called by the Russians a ' bazar'. Thus this Persian word has been carried by Russian walrus-hunters to the rocks of the icy sea, and there for want of human inhabitants applied to birds." — Baer, in Berghaus's Auiiakii, vol. xviii, p. 23. * Een laeghen slcchleii hneck; eiidc daer leijt een cleijn Eylamleken by, ran den hoeek af zeewaerts in., so was noch by oosten dien hieyhtn hoerk een yroote iryde voert o/te uiwijck — A low flat point, and by it there lyeth a small island seawards from the point, and also to the east of this low poii t there is a great wide creek or Inlet, * Ilet Admiraliteyfs /!,y/a«(/— Admiralty Island. ' "One,"— /'A. * Capo Xeyro. ' Usually written I'amj)ns. A bar of mud and sand near Amsterdam, at the junction of the Y with the Zuyder Zee. This simile calls to mind that of Mungo Park, who, on his discovery of the Niger, described it as being "as broad as the Thames at Westminster". Such homely com- parisons, though by some they may be condemned as unscientific, often TOE NAVIGATION nro 2 sliarpo poiutcd hills in tho croeko, that aro easio to bo kuowen. The of Jnlj', tho snnno being north [^ p. 10, p.m.], they ciimc rijrht before the Blacke Point with fairc weather : this Blacke Point lyeth vnder 75 defj^rees and 2U minutes. From the Placke Point to Williams Island/ they sailed 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, cast north-east, and between them both about halfo a mile, [2 miles] there lay a small island. The 7 of July they sailed from Williams Island, and then William Barents tooke the height of the sunne with his cross- staffe,- and fonnd it to be eleuated aboue tho horizon^ in tho south-west and by south 53 degrees and 6 minutes, "^ his declination being 22 degrees and 41) minntes, which being added to o3 degrees and 6 minutes, make 75 degrees and 55 minutes.'' This is tho right height of tho pole of the said island. In this island they found great store of driff-wood, and many sea-horses, being a kinde of fish'' that keepeth in the sea, having very great teeth, which at this day are vsed insteed of iuorie or elephants teeth : there also is a good road for ships, at 12 and 13 fadome deep, against all winds, except it be west south-west and west windes ; and there they found a piece of a Russian ship,^ and that day they had the wind cast north-east, niistie weather. speak more distinctly to tho feelings of such as can appreciate them than the most elaborate descriptions. 1 Wilkins KjilamL » 3/(7 zijii (/i-oote quwiraut — With his large quadrant. ^ This is not correctly stated, since it is the sun's zenith distance, and not its elevation above the horizon, that was 53'^ 5'. The observation is, however, correctly worked out, subject only to the trifling error of 1'. * The original has 63" 5' both here and two lines lower down. There is consequently an error of 1' in the calculation. Tlie correction should be made on the result, instead of on the observation itself. » So in the original ; but it should be 75° 5G'. • I'Aii ijhiilitrk — an animal. ' A proof, among many others, that the west coast of Novaya Z6mlya liad previously been visited by the Russians. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 15 The 9 of July they ontcrod into Booren-fort/ vpon the road vndor Williams Island, and there they found a white boaro, which they percoiuing, presently entered into their boate, and shot her into the body with a musket ; but the beare showed most wonderfuU strength, which almost is not to be found in any beast, for no man cuor hoard the like to be done by any lyon or cruel beast whatsoeuer : for notwit?*- ?;timding that she was shot into the bodie, yet she leapt vp, and swamo in the water, the men that were in the boato rowing after her, cast a rope about her nocke, and by that meanes drew her at the sterno of the boat, for tliat not hauing scene the like beare before, they thought to haue carryed her aliuo in the shippe, and to have shewed her for a strange wonder in Holland ; but she vsed such force, that they were glad that they were rid of her, and contented themselves with licr skin only, for she made such a noyse, and stroue in such sort, that it was admirable, wherewith they let her rest and gave her more scope with the rope that they held by her, and so drew her in that sort after them, by that meanes to wearie her : meane time, William Barents made neerer to her," but the beare swome to tlie boato, and with her fore-feet got hold of the sterne thereof, which William I^arents perceiuing, said, She will there rest her selfe ; but she had another meaning, for she vsed such force, that at last she had gotten half her body into the boat, wherewith the men were so abashed, that they run into ye further end of the boate, and thought verily to have been spoiled by her, but by a strange means they were deliuered from her, for that the rope that was about her necke, caught hold vpon the hooke of the rutiier, whereby the beare could get no further, but ' Ikreiiforl— Hair Creek. It might bo better written 7?fre«-rw)7 ; as the word rocrt — which is appivrently either the Danish JionI, or else the old fi rm of tlic modern Dutcli vaart — is used by the author (sec page 13, note 1) as equivalent to iiiirijck', a creek or inlet. " I'lih'e htm alkiiiit irat mn — poked him now and then (with the boat-hook). I, III m ji'- ■'!!! i 1 [ •• 1 ■ * 1 1 ! if U M 16 THE NAVIGATION SO was held backe, and hanging in that manner, one of the men boldly stept foorth from the end of the scute,^ and thrust her into the bodie with a halfe-pike ; and therewith she fell downe into the water, and so they rowed forward with her to the ship, drawing her after them, till she was in a manner dead, wherewith they killed her out-right, and hauing fleaed her, brought the skinne to Amsterdam. The 10 of July,^ they sailed out of Beren-fort fro Wil- liams Island, and the same day in the morning got to the Island of Crosses,^ and there went on land with their pinnace, and found the island to bee barren, and full of cliffes and rocks, in it there was a small hauen, whereinto they rowed with their boat. This island is about halfe a mile [2 miles] long, and reacheth east and west ; on the west end it hath a banke, about a third part of a mile [IJ mile] long, and at the east end also another banke : vpon this island there standeth 2 great crosses ; the island lyeth about 2 [8] long miles from the firme land,^ and vnder the east-end thereof there is good road at 26 fadome, soft ground;^ and some- what closer to the island on the strand, at 9 fadome, sandy ground. From the Island of Crosses to the point of Cape Nassawe,^ they sailed east, and east and by north, about 8 [32] miles : it is a long^ flat point which you must be carefuU to shunne, for thereabouts at 7 fadome there were flats or sholes, very farre from the land : it lyeth almost under 76 degrees and a halfe. Fro.ii the west end of Williams Island to the Island with the Crosses is 3 [12] miles, the course north.^ From Nassaw Point they sailed east and by south, and > Van de coomchnyt — from the foie-part of the boat. 2 " 20 of July."— 7V«. 3 Hct Ei/lamlt inette Cnii/cen — the Island with the Crosses. * The mainland of Novaya Zemlya, ' SUeck (front — stiff ground. « Tot den Hoick van Nasnowcn — to Cai)e Nassau. • Ltiifhc — low. » Noordt-ooxt — north-east. m INTO THE NOltTri SEAS, r cast south-east 5 [20] miles, and then tlioy tliong-ht tli;it they saw land in north-oast and by oast,^ and sailed towards it 5 [20] miles north-east to discrie it, thinking it to be another land, that lay northward from Nona Zembla j but it began to blow so hard out of the west, that they were forced to take in their marsailo,- and yet the wind rose in such manner, that they were forced to take in all their sailes, and the sea went so hollow, that they were constrained to driuo 10 houres together without saile, 8 [32] or 9 [30] miles east north-east. The 11 of July their boat was by a great wave of the sea sunke to the ground, and by that meanes they lost it, and after that they drave without sailes 5 [20] miles, cast and by south; at last, the sunne being almost south-oast [\ p. 7, A.M.], the wind came about to the north-west, and then the weather began somewhat to clear up, but yet it was very mistio. Then they hoysed vp their sailes againe and sailed 1 [10] miles till night, that the sunno was north and by east [11, P.M.], and there they had GO fadome deepth, muddio ground, and there they saw certaine flakes of ice,'' at which time vpon the 12 of July they woond west, and held north- west, and sailed about a mile [4 miles] with mistie weather, and a north-west wind, and sailed up and downe west south- west 3 [12] or 4 [10] miles to see if they could find their boat againe : after that they wound againe with the wind,* and sayled 4 [IG] miles south-east, till the sunne was south- ' "The existence of the land sjiid to have been seen by the Hollanders to the eastward of Cape Nassau is exceedingly doubtful. They themselves make but slight mention of it, and not at all on the second (third) voyage. Perhaps they saw some projecting point of the land of Novaya Zemlya ; or yet more probably they mistook a fog-bank for land." — Liifke, p. 21. * Marscylen — topsails. ' Eei)i(jhe ys scholkn — some pieces of drift ice. * Wcnden zijt weder aen ile iciiit — they again hauled close to the wind. C ,1 I ir, C: i ill 'I Pi 18 TlIK NAVhiATKiN west [1, P.M.], and then tlioy wci'o close by the land of Noua Zcmbla, that lay cast and by north, and west and by south; from thence tlioy wound ouor againo till noono, and sayled 3 [12] miles north and by west; and then, till the sunno was north-west [f p. G, p.m.], they held north-west and by north 3 [12] miles; then they wound oast-ward and sailed 4 [16] or 5 [20] miles north-east and by cast. The 13 of July at night, they found great store of ico, as much as they could doscrie out of the top, that lay as if it had been a plaine field of ice ;^ then they wound west-ward oner from the ice, and sailed about 4 [IG] miles west south- west, till the sunno was east and by north [5 a.:i.], and that they saw the land of Noua Zembla, lying south south- cast from them. Then they wound north-ward againe and sailed 2 [8] miles, till the sunne was east south-east [h p. G, a.m.], and then againo found great store of ice, and after that sailed south-west and by south 3 [12] miles. The 14 of July they wound northward againo, and snyled with 2 schower sailes- north and by east, and north north- east 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles, to the height of 77 degrees i i t.i i!' \ ' So vrd (lis mi)i injicn iiinrs oversicn iiiocht, iiJtiiimel ecu cftin rcit y.t. Tills passaj^o is deserving of special notice, on account of the following statement in Captain Scoresby's Acctmut of the Arctic Itc- f/ioiiK: — 'l"hc term Jield was given to tlic lai'gcst sheets of ice by a Dutch whale fisher. It was not until a period of many years after tiio Spitzbergen fishery was established, that any navigator attempted to penetrate the ice, or that any of the most extensive sheets of ice were seen. One of the ships resorting to Smcerenborg for the fishery, put to sea on one occasion, when no whales were seen, persevered westward to a considerable length, and accidentally fell in with some immense flakes of ice, which, on his return to his companions, he described as truly wonderful, and as resend)ling fields in the extent of tlieir surface. Hence the application of the term ' field' to this kind of ice. The dis- coverer of it was distinguished by the title of ' field finder'." — Vol. i, p. 243. » See page 7, note 4. T i INTO TlIK NO Kill SL'AS, 10 and ,^ part,' and entrod ngaiuo amouf^.-it tlio ico, bring so broad that they could not see ouov it, thoro thoy had no ground at 100 fudomo, and thou it blew hard west north- west. From thonco thoy wound south-ward, and sailed south south-west 7 [28J or 8 [;32] miles, and came agaiuo by the land, that shewed to bo 4 or 5 high hillos. Then thoy wound northward, and till euoning saylod north G [24] miles, but there againo thoy found ice. From thence they wound south-ward, and sailed south and by west G [24] miles, and then againe enti'ed into ice. The 15 of July, they wound south-ward againe, sayliug south and by west G [21'] miles, and in the morning were by the land of Nona Zcmbla againo, the sunno being about north-east [^ p. 1, a.m.]. From thence they wound north-ward againe, and saylod north and by east 7 [28] miles, and entrcd againe into tho ico. Then they wound south-ward againe, the sunno being west [f p. 3, P.M.], and sailed south south-west, and south- west and by south 8 [32] or 9 [3G] miles, vpon the IG of July. From thence they wound north-ward, and sailed north and by east 4 [IG] miles; after that againe they wound west- ward, and sailed west and by south 4 [IG] miles, and then they sailed north north-west 4[1G] miles, and then the wind blew north north-east, and it froze liai'd ; this was upon tho 17 of July. Then they wound east-ward, and sailed east till noone, 3 [12] miles, and after that east and by south 3 [12] miles ; from thence about cuening they wound northward and sailed north and by east 5 [20] miles, till the 18 of July in tho morning; then they sailed north and by west 4 [IG] miles, and there entred againe amongst a great many Ihikcs of 1 77° 20' N. lat. <'. 2 l,'l' I I"' ii'::t:il ► m" W ;i> 11 !■•' fhil tf::i ii^ si > ^smm ■ . li ! ■li n 2f» TItK NAVIOATIoN* ico,' from wlicnoo tlioy wound soutliwanl, and close by tlio ico tlicy lu'id no groud at 150 fudom. Thou tlioy saylod about 2 bouros aoiith-east, and oaat south- enst, with mystio woathor, and catno to a flako of ico,^ which was so broad that thoy couUl not soe ouor it, it being fairo still weather, and yet it froze, and so sailed along by the ico 2 hourcs J after that it was so mistio, that they could soo nothing round about them, and sailed south-west two [8] miles. The same day William Barents tooko the height of the sun with his astrolabium, and then they wore imdor 77 degrees and a \ of the Polo,'' and sailed south-ward G [2 1] miles, and porceiuod the firmo land,^ lying south from them. Thou they sailed till the 19 of July in the morning, west south-west, G [2 A] or 7 [28] miles, with a north-west wind and mistio weather ; and after that south-west and south- west and by west 7 [28] miles, the suiino being 77 degrees 5 minutes lesse." Then they sailed 2 [8] miles south-west, and were close by the land of Nona Zembia, about Capo Nassaue.^ From thence they wound north-ward and sailed north 8 [32] miles, with a west north-west wind and a mist, and till the 20 of July in tho morning north-cast and by norths [12] or 4 [16] miles; and when the sunne wis east [J p. 4, a.m.] they wound west, and till euening SnWed south-west 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles, with mi.stio weather, and then south-west and by south 7 [28] miles, till the 21 of July in the morning. Then they wound north-ward againe, and from morning ' In (jroole menichte van ys schollen — among a great quantity of drift ice. ^ Ken veil i/s — a field of ice. ' In 77° 15' N. lat. The main land of Ndvaya Zenilya. ' 70" 55' N. lat. » Capo ile Nassauw\ ■ ^ INTO THE NOltTII SEAS. 21 till ouoning sailed nortb-west and by west 9 [30] miles, witb mistio weather, and againo north-west and by west* 3 [12] miles; and then wound south-ward, and till the 22 of July in the morning sailed south south-west 3 [12] miles, with tnistie weather, and till euouing south and by west, P [36] miles, all mistio weather. After that they wound north-ward ngaino, and sailed north-west aud by north 3 [12] miles, and then 2 [vS] miles north-west J- and in the morning being the 23 of July the wind blew north-west, and then they cast out the lead, and had 48 fadomo muddie ground. Then they sailed 2 [8] miles north north-eaht and north and by east, and 2 [8] miles north-east, at 40 fadome deepe; after that they wound west-ward, and sailed west and by north G [24] miles ; there it was GO fadomo deepe, muddy ground. Then they wound eastward and sailed 3 [12] miles east and by north ; then againo 9 [30] or 10 [40] miles east, and east and by south; and after that 5 [20] or [24] miles east, and east aud by south ; and after that 5 [;?0] or [21] miles more, east and by south, till euening, being the 24 of July; then againo 4 [10] miles south-east and by east, the wind being east north-east. Then they woond north-ward, aud till the 25 of July in the morning sailed north, and north and by west, 4 [10] miles; there they had 130 fadome deepe, muddie ground; then they sailed north-ward, where they had 100 fadomo deepe, aud there they saw the iee in the north-east; and then agaiue they sailed 2 [8] miles, north and by west. Then they woond south-ward towards the ice, and sailed south-east one mile [4 miles] ; after that they wound north- ward againe, and sailed north [24] miles, and were so inclosed about with flakes of ice,'' that out of the top they ' .Y.IK, tilt .v.— N.W. by nurth. ' Yk srliolltii — drift ice. = xV. ku W.—a. iij W, I I * < :' r ;,: ft III I" Ml {IS 1 ■■■ i I s* I.- PJ I 22 THi: XAVKIATION' could not (.lisct":ie any thing bcyontl it, and sought to get through the ice, but they could not passo beyond it, and thomfore in the evening they wound southward againe, and sailed along by the ice, south and west by 5 [20] miles, and after that south south-east 3 [12] miles. The 25 of July at night, they took the heigth of the sunne, when it was at the lowest between north and north-east,^ and north-east and by north, it being eleuated aboue the horizon 6 degrees and f, his deelinatio being 19 degrees 50 minutes ; now take 6 degrees | from 19 degrees and 50 minutes, and there rcstetli 1 3 degrees 5 minutes, which substracted IVom 90 there resteth 77 degrees lesse 5 minutes." The 2G of July, iu the morning, thoy sailed [21] miles south south-east, till the sunne was south ■vest [1, iM ], and then south-oast G [21] miles, and were within a mile of tlio land of Noua Zemblti, and then wound north-w; .rd from the land, and sailed 5 [20] miles north-west'' with au east wind; but in the euening ihey wound south-wai'd againe, and sailed south south-east 7 [28] miles, and were close by the land. Then they wound north-ward againe, and sailed north noich-east 2 [8] or 3 [12] miles; from thence they wound south-ward, and sailed south south-east 2 [8] or 3 [12] miles, and came againe to Cape Trust.'' Then they wounde againe from the land, north-east, about halfe a mile [2 miles], and were ouer against the sandes of 4 fadome deepe, betweene the rocke and the land, and there the sands were 10 fadomo deepe, the ground being small black stones; then they sailed north-west a little while, till they had 43 fadome deepe, soft ground. From thence they sailed north-east 4 [IG] miles, upon tlio • X.X.o.—t\.'S.E. 2 7(jo 55/ jj_ ]j^t 3 .V. /,;, ir._N. I,;/ W. ■• /-'/('/(■ qmnimi trald- hift htii'/,' :i(ii dc ''iijn' (hs T/'Oo.s'',. — and came agiiiii close to tlic laud at Cape ('onijhrt. ( ■;' i INTO Tilh ..ORTII SKAri. 23 27 of Jul}', with an oast south-eust wind, and wound south- ward againe, wiiere they found 70 fadome deepo, chiy gvonud, and sayled south and south and by east !• [IG] inilcs, and came to a great creek ; and a mile and a halfe [G miles] from thence there lay a banke of sande of 18 fadome decpo, clay sandy ground^ and betweeue that sand or banke and the land it was GO and 50 fadome deepe^ the coast reaching east and west by the compasse. In the cuening they wound [stife'] nortli-ward, and sailed 3 [12] miles north north-east; that day it was mistie, and in the night cleai'c, and William Barents tooke the height of the suune with his crosae-staffc,- and found it to be eleuated aboue the horizon 5 degrees 40 minutoSj his declination being 19 degrees 25 minutes, from whence substractiug 5 degrees 40 minutes, there resteth 1 3 degrees 45 minutes, which substracted from 90 rested 70 degrees 31 minutes^ for the height of the Pole. Upon the 28 of July, they sailed 3 [12] miles nortli north- cast, and after that wound south-ward, and sailed d [24] miles south south-east, and yet were then 3 [12] or 4 [IG] miles from the land. The 28 of July, the height of the sun being taken at noone with the astrolobiii, it was found to be eleuated aboue the horizon 57 degrees and G minutes,'' her declination being 19 degrees and 18 minutes, which in all is 7G degrees and 21 minutes, they being then about 4 [IG] miles from the land of Nona Zcmbla, that lay all couercd ouer with snow, the weather being cleare, and the wind east. Then againo, the sunne being about south-west [I, p.m.], , i 'M ' This word iti not in tlie original ; and it is inconsistent, as in tlic next line tlieir course is stated to have been N.Is'.E. -' (•nuilt-ldiiiilt. See page 10, note 1. 3 So in tlie original. It t^lionld he TCP l."»'. * In like manner as on tl.e 7tli .Inly (see luige 11), it is the sun's zenith distance that is iiere recorded iu.-.tiad of its altititde. 24 THE NAVIGATION I ii' , t'r r\ \- tbey wound uortli-wai'd, and sailed one mile [1 miles] north north-east, and then wound againe, and sailed another mile [4 miles] south-cast, then they wound north-wavd againo, and sailed 4 [10] miles north-east and north-east and by norlh.^ The same day- the height of the sunne being taken, it was found to be 76 degrees and 24 minutes, and then they sailed north-east 3 [12] miles, and after that north-east and by east 4 [16] miles, and vpon the 29 of July came into the ice agame. The 29 of July the height of the sunnc being taken with the crossc-staffo, astiolabium, and quadrant,'^ they found it to bee eleuatcd aboue the horizon 32 degrees, her declination being 19 degrees, v hich substracted from 32 there resteth 13 degrees of the equator, which being substracted from 90 there rested 77 degrees ; and then the neerest north point ;f Noua Zcmbla, called the Ice Poiut,*^ lay right east from them. Thei'C tliey found certa'no stones that glistered like gold, which for tliat cause they named gold-stones,'' and there also they had a fairc bay with sandy ground. Upon the same day they wound south-ward againe, and sailed south-cast" 2 [8] miles betweene the laud and the ice, and lifter that from the Ice Point east, and to the south- ' Noordt oosi loi onslai — N.K. by cdst, » Ihs fd/dtii iiarfits — tlic same nii/ht. Tlic sun was then constantly above the horizon. * Mittvii f/ratdlhdogh, astrdkihiiim cnde qitadmiit. * /)(' aldcriioonkliJfkKle htiick ran Nora Si-ndila !I(I[Ivk^ vol. i, pp. 7-1, 91 ; and Admiral Sir iliehaid Collinson's edition of Sir Martin frobisher's 'I'hru; Wxjinjv.i. (liakliiyt Society, 1807.) « Z. Ur f>.— S. hj M. ^^ 1 INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 25 ward ' 6 [21] miles to tlie Islands of Orange j and there they laboured forward" betweonc the land and the ice, with fairo still weather, and vpon the 31 of July got to the Islands of Orange. And there went to one of those islands, where they found about 200 walrushen or sea-horses, lying upon the she are to baske'' themselues in the sunne. This sea-horse is a "'onderfull strong monster of the sea, much bigger then an oxe, which keepes continually in the seas, hauing a skinne like a sea-calfe or scale, with very short hair, mouthed like a lyon, and many times they lie vpon the ice ; they are hardly killed vulesse you strike them iiast vpon the fore- head; it hath foure feet, but no eares, and commonly it hath one or two young ones at a time. And when the fisher-men chance to find them vpon a flake of ice* with their yong ones, shee casteth her yong ones before her into the water, and then takes them in her armes, and so plungeth vp and downe with them, and when shee will reuenjje herselfe vpon the boats, or make resistance agaiiiLt them, then she casts her yong ones from her againe, and with all her force goeth towards the boato ; whereby our men were once in no small danger, for that the sea-horse had almost stricken her teeth into the sterne of their boate, thinking to ouerthrowe it; but by means of the great cry that the men made, shee was ofrau!. and swomme away againe, and tooke her yong ones ...>.' '^e in her armes. They haue two teeth sticking o.^t of ch 'i It juthes, on each side one, each beeing about halfe an olio 1'. ng-, and are esteemed to bee as good as any iuorie or elephants teeth, specially in Muscouia, Tartaria, and there abonts where they are knowne, for they arc as white, haid, and euen as iuory.'' ' Oost irel Ko ziii/il'lijvh' — cast a little south, " Luvecnltn — "laveered", i.e., advanced by repeated short tacks. ^ " Baste" — Ph. A iiii.spriiit. * Ecu nrhots ijs — a piece of drift ice. •■* A critical history of lliis animal is given in " Auatoiuische und Zuolotris .u rntersnchiingon iibor das W nWiO)^ (Tricluihiis I'li.siiiiinis) <\f. von l)v. K. v.. V. ]5a».'r'' — Mi'iiniirts (l< IWi-ad. Iiiii>, tl7n, Giue Scr., Sciences ^lath., IMiys. et Nat., torn, iv, 2(le part., So. Nat, (1838), pp. 97-235. In Scoresby's Accoitnl i>f the Arctic J'c(/i<>iis, vol. i, p. bOi, it is said: "When seen at a distance, tlie front part of the head of the young wah'us, witliout tusks, is not unlike the Imuian face. As this animal is in the habit of rearing its head above water, to look at ships and other passing objects, it is not at all improbable that it may liave afforded foundation for some of the stories of mermaids. 1 have myself seen a sea-horse in such a position, and under such circumstances, that it re- quired little stretch of imagination to mistake it for a human being; so like indeetl was it, that the surgeon of the ship actually rei)orted to mc his having seen a man with his head just appearing above the surface of the water." ' " Bathing" — /'//. A misprint. ••! Cortc/nsscii — cutlasses. Plate ciir, of Dr. ^Meyrick's Ancient Anns iiii'l AniHiiir (vol. ii) contains a representsition of an *• Andrew Ferrara", which is described as "a coutel-liaclie, coutelaxe or coutclas". I)ut the true original of the name is the Italian cnlldldcciu ov caltdldccio, mean- ing literally a largo (heavy) knife. Ciiltcll(t:iii>!^ the Latinized form of tliis word, occurs in a list of forbidden weapons, in a statue of the city of Ferrara. A.n. 12(18. 8ee Muratori, Anti'/. linHc.. vol. ii, eol. Ola. 1^ INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 27 but foi' that it began more and more to blow, and the ice therewith brake in peeres, they did nothing at all. After that W. Barents liad begun this uoyage vpon the fifth of June, 1594, and at th } time (as I sayd before) set saile out of the Texell, the 23 of the same month arriving at Kilduiu in Muscouia, and from thence tooke his course on the north side of Nona Zcmbla, wherein he continued till the first of August, with such adnenturcs as are before declared, till he came to the Island of Orange:^ after he had taken all tliat paine, and finding that he could hardly get through, to accomplish and cnde his pretended- voyage, his men also beginning to bee weary and would saile no further, they all together agreed to returno back againe, to meet with the '''''°"'"'' other ships'' that had taken their course to the Weygates, or the Straights of Nassawe,'* to know what discoucries they had made there. turiio Ijacko Bgaiiie. ' Tolld l-ljildu'll rati Onu iiii'uii. - Intended. •' Namely, those of Zeelandt and l^nkliuyscn, from which they had separated at Kihhn on the 2Uth of Juue. * l)c ]',':■ '11 i(t Is (i/ic Stnilc (If Xassoii. This name lias given occasion to mucli curious criticism. Tiie Dntcli, not unnaturally, have sought its explanation in their own language, in which ir(t [12] miles, to another point; and there lay a little low iriLind from the point, and within halfe a mile [2 miles] of the land it was flat ground, at 8, 9, and 10 fadomo deepe, which they called the Black Island,^ because it showed blacke aboue ; then it was very mistio, so that they lay in the wind-' and sailed 3 [12] miles west north-west ; but when it cleared vp, they wound towards the land againe, and the snnne being south [5 to 11 A.M.], they came right against the Blacko Island, and had held their coui'so cast south-east. There W. Barents tooke the heiu'ht of the sunno, it beino; vnder 71 degrees and }^ ; and there they found a great creeke, which William Barents iudged to be the place whero Oliuer Brunei"'' had been before, called Costincsarth.'' ' ]f(t .'urdrtc J'Ji/lain/f. ' Zijf (icn (Ic iriiit Ici/i/c/i — tlioy lay to tlio wind. ' Olilihier Brunei. A native of Brussels, in'oj)erly iianied Oliver Hiniel, who traded to the north coasts of llust-ia in a vessel from Enekluiyscn, and was lost in the river Petchora. Th^ process liy which Bunel has V)een made to become an Englishman, under the name of " Bennel", "Brunell", or "Brownell", is explained in the Introduction. * ('oxttiicmrclt, in the original Dutch text; ('(istlncUti-fh, in the Am- sterdam French version of loDw ; ( 'iiiistint-adiTti, or ( 'mislaiitin .-aar, as it is called by AVitstm in his Xnord n, OnsI Tnrlurijv, p. 918; ('(in.ttniit Search, according to Forster's ingenious hypothesis, p. 415; Co(tsihi Om den derden hoeck — near the third point. • Layhe — low. ' Aeiit last vast: a typographical error in the original Dutch. It should be aent landt vast. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 33 with thoir boat, and porcoiuod that some men had bin there, and that they wore fled to sane thorasehies / for there they fonnd G sacks with rie-meale buried in the ground, and a heap of stones by the crosse, and a bullet for a great piece, and there abouts also there stood another crosse,'^ with 3 houses made of wood, after the north-countrey manner : and in the houses they found many barrels of pike - stauos,'' whereby they coniectured that there they vsed to take sal- mons,' and by them stood 5 or G coffins, by grauos,'' with dead men's bones, the coffins standing vpon the ground all filled vp with stones ; there also lay a broken Russia ship," the keole thereof being 44 foot long, but they could see no man on the land : it is a faire hauen for all winds, which they called the Mcale-hauen,'' because of the meale that they found there. From the black rocke or cliffc with the crosse, 2 [8] miles south south-east, there lay a low island a little into the sea, from whence they sailed 9 [30] or 10 [40] miles south south- ' Om nnscnt wil (jfvlncht trnrcn — were fled on our account. ^ Elide ceil goteliiivkn school can dmr stout norh crn cruijs — and a fal- conet-shot from thence stood another cross. Liitke (p. 20) criticises Barrow for saying (p. lil) that tlie Ilolhiuders found liere, among other things, "a large cannon shot"; but it is clear that the latter has merely modernized Phillip's words "a bullet for a great piece". ' Vcel toiimii ihtijijheii — a .piantity of pipe-staves. Here is a curious douhlc error. In the first place, as din/j/heii are "staves" (for casks), ton- nen-duiiiiheii are simply " cask-staves" or " pipe-staves", and not casks (barrels) of pipe-staves. And secondly, the wovA pipe has been misprinted jiike ; so that altogether, without referring to the original Dutch, it was quite impossible to imagine what was meant. * Dmr deur wy veriiioedcn (latter eeiiighen Salm-vang inoeste zij'ii — whence we conjectured that there must be some salmon fishery here. ' By dc ijraven — by the graves. 8 LoddiiKj (intended for the Russian word lodya) — a bon i. ' Meel-havcn — apparently the Strogonov Bay of Liitke, who, in his account of his third voyage (p. olO), speaks of a tradition, according to which this was formerly the residence of some natives of Novogorod of that name. These settlers are not mentioned in the chronicles, nor is anything known respecting theui. or the date or cause of their emi- D 'I i ii'> n >'i' IS I II . ,li il /M m' li^ ;,K I 84 THE NAVIQATION east ; thero tlio height of tho Runno* wns 70 tlogrcos and 50 minutes, whon it was south south-west. From that island they sailed along by tho land 4 [IG] miles south-east and by south; there they came to 2 islands, whereof the uttermost lay a milo [4 miles] from tho land j those islands they called S. Clara. Then they entered into the ice again, and wound inward to sea, in tho wind,^ and sailed from tho island' vntill even- ing, west south-west 4 [10] miles, tho wind being north- west ; that evening it was very mistie, and then they had 80 fadom deepe. Then againe they sailed south-west and by west, and west south-west 3 [12] miles; thero they had 70 fadomo dcepe, and so sayled till tho thirteenth of August in the morning, south-west and by west fouro [IGl mi^o.;; two houres before they had ground at fiftio sixo fadomo, and in the morning at fortio five fadomo, soft muddy ground. gration. But fissuming the remains found by Barenta'? and his com- panions to be tliose of the Strogonovs, he deems it not unreasonable to place their arrival some twenty or thirty years earlier than the visit of the Hollar lers; which date would correspond with the reign of ifohn tho Terrible (YoanGrosnui), a period when the Novogorodors had the greatest reason to emigrate into the regions far distant from their native country. Indeed, it is not improbable that some of them may, at that time, have been banished to Novaya Zemlya. Liitke adds: "It is worthy of remark that our walrus-hunters give the name of Meal Cape to the western heddland of Strogonov Bay; which name would seem to have originated in the six sacks of rye-meal which Barentz saw there. The remains of the dwellings of the Strogonovs lie close to Meal CajM;." — P. 317. The same writer adverts also, but with disfavour, to the further tradi- tion, that " tho Strogonovs were visited by certain monsters with iron noses and teeth". But when it is considered that the walrus must have been previously unknown to these natives of Novogorod, it is not tin- reasonable to imagine that animal to have given rise to what might otherwise well be regarded as a fable. ' Dei> 12 Aiifj. — on the 12th of August (ouiitteil). = I'JikIc wcDih'iit tzcciintrt in noi ilc irinl—K\\i\ tacked to seaward, hugging the wind. ' Van dill ('ifl,ni.;! from Cape Tabin/ wLich is y^ point^ of Tartaria, that reaclietli towards the kingdom of Chathai, north-east and then south- ward.* And so thinking that they had discouered inough for that time, and that it was too late in the yeare to saile any further, as also that their commission was to discouer the scituation, and to come home againe before winter, they turned againe towards the Wei-gates, and came to an island about 5 miles great, lying south-east from Wei-gates on the Tai'tarian side, and called it the States Island;* there they found many stones, that were of a cristale mountaine,'* being a kind of diamont. When they were met together (as I sayd before) they made signes of ioy, discharging some of their ordinance, and were merry, the other shippes thinking that William Barents had sailed round about Nona Zembla, and had come backe againe through the Wei-gates : and after they had shewed each other what they had done, and made signs of ioy for their meeting, they set; their course to turne backe againe for Holland ; and vpon the 16 of August they went vnder tho islands of Matfloe and Delgoy, and put into the road, be- cause the wind was north-west, and lay there till the 18 of August. Tho 18 of August they set saile, and went forward west north-west, and almost west and by north, and so sailed 12 [48] miles ; and ohen west and by south G [24] miles, and came to a sand of scarce 5 fadome deepe, with a north-west wind; and in the evening they wound northward, and sailed east north-east 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, the wind being ' Dc Cucp Tahijii — til" northernmost extremity of Siberia., now known by the name of Cape Taimur or Taimyr, it is tho Tallin Oi Pliny. » ilylhocck — the furthest point. ^ Nuc^t z. o. Ill vourt iiav't zinj I If I IWi 38 THE NAVIGATION northerly ; and then they wound westward, and sailed till the 19 of August in the morning, west 2 [8] miles j then 2 [8] miles south-west, and after that 2 [8] miles south-east ; thei'e they wound west-ward againo, and sailed till evening with f culme, and after that had an east winde, and at first sailed west north-west, and north-west and by west G [24] or 7 [28] miles, and had ground at 12 fadome : then till the 20 of Augupt in the mox*ning, they sayled west north-west, and north-west and by west, 7 [23] miles with an easterly wind ; and then againe sailed west north-west, and north- west and by west 7 [28] miles; then west north-west 4 [16] miles, and draue^ forward till euening with a calme : after that they sailed west north-west and north-west and by west 7 [28] miles, and in the night time came to a sand of 3 fadome deepe right against the land, and so sailed along by it, first one mile north, then 3 [12] miles north north-west, and it was sandy hilly land, and many points :^ and then sailed on forward with 9 or 10 fadome deepe, along by the land till noonc, being the 21 of August, north-west 5 [20] miles; and the west point of the land, called Candinaes,^ lay north-west* from them 4 [16] miles. From thence they sailed 4 [16] miles north north-west, and thou north-west and by north 4 [16] miles, and 3 [12] miles more north-west, and north-west and by north, and then north-west 4 [1 0] miles, til the 22 of August in the morning : and that morning they sailed north- west 7 [28] miles, and so till euening west north-west and north-west and by west 15 [GO] miles, the wind being north; after that 8 [32] miles more, west north-west; and then till the 23 of August at noone, west north-west 11 [44] miles, the same day at nooue the suune was eleuated abouo the horizon 31 ' Dra-cn — drifted. ^ Sldjlhocrltijli — precipitous. ' Kaiiin N'os, or Capo Kauin, at tlio )iortii-easteru extremity of tlie Wiiile Slu, ill Oy'lio' Is" ^'. Int., and lo' IG'oO" E. bug.— /.Mt , p. oU. I IK.w.'r.— U'.N.W. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 39 degrees and J part, his declination was 11 degrees and f partes ; so that it wanted 58 degrees and § of 90 degrees, and adding the declination being 11 degrees § to 58 degrees and § partes, then the height of the Pole was 70 degrees and J part : then they sailed north-west, and north-west and by west, till euening 8 [G2] miles ; and then north-west and by west, and west north-west 5 [20] miles j, and then vntill the 24 of August in the morning, north-west and by west 6 [24] miles ; after that west, and west south-west 3 [12] miles, and then passed close by the island of Ware-huysen^ in the roade. From Ware-huysen hither-ward, because the way is well knowne, I neede not to write thereof, but that from thence they sailed altogether homeward, and kept company together till they came to the Texel, where the ship of Ze- f^° ""'' "'^ landt past by, and William Barents with his pinnace came vpon a faire day,^ being the IG of September, before Am- sterdam, and the ship of Enck-huysen to Enck-huysen, from whence they were set foorth. William Barents' men brought a sea-horse to Amsterdam, being of a wonderful! greatnesse, which they tooke /pon a flake of ice, and killed it. ' Woerhi(i/sc)i — AVardhous, at the north-eastern extremity of Finniark, is in 70° 22' N. hit., ami 31" 5' 35" E. long. -' Op h'rmis dai/h — on the clay of the (Anisterdar.i) tiUi During the tin\e that Louis Bonaparte was King of Holland, tiie iair ikiy was changed from the IGth of Septcmher to the first Monday in tho moiiih, in honour of iiis liirthday, which was the 2nd of September. ,>■ .'I ill ,-,,1 .) t if- , 1 If I ,»i 1 ! ill f ■* I P !'•! f' ;■; i ^ II' 40 THE NAVIGATION A BRIEFE DECLAEATION OF A SECOND NAUIGATION MADE IN ANNO 1595, Behinde Norway, Moscouia, and Tartaria, towai'ds the king- doms of Catliaia and Cliina. The 4 ships aforesaid being returned home about harvest- time, in anno 1594, they were in good hope that the voiage aforesaid would be done, by passing along through the Straights of Weygates, and specially by the report made by the 2 ships of Zelandt and Enck-huysen, wherein John Huyghen of Linschotcn was committed,^ who declared the manner of their trauell in such sort,^ that the Generall States and Prince Maui'ice rcsolued, in the beginning of the next yeare, to prepare cortaiue ships, not only (as they went before) to discouer the passage, but to send certaine wares and merchandises thither, wherein the marcliauts might lade what wares they would, with certaine factors to sell the saido wares, in such places as they should arriuo, neither ' Due Jan Jliii/f/heii van LiiisrhnUn cvmis op lais — wlioreof John Hugh van Liuschoten was commissary or Bupurcargo. Tiiis well-known traveller was born at Ilaarlom in 15G3, aii I ' •■ *i ili Ml' 11 1.1 ,, i: ■< '« I" ! 44 THE NAViaATION vnder 55 degrees; thou the wind beiug north-west, and north north-west, calrae weather, we sailed west and west and by south 4 [16] miles, till the 4 of July in the morning : after that, the winde being north north-west and rather more northerly, wee sayled west and west and by north 15 [GO] miles, till the 5 of July in the morning, and after that 8 [32] miles more, till the sunne was west [J to 4 p.m.] Then we wound about and sailed 10 [40] miles north- east, till the G of July in the mornib^', and so held on our course for the space of 24 [9G] miles till the 7 July, the sunne being south [f p. 10 a.m.], and held the same course for 8 [32] miles, till midnight. Then wee wound about and sailed west south-west four- teene [5G] miles, till the ninth of July in the morning ; and then againe wee wound north-eastward till evening, and so sayled about tenne [40] miles. And then eighteene [72] miles more, east-ward,^ till the tenth of July in the euening ; then we wound about againe and sailed south-west, eight [32] miles, till the 1 1 of July, the sunne then being south-east [cj p. 7 a.m.] Then wee wound north and north and by east, about six- teene [G4] miles, till the twelue of July,^ and then north and by west tenne [40] miles. The 13 of July wee wound about againe, and sailed south- west and west south-west 10 [40] miles, till about three houres before euening ; then wee wound againe, and sailed north north-east 10 [40] miles, till the 14 of July, the sunne being south south-east [9 a.m.], and then north and by east and north north-east 18 [72] miles, till the 15 of July in the morning: after that north and by east 12 [48] miles vntill euening j then wee saw Norway, and then wee sayled north and by east 18 [72] miles, till the 16 of July in the euening; at that tiuie the sunne being north-west [^ p. p.m.] ; and ' A^dorikii ten ooskii — N. by E. - Ontreiil ::tiij(lcr .son — when tlie sun was about south. (Omitted.) m INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 45 vpon the 17 of July, north-east and north-east and by north, 24 [96] miles, till the sunne was in the west [| p. 3 P.M.] Then againe wee sayled north-east,^ 20 [80] miles, till the 18 of July, the sunne being north-woat; from thence wee sayled north-west and by north 18 [72] miles, till the 19 of July, when the sunne was west. From thence againe we wound about, north-east and by north and north-east, till the 20 of July, while sixe glasses were run out, in the first quarter,^ and then stayed for our pinnace, that could not follow vs because the wind blow so stiffe : that quarter* being out, we saw our company lying to lee-ward,* to stay for vs, and when wee were gotten to them, wee helde our course (as before) till euening and sailed about 30 [120] miles. Then we sayled south-east and by east 26 [1 04] miles, till the 21 of July in the euening, when we set our watch, and held on the same course for 10 [40] miles till the 22 of July, the sun being south south-east [9 a.m.] : the same euening,^ the sun being south south-west [| p. 11 a.m.], wo saw a great whale right before our bough,^ that lay and slept, which by the rushing of the ship that made towards it, and the noyse of our men, awaked and swamme away, or els wee must haue sailed full vpon her; and so wee sayled eight [32] miles, till the sunne was north north-west [J p. 9 p.m.]. The twenty-third'' of July wee sayled south-east and by south fifteene [00] miles, till the sunne was south south-west « N. ten o.— N. hij E. * Tottct sestc fjhis bit cerate qunrtkr. — Six h.alf-hour glasses of the first watch would make the reckoued time to be 11 p.ji. But from the con- text it would rather seem that the momuKj watch is meant, so that the time would be 7 a.m. ' Watch. ■• Op (Ic hj Icni/hcii —lying to. * Dei vaciioois — in the afternoon. " Tlie bow of the ship. ' "Thirteenth."—/'/*. !l!i I lit; li •'''I'i'i I I •! ' ,■ I I >l ,1 I !ii < 111' I II 1 11 it ! ^^-'1 .'. ' i !• i . : Ms « ■■|K I 46 THE NAVIGATION and saw land about fouro [16] railos from vs. Then wco wound of from tho land, when the sunne was about south south-westj and sayled twentie-foure [96] miles till cuoning, that the sunne was north-west.^ After that we sayled north-ward tenne [40] miles, till the twenty-fifth^ of July at noone, and then north north-west eight [32] miles, till mid-night ; then wee wound about againe, and sayled east south-east and south-east and by south, till the twenty sixo of July, the sunne being south, and had the sunne at seauentie one degrees and \.^ The sunne being douth south-west, wee wounde about againe and sayled north-east and by north, till the seauen and twentie of July, the sunne being south ; being vnder 72 degrees and J partes.* After that, wee sayled full north-east^ 16 [64] rayles, till the 28 of July, the sunne being east [J p. 4 a.m.]. Then we wound about againe south and by east, till the sunne was north-west, and sayled 8 [32] miles. After that, south- east and by south 18 [72] miles, till the 29^ of July at midnight. After that, we wound about againe, east and by north, and sayled eight [32] miles, till the 30 of July, when the sunne was north [J p. 10 p.m.] ; then we wound south south-east, with^ calme weather, till the 31 of July, that the sunne was west north-west^ [5 p.m.], and sayled sixe [24] miles. From thence wee sayled east-ward 8 [32] myles, till the first of August about midnight, in calme faire weather, and saw Trumpsand' south-east from vs, the sunne being north [4 p. 10 P.M.], and wee being tonne [40] miles from the ' Tottcu 24 H. w. .sou— till N.W. sun [^ p. 7 p.m.] on the 24th. 2 " Fifteenth."— P/t. ' 71' 15' N. lat. * 72° 20' N. lat. = N. ten o.— N. hy E. « "19."— P/*. ' J/«*7— mostly. (Omitted.) 8 " North-west."— P/(. * Trompsont — Troms-oe, a bmall island on the coast of Norway, in about 69'' 40' N. lat. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 47 land; and so sayled till tho sunne was east [^ p. 7 p.m.], with a litle cold gale^ out of tho east north-east ; and after that, south-east 9 miles and a halfe [38 miles], till the sunno was north-west. Then wo wound libout againe, being halfe a mile [2 miles] from the land, and sayled east and by north three [12] miles, till the 3 jf August, the sunne south-west [1 p.m.] ; and then along by the land about 5 [20] miles. Then we wound abouo again, because there lay a rocko or sand, that reached about a mile and a halfe [6 miles] out from the land into the sea, whereon Isbrant, the uize-admi- ral,2 stroke with his shipper but the weather being fairo and good, he got off againe. When he stroke vpon it, he was a litle before vs : and when we heard him cry out, and saw his shippe in danger, wee in all haste wound about; and the wind being north-east and by east, and south-east, and south- east and by south,'' wee sayled 5 [20] or 6 [24] myles along by tho land, till tho sunne was south, vpon the 4 of August. Then we tooko the height of the sunno, and found it to be seaucntie and one degrees and {. At which time till noone* wee had calme \;eather: and hauing the wind southerly wee sayled east and by north, till the fifth of August, the sunno being south-east [h p. 7 A.m.], the North Cape^ lying about two [8] miles east from vs ; and when the sunne was north- m iV, fe > ■ I r I II' 1,1, I" I '1 ' Met weynich coells — with little wind. 2 YshramU ilc vice admirael. The admircal was Cornelius Nai. They had both taken part in tho former expedition. See page 36, note 3. The title of admiral did not denote any fixed rank, but was given to tlie commander of the principal ship, under whose orders the others were. We sliould now call him the commodore. ' De windt was n. o, ten o. endc z, o. incest z. o, cnde z, — the wind was N.E. by E. and S.E., hut mostly S.E. and S. * Middernacht — midnight. » Dc Noordt-caep. The northernmost point of Europe; unless, in- deed, we reg.ard Spitzbergeu as forming a portion of this quarter of the globe. The North Cape is not a part of tho continent, but it is the ex- tremity of a small island named Magcr-oe. \ > 'i i- li y. ! I I 48 THE NAVIOATION west [,J p. 7 P.M.], tho Mother and hor Daughtors' lay south- ward from vs four [16] miles, and in that time we sailed about fourteono [50] miles. Then wo sailed east north-cast till tho G of August, when wee had tho sunne west north-west [5 p.m.], and then Is- brandt, tho uizo-admiral, came to vs with his ship, and so bating some of our saylos,- wee sayled about 10 [40] miles. Then wee hoysed vp our saylos againe/' till the sunno was north-west, and after that halde vp againo* with an east and east north-east wind, and sailed south and by west with a stifTe gale till the 7 of August, that tho sunno was south- east; then there come a ship of Enckhuysen out of the White Sea, and then we esteemed that wee had sailed about 8 [32] miles. The sunne being south [J p. 10 a.m.], the North Capo lay south-west and by south from vs about a mile and a halfo [6 miles], and the Mother and her Daughters south-west from vs about 3 [12] miles ; then hauing an east and by north wind we wound about, and held our course north and by cast, and sailed 14 [56] miles till tho 8 of August, when the sunne was south-west [1 p.m.] ; then we wound south and by east, and so held her course till the 9 of August, that the sunne was south ; and then we saw a high point of land south-east from vs, and another high point of land south- ward, "^ about 4 [10] miles from vs, as wo gest," and so we sailed about 14 [56] miles : and then againe we * De Moer mcttc Dochtcrs. Three remarkable islands, so called, lyiug off the coast of Norw ay. 2 Doen lit II Uiclillhuerk — at Image Point. 1 1 ' !i!|! 1 1 t » v •).■ ■ !1> ! ' i 1 t I'.' I .it In] 1 L . t ^M U i ■ 1 i' ':' ■■■■ 1' .'* j ('I K I i ii 54 THE NAVIGATION M danje, whereof ton dayes after we were better informed Vj the Samiiters^ and the Russians, when we spake with them. And .vhen wee entered further^ into the land, wee vsed all the meanes we could, to see if we could find any houses, or men, by whom wee might bee informed of the scituation of the sea^ there abouts ; whereof afterwards wee had better intelligence by the Samutevs, that tolde vs, that there are cer- taiue men dwelling on the Wey-gates,* and vpon Nona Zem- bla ; but wee could neither finde men, houses, nor any other things; so that to have better information, we went with some of our men further south-east into the laud, towards the sea- side;" and as we went, we found a path-way made with mens feete in the mosse or marsh-ground, about halfe knee deepe, for that going so deepe wee felt hard ground vnder our feete, which at the deepest was no higher than our shoes ; and as wee went forward to the Scd coast, wee were exceeding glad, thinking that wee had seene a passage open, where wee might get through, because we saw so little ice there : and in tho euening entering into our ship againe, wee shewed them that newes. Meanetime our maister" had sent out a boat to see if the Tartarian Sea^ was open, but it could not get into tho sea because of the ice, yet they rowod to tho Crosso-poiut,*^ and there let the boate lye, and went oucr tho land to the * SiniiliiUii — Sainoyudes. * ]'an ilc W'ti/iiats — from Weygats. (Omitted.) ' Dc (jhi'hiihciilhtijt (hr ZKVdcrl — tlio i)articulars of the navigation. * Opt Wayijatn. Here, however, De \'eer speaka of the hUuul of Waigatsch. * Wi/.,.v(r(lcr r. o. acii trorleii nae ikn (,'ver van der zee — we went further S.E. towards the sea-side. It is manifest, that while going towards tho sea-side, tiiey could not have gone further into the land. * Schipptr — cajitain or master of the vessel. Most probably William Barentsz is meant; though in page GlJ Cornelis Jacobszoon is spoken of as the "schipper" of William Barentsz. ' The sea of Kara. ■* Cntijx-hoirk- ; by the Russians called Sukhoi Nob. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 55 West Point,^ and there perceiued that the Ice in the Tar- tarian Sea lay full vpon the Russian coastes, and in the mouth of Wey-gates. The twentie three of August wee found a lodgie^ or boate of Pitzore/ which was sowed together with bast or ropes,"* that had beene north -ward to seeko for some sea-horses teeth, trayen/ and geese, which they fetcht with their boat, to lade in certaine shippes that wex'e to come out of Russia, through Wey-gates. Which shippes they sayd (when they spake with vs), were to saile into the Tartarian Sea, by the riner of Oby," to a place called Vgolita''' in Tartaria, there to stay all winter, as they vsed to doe euery yeere : and told vs that it would yet bee nine or tenne weekes ere it began to freeze in that place, and that when it once began to freeze, it would freeze so hard, that as then men might goe ouer the sea into Tartaria (along vpon the ice), which they called Mermare.^ ' De Twist hoick- — Capo Dispute ; so named, because, on the first voyage of Nai and Brandt Ysbrandtsz, a dispute arose between thein as to whether or not the passage extended further eastward. Through a typographical error, the Dutch text has de tWist hoeck, whence has arisen the West Point of the translator. This is the Kdninoi Nos of the Russians. * ^3ee page 33, note 6. ' The Petchora, a considerable river, which rises in the Ural moun- tains, and flows into the Arctic Ocean to the S. of Novaya Zemlya. * Met hast tsamcn ghenaeyet — sewed together with bast : — the inner bark of the linden or lime-tree (Tilia), of which is formed the Russian matting, so well known in commerce. The word hast, which in German and Dutch means " bark", is in English frequently pronounced, and even written hass. » Trayn — train-oil. » Voorhij de rtciere Oby—heyond the river Oby. ' Linschoten has " to another rirer, which they said was called Gil- Ussy", meaning the large river Veiiisei, which carries a great portion of the waters of Siberia into the Arctic Ocean. " Ballet ijat sinulc toe vritstii, eiide alst betjon te rrieseu soi':!ci ..';;» straek-s tue crieseii, eiide duliueii dan onr ys iiiocht loopen tot in Tartu- rien onr de xee, die zy iioemdeii Merinurc — ere llie /kisski/c would be ■>•■'. 'V. ! I' 1., ,. M 'it I II r .(I ■ li I I 1 ' 1 ; 1 ' ' ' : 1^. iU m m m. i .:-'^, h: 'i ■' I > )i; if !i II: i: i 5G THE NAVIGATION The 24 of August iu the morning betimes, wo went on board of the lodgie, to haue further information and instruc- tion of the sea on the cast sido of Wey-gates, and they gauo vs good instruction snch as you haue heard. The 25 of August we went againe to the lodgie, and in friendly manor spake with them, we for our parts oflfering them friendship ; and then they gaue vs 8 fat geese/ that lay in tlu "ittome of their boat: we desired that one or two of them wOi d goe with vs on board our ship, and they will- ingly went with vs to the number of seueu ; and being iu our ship they wondered much at the greatnesse and furni- ture of our ship : and after they had scene and looked into it in euery place,- we set fish,'' butter, and cheese before them to cat, but they refused it, saying that that day was a fasting day with them ; but at last when they saw some of our pickled-herrings, they eat them, both heads, tayles, skin, and guts ;* a"d hauing eaten thereof, we gaue them a small ferkin of herrings, for tho which they gaue vs great thankes, knowing not what friendship they should doe vs to requite our courtesie, and we brought them with our pinnace into the Traen-Bay. About noone wee lioysod vp our anchors with a west north-west wind ; the course or stretching of Wey-gates is cast to the Cruis point,'' and then north-cast to the Twist point," and somewhat more easterly : From thence the land of Wey-gates rcacheth north north-east, and north and by frozen over ; and that when it once began to freeze, it would speedily be frozen over, so that they couhl walk over the ice to Tartary (Siberia) across the sea which they called Merniare. ' Die zy seer rcel...h<((He>i — whereof they had many. (Omitted.) ' Van voren tot arhtcren — from stem to stern. 3 Vleysch — meat. * So hehbeiinc tlaer alle t'sameti ran glief/heten, met hooft, met slaert, met al, van hnreii afl);/leiitlc — they one and all i)artook of them ; and, biting from the head downwards, ate head, tail, and everything. s Cnilis IkkcL-^ Cross Point. See page 54, note 8. " 'J'iri.'itlKKcL — Cape Dispute. See note 1 in the preceding page. »j INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 57 east, and then north, and somewhat westerly; we sayled north-east and east-ward^ 2 [8] miles, by the Twist point, but then we were compelled to saile backo again, because of the great store of ice, and tooko our course to our road aforesaid; and sayling backe againe wee found a good place by the Crosse point to anchor in, that night. The 26 of August in the morning we hoysed anchor, and put out our forke-saile,^ and so sailed to our old road, there to stay for a more conucnient time. The 28, 29, and 30 of August till the 31, the winde for the most part was south-west, and AVilliam Barents our cap- taine sayled to the south side of Wey-gates, and there went on land,^ where wee found certaine wilde men (called Samutcrs),'* and yet not altogether wilde, for they being 20 in number staid and spake with our men, being but 9 toge- ther, about a mile [1 miles] within the land, our men not thinking to find any men there (for that we had at other times becne on land in the * Wey-gates, and sav/ none); at last, it being mistie weather, they perceiuod men,'' fiue and fiue in a company, and we were hard by them before" wo knew it. Then our interpreter went alone towards them to speake with them; which they perceiuing sent one towardes vs, who comming almost to our men, tooke an arrow out of his quiucr, offering to shoote at him ; wherewith our iuter- prctor, being without armes, was afraide, and cryed vnto him, saying (in Russian speach), shoote not, we are friends: which the other hearing, cast his bow and arrowes to tho ground, therewith giuing him to vuderstand that he was well content to speake with our man : which done, our man ' N'. 0. ircl soo oostclijk — nortl'-east a little easterly. « Dcjhck — the foresail. 3 Aciit rastc laiidt — to the main land; namely, the coast of Russia, * .S'(( ;»( iit Ic II — Sanioy edes. ■* Jii line lioopeii — in two bodies. « Two lines of Phillip's translation, being from *, arc printed twice by niistake. :i; ■I I r;i i; i; » •' !' ! lit - 1 if^ li) ? li ! .1! i:|Jii ■ !! 58 THE NAVIGATION i called to him onco againe, and sayd, we are friendos ; whereunto he made answere and sayd, then you ai'o wel- come: and saluting one the other, bended both their heades downe towardes the ground, after the Russian manner. This done,^ our interpreter questioned with him about tho scituation and stretching of the sea east-ward through tho straightes of Wey-gates ; whereof he gaue vs good instruc- tion, saying, that when they should haue past a poynt of laud about 5 dayes sayling from thence (shewing^ north- eastward), that after that, there is a great sea (shewing towardes the south-east vpward'') ; saying, that hee knew it very well, for that one had been there that was sent thither by their king with certaine souldiers,* whereof he had been captaine. The maner of their apparell is like as we vse to paint wild men ; but they are not" wilde, for they are of reason- able iudgement. They are apparelled in hartes" skins from the head to the feete, vnlesse it be the principallest of them, which are apparelled, whether they bee men or women, like vnto the rest, as aforesayd, vnlesse it bee on their heads, which they couer with certaine coloured cloth lyned with furre : the rest wear cappes of hartes or buckes skinnes, the rough side outwardes, which stand close to their heades, and are very fitte. They weare long hayre, which they plaite and fold and let it hang downe vpon their backes. They are (for the most part all) short and low of stature, with broad flat faces, small eyes, short legges, their knees standing out- wards ; and are very quicke to goe and leape. They trust not strangers : for although that wee shewed them all the ' Bene (fheleyheiilhei/t ghevondeii — availing himself of this oppor- tunity. 2 Wysendc — pointing. » Wyxiiiilc mieU z. o. op — pointing towards tho south-east. * Met ecu partije vokks — with a number of persons. 5 Kjj'emvcl nlet — not altogether. » lilieei/eii — reindeer. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 59 courtcsio and friendship that wee could, yet they trusted vs not much : which woe perceiued hereby, that as vpon the first of September we went againe on land to them, and that one of our men desired to see one of their bowes, they re- fused it, making a signe that they would not doe it. Hee that they called their king, had centinels standing abroad, to see what was done in the countrie, and what was bought and sould. At last, one of our men went neerer to one of the centinels, to spoake with him, and offered him g.eat friendship, according to their accustomed manner ; withall giuing him a bisket, which he with great thankes tooke, and presently cate it, aud while he eate it, hee still lookt diligently about him on all sides what was done. Their sleades* stood alwayes ready with one or two hartes in them, that runno so swiftly with one or two men in them, that our horses were not able to follow them. One of our men shot a musket towards the sea, wherewith they were in so great feare that they ranne and leapt like mad men ; yet at last they satisfied themselucs when they perceiued that it was not maliciously done to hurt them : and we told them by our intcrprctt)r, that we vsed our peeces in stead of bowes, whereat they wondered, because of the great blow and noyse that it gaue and made : and to shew them what we could doe therewith, one of our men tooke a flatte stone about halfe a handfuU broad, and set it vpon a hill a good way off from him : which they perceiuing, and thinking that wee meant some-what thereby, 50 or 60 of them gathered round about vs, and yet some-what farre off; wherewith hee that had the peece, shotte it off, and with the bullet smote the stone in sunder, whereat they woondred much more then before. After that wo tooke our leaues one of the other, with great friendship on both sides ; and when we were in our penacc,^ wo al put off our hattes aud bowed our heades vnto them, ' Sletlgus. « riunacc. ' I •l If ,|| !l» ■ l! '•f 1 ; I, i ' 1: } ■ ' ■ ') 1 i I, .ll iv^ ; 91 60 THE NAVIGATION sounding our trumpet : thoy in their mnuer saluting vs also, and then wont to their sloads againe. And after they were gone from vs and were some-what within the land, one of them came ryding to the shore, to fetch a rough-heawed image, that our men had taken off the shore and carried into their boate : and when he was in our boate, and perceiued the image, heo made vs a signe that wee had not done well to take away that image ; which woe beholding, gaue it to him again ; which when he had re- ceiued, he placed it vpon a hill right by the sea side, and tooke it not with him, but sent a slead to fetch it from thence. And as farre as wee could percoiue, they esteemed that image to be their god;^ for that right ouer against that place in the Wey-gates, which we called Beelthooke,^ wo found certaine hundreds of such earned ima Sulckcn hcehh'n voor haer Godcn — such images for tlicir gods. 8 Image Point. See page 53. 3 Ontrent zinjder son — the suu being about south. " From this it is manifest that a previous dispute had taken place, which is not recorded. * Hem nyl (jhclioort hnddcii — had heard him out. o Wilkin Buraitiiz. Nai did not call him captain, but addressed him ))y his name. INTO TUB NORTH SEAS. Gl sliould doo well to sot saylo, nnci rroo forwaril on onr uoy- ago, that wcp may accomplish it. VVhcrcunto tlio adinirall answoarod him, and sayd : Lv.oke well what you doo, cap- taine:^at which timo, the sunno was noi'th-west [1 p. 7 p.m.]. The 2 of September, a litle before sunne rising, wee put foorth our anckor^ to get out, for that the winde as then blew south south-west j it being good weather to get out, ai»'^ ill weather to lie still : for we lay under a low bancko.^ The admiral! and vize-adrairall seeing vs making out, began also to hoyso their anckors, and to set saylo. When wee put out our focke-sayle,^ the sunno was east and by south [^ p. 5 a.m.]; and then we aayled to the Crosse- poynt, and there wee cast anckor to stay for the vizo-admirals pinnace; which with much labour and painos in time got out of the ice, by often casting out of their anckor,'' and in the euoning shoe got to vs. In the morning, about 2 hourcs before sunne rising, wo sot sayle, and by sunno rising we got within a mile [t miles] oast-ward of the Twist-poynt,'"' and sayled north-ward 6 miles, till the sunne was south [5 p. 10 A.M.]. Then wee wore forced to wind about, be- cause of the great quantitio of ice, and the mist that then fell ; at which time the winde blew so vncertaine that wo could hold no course, but wore forced continually to winde and turne about,' by reason of the ice and the vnconstant- nesse of the wind, together with the mist, so that our course was vncertaine, and we supposed that we had sailed south- ward vp towardes the Samuters countrey, and then held our course south-west, till the watchers'^ wore north-west from • Wilhni BmrtitKz, xict irat f/Jnj Kcyht — mind what you say. * Oiis irerp o/irker — our kcdge-anchor. 5 Op vcn layhen wul— on a lee shore. * Fore-sail. » ^fet I I >() !.| 1! h ■ ■_ J . ' i ii 62 THE NAVIGATION ! I •! I : vs ; then we came to the point of the States Island,^ ^ying east-ward about a luusket shot from the land, having 13 fadome deepe. The 4 of September, we hoysed anchor because of the ice, and sailed betwene the firme land and the States Island, where wee lay close by the States Island at 4 and 5 fadome decpe, and made our shippe fast with a cable cast on the shoare ; and there we were safe from the course of the ice,^ and diuors time went on land to get^ hares, whereof there were many in that island. The 6 of September, some of our men went on shore vpon the firme land to seeke for stones, which are a kinde of diamont,* whereof there ai'e many also in the States Island : and while they were seeking y° stones, 2 of our me lying to- gether in one place, a great leane white bearo came sodainly stealing out, and caught one of them fast by the necke, who not knowing what it was that tooke him by the necke, cried out and said, Who is that that puUes me so by the necke ? '^ \i I the earlier navigators of modern times le Guardie, les Gardes, the Guards, de Wachters, die Wachter, on account of their constantly going round the Pole, and, as it were, guarding it. See Ideler, Uiitersuchuntjcti iiher (lie Stern name II, p. 291. These names do not, however, appear to be used by seamen at the present day. The Amsterdam Latin version of 1598 renders the expression of the Dutch text by " Ursa minor, quam nautse vif/iles vocant ;" but, accord- ing to Ideler (loc. cit.), the corresponding term used by writers of the middle ages, is Circitorex, signifying, according to DuCange, "militares, qui castra circuibant, qui faisoient la ronde, et la sentindle avance'e, ut vulgo loquimur". In II Penseroso, Milton speaks of "outwatching the Bear", evidently alluding to the never-setting of the circumpolar stars : " Arctos oceani metuentes sequore tingi." The time on the 3rd of September, when " the watchers were north- west", was about ^ past 10 p.m. • Staten Eylandt. See page 37, note 4. 2 Den ysgangk — the drifting of the ice. 3 Schieten — to shoot. * Namely, pieces of rock-crystal. Sec page 37. ^w INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 63 Wherewith the other, that lay not furre from him/ lifted vp his head to see who it was, and percoiuing it to be a mon- sterous beare, cryed and sayd, Oh mate, it is a beare ! and therewith presently rose vp and ran away. The beare at the first faling vpon the man, bit his head in sunder,^ and suckt out his blood, wherewith the rest of the men that were on land, being about 20 in number, ran pre- sently thither, either to sane the man, or else to driuo the beare from the dead body ; and hauing charged their peeces and bent their pikes,' set vpon her, that still was deuouring the man, but perceiuing them to come towards her, fiercely and cruelly ran at them, and gat another of them out from the companie, which she tare in peeces, wherewith all the rest ran away. We perceiuing out of our ship and pinace that our men ran to the sea-side to save themsolues, with all speed entered into our boates, and rowed as fast as we could to the shoare to relieue our men. Where being on land, we beheld the cruell spectacle of our two dead men, that had beene so cruelly killed and torne in pieces by the beare. Wee seeing that, incouraged our men to goe backe againe with vs, and with peeces, curtleaxes,* and halfe pikes, to set vpon tho beare; but they would not all agree thereunto, some of them saying, Our men are already dead, and we shall get the beare well enough, though wee oppose not our selues into so open danger; if wee might saue our fellowes lines, then we would make haste ; but now wee neede not make such speede, but take her at an aduantage, with most securitie for our selues, for we haue to doe with a cruell, fierce and rauenous beast. Whereupon three of our men went forward, the beare still ' Die htj hem in de cuijl lack — that lay near him in the hollow. 2 De heyr heet den eenen terstond tliooft in stucken — the bear instantly bit the one man's head in pieces. » Hner roers ende spictsen gevelt — lowering their muskets and pikes. < See page 26, note 2. ••I I 1ft! 'I/ r' 'I 'I 'I , I III' i:: . ii V ' i THB NAViGATlON lii deuouring her prey, not once fearing the number of our men, and yet tliey were thirfcie at the least : the three that went forward in that aort, were Cornelius Jacobson,^ raaister of William Barents shippe, William Gysen, pilote of the pinace, and Hans van Nuffle'i, William Barents purser : ^ and after that the sayd maister and pilote had shot three times and mist, the purser stepping somewhat further for- ward, and seeing the beare to be within the length of a shot, presently leauelled his peece, and discharging it at the beare, shot her into the head betweone both the eyes, and yet sheo held the man still faste by the necke, and lifted vp her head, with the man in Let' mouth, but shee beganne somewhat to stagger ; wherewith the purser and a Scotishman" drew out their courtlaxes, and stroke at her so hard that their court- laxes burst,'' and yet she would not leauo the man. At last William Gcysen weut to them, aud with all his might stroke the beare vpon the snowt with his peece, at which time the beare fell to the ground, making a great noyse, and William Goysoii leaping vpon her cut her throat. The seucnth of September wee buryed the dead bodyes of our men in the States Island, and hauiug fleaed the beai'c, carryed her skinne to Amsterdam. The ninth of September, wee set saile from the States Island,'' but the ice can" ■ in so thicke and with such force, that woe could not got through ; so that at oucning wee came backs againo tc U»j States Island, the winde being ' Conielis Jncnhnx. ik Kchli.pi'r ran fVtIkm Batriitsz. William Riirentsz was not in the capacity iii'.Jc'jr (A conimauder of his own vessel, but in that of pilot-major of the flee.;. « Hans 1(111 Niiffilm, schrijvcr rem Willein Baroitsz — i.e., his clerk or writer. ^ Jun SrhoWnaii. From the intercourse which then existed, as now, between the opposite coasts of the German Ocean, there is nothing sur- prising in the fact of their having had such a person with them. The name of this individual is not recorded. ♦ In stitcken spro)if//icn —shivered in pieces. ' Bjj (k ival heiicii — along the coast. (Omitted.) INTO THE NOIITII SEAS. 65 westerly. There the admiralo and tlio pinace of Rotordam fell on ground by certaine vockes, but gote off againe with- out any hurt. The tenth of September wee sayled figaino from the States Island towards the Wey-gates, and sent two boates into the sea to certifie vs what store of ice was abroad ; and that enening we came all together into Wey-gates, and anckored by the Twist Point.^ The 11 of September in the morn'' rr*, we sailed againe into the Tartarian Sea,- but we fell into g'-aat store- of ice, so that wee sailed back againe to the Wey-gates, and anckored by the Crosse Point, and about mid-night we saw a Russian lodgie,"* that sailed from the Beeltpoint'' tnwardes the Samu- tors liiiid. Tlie 13 of September, the sunne being south II p. 10 A.M.], there bcganuo a great stortne to blow out of the south south-west,'' the weather being mistic, melancholly,® and snowie,^ and the stormo increasing more and more, we draue through.^ The 14 of September the weather boganne to bee some- what clearer, the wiude being north-west, and the storme blowing stiffe^ out of t!io Tartarian Sea ; but at euening it was^'faire weather, and then the wind blewe north-east. The same day our men went on the other side of Wey-gates ou the firme land," to take the depth of the channel, and entered into the bough behindc the islands,'" where there stood a ' Capo Di-sputo. See page 55, note 1 , 2 The Sea of Kara. " Boat. * Image Point. See page tO. s \V. ;. «•.— IF.S.VV. " Mi>i/ifirh—(\\rty. ' Met unecjnrht — with drifting snow. 8 Also (hit iri/ dciir ilnri ii — so that wo drifted before it. » Die stnxiiii (jiKtiii stijf— the. ciirnitt ran strong. 1" /v((/( lai.i till dill (iriiiiill — and till the evening it was. " Atnt rastc Itiiitit — tn the mam land. " Vocrcn hid in dc bochi dflili r lid (i/lnmll iiu'tte steert — went quite into the bay behind the island with the tail. This is a small island lying in the channel, with a long sand or shallow running out behind it like a tail. To the bay behind this island the Dutch gave the name of Brandts Bay. I t"i! ill t ; ■ wnm^ ;I iHi. M.jj li ■* 4 jj *M 60 THK NAVKiATION little howse made of wood, and a great fall of water into the land,^ The same morning we hoysed vp our anckor,^ think- ing once againe to try what we could doe to further our uoyage ; but our admirall being of another minde, lay still till the fifteene of September. The same day in the morning the windo draue in from the east end of the vV^ey-gates,^ whereby wee were forced presently to hoyse anchors, and the same day sailed out from the west ende of the Wey-gates, with all our fleete, and made home-wardes againe, and that day past by the islands called Matfloe and Delgoy,^ and that night wee sayled twelue [48] miles, north-west and by west, till Saterday in the morning, and then the winde fell north-east, and it began to snow. The 16 of September, from morning to evening, wee sayled west north-west 18 [72] miles, at 42 fadome deepe; in the night it snowed, and there blew very much winde out of the north-east : the first quarter-" wee had 40 fadome deepe, but in the morning we saw not any of our ship3. After that wee sailed all the nig-lit aoraine till the 17 of September in the morning, with two schower sailes," north- west and by west and west north-west 10 [40] miles ; the same day in the second quarter wo had 50 fadome deepe, and in the morning 38 fadome deepe, sandy ground with blacke sliels/ Sunday in the morning wee had the windo north and north-west, with a great gale, and then the admirals pinnace kept vs company, and sailed by vs with one sailo from morning to evening, south south-west and south-west and by south, for the space of [24] miles. ' Fa n f/nmt n/irntd- — a great fall of water. - /•'«'/(' (/(• stuKjh iini liDoi/li — and set the top-maat. (Omitted.) ■■' (iiKimluii/xiniliriiin Ik t oostciji'/ raitde Wii/i/als in driivin —iho ice came again diifting in round the east end of Weygats. * See page DO, note 2. » Watcli. • C()urse.«<. ' Siippti(ii — specks. INTO THi; NORTH SEAS. 07 ' » » Then we saw tlie point of (Jandynaes* lying south-east from vs, and then wee had 27 fadorae deepe, redde sand with blacke shels, Sunday at ni^<'ht wee put out our focko sayle,2 and wound northward ouer, and sayk i all that night till Munday in the morning, 7 [28] or 8 [32] .niles north- east and north-east and by east. The 18 of September in the morning, wee lost the sight of the pinnace that followed vs, and till noono sought after her, but wee could not finde her, and sailed'' east-ward 3 [12] miles, and from noone till night wee sailed north and by east foure [16] miles. And from Munday at night till Tues- day in the morning, north-east and by north, seuen [28] miles; and from morning till noone, north-cast and by north, 4 [!()] miles; and from noone till night, north-east,* 5 [20] or G [24] miles, at 55 fadome doepe ; the same euening wee woond south-ward, and sailed so till morning. The 20 of September, wee sayled south and by west and south south-west, 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, at 80 fadome decpe, black slimie ground; from moi'ning till noone wee sailed with both our marsh sailes,'' south-west and by west 5 [20] miles, and from noone to night west and by south 5 [20] miles. The 21 of September from night" til' Thurseday in the morning, wee sayled one quarter'' west, and so till day, still west, 7 [28] miles, at G4 fadome deepo, oasie ground. From morning till noone, south-west o [20] miles, at 05 fadome decpo, oasie ground: at noone wee wound north- ward againo, and for three houres sayled north-east two [8] myles: then we wound wcstwai'd againe, and sayled till night, while lialfo ou" second quarter was out,** wiili two sehouro saylcs," south south-west and south-west and by south sixe [24] ■ Df fork — the fore-sail. A'. /('/* (>. — N. bij E. ' Ivauiii Nos. See page 38, note 3. ' Dnirn — drifted, > ^f^f hviiilc ninrti-Kctili II — witli both ^7)-«iila. " I'nii (kii ariiiif — from evening. ' One watch or four Iiours. * Till half our second watch was out ; that is, till 2 a.m. " Two courses. See page 7. note i. f2 si i-i r^: ,1 • l ]1' ! J' >i ■V' ■A 1 1 n -f M ■ ''ii 1 H 1 1 '■ i ■ 11 *' 1 1 fiS THK NAVIOATION mylos. After that, in tho second quarter, wee wound north- ward, and sayled so till Fryday in the morning. The 22 of September wee sayled north and by east and north north-cast 4 [IG] miles :^ and from morning till noone, north-cast, 4 [16] myles. Then wee wound west-ward againo, and sayled north-west and by west and north-west three [12] miles. After that, the first quarter," north-west and by west, fine [20] miles; the second quarter, west and by north, foure [10] miles ; and till Saterday in the morning, being the 23 of September, west south-west and south-west and by west, foure [IG] miles. From Saterdfiy in tho morning till euening wee sayled with two schoure sailes,'^ south-west and south-west and by west, 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, the winde being north north-west. In tho euening we wound north- ward, and sayled till Sunday in tho morning, being the 24 of September, with two schoure sayles, very neare east, with a stiffe north north-west wind, 8 [32] miles ; and from morn- ing till noone, east atid by south, three [12] miles, with a north winde. Then we wound west-wai'd, and till euening sayled west souJi-west three [12] miles; and all that night till Monday in the morning, the 25 of September, west and by south, sixe [24] miles, the winde being north. In tho morning the wind fell north-east, and we sailed from inorn- ing till euening west and west and by north, 10 [40] miles, bauing 03 fadomo deepe, sandy ground. From euening till Tuesday in the morning, being the 20 of September, we sailed west 10 [40] miles, and then in tho morning wee were hard by the land, about 3 [12] miles east-ward from Kildwin j*^ and then we wound off from tho land, and so held o(F for 3 houres together ; after that wo wound towards the land againe^ and thought to goo into ' Tliis atid tho procwlin^ si'iitoiu'O hIuuiM jiropcvly form h\\\ one, which shoiilil iviul tluw; — AftiM- tliiil, in tho Hi'i'nml wiitfli. wr tiukfil iiorth- wanl. ami wnilcil till l''ri(lii\ morning', tho Ji-'nl Sopt , N. by I'', , otc. * WiUih, « I'ourscH. * Kiliiiiin. See page 7. note 4. I INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 69 i Kilduin, but we were too low •} so that after-noono we wound off from the land againe, and till euening sailed east north-east 5 [20] miles ; and from eueuiug til two hoares before Wednesday in the morning, being the 27 of Soptem- berj we sailed east G [24] miles ; then we wound west-ward, and till euening sailed west and by north 8 [32] miles, and in the euening came againe before Kilduin; then wee wound farro off from the land, and sailed 2 quarters- north-east and by east and east north-east 6 [24] miles; and about'' Friday in the morning, being the 28 of September, wee wound about againe, and sayled with diners variable windes, some- times one way, then another way, till euening ; then wee gesf* that Kilduin lay west from vs foure [10] miles, and at that time wee had an east north-east wiude, and sayled north north-west and north-west and by north, till Sattcr- day in the morning 12 [48] or 13 [52] miles. The nine and twentieth of September iu the morning, wee sayled north-west and by west foure [10] miles; and all that day till euening it was faire, still, pleasant, and suune shine weather. In the euening wee went west south-west, and then wee were alvut sixe [24] miles from the laud, and sayled till Sunday iu the nioruing, bi>eing the 30 of Sep- (( iuber, nordi north-west eight [o'^] milos; then wee wound toward*, the land, and the snme day in the euening entered into Ward-hciuso,^ auU theiv wee stayed till the tenth of Oc- tober. And that day woo sot sayle out of Ward-house, and vpou the cighteeue of Nouomber wee rvriued in the Maes. The course or miles from Ward-house into Holland 1 li aie not here set downo, as being needlesse, because it is a continuall noiage knowne to most men. ' Mail- tinaiiuii Iv hnrli — but fell short of it. '■' Two wiitcla's, or fight hciira. * Guessed "' Wdirlini/^- ^ 'Jh/lu II— towanU. See page 3'.), note 1. ' 31 'tl V} I \:V I ' ?:; THE END Ol'' THE SECOND VoVAtiK I ) .ill m. Ill n I J ■') t? l"5i Ilk ) THE NAVIGATION THE THIRD VOYAGE NORTH- WARD TO THE KINGDOMES OF CATIIAIA and China, in Anno 1590. After that the souen shippes (as I saide before) were re- turned backc agaiue from their north uoiage, with lesse benefit than was expected, the General! States of the United Prouiuces consulted together to send ccrtaine ships thither againe a third time,' to see if they might bring the sayd uoyage to a good end, if it were possible to be done : but after much consultation had, they could not agree thereon ; yet they were content to cause a proclamation to bo made,'^ that if any, cither townes or marchants, were disposed to venture to make further search that way at their owne charges, if the uoyage were accomplished, and tliat thereby it might bee made apparent that the sayd passage was to be sayleu, they were content to give them a good reward in the countryes behalfe, naming a certaiue snmme'' of money. AVhereujJon in the beginning of this yeai-e, there was two shippes rigged and set iborth by the towne of Amsterdam, to sayle that uoyage, the men therein being taken vp vpon two conditions : viz., what they should have if the uoyage wci'c not accomplished, and what they should have if they got through and brought the uoiage to an end, promising them a good reward if they could efi'ect it, thereby to in- counige the men, taking vp as u any vnmarryed men as they could, that they might not bee disswaded by mcums of their wines and children, to leauo off tlio uoyage. Upon these ' O/' 111(11 iiiich fell (linhiiKul run s/iiiiills ini/rii irci/i nun (iiiii/c /in - rusfniiji xiiuik iliH II — wlnllicr iiiiy t'X|n'(litioii slioiild iigaiii for the tliinl time lie littcil out at the expeiiMc of the coiiiitry. - In the oiit;iiial no mention is made of any [irocl-imation. ' /','(/( iiuirklijikf I'liiiiiiic — a eunKi'leiiible f INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 71 I conditions, those two shippes were ready to set saile in the beginning of May. In the one, Jacob Heemskerke Hen- drickson was master and factor for the wares and marchan- dise,^ and William Barents chiefe pilote. lu ^he other, John Cornelison Rijp" was both master and factor for the goods that the merchants had laden in her. The 5 of May all the men in both the shippes were mus- tered, and vpon the tenth of May they sayled from Amster- dam, and the 13 of May got to the Vlie.^ The sixteenth wee set saile out of the Vlie, but the tyde being all most spent*^ and the wiude north-cast, we were compelled to put in againe ; at which time Jolui Cornelisons ship fell on ground,^ but got off againe, and wee anchored at the east ende of the Vlie.*' The 18 of May wee put out of the Vlie againe with a north-east wiude, and sayled north north-west. The 22 of May wee saw the islands of Hitland^ and Feyeril- land, the winde beeiug north-east. The 24 of May wee had a good winde, and sayled north-east till the 29th of May ; then the winde was against vs, and blowe north-east in our top-saylc.*^ The 30 of May wo had a good winde," and sailed north-east, and wo tooke the height of the sunne with our crossc-staffo, and found that it was eleuated abouo the horizon 47 degrees and 42 minutes,^" his declination was ' Alx tichijijKr cikIc cumis run de cuiiiaii.schdjipe, Jacob I Ice make re k llcijii(lrick\sz. — as captain and supercargo of the merchandize. - Joii CornilLiz. Itijii. 3 The Vlie passage is frecpicnted by ships bound northward which do not draw much water. » Ih striKiiii nrliij) — the tide ran out. * liatvklc mil dt ijniiidl—nm a-ground. « ,!(// dc uost liijdc rant ]' lic-lnndt— on the east side of VUelaudt: the island at the entrance of the Vlie, between it and Texel. ' Dc (i/litndcii run Ilithiiidt cndc FiijirU. llitlandt is the Dutch name for the Islands of Shetland, anciently called llialtland. Feyeril is Fair Isle, between Shetland and Orkney. " Wudjdc ccn topxiijl — it blew a top-sail breeze. » (Iriudlliwiijli. See piige lU, note 2. "' 'i'liis was the sun's zenith distance, a!id not its elevation. ii i; 'S. 1 i 1 1 1 i'' III i '*']'[ :]■!: If lit Mi! m \ i-y il '^ 72 THIO NAVKJATfON 2 1 degrees and 42 ini)uites, so that tho height of the Pole was 69 degrees and twentie-foure minutes. The first of June wee had no night, and the second of June wee had the winde contrary ; but vpou tho fourth of June wee had a good windo out of the west north-west, J ' led north-enst, >hen the sunne was about south south-east [J p- ^ A.M.J, wee saw a strange sight in the element :* for on each side of the sunne there was another sunne, and two raine- bowes that past cleane through the three sunnes, and then two raine-bf)wes more, the one compassing round about the sunnes,- and the other crosse through the great rundle;^ tho great rundle standing with the vtterniost point* eleuated aboue the horizon 28 degrees. At noone, the sunne being at the highest, the height thereof was measured, and wee found by the astrolabium that it was eleuated aboue the horizoa 48 degrees and 43 minutes,^ his declination was 22 degrees and 17 minutes, the which beeing added to 48 degrees 43 minutes, it was found that wee were vuder 71 degrees of the height of the Pole. John Cornelis shippc held aloofe from vs and would not keepe with vs, but wee made towards him, and sayled nurth- east, bating a point of our compasse,'' for wee thought that wee were too farre west-ward, as after it appeared, otherwise wee should hauo held our course north-east. And in the euening when wee were together," wee tolde him that weo ' lull woiifkrliji'k liiincl-kijcken —a wonderful ]iheiioinenon in the heavens. * Wijill roinUiiiiiiiw ik simiuii — at a distance round about the suns. ' Bmcrs ikur (Ic i/rodte row/v — right tlu-ough tiie great circle (of the former rainbow). * Ik onilirsic cunt — its lower edge. ' I'he error noticed in the preceding page (note 10) is here repeated. * Uiell . (iiii ji ijnai — and ought to have siiileil N.fli. 3 As henceforward the omksiousin i]\\) lr;i|Hlation become (Hotu \\\\W\ti- reus, it is tliought better to insert the oinitied paKsajjo li)' \si\\\\^ \\\ ^(|h text between brackets [ ], instead of plaein^f flioiii \]\ Ww f(i()f-|)Htjb's < Jac iiiirli—yi'ii, even. * fjlij (i /(/(C^—oU fjjL'PH, « iJic Ditilcr Irani) — who were below. ' Ihil van ilnii/niolin hoop 1 I |l r k :l 82 THE NAVraATION Note. i It is here also to be noted, that although that in this land, which we esteeme to be Greene-land, lying vnder 80 do- very cleere and shining ; at the nether end whereof did grow a shell fish, fashioned somewhat like a small muskle, but much whiter, resembling a shell fish that groweth vpon the rocks about Garnsey and Garsey, called a lympit: many of these shells I brought with me to London, which after I had opened I found 'in them liuing things without forme or shape ; in others which were neorer come to ripenes I found liuing things that were very naked, in shape like a bird : in others, the birds couered with soft downe, the shell halfe open, and the bird ready to fall out, which no doubt were the fowles called barnakles. I dare not absolutely auouch euery circumstance of the first part of this history, concerning the tree that beareth those buds aforesaid, but will leauc it to a further consider- ation ; howbeit that which I haue scene with mine eyes, and handled with mine hands, I dare confidently auouch, and boldly put downe for veritie. Now if any will obiect, that this tree which I saw might be one of those before mentioned, which either by the wanes of the sea or some violent wind had been ouerturned, as many other trees are ; or that any trees falling into those seas about the Orchades, will of themselves beare the like fowles, by reason of those seas and waters, these being so pro- bable coniectures, and likely to be true, I may not without preiudice gainesay, or indeauor to confute." — (2nd edit.) p. 1588. Difficult as it is to understand how a man of Gerard's genius and information could have been thus dcciived, the perfect sincerity of his belief is not to be doubted. Seeing, then, how deep rooted this popular error must have been, it was no small merit of William Barentz and his companions that they should have been mainly instrumental in disabus- ing the public mind on the subject. That they were so, and that at the time they enjoyed the credit of being so, is manifest from the following note on the foregoing passage, made by Thomas Johnson, the editor of the second edition of the Hcrhall, published in 1633 : — "The barnakles, whose fabulous breed my author here sets downe, and diners others haue also deliuered, were found by some Hollanders to haue another originall, and that by egges, as other birds haue : for they in their third voyage to find out the north-east passage to China and the Molucco's, about the eightieth degree and eleuen minutes of northerly latitude, found two little islands, in the one of which they found abound- ance of these geese sitting vpon their egges, of which they got one goose, and tooke away sixty egges, etc. Vide Pontani, Rerum et vrb, Amstelo- ilam. Hist., lib. 2, cap. 22." Parkinson, too, in his Theatrum Botanicum, published in 1640 (p. 1306), gives our Dutch navigators full credit for having confuted " this ad- mirable tale of untruth". ' i ■■ INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 83 grees and more, there groweth leauos and gr.isse, and that there are such beasts therein as eat grasse, as harts, buckes, and such like beastes as Hue thereon ; yet in Noua Zembla, under 76 degrees, there groweth neither leaues nor grasse, nor any beasts that eato grasse or leaues Hue therein,^ but such beastes as eate flesh, as beares and foxes : and yet this land lyeth full 4 degrees [further] from the North Pole as Greeneland aforesaid doth. The 23 of June we hoysted anchor againe, and sayled north-west-ward into the sea, but could get no further by reason of the ice ; and so woe came to the same place againe where wee had laine, and cast anchor at 18 fadome : and at euening^ being at anchor, the sunne being north-east and somewhat more east-warde, wee tooke the height thereof, and found it to be eleuated above the hoi'izon 13 degrees and 10 minutes, his declination being 23 degrees and 28 minutes ; which substracted from the height aforesaid,* resteth 10 degrees and 18 minutes, which being substracted from 90 degrees, then the height of the Pole, there was 79 degrees and 42 minutes. After that, we hoysted anchor againe, and sayled along by the west side of the land,* and then our men went on land, to see how much the needle of the compasse varyed. Mean time, there came a greate white beare swimming towardes the shippe, and would haue climbed up into it if we had not made a noyse, and with that we shot at her with V Silf I I r • This remark, which has previously been made by the author in page 5, is not founded on fact, inasmuch as reindeer do exist in Novaya Zemlya, as is there shown in note 2. In addition to the authorities cited in that place, may be given that of Rosmuislov, who passed the winter of 1768-9 to the northward of 73° N. lat., and saw there large herds of wild reindeer. — Liitke, p. 77. * Des nacht.1 — at night. ' Be selfde getogen van de gcnomen hooghde. This is erroneous. It should be '•'■from ivhich subtracted the height aforesaid". « Bif df westwaJ heenen —9\o\\% the west wall, i.e., the western shore. g2 " I BL l U i uinM I 84 THE NAVIGATION a peoce, but she left the shippe and swam to the land, where our men were : which wee porceiuing, sayled with our shippe towardes the land, and gaue a great shoute ; where- with our men thought that wee had fallen on a rocke with our shippe, which made them much abashed ; and therewith the beare also being afraide, swam off againe from the land and left our men, which made vs gladde : for our men had no weapons about them. Touching the varying of the compasse, for the which cause our men went on land to try the certaintie thereof, it was found to differ Id degrees. The 24 of June we had a south-west winde, and could not get aboue the island,' and therefore wee sayled backe againe, and found a hauen that lay foure [16] miles from the other hauen, on the west side of the great hauen, and there cast anchor at twelue fadome deepe. There wee rowed a great way in, and went on land ; and there wee founde two sea- horses teeth that waighed sixe pound : wee also found many small teeth, and so rowed on board againe. The 25 of June we hoysted anchor againe, and sayled along by the land, and went south and south south-west, with a north north-east winde, vnder 79 degrees. Thoro we found a great creeke or riuer,^ whereinto we sailed ten [40] miles at the least, holding our course south-ward ; but we perceiued that there wee could not get through : there wee cast out our leade, and for the most part found ten fa'lome deepe, but wee were constrained to lauere^ out againe, for the winde was northerly, and almost full north ;* and wee perceaued that it reached to the firm land, which we supposed to be low-land, for that wee could not see it any thing farre, and therefore wee sailed so neere vnto it till that wee might see ' Boven dat eylandt niet comen — could not weather that island. " Een gheweldigen inham — an extremely large bay or inlet. ' Laveren. See page 26, note 2. * Eude moesteii n, aeii—Mxd ur had to go north. INTO THK NORTH SEAS. 85 je it, and then we were forced to lauere [back], and vpon the 27 of June we got out againe. The twenty eight of June wee gate beyoude the point that lay on the west-side, where there was so great a number of birds that they flew against our sailes, and we sailed 10 [40] miles south -ward, and after that west, to shun the ice. The twenty nine of June wee sayled south-east, and some- what more easterly, along by the land, till wee were vnder 76 degrees and 50 minutes, for wee were forced to put off from the land, because of the ice. The thirteeth of June we sayled south and somewhat east, and then we tooke the height of the sun, and found that it was eleuated aboue the horizon 38 degrees and 20 minutes, his declination was 23 degrees and 20 minutes, which being taken from the former height, it was found that wee were vnder 75 degrees.^ The first of July wee saw the Beare-Island^ againe, and then John Cornelisou and his officers came aboard of our ship, to speak with vs about altering of our course; but wee being of a contrary opinion, it was agreed that wee should follow on our course and hee his : which was, that hee (according to his desire) should saile vnto 80 degrees againe ; for hee was of opinion that there hee should finde a passage through, on the east-side of the land that lay vnder 80 degrees.^ And vpon that agreement wee left each other, they sayling north-ward, and wee south-ward because of the ice, the winde being east south-east. The second of July wee sailed east-ward, and were vnder 74 degrees, hauiug the wind north north-west, and then wee wound ouer another bough^ with an east north-east winde, and • That is to say, the suu's declination 23'' 20', being taken from his elevation 38° 20', leaves 15", the complement of the elevation of the Pole, which latter is consequently 76". " See page 76. ' Namely, Spitzbergen, which they had just left. * Wemlent over dvn andtrtn boech — went upon the other tack. 111 u ) 'i;l '\:- ■I' . iJi aiail PI i| 80 THK NAVIOATION sayled north-ward. In the euouing, the 8unno beeing about north-west and by north [9 p.m.], wee wound about againe (because of the ice) with an east winde, and sailed south south-east; and about east south-east snn^ [\ p. 7 a.m.] wo wound about againe (because of the ice), and the sunne being south south-west [J p. 12 p.m.] we wound about againu, and sailed north-east. The third of July wee were vnder 74 degrees, hauing a south-east and by east wind, and sailed north-east and by north : after that we wound about againe with a south wind and sayled east south-east till the sunne was north-w^est [| p. 8 P.M.], then the wind began to be somewhat larger.'-^ The fourth of July wee sailed east and by north, and found no ice, which wee wondered at, because wee sailed so high;^ but when the sunne was almost south, we were forced to winde about againe by reason of the ice, and sailed westward with a north-wind ; after that, the sunne being north [It P.M.], wee sailed east south-east with a north-east wind. The fifth of July wee sailed north north-east till the sunne was south [11 a.m.]: then wee wound about, and went cast south-east with a north-east winde. Then wee tooke the height of the sunne, and found it to bee eleuated aboue the horizon 39 degrees and 27 minutes, his declina- tion being 22 degrees and 53 minutes, which taken from the high aforesaid, we found that wee were under the height of the Poole seueutie three degrees and 20 minutes.* The seueuth of July wee cast out our whole lead-lyne, but found no ground, and sailed east and by south, the wind being ' In Phillips' translation, "sun" is omitted, and the words "and then" substituted, whereby the sense is completely altered. * Wat te ruymen — to be somewhat more favourable. » That is, to so high a latitude. * 73 grarlcn cnde 2U nvniiteii. This is an error of the iiress. It should be 73' 26'. i fl INTO THE NOHTH 8KA8. 87 1 north-east and by east, and were ynder 72 degrees and 12 minutes. The eight of July we had a good north [by] west wind, and sailed east and by north, with an indiflFerent cold gale of wind,' and got vnder 72 degrees and 15 minutes. The ninth of July we went east and by north, the wind being west. The tenth of July, the sunne being south south-west [9 a.m.], we cast out our lead and had ground at IGO fadomc, che winde being north-east and by north, and we sailed oast and by south vnder 72 degrees. The 11 of July we found 70 fadoiiie deepe, and saw no ice ; then we gest that we were right south and north from Dandinaes,^ that is the east point of the White-Sea, that lay southward from vs, and had sandy ground, and the bancke stretched north-ward into the sea, so that wee were out of doubt that we were vpon the bancke of the White Sea, for wee had found no sandy ground all the coast along, but onely that bancke. Then the winde bp' ^ east and by south, we sayled south and south and by east, vnder 72 degrees, and after that we had a south south-east winde, and sayled north-east to get ouer the bancke. In the morning wee draue forward with a calme,^ and found that we were vnder 72 degrees, and then againe wee had an east south-east winde, the sunne being about south- west [2 P.M.], and sayled north-east ; and casting out our lead found 150 fadome deepe, clay ground^ and then we were ouer the bancke, which was very narrow, for wee sailed but 14 glasses,^ and gate ouer it when the sunne was about north north-east [{ p. 12 a.m.]. The twelfth of July wee sayled north and by east, the » 7iVw tameUjvkm coeltc — a tolerable breeze. » Daiidhiues : evidently a misprint for CandinaoB, or Kauiu Nos; respecting which, see page 38, note 3. " Driven wy in stilte—y!e drifted iu a calm, * Seven liours. I P • [j ■ i 'S < ',; • r . i» 1 ' i hi 88 THE NAVIGATION winde being east ; and at euening/ the sunne being north north-east, we wound about againe, hauing the winde north north-east, and sayled east and by south till our first quarter'^ was out. The thirteenth of July wee sayled east, with a north north-east wind : then we tooke the height of the sunne and found it to bee eleuated aboue the horizon 54 degrees and 38 minutes,^ his declination was 21 degrees and 54 minutes, which taken from the height aforesaid, the height of the Pole was found to be 73 degrees ; and then againe wee found ice, but not very much, and wee were of opinion that wee were by Willoughbies-land.* The fourteenth of July wee sailed north-east, the winde being north north-west and in that sort sayled about a dinner time* along through the ice, and in the middle thereof wee cast out our leade, and had 90 fadome deepe ; in the next quarter wee cast out the lead againe and had 100 fadome deepe, and we sayled so farre into the ice that wee could goe no further : for we could see no place where it ' Des nachts — at night. * Watch. ' 54 graden ende 38 minutcii. This is a misprint. It should be " 38 degrees and 64 minutes", from which deducting 21" 5'' the sun's de- clination, there remains 27'^, the complement of the height of the Pole ; so that the latitude is 73°. * Wilk'buijs landt. On the 14th of August, 1553, the unfortunate Sir Hugh Willoughby discovered land in 72" N. lat., 160 leagues E. by N. from Seynam on the coast of Norway. In consequence of this discovery, some of the old ciuirts showed in this direction a separate coast line, to which they gave the name of Willoughby's Land. It is to this that De Veer alludes. It is, however, now fully established that no such land exists ; aud there is every reason for the opinion that the coast seen by Willoughby was that of Novaya Zemlya itself. This opinion is enter- tained by Liitke, as well as by most geographers at the present day. See Mr. Iluudall's Narratives of Voyayts toiranlK the North- West, Introd., p. v. " Eeii eetinael lantjh — during four and twenty hours. The English translator must be excused for not understanding this expression, when even the Amsterdam Latin version of 1598 has durante praiidio. What- ever may be the derivation of the expression, there can be no doubt as to its real meaning. INTO THE NORTH SEAS, 89 opened, but were forced (with great labour and paiae) to lauere out of it againe, the winde blowing west, and wee were then vnder seuentie foure degrees and teune minutes. The fifteenth of July wee draue through the middle of the ice with a calme,^ and casting out our leade had 100 fadome deepe, at which time the winde being east, wee sayled [south-] west. The sixteenth of July wee got out of the ice, and sawe a great beare lying vpon it, that leaped into the water when shee saw vs. Wee made towards her with our shippe; which shee perceiuing, gotto vp vpon the ice againe, where- with wee shot once at her. Then we sailed east south-east and saw no ice, gessing that wee were not farre from Nona Zembla, because wee sawe the beare there vpon the ice, at which time we cast out the lead and found 100 fadome deepe. The seuenteenth of July we tooke the height of the sunne, and it was eleuated aboue the horizon 37 degrees and 55 minutes; his declination was 21 degrees and 15 minutes, which taken from the height aforesaid, the height of the Pole was 74 degrees and 40 minutes '? and when the sunne was in the south [11 a.m.], wee saw the land of Noua Zem- bla, which was about Lomsbay.* I was the first that espied ' Dreven ivy in st'dte midden int ys — we drifted iu a calm, surrounded by the ice. * Here, again, the same error is committed as on the 19th of June (see page 77, note 4), The calculation is as follows : — 37*^ 55' Elevation of the sun. 21" 15' Declination of the sun. IG'^ 40' W 0' Complem. of olev. of Pole. 74" 40' Elevation of the Pole. But which should be 73" 2u' ' In this they were mistaken, owing to their error in the calculation of their observed latitude, as is shown in the preceding note. On their II 90 THE NAVIGATION it. Then wee altered our course, and sayled north-east and by north, and hoysed vp all our sailes except the fore-saile and the lesien.* The eighteenth of July wee saw the land againe, beeing vnder 75 degrees, and sayled north-east and by north with a north-west winde, and wee gate aboue the point of the Admirals Island,'^ and sayled east north-east with a west winde, the land reaching north-east and by north. The nineteenth of July wee came to the Crosse-Island,' and could then get no further by reason of the ice, for there the ice lay still close vpon the land, at which time the winde was west and blewe right vpon the land, and it lay vnder 76 degrees and 20 minutes. There stood 2 crosses vpon the laud, whereof it had the name. The twenteeth of July wee anchored vnder the island, for wee could get no further for the ice. There wee put out our boate, and with eight men rowed on land, and went to one of the crosses, where we rested vs awhile, to goe to the next crosse, but beeing in the way we saw two beares by the other crosse, at which time wee had no weapons at all about vs. The beares rose vp vpon their hinder feete to see vs (for they smell further than they see), and for that they smelt us, therefore they rose vpright and came towards vs, wherewith we were not a little abashed, in such sort that wee had little lust^ to laugh, and in all haste went to our boate againe, still looking behinde vs to see if chey followed vs, thinking to get into the boate and so put off from the former visit to Loiubbay (see page 13) tliey made its latitude to be 7-4" 20'; so that uow, instead of being near that spot, they must have been about a degree to the south of it. This corresponds, too, better with their observation on the following day; for it is not to be imagined that they should have been 24 hours under full-sail, and yet have made only 20 miles of northing on a N.E. by N. course. ' llf page 16. ' Desire. 1/ INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 91 land : but the master^ stayed us, saying, hee that first be- ginnes to runne away, I will thrust this hake-staffe^ (which hee then held in his hand) into his ribs,^ for it is better for vs (sayd hee) to stay altogether, and see if we can make thera afraid with whooping and hallowing j and so we went softly towards the boate, and goto away glad that wee had escaped their clawes, and that wee had the leysure to tell our fellowes thereof. The one and twenteeth of July wee tooke the height of the sunne, and found that it was eleuated aboue the horizon thirtie fine degrees and fifteene minutes ; his declination was one and twentie degrees, which being taken from the height aforesaido, there rested fourteene degrees, which substracted from ninetie degrees, then the height of the Pole v ag found to be seuentie sixe degrees and fifteene minutes :* then wee found the variation of the compasse to be iust twentie sixe degrees. The same daye two of our men went agaiue to the crosse, and found no beares to trouble vs, and wee followed them with our armes, fearing lest wee might meet any by chance ; and when we came to the second crosse, wee found the foote-steps of 2 beares, and saw how long they had fol- lowed vs, which was an hundreth foote-steps at the least, that way that wee had beene the day before. The two and twentie of July, being Monday, wee set vp another crosse and made our marke [s] thereon, and lay there before the Cross Island till the fourth of August ; meane time we washt and whited'' our linneu on the shoare. The thirtie of July, the sunne being north [^ p. 10 P.M.], ' De schippcr. * BontKhueck — boat-hook. ' Huijt — body (literally "hide"). * Here are two errors. lu the first place, the difference between the sun's elevation and declination is not 14°, but l-i' 15'. This is, uiani- I'estly, an erior of the press. Then, in the same way as on the ll>th of June and 17th of July (see pages 77 and 89), 90° — H" 16' is made to be 76° 15', wheveas it should be 75" 45', which is the true latitude. * BIcccktoi — bleached. -Ill >!!. Ill i ■i h I 1 i; I ; Hi 92 THK NAVIGATION there came a beare so neere to our shippe that wee raiglt hit her with a stone, and wee shot her into the foote with a peece, wherewith shee ranne halting away. The one and thirteeth of July, the sunne being east north- east [f p. 2 A.M.], seuen of our men killed a beare, and fleaed her, and cast her body into the sea. The same day at noone (by our instrument) wee found the variation of the nedle of the compasse to be 17 degrees.^ The first of August wee saw a white beare, but shee ranne away from vs. The fourth of August wee got out of the ice to the other side of the island, and anchored there : where, with great labour and much paine, wee fetched a boate full of stones from the land. The fifth of August wee set saile agaiue towardes Ice- point" with an east wind, and sailed south south-east, and then north north-east, and saw no ice by the land, by the which wee lauered.^ The sixth of August we gate about the point of Nas- sawe,* and sayled forward east and east and by south, along by the land. The seuenth of August wee had a west south-west wind, and sayled along by the land, south-east and south-east and by east, and saw but a little ice, and then past by the Trust- point,^ which wee had much longed for. At euening we had an east wind, with mistie weather, so that wee were forced to make our ship fast to a peece of ice, that was at least 36 fadome deep vnder the water, and more than 1(5 fadome ' This would seem to be a misprint for 27", as all the other observa- tions made in Novaya Zemlya tend to show that at that time the varia- tion was from 2 to 2^ points. The subject is discussed in the Introduction. ' The northernmost point of Novaya Zemlya. See page 24. ' ]Jmr we laughs hieneii lacccrdcn — along which we tacked. * QiKimen wij hoven de hoeck van Nassouwcn — we weathered Cape Nassau. See page 16. ' De hveck run Troosl — Capo Comfort. See page 22, note ■k. i/ .1 INTO TIiE NORTH SKAS. 93 W !; aboue the water ; which in all was 52 fado.me thick, for it Ipy fast vpon ground the ^hich was 36 fadome deepe. The eight of August in the morning wee had an east wind with mistie weather. The 9 of August, lying still fast to the great peece of ice, it snowed hard, and it was misty weather, and when the sunne was south [f p. 10 a.m.] we went vpon the hatches^ (for we alwayes held watch) : where, as the master walked along the ship, he heard a beast snuffe with his nose, and looking ouer-bord he saw a great beare hard by the ship, wherewith he cryed out, a beare, a beare ; and with that all our men came vp from vnder hatches,^ and saw a great beare hard by our boat, seeking to get into it, but wee giuing a great shoute, shee was afrayd and swam me away, but pre- sently came backe againe, and went behinde a great peece of ice, whereunto wee had made our shippe fast, and climbed vpon it, and boldly came towardes our shippe to enter into it :' but wee had torne our scute sayle in the shippe,"* and lay with foure peeces before at the bootesprit,^ and shotte her into the body, and with that, shee ranne away ; but it snowed so fast that wee could not see whither shee went, but wee guest that she lay behinde a high hoouell,^ whereof there was many vpon the peece of ice. The tenth of August, being Saterday, the ice began mightily to breake,' and then wee first perceiued that the great peece of ice wherevnto wee had made our shippe fast, lay on the ground ; for the rest of the ice draue along by it, ' Boven opt verdeck — above on deck. » Quamen wy allc hoven — we all came on deck. ' Nae ons toe, om voor by '/ schip op te climmen — towards us, in order to climb up the bow of the ship. « Wy hadilen hoven opt schip om schuyten seijl gheschoren — we had placed the sail of our boat on deck as a screen. ' Voor opt braedipit —iorvfAva on the capstan, ' Ecn hooghen heuvel — a high hummock of ice. • Tc (Iryren— to drift, or move. 11)' Ijli ^ ir IS 94 THE NAVIGATION 1 1 I wherewith wee were in great feare that wee should be com- passed about with the ice,^ and therefore woe vsod all the diligence and raeanes that wee could to get from thence, for wee were in great doubt -.^ and being vnder sayle, wee sayled vpon the ice, because it was all broken vnder us,^ and got to another peece of ice, wherevnto wee made our shippe faste againe with our sheate anchor,* which wee made fast vpon it, and there wee lay till euening. And when woe had supped, in the first quarter* the sayd peece of ice began on a sodaine to burst and rende in peeces, so fearefully that it was admirable ; for with one groat cracke it burst into foure hundred peeces at the least : wee lying fast to it," weied our cable and got off from it. Vnder the water it was ten fadome deepe and lay vpon the jj'ound, and two fadome above the water : and it made a fearefull noyso both vnder and aboue the water when it burst, and spread it selfe abroad on all sides. And being with great feare^ gotten from that peece of ice, we came to an other peece, that was sixe fadome deepe vnder the water, to the which we made a rope fast on both sides. Then wee saw an other great peece of ice not farre from vs, lying fast in the sea, that was as sharp aboue as it had been a tower; whereunto wee rowed, and casting out our lead, wee found that it lay 20 fadome deepe, fast on the ground vnder the water, and 12 fadome aboue the water. The 11 of August, being Sunday, wee rowed to another peece of ice, and cast out our lead, and found that it lay 18 fadom deepe, fast to the ground vnder the water, and 10 ' Lit ys heknelt sonde iverden — we should be crushed by the ice. * Ghevaer — danger. » Dnttct al craeckte watter ontrent v>as — so that all round about us cracked. * Werp ancker — kedge. ' Watch. * Met de Steven daer aen — with our stem (bow) on it. ' Gherner — danger. INTO THR NORTH SEAS. 95 fadome aboue the water. The 12 of Anj^nst we s.ailed neere' vnder the land, y^ better to shun y° ice, for y'' the great flakes that draue in the sea" were many fadome deepe under thewater,andwewere better dofouded from tliern being at 4 and 5 fadome water; and there i-an a great current of water from the hill [s]. There we made our ship fast ngaine to a peece of ice, and called that point the small Ice Point." The 13 of August in the morning, there came a beare from* the east point of the land, close to our ship, and one of our men with a peece shot at her and brake one of her legs, but she crept^ vp the hill with her three feet, and wee following her killed her, and hauing fleaed her brought the skinne aboard the ship. From thence we set saile with a little gale of winde,® and were forced to lauero, but after that it began to blow more'^ out of the south and south south- east. The 15 of August we came to the Island of Orange,^ where we were inclosed with the ice hard by a great peece of ice where we were in great danger to loose our ship, but with great labour and much paine we got to the island, the winde being south-east, whereby we were constrained to turne our ship;® and while we were busied thereabouts and made much noise, a beare that lay there and slept, awaked and came towards vs to the ship, so that we were forced to leaue our worke about turning of the ship, and to defend our selues against the beare, and shot her into the body, wherewith she ran away to the other side of the island, and I' 1 1' 'I I' w . .! ' Noch naerdcr — still nearer. * De grootste schotscn dnjvende ijs — the largest pieces of drift ice. » Den ckijnen Ys-Jioeck * Oiii — round. » lluppehk — limped. * Met ireyiiich coelfe — with little wind. ' BeefanU heter te cnelen — the wind freshened. 8 De Eylandt ran Oraeiujlen. On the first voyage the Islands of Orange are spoken of. See page 25. * Het schip verlegghen— to change the position of the ship. I'M h ■KB 96 THE NAVIGATION swam into the water, and got vp vpon a peece of ice, where shee lay still ; but we comming after her to the peece of ice where shee lay, when she saw vs she leapt into the water and swam to the land, but we got betweerie her and the land, and stroke her on the head with a hatchet, but as often as we stroke at her with the hatchet, she duckt vnder the water, whereby we had much to do before we could kill her : after she was dead we fleaed her on the land, and tooke the skin on board with vs, and after that turned' our ship to a great peece of ice, and made it fast thereunto. The 16 of August ten of our men entring into one boat, rowed to the firm land at Nona Zembla, and drew the boate vp vpop the ice ; which done, we went vp a high hill to see the citi ation of the land, and found that it reached south- east and south south-east, and then againe south, which we disliked, for that it lay so much southward : but when we saw open water south-east and east south-east, we were much comforted againe, thinking y* wee had woon our voy- age,^ and knew not how we should get soone inough on boord to certifie William Barents thereof. The 18 of August we made preparation to set saile, but it was all in vaine ; for we had almost lost our sheat anchor' and two new ropes, and with much lost labour got to the place againe from whence we came : for the streame ran with a mighty current, and the ice drave very strongly vpon the cables along by the shippe, so that we were in fear that we should loose all the cable that was without the ship, which was 200 fadome at the least ; but God prouided well for vs, so that in the end wee got to the place againe from whence we put out. The 19 of August it was indifferent good weather, the ' Brachten — brought. * De reijs ghewonnen tcaer — i.e., the object of the voyage was attained, and they had become entitled to the reward offered by the States Gene- ral, as mentioned on page 70. " Werp-anrker — kedge. I INTO THE NOUTH SEAS. 97 1^ I windo blowing south-west, the ice still driuing, and we set saile with an indifferent gale of wind,^ and past by y** Point of Desire,^ whereby we were oace againe in good hope. And when we had gotten aboue the point,^ we sailed south-east into the sea-ward 4 [16] miles, but then againe we entred into more ice, whereby wo wore constrained to turn back againe, and sailed north-west vntil we came to y° land againe, which reacheth fro the Point of Desire to the Head Point,* south and by west, 6 [24] miles : from the Head Point to Flushingers Head,* it reacheth south-west, which are 3 [12] miles one from the other; from the Flush- ingers Head, it reacheth into the sea east south-east, and from Flushingers Head to the Point of the Island* it reach- eth south-west and by south and south-west 3 [12] miles ; and from the Island Point to the Point of the Ice Hauen,'^ the land reacheth west south-west 4 [1 6] miles : from the Ice Hauens Point to the fall of water or the Streame Bay^ and the low land, it reacheth west and by south and east and by north, 7 [28] miles : from thence the land reacheth east and west. The 21 of August we sailed a great way into the Ice Hauen, and that night ankored therein : next day, the streamo^ going extreame hard eastward, we haled out againe from thence, and sailed againe to the Island Point ; but for that it was misty weather, coraming to a peece of ice, we made the ship fast thereunto, because the winde began to blow hard south-west and south south-west. There we 11 '1 I, ' Een tamelijcke coelte — an easy breeze. * De hoeck van Begheerle. Cape Desire. ' Boven den hoeck waren — had weathered the Cape. ♦ De llooft-hoeck. > Het Vlissinijher hnoft — Flushing Head. • De hoeck rant Eijlandt. Subsequently called Den Eylandts hoeck, or Island Point. ' De hoeck van den Vshaven — Ice Haven Point. * Jlet a/water o/te Stroom Bay. " Stroom — current. 98 THE NAVIGATION wout' vp vpon tho ico, and wondred much thereat, it was? such manner of ico : for on tho top it was ful of earth, and there we found aboue 40 egges, and it was not like other ice, for it was of a perfect azure coloure, like to the skies, whereby there grew great contentio in words amongst our men, some saying that it was ice, others that it was frozen land; for it lay vnreasonable high aboue the water, it was at least 18 fadome vnder the water close to the ground, and 10 fudome aboue the water : thei'o we stayed all that stormo, the winde being south-west and by west. The 23 of August we sailed againe from the ice south- eastward into the sea, but entred presently into it againe, and wound about" to the Ice Hauen. The next day it blew hard north noi*th-west, and the ice came mightily driuing in, whereby we were in a manner compassed about therewith, and withall tho winde began more and more to rise, and the ice still draue harder and harder, so that the pin of the rother^ and the rother were shorno in peoces,* and our boate was shorne in peeces'' betweene the ship and the ice, we expecting nothing else but that the ship also would be prest and crusht in peeces with the ico. The 25 of August the weather began to be bettor, and we tooke great paines and bestowed much labour to get the ice, wherewith we were so inclosed, to go from vs, but what meanes soeuer we vsed it was all in vaine. But when the sun was south-west [| p. 2 p.m.] the ice began to driue out againo with the streame," and we thought to saiJe southward about Nona Zembla, [and so westwards] to the Straites of Mer- gatesJ For that seeing we could there find no passage, we hauing past^ Nona Zembla, [we] were of opinion that our • Clommen — climbed. « Keerikn ommc — turned back. ' Dc pen rant roer— the tiller. * Sliicken (jheschovev wcrden — were broken in pieces. ' Glusriioven — stove in. " S/rooin — current. ' \V(ii;itits, s That is, now that we liad passed. I INTO TnE NORTH SEAS. 99 labour was all in vaino and that we could not got through, and so. agreed to go that way homo againe; but comrning to the Streame Bay, wo were forced to go back againo, because of the ice which lay so fast thereabouts; and the same night also it froze, that we could hardly get through there with the little wind that wo had, the winde then being north. The 20 of August there blew ". reasonable gale of winde, at which time we determined to saile back to the Point of Desire, and so home againo, seeing y^ we could not get through [by the way towards] y^Wergats,* although we vsed al the meanes and industry we could to get forwai'd; but who wo had past by y® Ice Hauen y" ice began to driuo w* such force, y'' we wei'o inclosed round about therewith, and yet we sought al the meanes we could to get out, but it was all in vaine. And at that time wo had like to haue lost three men that were vpon the ice to make way for tho ship, if the ice had held y° course it went; but as we draue back againe, and that tho ice also whereon our men stood in like sort draue, they being nimble, as y° ship draue by the, one of them caught hould of the beako head, another vpon tho shroudes,^ and tho third vpon the great brase^ that hung out behind, and so by great aduenture by the hold that they took they got safe into the shippe againe, for which they thanked God with all their hearts : for it was much liklier that they should rather haue been© carried away with tha ice, but God, by the nimbleness of their hands, deliuered them out of that danger, which was a pittifuU thing to behold, although it fell out for the best, for if they had not beene nimblo they had surely dyed for it. The same day in tho euening we got to the west side of the Ice Hauen, whore we were forced, in great cold, pouerty, misery, and griefe, to stay all that winter; the winde then being east north-east. ' Wci/gats, ' De ijronlf hmx~ -tho niaiu brace. "^ Dc scJioot — the sheet. n2 'I % II It! II I, i tl: « 1 100 THE NAVIGATION t ; i I Thu 27 of August tho ico draue round about tho ship, and yet it was good wothcr; at which tinio wo wont on land, and boiug there it began to blow south-oast with a reasonable gale, and then the ice came with great forco before the bough/ and draue the ship vp foure footo high before, and behind it seemed as if the keole lay on the ground, so that it seemed that the ship would be ouerthrowne in tho place ; whereupon they that were in the ship put out the boate,'' therewith to saue their liuos, and withall put out a flagge to make a signe to vs to come on board: which we percoiuing, and beholding the ship to be lifted vp in that sort, made all the haste we could to get on board, thinking that the ship was burst in peeces, but comming vnto it we found it to be in better case than we thought it had beene. The 28 of August wee gat some of tho ice from it,' and the ship began to sit vpright againe; but before it was fully vpright, as William Barents and the other pilot went for- ward to the bough,* to see how the ship lay and how much it was risen, and while they were busie vpon their knees and elbowos to measure how much it was, the ship burst out of the ice with such a noyse and so great a crack, that they thought verily that they were all cast away, knowing not how to saue themselues. The 29 of August, the ship lying vpright againe, we vsed all tho meanes wo could, with yron hookes^ and other instru- ' The bow of tho ship. * Bock — yawl. * Weeck het ys wat wech — the ice gave way a little. * Bow. » Koe-voeten — crow-bars: literally cows'-fcet^ from the resemblance which the bifurcated end bears to the cloven foot of that animal. In one of the printed accounts of the riots of 1780 (the reference to which cannot just now be found), it is mentioned that a pi(/s-foot — the " jemmy" little tool used by housebreakers — was employed in the de- struction of iNewgate, and surprise was expressed at the power of so small an instrument to move the large stones of which that building was constructed. The small iron hammer common in our printing- oflicos is likewise called a flmp^-fimt; the reason for the name being in each case the same. I INTO THE NORTH SEAS, <»» ments, to breake the flakos of ice that lay one heap* a vpii the other, but al in vaine; so that we determined to com- mit our selues to the mcrcie of God, and to attend aydo from him, for that the ice drauo not away in any such sort that it could helpe vs. The 30 of August the ice began to driue together one vpon the other with greater force than before, and bare against the ship w** a boystrous south [by] west wind and a great snowe, so that all the whole ship was borne vp and inclosed,^ whereby all that was both about and in it began to crack, so that it seemed to burst in a 100 peeces, which was most" fearfull both to see and heare, and made all y° haire of our heads to rise vpright with fearo ; and after y'', the ship (by the ice on both sides that joined and got vndcr the snrao) was driued so vpright, in such sort as if it had bin lifted vp with a wrench or vice.' The 31 of August, by the force of the ice, the ship was driuen vp 4 or 5 foote high at the beake head,' and the hinder part thereof lay in a clift* of ice, whereby we thought that the ruther would be freed from the force of the flakes of ice,* but, notwithstanding, it brake in peeces staffe*' and all : and if that the hinder part of the ship had bin in the ice that di'aue as well as the fore part was, then all the ship'^ would haue bin driuen wholly vpon the ice, or possibly hauo ran on groud,^ and for that cause wee were in great feare, and set our scutes and our boate" out vpon the ice, if neede were, to sauo our selues. But within 4 houres after, the ico draue awaye of it selfe, wherewith we were exceeding glad, as if we had saued our Hues, for that the ship was then on ' Ghekitelt—aqueezed. " Vysel — a screw or jack. ' Voorstcvcn — stem. * Crevice. * Het schiiyvfii (lis yn — from the action (pushing) of the ice. « Pen — tiller. " Het gatifxchc voorschip — the entire fore-part of the ship. " In deit (jroiiilt tjhecomen — gone to the bottom. * UiiK schiiijt indi hoot— our boat and yawl. I jl } !j •i .'I V i( J f i ii i - i U 4 'i 102 TtlE NAVIGATION float agjiino ; and vpon that we made a new ruther and a staffe/ and hung the ruther out vpon the hooks, that if we chanced to be born^ vpon the ice againc, as we had bin, it might so bo freed from it. The 1 of September, being Sunday, while we were at praier, the ice began to gather together againe, so that the ship was lifted vp [bodily] two foote at the least, but the ice brake not.^ The same euening* the ice continued in y* sort still driuing and gathering together, so that we made pre- paration to draw our scute and the boatj oner the ice vpon the land, the wind then blowing south-east. The 2 of September it snowed hard with a north-east wind, and the ship began to rise vp higher vpo the ice,^ at which time the ice burst and crakt with great force, so that we were of opinion to carry our scute on land in that fowle weather, with 13 barrels of bread and two hogsheads" of wine to sustaine our selues if need were. The 3 of September it blew [just as] hard, but snowed not so much, y° wind being north north-east ; at which time we began to be loose from the ice whercunto we lay fast, so that the scheck brake from the steuen," but the planks wherewith the ship was lyned held the scheck fast and made it hang on;^ but the boutloofe and a new cable, if we had failed vpon the ice, brake by the forcible pressing of the ice,^ but held fast ' Pen — tiller. ^ Borne, carried. ' Ifel hicff uiirh al diihl— if (///( Khip) roniained quite tight, * Niuniotns — afternoon. ■ ' Te schnjven rant ys — to be moved by the ice. " Vmtki'uii — small casks. 7 Sim «()vaya Zemlya, and pointedly distinguished between this country and Spitzlicrgen on that account. It is most probable that tliese aninuUs had crossed over from Siberia on the ice. * ( hiD scluck acH (/<■ (ichfer .sicvcii hrnvk altcimt iinrk imcr sincken — and the ice-knees on the stern-post broke more and more in p;'"-\:'.. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 105 In the night time two beares came close to our ship side, but we sounded our trumpet and shot at them, but hit them not because it was darke, and they ran away. The 10 of September the wether was somewhat better, because the wind blew not so hard, and yet all one wind. The 11 of September it was calme wether, and 8 of vs went on land, euery man armed, to see if that were true as our other three companions had said, that there lay wood about the riuer ; for that seeing we had so long wound and turned about, sometime in the ice, and then againe got out, and thereby were compelled to alter our course, and at last sawe that we could not get out of the ice but rather became faster, and could not loose our ship as at other times we had done, as also that it began to be [near autumn and] winter, we tooke counsoll together what we were best to doe according to the [circumstances of the] time, [in order] that we might winter there and attend such ad- uenturo as God would send vs : and after we had debated vpon the matter, to keepe and defend ourselues both from the cold and the wild beastes, we determined to build a [shed or] house vpon the laud, to keep vs therein as well as wo could, and so to commit ourselves vnto the tuition of God. And to that end we went further into the land, to find out ifowOoa in our the conuenientest place in our opinions to raise our house neo'TTuon vpon, and yet we had not much stuffe to make it v ithall, in f^roc(u"j I'cgard that there grew no trees, nor any other thing in that winter vpon country convenient to build it withall. But we leaaing no sent va * . . ° wood to occasion unsought, as our men wont abroad to view the""*'f°v8» '-' ' house and country, and to see what good fortune might happen unto {° bunlp^in vs, at last we found an unexpected comfort in our need, wiliter.' which was that we found certaine trees roots and all, (as our three companions had said before, which had been driuen vpon the shoare, either from Tartaria, Muscouia, or else- where, for there was none growing vpon that land; where- with (as if God had purposely sent them vuto vs) wo were I if t 4 ' i! HSMMWeWM 106 THE NAVIGATION I* much comforted, being in good hope that God would shew us some further fauour ; for that wood served vs not onely to build our house, but also to b'lrne and serve vs all the winter long ; otherwise without all doubt we had died there miserably with extreme cold. The 12 of September it was calme wether, and then our men went vnto the other side of the land, to see if they could finde any wood neerer vnto vs, but there was none.^ The 13 of September it was calme but very mistie wether, so that we could doe nothing, because it was dangerous for vs to go into the land, in regard that we could not see the wild beares ; and yet they could smell vs, for they smell better than they see. The 14 of September it was cleere sunshine wether, but very cold; and then we went into the laud, and laid the wood in heapes one vpo the other, that it might not be couered over with y° snow, and from thence ment^ to carry it to the place where we intended to builde our house. The 15 of September in the morning, as one of our men held watch, wee saw three beares, whereof the one lay still behind a piece of ice [and] the other two came close to the ship, which we pevceiuing, made our peeces ready to shooto at them ; at which time there stod a tob full of beefe'^ vpon the ice, which lay in the water to be seasoned,^ for that close by the ship there was no water ; one of the beares went vnto it, and put in his head [into the tub] to take out a peece of the beefe, but she fared thei'ewith as the dog did with y° pudding ;^ for as she was snatching at the beefe, she was shot into the head, wherewith she fell downe dead and neuer ' Macr vniiilcH (lair (jantseh iceynich — but found very little there. " Meant, intended. ' Vhysch — meat. * 0/)t i/s 0111 te rerctrsrhtt — upon the ice, to freshen. ' Mair let licf/iiain hem (ilx de houdt dc irorxf — but it agreed with her as the pudding (sausage) did with the dog. Tliis is a Dutch proverb, made use of when any undertaking turns out badly ; because the dog is said to have stolon a sausage, and to liave been soundly beaten for his pains. INTO THR NORTH SEAS. 107 stir'd. [There we saw a curious sight] : the other beare stood still, and lokt vpon her fellow [as if wondering why she re- mained so motionless] ; and when she had stood a good while she smelt her fellow, and perceiuing that she [lay still and] was dead, she ran away, but we tooke halberts and other armes with vs and followed her.^ And at last she came againe towardes us, and we prepared our selues to withstand her, wherewith she I'ose vp vpon her hinder feet, thinking to rampe at vs ; but while she reared herselfe vp, one of our men shot her into the belly, and with that she fell vpon her foi'c-feet again, and roaring as loud as she could, ran away. Then we tooke the dead beare, and ript her beliy open ; and taking out her guts we set her vpon her fore-feet, so that she might freeze as she stood, intend- ing to carry her w*^ vs into Holland if we might get our ship loose : and when we had set y'^ beare vpon her foure feet, we began to make a slead, thereon to drawe the wood to the place where we ment^ to build our house. At that time it froze two fingers thicke in the salt water [of the sea], and it was exceeding cold, the wind blowing north-east. The 1(3 of September the sunne shone, but towardes the eucning it was misty, the wind being easterly; at which time we wont [for the first time] to fetch wood with our sleads, and then we drew fouro bcamos aboue^ a mile [4 miles] vpon the ice and the snow. That night againe it froso aboue two fingers thicke. The 1 7 of September thirteene of vs went where the wood lay with our sleads, and so drew fiue and fiue in a slead, and the other three helped to lift the wood behind, to make vs draw the better and with more case ;* and in that manner we ' Locrden op hem of liy oock inihrom coineii soiule — and watched for lior coming back. 2 Meant. "Went.''—/'/;. ' By line — nearly. * Ernie tlrie hiereii hyt hoiif om (/at tc hehouweii, koo wtnkt ko reel tc lirhter iiit slcpcii — and three remained behind with the wood, to hew it, BO that it might be the lighter to draw. 1^ .1 I 'J ■I ' 1 ii fM < ! ! in \i r ', f Mil,,! I* 108 THE NAVIGATION drew wood twice a day, and laid it on a heape by the place where we ment to build our house. The 18 of September the wind blew west, but it snowed hard, and we went on land againe to continue our labour to draw wood to our place appointed, and after dinner the sun shone and it was calme wether. The 19 of September it was calme sunshine wether, and we drew two sleads full of wood sixe thousand paces long,^ and that we did twice a day. [The 20 of September we again made two journeys with the sledges, and it was misty and still weather.] The 21 of September it was misty wether, but towards euening it cleared vp, and the ice still draue in the sea, but not so strongly as it did before, but yet it was very cold, [so that we were forced to bring our caboose^ below, because everything froze above.] The 22 of September it was faire still weather, but very cold, the wind being west. The 23 of September we fetcht more wood to build our house, which we did twice a day, but it grew to be misty and still weather againe, the wind blowing east and east- north-east. That day our carpentur (being of Pnrmecaet^) dyed as we came aboord about euening. The 24 of September wo buryed him vnder the sieges'* in the clift of a hill, hard by the water,^ for we could not dig vp the earth by reason of the great frost and cold ; and that day we went twice with our sleads to fetch wood. The 25 of September it was darke weather, the wind blowing west and west south-west and south-west, and the * Verde-' -fur. The distance which, on the ICth September, they had estimated at nearly one Dutch mile. 2 Cuithitys. The cooking-place on board ship. 3 PnnnereiKl, A town iu North Holland, about eight miles north of Amsterdam. * Ciiiijhel — shingle. 5 iit« ii/wukriiiijhe—a, full or current of water. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 10J> ice bega somewhat to open and driue away ; but it con- tinued not long, for that hauing driuon about the length of the shott of a great peece,* it lay three fadomes deepe vpoa the ground : and where we lay the ice draue not, for we lay in the middle of the ice ; but if we had layne in the [open or] maine sea, we would haue hoysed sayle, although it was the late in the yeare. The same daj- we raised up the prin- ciples 2 of our house, and began to worke hard thereon ; but if the ship had bin loose we would haue left our building and haue made our afLoi' steuen of our ship, ^ that we might haue bin ready to saile away if it had bin possible ; for that it grieued vs much to lye there all that cold winter, which we knew would fall out to be extreame bitter ; but being bereaued of all hope, we were compelled to make necessity a vertue, and with patience to attend what issue God would send vs. The 2G of September we had a west wind and an open sea, but our ship lay fast, wherewith we were not & little greeued; but it was God's will, which we most* patiently bare,^ and we began to make up our house :^ part of our men fetch'd wood to burne, the rest played the carpenters and were busie aboute the house. As then we were sixteene men in all, for our cai'penter was dead, and of our sixteene men there was still one or other sicke. The 27th of September it blew hard north-east, and it frose so hard that as we put a nayle into our mouths (as when men worke carpenters worke they vse to doe), there would ice hang thereon when we tooke it out againe, and made the blood follow. The same day there came an old ' Ecu (joteUiKjlitt schoot — a falconet shot. See page 33, note 2. ^ Balckeu — the beams or principal timbci's. •■' Ons Kchcck ofte (iclitemteren vant tichip wcikrom ghcmacckt — repaired the iee-knees or stern-post of the ship. * Must. B Bear. « T/iiiys alU'iitcl iliclit Iv macchii — by degrees to close up (the sides of) the liou&e. J 'f It hi 110 THE NAVIGATION HI ifB . rnVM'' beare and a yon<^ one towards vs as we were going to our house, beeing altogether (for we durst not go alone), which we thought to shoot at, but she ran away. At which time the ice came forcibly driuing in, and it was faire sunshine weather, but so extreame cold that we could hardly worke, but extremity forced vs thereunto. The 28 of September it was faire weather and the sun shon, the wind being west and very calme, the sea as then being open, but oui- ship lay fast in the ice and stirred not. The same day there came a boaro to the ship, but when she espied vs she ran away, and we made as much hast as we could^ to build our house. The 29 of September in the morning, the wind was west, and after-noone it [again] blew east," and then we saw three beares betweene vs and the house, an old one and two yong ; but we notwithstanding drew our goods from the ship to the house, and so got before yo beares, and yet they followed 7S : neuertheless we would not shun the way for them, but hol- lowed out as loud as we could, thinking that they would haue gone away ; but they would not once go out of their foote-path, but got before vs, wherewith we and they that were at the house made a great noise, which made the beares runne away, and we were not a little glad thereof. The 30 of September the wind was east and east south- east, and all that night and the next day it snowed so fast that our men could fetch no wood, it lay so close and high one vpon the other. Then we made a great fire without the house, therewith to thaw the ground, that so we might lay it about the house that it might be the closer; but it was all lost labour, for the earth was so hard and frozen so deep into the ground, that we could not thaw it, and it would haue cost vs too much wood, and therefore we were forced to leaue off that labour. • Wy (jhi)Hjhen vast voort — we kept ou bard at vork. = " Xorthly."— /V*. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. Ill 1 1 The first of October the wiudo blow stiffe north-oast, antl after noone it blew north with a groat stormo and drift of snow, whereby we could hai'dly go iu^ the winde, and a man could hai'dly draw his breath, the snowe draue so hard in our faces; at which time woe could not see two [or three] ships length from vs. The 2 of October before noone the sun shone, and after noone it was cloudy againe and it sne\v,but the weather was still, the Avindo being north and then south, and we set vp our house" and vpon it we placed a may-polo^ made of frozen snowe. The 3 of October before noone it was a calme son-shine weather, but so cold that it was hard to be endured ; and after noone it blew hard out of the west, with so great and extreame cold, that if it had continued we should haue beene forced to leaue our wovke. The fourth of October the winde was west, and after noone north with great store of snow, whereby we could not worke; at that time we brought our [bower] ankor vpon the ice to lye the faster, when we lay* but an arrow shot from the [open] water, the ice was so much driuen away. The 5 of October it blew hard north-west, and the sea was ' TcfihtuK — against. '■' We rcchten htt huys op — we erected (i.e., completed the erection of) our house. ' Ecu Meiihoom — a May-Z/re. According to Adelung, in his Iloch- (kiitschcK Wiirterhurh, "JIaybaum" is in many parts of Germany the vernacular name of the birch-tree, especially the common species {iiitnhi aiha), also called the May-birch, or simply "May",— as the hawthorn is called in England, — branches of which are used for ornamenting the houses and churches in the month of May. The same name is given to the green branch of a tree, or at times the whole tree itself — frequently the birch, but not exclusively so — which is set up on occasions of festivity. This is the mcijhoom of the Dutch ; and it would seem on the one hand to be the original of our English May-7«)/<', and on the other to have degenerated into the flag which our builders are in the habit of hoisting on the chimneys of houses, when raised. < Ahoo iri/ im...huihin — because we now lay. iif I ■ i ; ' \\ Illi ^5^ III Mi ■■M ; f 112 THE NAVIGATION lii" ■l u i very openi and without ice as farre as we could discemo ; but we lay still frozen as we did before, and our ship lay two or three foote deepe in the ice, and we could not por- ceiuo otherwise but that wo lay fast vpon the ground,^ and there^ it was three fadome and a halfe doope. The same day we brake vp the lower deck of the fore-part* of our ship, and with those dealos^ we couored our house, and made it slope ouer head" that the water might run off; at which time it was very cold. The 6 of October it blow hard west [and] south-west, but towardes euening west north-west, with a great snow [so] that we could hax'dly thrust our heads out of the doro by reason of y® great cold. The 7 of October it was indifferent good wether, but yet very cold, and we calk't our house, and brake the ground about it at the foote thereof:'' that day the winde went round about the compasse. The 8 of October, all the night before it blew so hard and the same day also, and snowed so fast that we should haue smothered if we had gone out into the aire ; and to speako truth, it had not beene possible for any man to haue gone one ships length, though his life had laine thereon ; for it was not possible for vs to goe out of the house or ship. The 9 of October the winde still continued north, and blew and snowed hard all that day, the wind as then blow- ing from the land ; so that all that day we were forced to stay in the ship, the wether was so foule. ' Heel open — quite open. = Wy laghen tot den grondt toe hecroren — we lay frozen right down to the ground. ' " Then."— i*/t. < Hit vooronder— the forecastle. ' Deekn — planks. » //( den mitten ivat hooyJier — somewhat higher in the middle. ' Ende hraken het achteronder mede iiyt, omt hiiijs voort didit tc mncckten — and pulled down likewise the poop, in order (therewith) to go on closing up the house. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 113 The 10 of October the woatlicr was sotnowhat fairer and the windo calmer, and [it] blow south-west and west south- west;^ and that time the water flowed two footo higher then ordinary, which wee gest to proceede from the strong- north wind which as then had blownc. The same day the wether began to be somewhat better, so that we began to go out of our ship againo; and as one of our men went out, he chaunced to meoto a bearo.and was almost at him before he knew it, but presently he ranno backo againo towards the ship and the beare after him; but the boaro coraraing to the place where before that we killed another beare and set her vpright and there let her freeze, which after was couored ouer with ice'' and yet one of her pawos reached abouo it, sheo stood still, whereby our man got before her and clomo' vp into the ship in great fearo, crying, a beare, a beare; which we hearing came aboue hatches^ to looke on her and to shooto at her, but we could not see her by meanes of the exceeding great sraoake that had so soro tormented vs while we lay vnder hatches in the foule wether, which we would not haue indured for any money ; but by reason of the cold and snowy wether we were constrained to do it if we would sauo our Hues, for aloft in the ship" we must vndoubtedly haue dyed. The beare staied not long there, but run away, the wind then being north-east. The same day about euening it was faire wether, and we went out of our ship to the house, and carryed the greatest part of our bread thither. The 11 of October it was calme wethcx', the wind being south and somewhat warmo, and then we carryed our wine and other victuals on land; and as we were hoysing the wine ouer-boord, there came a beare towards our ship that had laine behindo a peece of ice, and it seemed that we had I I ! ] I ' " W. ami S.W."— P/(. 2 " First."— P/i. ' Sueeu — snow. ♦ Climbed. ' Bovcn — on deck. « Boven opt schqi — on the deck of the ship. < i m < 114 THE NAVIOATrON waked hcv with tlio noiso wo mnJo ; foi* wo had soono her lyo there, but wo tlionght her to bo a pooco of ice j but as she came nocro vs wo shot at her, and shoo ran away, so wo proceeded in our worko. Tho 12 of October it blow north and [at times] somewhat westerly, and then halfo of our men [went and] slcpt^ in tho house, and that was tho first time that we hiy in it j but we indurcd great cold because our cabins wore not made, and besides that we had not cloihes inough, and wo could keepe no fire because our chimney was not made, whereby it smoaked exceedingly. The 13 of October the wind was north and north-west, and it began againo to blow hard, and then three of vs went a boord tho ship and laded a sload with beei*e ; but when we had laden it, thinking to go to our house with it, sodainly there rose such a wind and so great a storme and cold, that we were forced to go into the ship againe, because we were not able to stay without ; and we could not get tho beero into the ship againe, but wore forced to let it stand without vpon tho sleado. Being in the ship, wo indured extreame cold because we had but a few clothes in it. Tho 14 of October, as we came out of tho ship, wo found the barrell of beero standing [iu the open air] vpon the sleade, but it was fast frozen at tho heads,^ yet by reason of ' "Kept."— /'A. ^ Zijmk ten iopcn vat. neii din Jnxicni ntnckcn (jhevrnrcn — which, being a cask of spruce beer, had burst at the bottom through the frost. From a very early puriod a decoction, in beer or water, of the leaf-buds {(jemmm sen tui-ioviK) of the Norway spruce fir (Ahhs ciccLsd"), as well as of the silver fir (^Ahits jncca), has been used, formerly more tlian at pre- sent, in the countries bordering on the Baltic Sea, in scorbutic, rheumatic, and gouty complaints. See Muuncti Blhliolhccn Pharinaceutivo-Mcdlcd, vol. i, p. 2 ; P/iarnuic<)j)(t:i(i Bornssica ((Jerman translation by Dulk), ;]rd eilit., vol. i, p. 796 ; Pereira, Elements of Makiiei Medlai^ ;.!rd edit., vol. ii, p. J 182. These leaf-buds are commonly called in German, sjirnsscn, and in Daiiih,j<)jitn ; whence the beer brewed therefrom at Dautzig — ccrevisia INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 115 of tlio groat cold tlio booro that purged out' fi'oso as hard vpon the side- of tlio barrel as if it had bin glowed thorcon, and in that sort wo drow it to our house and sot the barrel an end, and drauko it first vp; but wo wore forced to niclfc the bccre, for there was scant'' any vnfrozou booi-o in the barrcll, but in that thicko yoast tlmt was vnfrozen lay the strength of the beere,'' so that it was too strong to drinko alone, and that which was frozen tasted like water; and being melted we mixt one with the other, and so dranke it, but it had neither strength nor tast. The 15 of October tho wind blew north and [also] east and east south-east [and it was still weather]. That day we made place to sot vp our dorc, and shoulod" the snowe away. The IG of October the wind blew south-east and south,^ with fairo calme weather. Tho sarao night there had bin a bcaro in our ship, but in the morning she went out againo when she saw our men. At tho same time we brake vp another pecco of our ship,'' to vso tho dcalos about the protall,^ which as then we began to make. Tho 17 of October the wind was south and south-east, calme weather, but vcr / cold ; and that day we were busied about our portaile. ilantincaiia, as it is styled in tho Amsterdam Latin version of 1598 — acquired the appellations of tiprostienliiir and jopcnhicr, of tho former of wliich the English name, s])nir(-hccr, is merely a corruption. The " Dantzig spruce" of commerce, which is known at the place of its manufacture by the names of ilojijH'lhkr^jojuuhier, and even "spruce- bier", is the representative at the present day of the medicated sjirnssen- fiiir of former times; though, curiously enough, the ingredient from which it derived its distinctive appellation {I.e., the s/irosufii or jape ») appears to be now left out in its preparation. ' I'yt lifj) — ran out. '•' Din Imtkm— the bottom. ' Scarcely. * In pullod down tiio eiibin. ** Het poflael — the entrance hall, or porch. i2 1 ' I ( I !! m m I' I 116 THE NAVIGATION The 18 of October the wind blow hard east [and] south- east, and then we fetched our bread out of the scuto which we had drawne vp vpou the land, and the wine also, which as then was not much frozen, and yet it had layne sixe weeks therein, and notwithstanding that it had often times frozen very hard. The same day we saw an other beare, and then the sea was so couered ouer witu Jce that wo could see no open water. The 19 of October yc wind blew north-cas*", and then there was but two men and a boy in the ship, at which time there came a beare that sought forcibly to get into the ship, although the two men shot at her with pcecos of wood,^ and yet she ventured vpon them,- whereby they were in an extreame feare ; [and] each of them seeking to saue them selues, the two men leapt into the balust,^ and the boy domed into the foot uia„t top* to saue their Hues; mcano time some of our men shut at her with a musket, and then shee ran away. The 20 of October it was calrae sunshine weather, and then ogaine we saw the sea opcn,^ at which time we went on boi'd to fetch the rest of our beere out of the ship, where we found some of the barrels frozen in peeces, and the iron heapes" that were vpon the josam barrels'' were also frozen in peeces. The 21 of October it was calme sunshine wether, and then we had almost fetched all our victuals out of the ship [to the house]. ' Met hmndthouten nmclcii — throw billets of firewood at hor. 2 Qiiain liji ejfeiiu'cl seer vree'^elijct tot Inter aeit — came towards tUuin in a most terrific manner. ' Int riiijni — in the hold. * Chun hit fuelewiint — clind)ed up the forc-iigging. ' luiii(je ojieiiiiKjJw can icaler in de zee — some open places ol water in tllC Si'ti, " /id mil II — hoops. ■ l)e jnofieii ntten - tliy 8i)ruco-beer casks. See page 114, note 2. 4 I' ll- INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 117 4 The 22 of October the wind blew coldly and very stiff north-east, with so great a snow that we could not get out of our doros. The 23 of October it was calme weather, and the wind blew north-east. Then wn went aboord our ship to see if the rest of our men would come home to the house ; but wee feared y' it would blow hard againe, and therefore durst not stirre with the sicke man, but let him ly still that day, for ho was very wcake. The 24 of October the rest of our men, being 8 persons, came to the house, and drew the sicke man vpon a slead, and then with great labour and paiue vve drew our boate^ home to our house, and turned the bottome thereof vpwards, that when time sorued vs (if God saued our hues in the winter time) wee might vse it. And after that perceiuing that the ship lay fast and that there was nothing lesse to be expected then the opening of the water, we put our [kedge-] anchor into the ship againe, because it should not be couered oner and lost in the snow, that in the spring time^ we might vse it : foJ we alwaies trusted in God that hee would deliuer vs fiom thence towards soramer time either one way or other. Things standing at this point with vs, as the sunne (when wee might see it best and highest) began to be very low,'* we vsed all the speede wo could to fetch all things with sleades out of our ship into our house, not onely meate and drinke but all other necessaries : at which time the windo was north. The 2G of October we fetcht all things that were necessary for the furnishing of our scute and our boate :* and when we had laden the last slead, and stood [in the track-ropes] ready to draw it to the house, our maister looked about him and • Dock — yawl. '' Taihiii^ (kn somcr — towards the summer. ' 7V h('(jkviii — to leave us. See page 78, notes 2 ami 3. f • 1^':' J I 1 i t- I'l*» . 118 THE NAVIGATION saw three bcaves beliiiul the ship that were comniing to- wards vs, whereupon ho cryed out aloud to feare' them away, and we presently leaped forth [iVora the track-ropes] to defend our seines as well as we could. And as good fortune was, there lay two halberds vpon the slead, whereof tho master tooke ono and I the other, and made resistanf'o against them as well as we could ; but the rest of our men ran to saue themselues in the ship, and as they ran one of them fell into a clift of ice,*^ which greeued vs much, for we thought verily that the bcares would haue ran vnto him to denoure him; but God defended him, for the beares still made towards the ship after the men y* ran thither to «nao themselues. Mcanc time we and the man that fel '^^/l clift of ice tooke our aduantage, and got into tho ship hoven cant — the upper edge. - Dc marx — the round toj). ■' The question of refraction, arising out of this and other ohservations, is discussed in tlie Introduction. * De son peijlilen — observed {lit. measured) tlie sun. » "Off."— ivi. » That is to say, the sun's longitude was 221^ 18', or 41" 48' from the autumnal equinox. Oiise sunjijn — our surgeon. 8 Te sloven — lit. to stew. This is the primary sense of the word stew, which afterwards, like its synonym baijnio, acquired a very different meaning. The bath used appears to have been a vapour batii. » Mcllc son — with the sun. "* Wcder qunm — it returned. " Under the parallel of TG"*, the moon continues incessantly above the horizon about seven or eight days in eacli month. 122 TMK NAVIOATION and then our men fctchfc a sload full of firo-wood, but by reason that the son was not seene it was very dark wether. The 7 of Noueniber it was darkc wether and very still, the wind west ; at which time wo could hardly discerne the day from the night, specially because at that time our clock stood still, and by that mcanes we knew not when it was day although it was day:^ and our men rose not out of their cabcns all that day" but onely to make water, and therefore they kuew not [very well] whether the light they saw was the light of the day or of the moone, wherovpon they were of seueral opinions, some saying it was the light of the day, the others of the night; but as we tooke good regard thcre- vnto, we found it to bo the light of the day, about twelue of the clock at noone.'^ The 8 of Nouembor it was still wether, the wind blowing south and south-west. The same day our men fetcht another slead of firewood, and then also we tooke a white fox, and saw [much] open water in the sea. The same day wc shared our bread amongst vs, each man hauing foure pound and ten ounces'* for his allowance in eight dales ; so that then we were eight dales eating a barrell of bi-ead, whoi'cas before we ate it vp in fine or sixe dales. [As yet] we had no need to share our llesh and fish, for we had more store thereof; but our drinke failed vs, and thci'cfo.o we were forced to share that also : but our best beere was for the most part wholly withoi't Huy strength,'^ so that it had no sauoui- at all, and besides aii Ihis there was a great deale of it spilt. ' Vcrnwcdcii inj t/ccii (hi(/h, dncnt al ilcKjh wax — we thouglit that it was not day, wlica it already was day. - Ihiihk op (liiii ihiyh iikt uijt >. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 187 wether continued as cold, foule, [boisterous], and snowy as it was before, so that vpon the first of January we were in- closed in the house, y« wind then being west. At the same time we agreed^ to share our wine euery man a small measure full, and that but once in two dales. And as we were in great care and feare that it would [still] be long before we should get out from thence, and we [sometimes] hauing but smal hope therein, some of vs spared to drink wine as long as wee could, that if we should stay long there we might drinko it at our neede. The 2 of January it blew hard, with a west wind and a great storme, with both snow and frost, so that in four or five daies we durst not put our heads out of y« doores ; and as then by reason of the great cold we h"'! almost burnt all our wood [that was in the house], notwithstanding we durst not goo out to fetch more wood, because it froze so hard and +';ore was no being without the doore ; but seeking about wo found some [superfluous] pieces of wood that lay ouer the doore, which we [broke otF and] cloue, and withall clone the blocks" whereon we vsed to beate our stock-fisV and so holp our selues so well as we could. The 3 of January it was all one weather [constantly bois- terous, with snow and a north-west wind, and so exceedingly cold that we were forced to remain close shut up in the house], and we had little wood to burne. The 4 of January it was still foule stormie weather, w th much snow and great cold, the wind south-west, and we were forced to keepe [constantly shut up] in the house. And to know where the wind blew, we thrust a halfe pike out at y" chimney av' a Httle cloth or fether upon it ; but [we had to look at it immediately the wind caught it, for] as soone as we thrust it out it was presently frozen aa hard as a peece of ' Begonneii— began. " Het block— t\iQ block. ' Berglur visch : so called because it comes priucipally from Beigen in Norway. 1''' :!'■ 138 THE NAVIGATION wood, and could not go about nor stirre with the wind [so that we said to one another how tremendously cold it must be out of doors]. The 5 of January it was somewhat still and calme weather.* Then we digd our doore open againe, that we might goe out and carry out all the filth that had bin made during the time of our being shut in the house, and made euery thing hand- some, and fetched in wood, which we cleft ; and it was all our dayes worke to further our selues as much as we could, fearing lest we should be shut up againe. And as there were three doores in our portall, and for y' our house lay couered oner in snow, we took y* middle doore thereof away, and digged a great hole in the snow that laie without the house, like to a side of a vault,^ wherein we might go to ease our selues and cast other filth into it. And when we had taken paines'' al day, we remembered our selues that it was Twelf Even,*^ and then we prayed our maister^ that [in the midst of all our troubles] we might be merry that night, and said that we were content to spend some of the wine that night which we liad spared and which was our share euery second day, and whereof for certaine dales we had not drunke ; and so that night we made merry and drunke to the three kings." And •.' . • Wa.isct wcder wat hesadlcht — the weather was somewhat milder. ^ Ah ecu vcrwulfoel van eeit booyh ofte kdder — like the arch of a vault or cellar. » Ghcslooft — toiled. • Drie Coniughen AvoiuU — Three Kiugs' Even. Tlio^^/'//i of January, as being the eve of the Feast of the Epiphany, "s properly " Twelfth Night". But, in England, the vigils or eves of all feast days between Christmas and the Purification having been abolished at the Reforma- tion (see Wheatley, Rational Illustration of the Book of Common Prayer, Oxford, 1846, p. 165), this season of festivity, thus deprived of its re- ligious character, was transferred to the evening after the feast ; so that Twelfth Night was thenceforward kept on the evening of the 6th of January. > Betjheerden aen den schippcr — requested the skipper. • Conincxkeii spcclden — drew for king (///. played at kings). INTO THE NORTO SEAS. 139 ■I therewith we had two pound of meale [which we had takeii to make paste for the cartridges], whereof we [now] made pancakes with oylo, and [we laid to] euery man a white bisket* which we sopt in [the] wine. And so supposing that we were^ in our owne country and amongst our frends, it comforted vs as well as if we had made a great banket* in our owne house. And we also made* tickets, and our gunner was king of Nona Zembla, which is at least two hundred [800] miles long^ and lyeth betweene two seas." The 6 of January it was faire weather, the wind north- east. Then we went out and clensed our traps [and springes] to take foxes, which were our uenison ; and wo digd n great hole in the snow where our fire-wood lay, and left it close aboue like a vault [of a cellar], and frotu thence fetcht out our wood as we needed it. The 7 of January it was foule weathei againe, with a north-west wind and some snow, and very cold, which put vs in great feare to be shut up in the house againe. The 8 of January it was faire weathf r againe, the wind north. Then we made our [traps and] springes ready to get more uenison, which we longed for. And then we might [sometimes begin to] see and marke day-light, which then began to increase, that the sunne as then began to come towards vs againe, which thought put vs in no litle comfort. The 9 of January it was foule wether, with a north-west wind, but not so hard wether as it had bin before, so y*^ we might^ go out of the doore to make cleane our springes; but it was no need to bid vs go home againe, for the cold taught > Een ivitthroods bcschuijt — a (captain's) biscuit made of wheaten flour. * Fancying ourselves to he. ' Banquet. * Uytgedeelt — distributed. > This estimated length includes the island of Waigatsch. " Namely, the Northern Ocean and the Sea of Kara. ■ Could. I ! liO THE NAVIGATION vs by experience not to ?tay long out, for it was not so warm to get any good by staying in the airo.^ The 10 of January it was faire weather, with a north wind. Then seuen of vs went to our ship, well armed, which we found in the same state we left it in, and [in] it we saw many footsteps of beares, both great and small, whereby it seemed that there had bin more than one or two beares therein. And as we went under hatches, we strooke fire and lighted a candle, and found that the water was rysen a foote higher in the ship. The 11 of January it was faire weather, the wind north- west^ and the cold began to be somewhat lesse, so that as then we were bold to goe [now and then] out of the dooi'es, and went about a quarter of a mile [one mile] to a hill, from whence we fetched cevtaine stones, which we layd in the fire, therewith to warme vs in our cabans. The 12 of January it was faire cleare weather, the wind west.^ That euening it was very cleare, and the skie full of stars. Then we tooke the height of Occulus Tauri,* which ' ^yallt (k cuiide k'crde oiis iioch icel nut la w itijt hlyceii, om dattet bitijten niet sitick heet wun— for the cold itself wat. quite enough to teach us not to stay long out, inasmuch as out of doors it was not smoking hot. 2 " N.E."— iV(. ' " N.W."— i%. ♦ Oculns Tuuri. The exact declination for this year of a Tauri or Aldeberan is + 15° 40',2 ; so that the complement of the height of the Pole, after allowing l',7 for refraction, is 14° 12',i, and the height of the Pole is 75° 47',9. The mean of this observation, and that of > Orionis, on December 14th, 159G (page 131), is 75° 45',5, which may be regarded as being a very close approximation to the true latitude of the expedition's wintering-place. From the author's statement, it appears that William Barentsz was of opinion that they were to the north of the 7Gth parallel, instead of to the south, as this corrected calculation makes their position to be. This only shows the importance of recording and publishing all observations in their original form, regardless of their apparent results, however anomalous. When a traveller's observations are for years kept back, in order that they may be " revised", the world may not uncharitably surmise that eventually they will not be presented to it in their integrity. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. Ul is a bright and well knowne star, and we found it to be elouated abouo y« horison twenty nine degrees and fifty foure minutes, her declination being fifteone degrees fifty fouro minutes on the north side of the lyno. This declination being substracted from the height aforesaid, then there rested fourteene degrees; which substracted from ninety degrees, then the height of the pole was seuenty sixe degrees. And so by measuring the height of that starro and some others, we gest that y* sun was in the like height,^ and that we were there vnder seuenty sixe degrees, and rather higher than lower. The 13 of January it was faire still weather, the wind westerlie ; and then we perceaued that daylight began more and mere to increase, and wee vvent out and cast bullets at the bale of y* flag stalfe, which before we could not see when it turnd about, 2 The 14 of January it was faire weather and a cleare light,'"* the wind westerlie ; and that day we tooke a fox.'' The 15 of January it was faire eleai'o weather, with a west wind; and six of vs went aboord the ship, where we found the bolck-vanger,* which the last time that we were in the ship we stucke in a hole in the fore decke" to take foxes, puld out of the hole, and lay in the middle of the ship, and I ' Also dat (fese 7net!iif/he vaiide vonrnnemde sterrr eixle eeiiighe audcre sfenrn, xoo mcde de nu'tiii 3» mean time, Venice, corresponding with 57 seconds to one o'clock in the morning of January 25th, the position of the two planets was as follows: — Moon. Longitude 32° 17',3 Latitude + 2° 68',3 Jupiter „ 32° 17',^ „ — 1° 4',3 that is to say, they were then in conjunction ; their position in the heavens being near the star a Arietis. ' This can only be understood in a general sense, as meaning that it was somewhere about six o'clock in the morning. For at the time of the conjunction, the sun was more than 20"^ below the horizon ; and as the dawn is not perceptible till the sun is about 18° from the horizon, they could not have possessed even this imperfect means of observing its general bearing, without the aiil of the anomalous refraction. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 147 planets aforesaid aproached neere vuto each other/ vntill such time as the mooue and Jupiter stood iust ouer the other,^ both in the signe of Taurus,' and that was at six of the clocke in the morning;* at which time the moone and Jupiter were found by our compas to be in coniuuction, ouer ovc house, in the north and by east point, and the south part of the compass was south-south-west, and there we had it right south,^ the moone being eight daies old ; whereby it ap- ' Want wy smjen (jestadich op de rormoemde twee planeteu dul ,se alttmct maleandercn naerderdeit — for we looked constantly at the two plauets aforesaid, (and saw) that, from time to time, they approaclied each otlier. This is very loosely expressed. The author meant to say that they looked from time to time, and saw the two i^lancts constantly approach. " The moon stood 3° 47',r above Jupiter. At the time of the conjunction, the declination of the latter planet was + 11° 17',2; so that in 75° 45' N. lat. it musL have set 37° 20' west of the northern meridian. And yet it was observed in 11° 15' west, when in fact it was 2° 44'i, hclow the horizon! This is very remarkable. For, as is well known, the setting of even the brightest stiirs is not perceptible. They always vanish before they reach the horizon. The peculiar st.ate of the atmosphere, which at noon of the si\me day had raised the sun's disc nearly 4°, allowed a star to be observed which had set 1 hour and 48 minutes previously. ' The longitude of the conjunction was 32° I7',:i, or 2° 17', i of the sign of Taurus, with reference to the old division of the ecliptic ; though, owing to the retrogression of the equinoctial jioints whereby Aries has taken the place of Taurus, the conjunction actually occurred in the former sign, as is stated in note 2 of the preceding page. ♦ Their clock having stopped, and a twelve-hours siuid-glass being their only time-keeper, it would be too much to expect precision in their immediate determination of the time of observation. But, fortunately, by placing on record the moon's azimuth at the time of the conjunction, they furnished the means of calculating the true time within very rea- Bonable limits. The result shows that they were rather more than au hour slow, as it wanted 1 minute and 48 seconds of five o'clock. > The moon's bearing by compass being N. by E. (11° 15' E.), and the variation of the compass 2 points (22° 30) W., the moon's azimut lial distance from the northern meridian was 11° 15' W. From this duntni Jlr. Vogel has calculated the time of the observation, and makes it to be January 24^ IC' 58"' 12'' mean time, or 4'' 58'" 12< after mid- night on January 25th. The difference between this time and that of the conjunction at Venice (0'' 51) " 3^ after midnight) is, of course, the 1,2 i I pi 1 148 THE NAVIGATION pearetli that the sunne and the moone were eight points different/ and this was about sixe of the clocke in the morning :- this place differeth from Venice fine houres in longitude, whereby we mayo gesse'' how much we were nearer east* then the citie of Venice, which was fiue houres, each houre being 15 degrees, which is in all 75 degrees that we were more easterly then Venice. By all which it is ma- nifestly to be scene that we had not failed in our account, and that also we had found our right longitude by the two planets aforesaid; for the towne of Venice lieth vnder 37 degrees and 25 minutes in longitude, and her declination'' is 46 degrees and 5 minutes/' whereby it followeth that our place of Xoua Zembla lieth vnder 112 degrees and 25 mi- nutes in longitude, and the high of the Pole 76 degrees ; and so you haue the right longitude and latitude. But from difference of longitude between the two places; it being S^ 59"' 9'', or 69° 47' E. And Venice being 12° 21' 21" E. from Greenwich, it results that " the house of safety", at the north-eastern extremity of Novaya Zcmlya, is in 72° 8' long. E. of Greenwich, or 89° 48' E. of Ferro; its latitude being 75° 45' N. As the moon's bearing and the variation of the compass are both given only to the nearest point, there is a pos.iihiliti/ of error to the extent of half a point, whereby the longitude might vary as much as 5°, or 20 minutes in time. But there is every reason for belie\ ing the variation, as stated, to be very nearly correct ; or, if in error, it is in defect, which would have the elTect of decreasing the eastern longitude. ' Apart. Their actual distance from each other was only 87° in longitude. * This is not correct. The moon passed the meridian at 6'' 38'" 54* after midnight, and the conjunction was observed 40"' 42=* before that planet came to the meridian. It was, therefore, only 4'' 58"> 12^ a.m. of January 25th. ' Petvkcncn — reckon or calculate. The word "guess" is still used in this sense by the Americans. * OoKtirlijckcr — more easterly. » Latitude. " The correct position of Venice is ."0° 0' 58" E. of Ferro, or 12° 21' 21" E. of Greenwich, and 45" 25' 49" >'. lat. It is curious that the latitude of so well-known a jdace should have been stated ivs nnicli as 40' in error. INTO THE NORTH SEAS, 140 the vtterraost [oast] point of Noua Zembla to yo point of Capo de Tabin,^ the '/ttennost point of Tartaria, where it windeth southward, the longitude differeth GO degrees.^ But you must vnderstand that the degrees are not so great as they are vnder the equinoxial line ; for right vnder the line a degree is fifteene [00] miles ; but when you leaue the line, either northward or southward, then the degrees in longitude do lessen, so that the neerer that a man is to the north or south Pole, so much the degrees are lesse : so that vnder the 76 degrees northward, whei'e wee wintered, the degrees are but 3 miles and § parts [Hj miles],^ whereby it is to be marked'' that we had but 60 degrees to saile to the said Cape de Tabin, which is 220 [880] miles, so" the said cape lieth in 1 72 degrees in longitude as it is thought : and being aboue it," it seemeth that we should be in the straight of Anian,''' where we may saile bouldlie into the south, as the land ' Tot de Cape de Tahijn — to Cape Taiinur. See page 37, note 1. 2 Cape Tainnir being in about 1U0° K. long., and the Hollanders' win- tering quarters in 72° E. long., the difference of longitude is apparently less than 30 degrees. But this is of no importance, as their determination of the position of that cape was merely speculative, there being it that time no data whatever for fixing its correct position ; nor is it indeed exactly known even at the present day. ' This is substantially correct. The exact measurement is 3*6-i [1-1C6] miles. Under the 76th parallel of latitude a degree contains 13, 859414 toises (du Peru), and at the equator, 57,108-51'J toises. — Eucke, "Ueber die Dimensiouen des Erdkorpers," Berliner Jahrbuch/iir 1852, p. 369. * Af te imtiit — to be calculated. » So verdi — in so far as ; /. f ., assuming that. • Bair hovin zijiidc — having passed beyond it. ' De Strafe Aiiiau. The passage between the continents of ;\sia and America, now known as Behring's Strait, was formerly so called. It Avas supposed to be in about 60° N. lat., and the northern coast of America was imagined to stretch from thence to Hudson's Strait in a direction nearly east and west. Alaldonado is said to have visited the Strait of Anian in 1588. A translation of the narrative of this pretended discovery is given in Barrow's ChronoJo Grieved, » Enjoy. ' The sun ought properly not to have been visible till the following day. See page 145, note 3. * That is to say, according to our common compass. » Opf/acH moest — should rise or appear. * Bcijitiit ceil ireyitich te roeleii — a little breeze sprang up. INTO THE NORTH 8EA3. 155 passing through her body and went out ngaino at hor taylo, and was as flat as a counter^ [that has been be iton out with a haminor]. The beare feeling the blow, lept backwards, and ran twenty or thirty foote from the liouse, and there lay downo, wherewith we lept all out of the house and ran to her, and found her stil aliuo ; and when she saw vs she roard vp her head, as if sho would gladly haue doono vs some mischefo;^ but we trusted her not, for that we had tryed her strength sufficiently before, and therefore we shot her^ twice into the body againe, and therewith she dy od. Then we ript vp her belly, and taking out her guts, drew her home to the house, where we flead her and t'^okeat least one hundred pound of fat out of her belly, which we molt* and burnt in our larapo. This grease did vs great good ser- uice, for by that raeanes we still kept a lampe burning all night long, which before we could not doe for want of grease; and [further] euory man had mcanes to bui-ne a lamp in his caban for such necessaries as he had to doe. The beares skin was nine foote loug and 7 foote broad. Tho 13 of February it was iaire cleare weather with a hard west wind, at which time we had more light in our house by burning of lamps, whereby we had nieanes to passe the time away by reading and other exercises, which before (when we could not distinguish day from night by reason of the darknesse, and had not lamps continually burning) we could not doe. The 14th of February it was faire cleere weather with a hard west wind before noone, but after noone it was still weather. Then fine of vs went to the ship to see how it laie, and found the water to encrease in it, but not much. ' Een coperc ilidjt — a copper doit. Dutch coin, of the value of about half luidor till' present decimal system. This was formerly the smallest a farthing. It no longer exists .1/ oft liy sien wilde iciit him gcdaen haihle — as if she wished to see who had done it to her. » " Their."— /Vj. Melted. 150 THE NAVIGATION Tho 15 of February it was foiile weather, with a great stormo out of tho south-west, with groat store of siiowo, wherehy tho house was closed vp againe. That uiglit tho foxes came to dououro the dead body of the beai-e, whereby wo were in great foare that all tho beares thereabouts would come theather,' and therefore wo agreed, as soono as wo could, to get out of tho house, to bury tho dead bearc deepe vnder the snowo. The IG of February it was still foule weather, with great store of snow and a south-west wind. That day was Shroue Twesday;- then wee made our selues some what merry in our great griefe and trouble, and euery ono of vs dranke a draught of wine in remembrance that winter began to wearo away, and faire weather^ to aproache. The 17 of February it was still foule weather and a darko sky, the wind south. Then we opened our dore againe and swept away the snow, and then we thrue* tho dead beare into the hoale where we had digd out some wood, and stopt it vp, that the beares by smelling it should not come thither to trouble vs, and wo set vp our springs'* againe to take foxes; and the same day fine of us went to tho ship to see how it laie, which we found all after ono sort ;" there we found foote-stepa of many beares, as though they had taken it vp for their lodging when we had forsaken it. The 1 8 of February it was foule weather with much snow and very cold, the wind being south-west; and in the night ■ Thither. * Vustelavont, properly Vastenavond ; formerly called in this country also, Fastern's or Fasten's Even. The " Fasting/mm Tuiesday," and " Fastyngo«^e Tuesday," cited in Brand's Observations on Popular /Inti- quities, vol. i, p. 68, from Langley's Polidore Verr/ile, fol. 103, and Blomefield's Norfolk, vol. ii, p. Ill, respectively, seem to be merely cor- ruptions of this expression. ' De vroUjcke tijt — the merry time of year ; the spring. * Threw, cast. » Springes or traps. » In the same state as before. 1. INTO THK NORTH SKAS. i:.7 time, as wo burnt lampos and sorao of our mon laio [lato] tiwako, wo hoard boasts runno vpou tlio roofo of our liouso, which by I'oason of tho suowo mado tho noiso of thoir footo sound more than otherwiso it would luvuo doiie^ tho snow was so hard [and crackod so much that it gavo a groat sound], whereby wo thought they had boono boaros ; but when it was day wo sawe no footing but of foxos, and wo thought they had boono bcares, for tho night, which of it selfo is solitario and foarofull, made that which was doubtful! to be more doubtfull and worse feared.^ Tho 19 of February it was fairo clcoro weather with a south-west wind. Then we tooko the hight of the sunne, which in long time before wo could not doe because tho horizon was not cloero, as also for that it mounted not so high nor gauo not so much shadowe as wo were to hauo" in our astrolabium, and thoreforo wo made an instru- ment that was hulfo round, at tho one end'' hauing 00 de- grees marked thereon, whereon wo hung a third' with a pluinot of load, as the water compasses^ hauo, and therewith we tooko the hight of the sunne when it was at tho highest and found that it was three degrees olouatod aboue the horizon, his declination oleuenth degrees and sixteen© mi- nntes, which booing added to the height aforesaid made 14 degrees and 10 minutes, which substractod from 90 degrees, there rested 75 degrees and 44 minutes for the bigth of the Polo ; but the aforesaid three degrees of higth being taken at tho lowest side of tho sunne, the IG minutes might well be added to tho higth of the Pole, and so it was just 70 de- grees, as we had measured it before.® ' Tflhinc (ktt (i/selijrk schien iwch cij.silijcktr — that which was frightful appeared more frightful. ^ 5(7(«e/J/e«— required. =■ Op (Veific hcl/t — ou the one half. * Thread. * \Vnlerpns:sen — levels, such as are used by builders. • We have here a reni.irkable instance of what might be called "cook- ing", were it not that everything is done in perfect gootl faith, and that 158 THE NAVIGATION The 20 of February it was foule weatljer with great store of snow, the wind south-west ; whereby we were shut \p againe in the house, as we had been often times before. The 21 of February it was still foule weather, the wind north-west and great store of snow, which made vs greiue more then it did before, for we had no more wood, and so were forced to breake of ^ some peeces of wood in the house, and to gather vp some that lay troden vnder feet, which hrd not bin cast out of the way, whereby for that day and the next night we holp- our selues indifferent well. The 22 of February it was clero faire weather with a •' i i I \ the means are afforded us of rectifying the error into which the observer fell through the desire to establish his preconceived idea, founded on the supposed results of his observations of December 14th and January 12th (See pages J 31 and 140), that the latitude of the place of observa- tion was to the north of 70". It is (]uite true that, as the sun's lower edge was observed, its senii- dianieter has to be added. But the effect of this is to increase, not the height of the Pole, but its complement ; wliich, adopting the observer's own figures, would be 14° IC + IG' = 14° 32', so that the height of the Pole would be (jnly Ih" i'8'. There is, iiowever, another correction to be made, uameJjr, for refraction, of which at that early period no account was taken ; and this being as much as l<')',i, the discrepancy is thereby f ' 'uucli reduced. 'I'lie correct calculation of the observation will there- iore oe us follows ; — Sun's lower edge . . 3° 0' ,, semi-diameter . 10 Refraction 3 IG 15,1 True altitude of sun's centre 3 0,9 Sun's declination . — 11 15 Complement of height of Pole 14 15,9 Latitude . . .75° 44, 1 AVhich differs only I's from the mean of the two observations of the 14th December and 12th January. ' Off. ■" Helped. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 159 south-west wind. Then we made ready a slead to fetch more wood, for need compelled vs thereunto ; for, as they say, hunger daueth the wolfe out of his den.^ And eleuen of vs went together, all well appointed with our armes; but coming to the place where wee should haue the wood, we could not come by it by reason it laie so deepe vnder the snow, whereby of necessitie we were compelled to goe fur- ther, where w>^ great labour and trouble we got some ; but as we returned bucke againe therewith, it was so sore labour vnto vs that we were almost out of comfort, for that by rea- son of the long cold and trouble that we had indured, we were become so weakc and feeble that we had little strength, and we began to be in doubt that we should not recover our strengths againe"' and should not be able to fetch any more wood, and so we should haue died with cold ; but the pre- sent necessitie aud the hope we had of better weather in- creased our forces, and made vs doe more then our strengthes afforded. And when we came neere to our liouse^ we saw much open water in the sea, which in long time we had not scene, which also put vs in good comfort that things would be better. The 23 of February it was calrae and faire weather, with a good aire,'^ the wind south-west, aud then we tooke two foxes, that were as good to vs as venison. The 24^ of February it was still weather, and a close airo,^ the wind south-west. Then we drest our springes [and traps] in good sort for the foxes, but tooke none. ill > I'ytct iroiil—ont of the iiunul. Tlic French say, "la faim cliasse le loup hors (111 bois" ; aud in several other h-inguages it is the same. In English the corresponding expression is, "hunger will break through stone walls." See Natumnl Provtrhs, r/r., by Caroline Ward, p. 02. 2 "Cod."—/'/;. ' Oiis tic cnicli/ lii(/litr()i .tinidt' — we should lose our strength. * M/), " JJtiinkt n liit'lil — a dark sky. r.m 100 ■niM NAVIGATION The 25 of February it was foule weather againe and much snow, with a north wind, whereby we were closed vp with snow againe, and could not get out of our house. The 26 of February it was darke weather, with a south- west wind, but very calme : and then we opened our dore againe and exercised our selues with going and running and to make our ioints supple, which were almost dinged together, i The 27 of February it was calme weather, with a south wind, but very cold. Then our wood began to lessen, which put vs in no small discomfort to remember what trouble we had to drawe the last sload-full home, and we must doe the like againe if we would not die with cold. The 28 of February it was still weather with a south-west wind. Then ten of vs went and fetcht an other slead-full of wood, with no lesse paine and labor then we did before ; for one of our companions could not hclpe vs, because that the first ioint of one of his ".^reat toes was frozen of, and so he could doe nothing. The first of March it was faire still weather, the wind west but very cold, and we were forced to spare our wood, be- cause it was so great labor for vs to fetch it ; so that when it was day we exercised our soluos as much as we might, with running, going and leaping ; and to them that laie in their cabins^ wo gaue hote^ stones to warme them, and towards night we made a good fire, which we were forced to indurt.^ Tlie 2 of Marche it was cold clcero weather, with a west wind. The same day we tooke the higth of the suiine, and found that it was elcuated aboue the horizon sixe degrees and 48 minutes, and his declination was 7 doffreos and 12 ' I'l rcliinnt — bouumbed. 2 III lie ko/i—ix-hed. ' Hot. * /)(!< r imj imx iiudv li/ihit iiun.^ldi — whorowith wo wore t( "^"(1 to bo SiitiHliod. xJflsSft' INTO THE NOKTH SEAS. 161 I minutes, which^ suhstractcd from 90 degrees, resteth 7G degriies for the higth of the Pole,'-^ The 3 of March it was faire weather [and calm], with a [south-] west windj it v hich time our sickemen were some- what better and satvpright in their cabins to doe some thing to passe the time awaie, but after they found'' that they were too ready to stirre before their times. The 4 of March it was faire weather with a west wind. The same day there came a beare to our house, whom wo watcht with our peeces as we did before, and ohot at her and hit her, but she run away. At that time fine of us went to our ship, where we found that the beares had made vvorke, and had opened our cookes cubberd,* that was couered oner with snow, tliinking to find some thing in it, and had di'awne it [a good way] out of the ship, whei'e we found it. The 5 of March it was foiilo weather againe, with a soutli- west wind: and as in the cuoning we had digd open our dore and went out, when the weather began to break vp,^ we saw much open water in the sea, u, vo then before which put vs in good comfort that in the end we should get away from thence. The 6 of Mu.eh it was foule weather, with a great storme out of the south-west and much snow. The same day some of vs climbed out of the chimne}', and porceaued that in the sea and about the land there was much open water, but tlio ship lay fast still. ■ I i' 'S lie ' Namely, the sum of the sun's elevat'.on and southera declination, being fourteen degrees. " With "\r, for refraction, and — 7° 10',^ for the sun's declination, the above observation gives 70^' «',r for the height of the Pole. If no allow- ance was made at the time for the sun's semi-diameter, 16' will have to be deducted, which will make the true latitude to be 75° •y2\r. ' Tivelck hacr iiacmucis uict ten hcsloi nn/liiiif/h — which did them no good afterwards. * Itet cocx luijck — the cook's locker. ' Wot ijhcluicrt irds — was somewhat better. H 162 THE NAVIGATION Iflf The 7 of March it was still foule weather and as great a wind, so that we were shut vp in our house, and they that would goe out must clime vp through the chimney, which was a common thing with vs, and still we sawe more open water in the sea and about the land, whereby we were in doubt^ that the ship, in that foule weather and driuing of the ice, would be loose^ while we were shut vp in our house, and we should haue no meanes to helpe it. The 8 of Marche it was still foule weather, with a south- west storme and great store of snow, whereby we could see no ice north-east nor round about in the sea, whereby we were of opinion that north-east from vs there was a great sea.^ The 9 of March it was foule weather, but not so foule as the [two] day[s] before, and lesse snow; and then we could see further from vs and perceiue that the water was open in the north-east, but not from vs towards Tartaria, for there we could still see ice in the Tartarian Sea, otherwise called the Ice Sea, so that we were of opinion that there it was not very wide ; for, when it was cleere weather, we thought many times thit we saw the land, and showed it vnto our companions, south and [south] south-east from our house, like a hilly land, as land commonly showeth it selfe when we see it [from afar off].* Hi i > Bedncht — afraid. » The words "for aa then the ice drave" arc introduced here unneces- sarily by Phillip. ' Evn rwjme zee moextr ziin — there must bo an o/ir/i sea. * There is little doubt of their having aotually hccm the eounlr' round the estuaries of the rivers Obi and Yenisei. Liitke says (p. 4ii) that " the distance of the two countvi"* •I'tiin one Bnother is not known exaetly, but there iw renFU'U I'nr believing it to bi' less than 120 Italian niiles. That the llollandere really saw Sibeiin, and not (as sonni htiagine) tin* Island of Maksintok, is corroborated by the tradition, v hieh is mentioned even by Witsen (pp. 7G2, 807, 922), that at tinieB Novaya ZeH)lya is, in like manner, seen from the Sibcr ,u const.' INTO THE NORTH SRAS. 163 unueces- ys (p. 4i;' \wv is not lesa tbau ami not (.(I by the 807, '.f-^2). \w. Siber' .u The 10 of March it was clecre weather, the wind north. Then we made our house cleane, and digd our selues out and came forth ; at which time we saw [quite] an open soa, whereupon we said vnto each other that if the ship were loose we might venture to saile awaie, for we were not of opinion to doe it with our scutes,^ considering the great cold that we found there- Towards euening, nine of vs went to the ship with a slead to fetch wood, when al our wood was burnt ; and found the ship in the same order that it laie, and fast in the ice. The 11 of March it was cold, but faire sunne-shine wea- ther, the wind north-east ; then we tooke the liigth of tho sunne with our astrolabium, and found it to be eleuated aboue tho horizon ten degrees and 19 minutes, his declina- tion was three degrees 41 nnnute>», which being added to tho liigth aforesaid, made I i dogroea, which substracted from 00 degrees, there restelh 7G degrees for the higth of tho Po^e.'^ Then twelue of vs went to the place where we vsed to goe, to fetch a slead of wood, but still we had more paino and labour therewith, because we were weaker ; and when we came home with it and were very weary, we pi'aid the master' to giue either of vs a draught of wine, which, ho did, wherewitb we were somewhat relceued and comforted, and aftt^r that were the willinger* to labour, which was vn- supportable for vs if mere extremitio had not compelled vs thereunto, saying often times one vnto the other, that if the wood were to be bought for mony, we would giue all our earnings or wages for it. The 12 of Marcb it was foule weather, y'' wind north-east ; then the ice came mightily driuing in, which [byj tL south- ' Boats. - Here, .as before, the eorrect result will lie (ret'nietioa 5',, ; declina- tion— 3° 4r,i;) 76° 4', 5; or, deducting IG' for tho siin's aemi-dicinuter, 75° 48', 5 ' Skipper. • More willinp;. X 2 'I 111 164 THE NAVIGATION west wincle had bin driuen out, and it was then as could^ as it had bin before in the coUlest time of wintei'. The 13 of March it was still foule weather, with a storme out of the north-east and great store of snow, and the ice mightely driuing in with a great noysc, the flakes rustling against each other fearfull to heare. The 14 of March it was still foule weather with a great oast north-east wind, whereby the sea was [again] as close''' as it had bin before, and it was extreame cold, whereby our sicke men were very ill,^ who when it was fairo weather Tvere stirring too soone.* The 15 of March it was faii'e weather, the wind north. That day we opened our dore to goe out, but the cold rather increased then diminished, and was b-ot'). ^ then before it had bin. The 10 of March it was faii'e cleare weather, but extreame cold with a north wind, which put vs to great extreinity, for that we had almost taken our loauos of the cold, and then it began to come againe. The 17 of March it was faire clcare weather, with a north- wind, but stil very "old, wlicrby wee were wholy out of comfort to sec and feclc so great cold, and knn not what to thinke, for it was extreame cold. The 18 of March it was foule cold weather with good storo of snow, the wind north-cast, which shut vs vp in our house so tli.'it wo could not get out. The 19 of March it was still foule and bitter cold weather, the wind north-east, the ice in the sea cleaning"' faster and i-liicker together, with groat cracking and a hugh*'' noyse, whicli we might easily heare in our house, but we delighted not much in hcarinjj thereof. ' Colfl. » Closed up (witli ice). ' ]\'((l' 30' + 13 56, i 14,(» 13 41,:) 76- 8', Or, 75° 52', Ill I ! 1. 166 THE NAVIGATION day we made shooes of felt or rudg,^ whicli we drew vpon our feet,^ for we could not goe in our shooes by reason of the great cold, for the shooes on our feet were as hard as homes ; and then we fetcht a sleud-ful of wood home to our house, with sore and extreame labour and with groat extremity of cold, which we endured as if March^ went to bid vs fare- well. But* our hope and comfort was that the cold could not still continue in that force,^ but that at length the strength thereof would bo broken. The 22 of March it was cleero still weather, the wind north-east, but very cold ; whereupon some of vs were of advice, seeing that the fetching of wood was so toylesome vnto vs, that euery day once we should make a fire of coales. The 23 of March it was very foule weather, with infernall bitter cold/ the wind north-east, so that we were forced to make more fire as we had bin at other times, for then it was as cold as ever it had bin, and it froze very hard in the floi'e and vpon the wales of our house.^ The 2-i of March it was a like cold, with great store of snow and a north wind, whoroby wo were once againe shut vp into the house, and then the coalos serued vs well, which before by reason of our bad vsing of them we disliked of. ' Van viltcn ofte riii/i/he Iiocikii — of folt, or rougli liats. It is probable that these were sheets of the rougli material, which they had for use among the ship's stores. 2 Occr (le «(».s.v('// (iciitrorken — drew on over our stockings. => Ala o/ile Mairt Itacr/oi) hadile irillcii bcxctten — as if IMareh (before leaving them) had meant to pay them off — lit. to give them their fee. ^ Dot ik coiide so J'cl disc ?ras, iiitt altijt dueren sonde — that tlie cold, severe as it was, would not last for ever. " Ifdcr dtii tierk — its nick. ' yfet hclk bittere komlv — with a clear sharp cold. The author is not open to the reproach of having, in the whole course of iiis narrative, niailc use of such an expression as that which the translator has here erroneously attributed to him. " /le/( den aoldcr eiide irandeii van hiiiiieii thnijs — ou the ceiling and walls inside the house. \ INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 167 i the cold, hor is not narrative, B)r has here jciling and The 25 of March it was still foule weather, the wind west, the cold still holding as strong as it was, which put vs in much discomfort. The 26 of Mai'ch it was faire cleere weather [with a west wind], and very calme ; then we digd our seines out of the house againe and went out, and then we fetcht an other slead of wood, for the great cold had made vs burne vp all that we had. The 27 of March it was faire weather, the wind west and very calme ; then the ice began to driue away againe, but the ship lay fast and stird not. The 28^ of March it was faii-e weather, the wind south- west, whereby the ice draue away very fast [and we had much open Avater], The same day dixe of vs went abord the ship to see how it lay, and found it still in one sort; but we perceiued that the beares had kept an euil fauoured house therein. 2 The 29 of March it wab faire cleore weather, with a north- east wind ; then the ico came driuiiig in againe. The same day we fotcht auotlior aload of wood, which wo were euery day worse alike to doo^ by ymiHitH nf nWV woaknosse. The 30 of March it was faire clu(J('M Wp^Mlor, vvlth un oast wind, wlicrowitli the ice came driving in aguiliO. After noone there came two bearos by our housu, Mlfc Mioy wont along to the ship and let vs alone. The \iL of Miiif.'li it was still h\fti mih\\W\'> \h(^ wind north- east, wherewith the icu (ii(|||i Hti)( njoi'ii tiitt\ Ufore driuiug in, and iTifti)o liigh' lijlhns t)y sliding um ytjujl (||(- )(|()|!|' The i of April! it blew udj" (|(j( ))H,((m fj|(tt(., wiM/ //lire woiiflior, Vut very cold; ami Miu^ vt^ (^Hf'Wl Bum of our 1 u 18." I'll. « Dacr ill (jhvinUick /(l///^ llkhmH U\i\i\\:\\~\\m made great havoc there. ^ Diit wij hiH lijinlbj- Imii mfi{id<:r ifijjilj f-'f)||f||(||— wlllch we were less and less able jo do. < (ilicwiliiiiilii //— liiige. liiiineiiSe. » V/y;/— strongly. Ill IMmiHM I ! k I 1G8 THE NAVIOATION coalos, for tliat our wood was too troublesome for vs to fetch. I^he 2 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind north-east and very calme. Then we tooke the higth of the sunne, and found it to eleuated aboue the horizon 18 degrees and 40 minutes, his dechnation being foure degrees and 40 minutes, which being substracted from the higth aforesaid, there rested 14 degrees, which taken from 90 degrees, the higth of the Pole was 76 degrees^ The y of Aprill it was faire cleere weather, with a north- east wind and very calme ; then we made a staffe to plain at colfe,^ thereby to stretch our jointes, which we sought by all the meanes we could to doe. The 4 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind variable. That dale we went all to the ship, and put out [through the hawse] the cable that was made fast to the [bower] anchor, to the end that if the ship chanced to be loose [or to di'ift] it might hold fast thereby. The 5 of Aprill it was foule weather with a hard north- east wind, wherewith the ice came mightily in againo and slid in great peeces one vpon the other ; and then the ship laio faster then it did before. ' On April 2nd at mean noon, Novaya Zemlya, the snn's declination was + 4° 56',s, which, with the observed height (corrected for refraction = 18° 37V,')i would give 76° 19',5 as the latitude ; or, deducting 16' for the sun's semi-diameter, 76° S',,. It is, however, not unlikely that the observation was made -^n April 1st, when indeed the sun's declination was + 4° 40' at mean noon at Venice, though at mean noon at the place of observation (aboi:t four hours earlier) it was only 4° 'd'd\r,. In this case, the latitude would be 75° 56',4 ; or 76° 40',.i, if the sun's lowei-edge was observed. ■•^ Ecu coif om doer mede te cohcn — literally, "a coif to colve with." The well-known game of coif or golf derives its name from the hooked stick or club (German, kollie; Dutch, coif or kolf) with which it is played. A detailed description of the game, as played in Holland, is given in Sir , John Sincuir^a Slatintical Account of Scotland, \o\. xvi, p. 28, note. See also Jameson's Scottish Diet., art. Golf. INTO THK NORTH SKAS. 169 Tlio G of Aprill it was still foule weather, with a stiffe nortli-weat wind. That night there came a bearo to our house, and we did the best we could to shoot at her, but bo- cause it was moist weather and the cocke foistie,i our peece would not giue fire, wherewith the boaro came bouldly toward the house, and came downe the staires^ close to the dore,'' seeking to breake into tho house; but our master held the dore fast to, and being in great haste and feare, could not barre it with the peece of wood that we vsed thereunto ;* but the beare seeing that tho dore was shut, she went backe againo, and within two hourcs after she came againe, and went round about and vpon the top of the house, iind made such a roaring that it was fearefuU to heare, and at last got to the chimney, and made such worko thore that we thought she would haue bwken it downo, and tore tho •^aile-' that was made fast about it in many peeccs with a great and fearefull noise ; but for that it was night wo made no resistance against her, because we could not sec her. At last she went awaio and left vs. The 7 of Aprill it was foule weather, the wind south-west. Then we made our muskets ready, thinking the beare would h(i'«n come agaiae, but she came not. Then we went up vpt the house where we saw what force the beare had vsed to tea re away tlie saile, which was made so fast vnto the chimney. Tho 8 of Aprill if was still foule weather, the wind south- west, whereby the ice draue away againe and the sea was open, which put vs in sonn comfort that we should once get away out of that fearefull place. ' Ddir (hitU I damper irnr ciide tcruijt rnchtirh teas — because it was damp wciitlier and the poirdcr moist. * The stepf cut in the snow, as is mentioned in page 136. » N'ae fie (Uitr vant hxijs toe — loicanls the door of the house. * Ddt hovcn ill ileur iras — that was above the door. ^ The house wa« covered with a sail, on which was placed shin, from the beach, to keep it weather tigiit, as is described in page 119. l| IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) Wi 1.0 I.I |50 ""^" ■^ 1^ ill 12.5 2.2 IM 1.8 1.25 ||U III 1.6 «l 6" » '5^ I Hiotographic Sciences Corporation n WEST tAk'H STREET VirEE:VF7,Ni.V. 14580 (7U) 873-4503 £i? 170 THE NAVIGATION The 9 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather, but towards euening it was foule weather, the wind south-west, so that stil y* water became opener, whereat we much reioysed, and gaue God thanks that he had saued vs from the aforesaid* cold, troublesome, hard, bitter, and vnsupi table winter, hoping that time would giue vs a happy issue. The 10 of Aprill it was foule weather, with a storrae out of the north-east, with great store of snowe ; at which time the ice that draue away came in againe and couered all the sea ouer.^ The 11 of Aprill it was faire weather, with a great north- east wind, wherewith the ice still draue one peece vpon another and lay in high hilles. The 12* of Aprill it was faire cleere weather, but still it blew hard north-east as it had done two dayes before, so that the ice lay like hilles one upon the other, and then was higher and harder then it had bin before. The 13 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather with a north wind. The same day we fetcht a slead with wood, and euery man put on his shooes that he had made of felt or rudg,* which did vs great pleasure. The 14 of Aprill it was faire cleare weather with a west wind; then we saw greater hilles of ice round about the ship then euer we had scene before, which was a fearefuU thing to behold, and much to be wondred at that the ship was not smitten in pieces. The ) 5 of Aprill it was faire calme weather with a north wind; then seauen of vs went aboard the ship, to see in what case it was, and found it to be all in one sort; and as we came backe againe there came a great beare towards vs, ' Voorgaende — late, previous. ' Vervulde de gantsche zee — filled the entire sea. » "21st."— /Vt. * T'e/M dcu hoitden ghemaecl haddeii — had made of the hats or felt. See page 166, uote 1. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 171 against wliom we began to make defence, but she perceauing that, made away from us, and we went to the place from whence she came to see her den,^ where we found a great hole made in y® ice, about a mans length in depth, the entry thereof being very narrow, and within wide; there we thrust in our pickes^ to feele if there was any thing within it, but perceauing it was emptie, one of our men crept into it, but not too farre, for it was fearefull to behold. After that we went along by the sea side, and there we saw that in the end of March and the beginning of Aprill the ice was in such wonderfull maner risen and piled vp one vpon the other that it was wonderfull, in such manner as if there had bin whole townes made of ice, with towres and bulwarkes round about them. The 16 of Aprill it was foule weather, the wind north- west, whereby the ice began some-what to breake.^ The 17 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather with a south- west wind ; and then seauen of vs went to the ship, and there we saw open water in the sea, and then we went ouer the ice hilles as well as we could to the water, for in six or seauen monthes we had not gone so neare vnto it; and when we got to y" water, there we saw a litle bird swiming therein, but as soone as it espied vs it diued vnder the water, which we tooke for a signe that there was more open water in the sea then there had beene before, and that the time approached that the water would [be] open. The 18 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind south-west. Then we tooke the higth of the sunne, and it was eleuated aboue the horizon 25 degrees and 10 minutes, his declination 11 degrees and 12 minutes, which being taken from the higth aforesaid, there rested 13 degrees and 68 minutes, which substracted from 90 degrees, the higth of the Pole • Om te sien of hy daer eeiiiyhe holeii hadde — ^to see whether she had any holes there. » .S)>(e.vfM— pikes. ' J./'c .%ttcn — to go away. 1.72 THE NAVIGATION was founJ to be 75 degrees, 58 minutes.^ Then eleuen of vs went with a slead to fetch more wood, and brought it to the house. In the night there came an other beare vpon our house, which we hearing, went all out with our armes, but [through the noise we made] the beare ranne away. The 19 of Aprill it was faire weather with a north wind. That day fine of vs went into the bath to bathe our selues,^ which did vs much good and was a great refreshing vn to vs. The 20 of Aprill it was faire weather with a west wind. The same day five of vs went to the place where we fetcht wood, with a kettle and other furniture^ vpon a slead, to wash our shirts in that place, because the wood lay ready there, and for that we were to vse much wood to melt the ice, to heate our water and to drie our shirtes, esteming it a lesse labour then to bring the wood home to the house, which was great trouble vnto vs. The 21 of Aprill it [still] was faire weather with an east wind; and the next day the like weather, but in the euening the wind blewe northei'ly. The 23 of Aprill it was fuiro [clear] weather [with a bright sky] and a [strong] north-east wind ; and the next day the like, with an east wind. The 25 of Aprill it was faire [clear] weather, the wind easterly. The same day there came a beare to our house, and wo shoot her into the skin,* but she runne awaie, which another beax'e that was not farre from vs perceauing [she came not nearer to us but] runne away also. The 26 and 27 of Aprill it was faire weather, but an ex- treeme great north-cast wind. * The declination here given is that of April 19 th. The corrected calculation for the 18th, with refraction 2',o and declination + 10" 50', i, gives 75° 42,1 ; or 75° 26',i, if the sun's semi-diameter has to be deducted. On April 19th, the declination was + 1 1° 10',i, whereby the height of the Pole would be 76°2',i; or, deducting the sun's semi-diameter, 75°46'i, » Elide stoo/ten oiis — and stewed ourselves. See page 121, note 8. ^ Ghcreetschap — utensils. ♦ Jliiijt — literally "hide'', but used in the sense of "body". INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 173 The 28 of Aprill it was faire weather with a north wind. Then we tooke the higth of the sunne againe, and found it to be eleuated 28 degrees and 8 minutes, his declination l-l degrees aud 8 minutes/ which substracted from 90 degrees, there rested 76 degrees for the highth of the Pole.^ The 29 of Aprill it was fairo weather with a south-west wind. Then we plaid at colfe' [and at ball], both to the ship and from thence againe homeward, to exercise our selues. The 30 of Aprill it was faire weather [with a bright sky], the wind south-west ; then in the night wee could see the sunne in the north, when it was in the highest,* iust aboue the horizon, so that from that time we saw the sunne both night and day.'' The 1 of May it was faire weather with a west wind; then wo sod our last flesh," which for a long time we had spared, and it was still very good, and the last morsell tasted as well • There is an omission here in the original. The following words require to be supplied: — "which substracted from the said elevation, there rested 14 degrees." " With the sun's declination + 14° 8',7, alid refraction 1'^, the cor- rected calculation will give 76"* 2',,';; or, deducting 16' for the sun's semi- diameter, 75" 4G',5. ^ See page 168, note 2. • Opt hooijhste was. An oversight of the author. lie meant to say- that the sun was on the nuridinu in the north ; where, of course, it must have been at the loivest, instead of the liighest. > Had the latitude of the place of observation been really more than 76° the sun ought to have been visible above the horizon at midnight on the 28th April, as its declination was then already more than 14o; and as on the 30th April its declination was 14° 65', it ought to have had its lower edge full 39' above the liorizon at the time when at the place of observation it is said to h.ave been visible "just above the horizon". This is without taking into account the refraction, which under ordinary circumstances, would have made its visible altitude about 36' more. Hence it is quite clear that they were not so far north as 76°. • Conckioi wy oiise lactate rieijsch — wc cooked the last of our meat (beef). 174 THE NAVIGATION as the first, and we found no fault therein but onely that it would last no longer.^ The 2 of May it was foule weather with a [seuere] stormo out of the south-west, whereby the sea was almost cleere of ice, and then we began to speake about^ getting from thence, for we had kept house long enough there. The 3 of May it was still foule weather with a south-west wind, whereby the ice began wholy to driue away, but it lay fast about the ship. And when our best meate, as flesh and other things, began to faile vs,^ which was our greatest sustenance, and that it behooued vs to be somewhat strong, to sustaine the labour that we were to vndergoe when we went from thence, the master shared the rest of the bacon* amongst vs, which was a small barrell with salt bacon ia pickle,^ whereof euery one of vs had two ounces a day, which continued for the space of three weekes, and then it was eaten up.^ The 4 of May it was indifferent faire weather, ye wind south-west. That day fiue of vs went to the ship, and found • lifaer hadf inner een manf/hel, dattet nlet lamjher (kitreii wilde — only it had but one fault, which was, that it would not last any longer. When- ever a joke ia intended by the author, — wlio, although a serious, matter- of-fact Dutchman, was evidently a bit of a wag, — it is, by some fatality, sure to be spoilt by the translator. » Tejanckcn — to hanker after. » E)ule also de beste Kpijn, als vleysch ende grntten tnde andern, ons onthrack — and as our best food, such as beef, barley, and such like, failed us. Gort or grittten, for porridge, form an important item in the supplies of Dutch seamen. When the Dutch whale-fishery was in a more flourish- ing state, the sailors of the vessels employed in it used to be saluted by the boys in the streets of Amsterdam with the cry of — Traan-bok ! Stroop in Je (jort tot Pampas toe. — " Train-oil Billy ! Treacle in your porridge as far as Pampus ;" meaning, that after they had passed Pampus (see page 13, note 6), which is only two hours from Amsterdam, they would, during the rest of the voyage, get their porridge without treacle. * Speck — pork. » Een cleijn vactyien met peeckelspeck—a small c.vsk of salt pork. • Docn wast mede op — then that also was gone. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 175 it lying still as fast in the ice as it did before ;^ for about the midle of March it was but 75 paces from the open water, and then^ it was 500 paces from the water and inclosed round about with high hilles of ice, which put vs in no small feare how we should bring our scute and our boate through or ouer that way into the water when we went to leaue that place. That night there came [again] a beare to our house, but as soone as she heard vs make a noise she ranne away againe ; one of our men that climbed vp in the chimney saw when she ranne away, so that it seemed that as then they were afraid of vs, and durst not be so bold to set vpon vs as they were at the first. The 5 of May it was faire weather with some snow, the wind east. That euening and at night we saw the sunne, when it was at the lowest, a good way aboue the earth. The 6 of May it was faire cleere weather with a great south-west wind, whereby we saw the sea open both in the east and in the west, which made our men exceeding glad, longing sore to be gone from thence. The 7 of May it was foule weather and snew hard, with a north wind, whereby we were closed vp againe in our house, whereupon our men were somewhat disquieted, saying that they thought they should neuer goe from thence,^ and there- fore, said they, it is best for vs as soone as it is open water to be gone from hence. The 8 of May it was foule weather with great store of snow, the wind west ; then some of our men agi'eed amongst themselues to speake vnto the master,* and to tell him that it was more then time for vs to be gone from thence;'' but they could not agree vpon it who should moue the same vnto tli * Meer als te voren — more than before. * Nu — now. » Segfjhende: (lit wccr sal hkr nimmermeer vergaen — saying, this weather will never more ] \S8 away here. * The pkipper, namely, Jacob Heemskerck. » Van daer te sku comen — to see ahoiil getting from thence. 17G THE NAVIQATION him,i because he had said that he would staie^ vntill the end of June, which was the best of the sommer, to see if the ship would then be loose. The 9 of May it was faire cleere weather with an indifferent wind out of the north-east ; at which time the desire that our men had to be gone from thence still moi*e and more encreased, and then they agreed to speake to William Barents to moue the master to goe from thence, but he held them of with faire words [and quieted them] ; and yet it was not done to delay them/^ but to take the best counsell with reason and good aduise, for he heard all what they could saie.* The 10 of May it was faii'e weather with a north-west wind; y* night, the sun by our common compas being north north-east and at the lowest, we tooke the higth thereof, and it was eleuated 3 degrees and 45 minutes, his declination was 17 degrees and 45 minuts, from whence taking the higth aforesaid, there rested 14 degrees, which substracted from 90 degrees, there rested 76 degrees for the higth of the Pole.^ The 11 of May it was faire weather, the wind south-west, and then" it was [quite] open water in the sea, when our men prayed William Barents once againe to moue the maister to make preparation to goe from thence, which he promised to do as soone as conuenient time serued him. The 12 of May it was foule weather, the wind north-west j I ' ' Ulaer elck ontsach xich den schipper dot te kiiinen te gheven — but each was reluctant to make the skijiper acquainted with it. = Vermidls dat hy hem hndde lateii rerliiydcn dat hy hegcerde te wachten — because he had given them to understand that he desired to V/P\t. ^ Niet muytischer wysc — not in a mutinous manner. * Want zy lieten haer gaerue ghexegghcn — for they let themselves easily be talked over. » The corrected calculation, with declination + 17° 44',9 and refrac- tion 12',2i will give 75° 47',9. If the sun's lower edge was observed, 1(5' will, in this instance, have to be added to the latitude, which thereby becomes 76° 3',9. * Daer deur — whereby. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 177 and then the water became still opener then it was, whicli put vs in good comfort. The 13 of May it was still weather, but it snowed hard with a north[-west] wind. The 14 of May [it was fine clear weather with a north wind. Then] we fetcht our last slead with fire wood, and stil ware^ our shooes made of rugde^ on our feete, where- with we did our selues much pleasure, and thoy furthered vs much. At the same time we spake to William Barents againe to mooue the maister about going from thence, which he promised he would doe [on the following day]. The 15 of May it was faire weather with a west wind, and it was agreed that all our men should go out to exercise their bodies with running, goeing,^ playing at colfe* and other exercises, thereby to stirre their ioyuts and make them nymble. Meane time [William] Barents spake vnto the maister and showed him what the company had said,'' who made him answeare that they should stay no longer than to the end of that mounth, and that if then the ship could not be loosed, that preparation should be made to goe away with the scute and the boate.^ The 16 of May it was faire weather with a west-wind; at which time the company were glad of the answere that the maister had giuen, but they thought the time too long, be- cause they wei'o to haue much time' to make the boate and ' Wore. « Vail dc rnyghe hoct(/ens — of the rough hats (felt). See page 166, note 1. * I.e., walking. ♦ Colvcii. See page 168, note 1. * Sprack Willein Barcntzoon den schippir acii ivat der yhesellcn gocden raedt was — William Bareutsz told the skipper what the crew thought was best (to be done). * De schdjt ende hock — the boat and yawl. Ileemskerck's first thought, as supercargo, evidently was to save, if possible, the ship and property entrusted to him by the owner ; and by waiting till the fine weather came and tlie sea was open, he hoped to be able to do this. ' Dat met) rref tijts hrhoeven sonde — because much time would be requisite. N ■***^*Jw _.. i I t I I 178 THK NAVIGATION the scute ready to put to sea with them, and therefore some of them were of opinion that it would be best for them to sawe the boate^ in the middle and to make it longer; which opinion, though^ it was not amisse, neuerthelesse it would be y« worse for vs, for that although it should be so much the better for the sailing, it would be so much the vnfitter to be drawne ouer the ice, which we were forced [afterwards] to doe. The 1 7 and 18 of May it was faire cleere weather with a west wind, and then we [almost] began to reconne^ the daies that were set downe and appointed* for vs to make prepara- tion to be gone. The 19 of May it was faire weather with an east wind ; then foure of our men went to the ship or to the sea side, to see what way we should draue the scute into the water.^ The 20 of May it was foule weather with a north-east wind, whereby the ice began to come in [strongly] againe j and at noone we spake vnto the maister, and told him that it was time to make preparation to be gon, if he would euer get away from thence;^ whereuuto he made answeare that his owne life was as deere vnto him as any of ours vnto vs, neuerthelesse he willed vs to make haste to prepare our clothes and other things ready and fit for our voiage, and that in the meane time we should patch and amend them, that after it might be no hinderance vnto vs, and that wo should stay till the mounth of May was past, and then make ready the scute and the boate and al other things fit anl conuenient for our iourney. ' Bock — yawl ; it being the smaller boat of the two. « •' Thought"— PA. > Reckon, count. * Dat den tijt aeiiquam — till the time should arrive, ' Be sclmyten te water sonde moijhen hrenyheu — should be able to get the boats afloat. • Oft eens tijdt qnam dat wy ircch cnmcn mochten — if the time should ever come when we might get away. 3me n to hich ould nuch berto ards] mt\x a 5 daies •epara- witid; side, to ber.* rth-eaat againe ; lim tliat uld euer ■are that vnto vs, pare our iage, and nd them, that wo len make ws fit ard able to get time slioultl INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 17! I The 21 of May it was faire weather with a north-east wind, so that the ice came driuing in againe, yet we made preparation touching our things that we should weare, that we miglit not be hind red thereby. The 22 of May it was faire weather with a north-west wind ; and for that we had almost spent all our wood, wo brake the portall of our doro^ downo and burnt it. The 23 of May it was faire weather with an oast wind ; then some of [us] went againe to the place where the wood lay, to wash our sheets." The 24 of May it was faire weather with a south-east wind, whereby there was but little open water. The 25 of May it was faire weather with an east wind. Then at noone time we tooke the higth of the sunne, that was eleuated aboue the horizon 34 degrees and 46 minutes, his declination 20 degrees and 40 minutes, which taken from the higtl ijforesaid, there rested 14 degrees, which taken from 90 degrees'* resteth 7G degrees for the higth of the Pole.' • Den wandt vant portael — the sides of the porch or entrance. » Hemden — shirts. » Die dan wederom (jhetoghen vmi de ghenomen hoorhte — which then being taken from the observed height. Tliis error in the original text is corrected in the translation. « The declination here given (correctly 20° 46',5) is that of the 24th May ; that of the 25th being 20° 67',^. The amended calculation for both days will be as follows : — Observed altitude of sun Refraction . Sun's declination Complement ^ , May 24th May 25th. 34° 46',o 34° 46',o - I'vi - l',i Or, allowing for the sun's senii-diamcter 75° 45',o 34o 44',fl 20° 46',5 34o 44',« + 20°57',n 13° 58', I 13° 47',o 76° l',9 76° 13',o 75° 45',o 75° 57',o Regcarding the several observations of stars as well as of the sun (except N 2 udmaammtSm 180 THE NAVIGATION The 26 of May it was faire weather with a great north- east wind, whereby the ice came [drifting] in agai«« [with* great force]. The 27 of May it was foule weather with a great north- east wind, which draue the ice mightely in againe, where- upon the raaister, at the motion* of the company, willed vs [immediately to begin] to make preparation to be gon. The 28 of May it was foule weather with a north-west wind ; after noone it began to be somewhat better. Then seuen of vs went vnto the ship, and fetcht such things from thence as should serue vs for the furnishing of our scute and our boate, as the old fock sayle' to make a sayle^ for our boate and our scute, and some tackles and other things necessarie for vs.* The 29 of May in the morning it was reasonable fair those of March 20th, April 2nd and 18th, and May 24th, which arc un- certain), as being all equally good, subject only to correction for refrac- tion R,nd amended declination, the result will be 75° 57',6. Or, assuming that the sun's lower edge was observed in every case, but not allowed for (and the observations of the stars leave little room for doubting that such must have been the case), and taking the sun's semi-diameter at 16', and including also the observations of the two stars, we have 76o 49',5. In either case the latitude will be rather to the south than to the north of the 7Cth parallel. But, as all the latter observations of the sun were made under an erroneous impression, and evidently with a desire that they should correspond with what was believed to be the truth, the safest plan will be to content ourselves with the observations of the two stars and the first observation of the sun on February 19th, the result of which will be : — 7 Orionis 75° 43',<» a Tauri 75° 47',o © 75° 44',i 135 W hich gives exactly 75° 45' as the latitude of the spot. ' Aenstaen — urgent request. 2 Fock — foresail. » De seylen — the sails. * Eenigh loopendc wandt ciule trosf/eiis ende aiiders meer — some running rigging, ropes, and various other things. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 181 •th- )rth- tiere- 3d vs -west Then jfrom scute W for things )le fair li arc un- »r refrac- assuming lowed for iting that ter at 16', 75o 49',6. the north } sun were lesire that truth, the of the two le result of s of the spot. -the sails. )me runnuig weather with a west wind; then ten of vs wont vnto the scute to bring it to the house to drosso it and make it ready to saylo,' but [on coming to it] we found it deepe hidden vnder y^' snow, and wero faino with groat paine and labour to dig it out, but when wo had gotten it out of the snow, and thought to draw it to the house, we could not doe it, because we were too weako, wherewith we became wholely out of heart, doubting that we should not be able to goe forwarde with our labour ; but the maister en- couraging vs bad vs striuo to do more then we were able, saying that both our Hues and our wellfaro consisted therein, and that if wo could not get the scute from thence and make it ready, then he said we must dwell there as burgers^ of Nona Zembla, and make our graues in that place. But there wanted no good will in vs, but onoly strength, which made vs for that time to leaue of worV ,ad let the scute lye stil, which was no small greefe unto vs and trouble to thinke what were best for vs to doe. But after noone, being thus comfortlesse come home, wee tooke hearts againe, and deter- mined to tourne the boate^ that lay by the house with her keale vpwards, and [we began] to amend it [and to heighten the gunwales, so] that it might be y® fitter to carry vs ouer the sea, for we made full account y' wo had a long troublesom voiage in hand, wherin we might hauo many crosses, and wherin we should not be sufficiently prouided for all things necessarie, although we tooke neuer so much care ; and while we were busy about our worke, there came a great* beare vnto vs, wherewith we went into our house and stood to watch her in our three dores with harquebushos, and one stood in the chimney with a musket. This beare came bold- • Nae (le schinjt ijhegaen om <1ic oiitrent het hiiij's te vertimmeren — went to the boat, in order to repair it near the house. 2 Bimjhers — burgesses, citizens; that is to say, tliey must consider Novaya Zenilya as their place of permanent residence. •• £><' hock — the yawl. * . nc.iilljrk-i'it — frightful. mM' r T, •-.,-' _*• _3f T* 1^' 1!**'' ''^'■^^ l\ [ 1 182 THE NAVJGATION Iyer' vnto vs than euer any had done before, for she came to the neather^ step yt went to one of our doores, and the man that stood in the doore saw her not because he lookt towards the other doore, but they that stood within saw her and in great feare called to him, whei'ewith he turned about, and although he was in a maze he shot at her, and the bullet past cleane through her body, whereupon she ran away. Yet it was a fearfull thing to see, for the beare was almost vpon him before he saw her, so that if the peece had failed to giue fire, (as often times they doe) it had cost him his life, and it may be y* the beare would haue gotten into y^ house. The beare being gone somewhat from the house, lay downe, where- with wo went all armeu [with guns, muskets, and half-pikes] and killed her outright, and when we had ript open her belly we found a peece of a bucke therein, with haire, skin and all,^ which not long before she had towrne* and deuoured. The yO of May it was indifferent faire weather, but very cold and close aire/'' the wind west ; thou we began [again with all our men that were fit for it] to set our selues to worko about the boate" to amend it, the rest staying in the house to make the sailes and all other tL-ngs ready that were necessarie for vs. But while we were busie working at our boate, there came [again] a beare vnto vs, wherewith we were forced to leaue worke, but she was shot by our men. Then we brake downe the plankes of the roofie of our house, to amend our boate withall,'^ and so pi'oceeded iu our vvorke as well as we could ; for every man was willing to labour, for we had sore longed for it, and did more then we were able to doe. The ul of May it was faire weather, but somewhat colder ' More Loklly. « Xetlier, lower. " Slacken van roltbeu met huijt nuk huyr — pieces of ««/«, with the skin and hair. * Torn. " Xict sicr kniit mucr donckcr — not very cold, but dark. " Bock — yawl. ■ (Jill (/<■ hock daer mede op U bui/eu — wherewith to raise the gunwale of our yawl. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 188 then before, the wind being south-west, wherel ^ the ice draue away, and we wrought hard about our boate; but when [we] were in the chiefest part of worke, there came an other beare, as if they had smelt that we would be gone, and that therefore they desired to tast a peece of some of vs,^ for that was the third day, one after the other, that they set so fiercely vpon vs ; so that we were forced to leaue our worke and goe into the house, and she followed vs, but we stood with our peeces to watch her, and shot three peeces at her, two from our dores and one out' of the chimney, which all three hit her, whereby she fared as the dogge did with the pudding f but her death did vs more hurt then her life, for after we ript her belly we drest her liuer and eate it, which in the taste liked vs well, but it made vs all sicke, specially three that were exceeding sicke, and wo verily thought that we should haue lost them, for all their skins came of from the foote to the head, but yet they recouered againe, for the which we gave God heartie thankes, for if as then we had lost these three men, it was a hundred to one^ that we should neuer haue gotten from thence, because we should haue had too few men to draw and lift at our neede. [June, 1597.] The 1 of June it was faire [beautiful] weather, and then our men wore for the most part sicke with eating the liuer of a* beare, as it is said before, whereby that day there was nothing done about the boate ; and then there hung a pot still oner the fire with some of the liuer in it, but the master tooke it and cast it out of the dore, for we had enough of the sawco thereof^ That day foure of our men ' Van oits etrst ile smueck heycerdeu te hebhen — they desired first to have a taste of us. * Also (lilt hem lUt heyuam ah . A well known fisli (/Iclonc riili/arls, Cuvier), which is called in Englisli by a variety of trivial names : — {^ar-fish, gaue-fish, sea-pike, mackerel-guide, mackerel-guard, green-bone, horn-fish, horn-back, horn- beak, horn-bill, gore-bill, long-nose, sea-needle. Considerable quantities are brought to tlie London markets in tiie spring from the Kent and Sussex coasts. In Holland they are now only used as bait for other fish. See Yarrell, 1/inlorij of BritiKh FisJws, vol. i, p. 303. •i Xac^l i)/i('ii iratcr toe — towards the open water. ' liitih' orhn/iUii met alle muchi acii ilcn /"»(7c — and worked with all our might on the yawl. INTO TUB NORTH SEAS. 185 indifferent warme;^ and about yo south-east sun [J p. 7 A.M.] eleuon of vs went to our scute [on the beach] where it then lay, and drew it to[wards] the ship, at which time the labour seemed lighter vuto vs then it did before when we tooke it in hand and were forced to leaue it off againe. The reason thereof was the opinion that we had that the snow as then lay harder vpon the ground and so was become stronger, and it may be that our courages were better to see that the time gaue vs open water, and that our hope was that we should get from thence ; and so three of our men stayd by the scute to build her to our mindes, and for that it was a herring scute, which are made narrow behind, therefore they sawed it [a little] of behinde, and made it a broad ^tearne and better to broke the seas -^ they built it also somewhat higher, and drest it vp as well they could.' The rest of our men were busy in the house to make all other things ready for our voiage, and that day drew two sleads with victuals and other goods [from the house] vnto the ship, that lay about halfo way betweene the house and the open water, [so] that after they might haue so much ye shorter way to carry the goods vnto y'' water side, when we should goe away. At which time al the labour and paincs that wo tooko seemed light and easie vuto vs, because of the hope that we had to get out of that wild, dcsart, irkesomc, foarefull, and cold country. The 5 of June it was foulc [uncomfortable] weather with great store of hailo and snow, the wind west, which made an open water ; but as then we could doe nothing without the house, but within we made all things ready, as sailos, oares. I ,)' ' Niet sccr loud— wot very cold. '^ Maccklciisc met ecu f!]ii(' ping, throwing, pushing, digging, and clearing away. ^ /Itirliit r. See pige 125, note .'3. " Smote, struck. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 189 uallo3 led so len we instru- aw tVie liat lay- re with jvere in. »are out to como renty or wo tad )d, I van 0, wbicli me, and pany see- r, whicli but when ay by the io uneuen luer taken f hei' head laister and ) the scute as then but naistev and 1 water and 0, and there latchets, pick- ,„_with clioi)- te, stnick. he spake vnto William Barents (that had bin long sicko), and shewed him that he thought it good (seeing it was a fit time) to goe from thence, and so willed the company^ to driue'^ the boato and the scute downe to the water side, and in the name God to begin our voiage to sailo from Noua Zembla. Then William Barents wrote a letter, which ho put into a muskets charge'^ and hanged it vp in the chimney, shewing how we* came out of Holland to sailo to the king- dome of China, and what had happened vnto vs being there on land, with all our crosses, that if any man chanced to come thither, they might know what had happened vnto vs [how we had fared], and how wo had bin forced in our ex- tremity to make that house, and had dwelt 10 mounthes therein. And for that we were [now forced] to put to sea in two small open boates and to vndertake a dangerous and aduenterous voiage in hand, the maister [also] wrote two letters, wliich most of vs subscribed vnto, signifying how we had stayed there vpon the land in great trouble and miserie, in hope that our ship would be freed from the ice and that we should sailo away with it againe, and how it fell out to the conti'ary, and that the ship lay fast in the ice; so that in the end, the time passing away and our victuals beginning to faile vs, we wei'o forced, for the sauing of our owne Hues, to leaue^ the ship and to saile away in our open boates, and so to commit our selues into the hands of God. Which done, he put into each of our scutes a letter," y* if we chanced to loose one another or y'' by stormes or any other raisaduenture we ' Enile hesloten doeii nnilcrliiif/hen metteii. gcmecnen inaets — and they then resolved jointly with the ship's company. 2 Jircnr/cn — to bring, to take. ' Ende hecft Willeiii Barcnti^z. te voren een cteijii cedelkcn f/hcscJirei'<>n, endc ill een muskets mate (jhedneii — and William Barentsz had previously written a small scroll, and placed it in a haiidoleci: « "He".— PA. « Abandon. « Van welrke hrief cleken schmjte een haddc—ot which letters each boat had one. 'a\ I 'I r I .1 190 THE NAVIGATION hapened to be cast away, that then by the scute that escaped men might know how we left each other. And so, haning finished all things as we determined, we drew the boate^ to the water side and left a man in it, and went and fetcht the scute,^ and after that eleuen sleads with goods, as victuals and some wine that yet remained, and the marchants goods which we preserued as wel as wo could,^ viz., 6 packs with [the] l]ne[st] wollen cloth, a chest with linnen, two packets w* ueluet, two srnal chests with mony, two drifats* with the men; /lothes [such as shirts], and other things, 13 barrels of bread, a barrell of cheese,^ a fletch of bacon, two runlets of oyle, 6 small runlets of wine, two runlets of vinegar, with other packs [and clothes] belonging to y" sailers [and many other things] ; so that when they lay altogether upon a heape, a man would haue iudged that they would not haue gone into the 'scutes. Which being all put into them, we went to the house, and first drew William Barents vpon a slead to the place where our scutes lay, and after that we fetcht Claes Adrianson,^ both of them hauing bin long sicke. And so we [being] entred into the scutes and deuided our selues into each of them alike, and put into either of them a sicke man, then the raaister caused both the scutes to ly close one by the other, and there we subscribed to the letters which he had written [ns is above mentioned], the coppie whereof hereafter ensueth. And so committing our selues to the will and mercie of God, with a west north-west wind and an en different open water, we set saile and put to sea. ' ^oc^— yawl. '' Boat. » Daer ivy aJlc naersticheyt toe deden, om die so reel te herghen alst mnghelijck was — of which we took every care to preserve as much as was poasible. * llamas tonnen — coffers, trunks. » Soetcmelcx kaes — in modern Dutch, zoetenielksche kaas—Ut. sweet- milk cheese. This is the orJinary Dutch cheese, well known in England, and which on a former occasion (page 124, note 11) was described as koyrnlcaas. It is the produce principally of North Holland. • Cines Andriesz. — Nicholas, the son of Andrew, or Andrewson. i i INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 191 aped luing te^ to it the ctuala goods s with lackets ith the rreU of nlets of ir, with d vnany upon a iot haue hem, we s vpon a p that we ng sicke. lided our of them a ;o ly close Ke letters he coppie r selues to ; wind and sea. 2 Boat. herghen alst much as was ,,_/i7. sweet- n in England, described as I. •ewson. The Ooppie of their Letter. Hauinq till this day stayd for the time and opportunity, in hope to get our ship loose, and now are cleane out of hope thereof,^ for that it lyeth fast shut vp and inclosed in the ice, and in the last^ of March and the first'' of April the ice did so mightily gather together in great hils, that we could not deuise* how to get our scute and boate into the water aud^ where to find a conuenient place for it. And for that it seemed almost impossible to get the ship out of the ice, therefore I and William Bareots our pilot," and other the officers and company of sailors thereunto belonging, con- sidering with our selues which would be the best course for vs to saue our owne lines and some wares belonging to the marchants, we could find no better meanes then to mend our boate and scute, and to prouide our selues as well as we could of all things necessarie, that being ready we might not loose or ouerslip any fit time and opportunity that God should ' Daer ah nu weynick oft geen hope toe en is — whereof there is now little or no hope. ^ End. • Beginning. * Dat we vast overleggen — that we considered well. » "Or."— P/t. » Daerome hehbe ic met Willem Barentsz. de hoogh-hootsman ende ander officie Juyden met allc andcr gasten — therefore I, with William Barentsz. (and), the chief -boatswain and other officers, with the rest of the crew. At first sight it might appear that William Barentsz. is described as " hoogh-bootsman". This is evidently the idea of the translator, though he takes on himself to paraphrase the term by "our pilot". Biit the statement on the 20th June (page 198), that the chief-boatswain came on board the boat in which William Barentsz. was, just before the latter's death, clearly proves that two different persons are here intended : 80 that, in order to avoid ambiguity, a conjunction, or at least a comma, should be inserted between the two. From the list of the ship's com- pany given in page 193, it may be safely inferred that the "chief- boatswain", or first mate, as we should now call him, was Pieter Pie- terszoon Vos. It is he, most probably, who on the 28th August, 1696 (page 100) is called " the other pilot". It «■ « I I -^ I I III 192 THE NAVIGATION send vs ; for that it stood us vpon^ to take the fittest time, otherwise we should surely haue perished with hunger and cold, which as yet is to be feared will goo hard inough with vs, for that there are three or foui-e of vs that are not able to stirre to doe any thinge,^ and the best and strongest of us are so weake with the great cold and di ''eases that we haue so long time endured, that we haue but halfo a mans strength ; and it is to be feared that it will rather be worse then better, in regard of the long voiage that wo haue in hand, and our bread wil not last vs longer then to the end of the mounth of August, and it may easily fal out, that the voiage being contrary and crosse vnto vs, that before that time we shall not be able to get to any land, where we may procure any victuals or other prouisions for oui- selues, as we haue hitherto done our best ;' therefore we thought it our best coui'se not to stay any longer here, for by nature we are bound to seeke our owne good and securities. And so we determined hereupon, and haue vnder written this present letter with our owne hands,* vpon the first of June 1597. And while vpon the same day we were ready and had a west wind [with an easy breeze] and an indifferent open sea, we did in Gods name prepare our selues and entred into our voiag i, the ship lying as fast as euer it did inclosed in the ice, not- withstanding that while we were making ready to be gon, we had great wind out of the west, north, and north-west, and yet find no alteration nor bettering in the weather, and there- fore in the last extremity we left it.* [Dated] vpon the 13 of June [and signed by] Jacob Hemskerke, Peter Peterson Vos, ' It was requisite for us. * Daer icy inden arheyt f/een hulpc af en hebben — from whom in our work we have no help. ' Als ice al .schoon van dees iir af ons best deden — even if from this moment we did our best. ♦ Ende int gencraei van ons alien onderleljcknet, r/edaen ende besloten — and in general by us all subscribed, done, and concluded. » Ilebben wijt eyndelijck verlaten — we have at length abandoned it. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 193 ime, and with ; ablo of us ) haue ngth ; jotter, ad OUT (lounth » being ye shall lire any tiitherto irse not to seeke ;ermined ter with nd while est wind 1, we did ar voia^ 3, ) ice, not- ,e gon, wo west, and and there - n the 13 of iersoaVos, whom in our ii from this ■nde hesloten— Liidoneil it. Mr. Hans Vos,' Laurence Willinso, Peter Coruolison, lohn Remarson, William Barets, Gerrat de Veer, Leonard Hon- drickson, lacob lonson Scheadam, lacob lousd Storren- burg.^ ' Meester Hans Vox. This ia the barber-surgeon, of whom mention has been made in page 125, note 3. Tlie title of " nieester", represent- ing the Latin mo(/ister, shows that he was a member of a learned pro- fession, who had not improbably taken his degree of "Magister Artium Liberalium", at an university. In Hungary, at the present day, — as we learn from the evidence of C. A. Noedl, on the recent trial of C. Derra de Meroda against Dawson and others, in the notorious afFair of the Baroness von Beck, — " if a man wishes to become a siirijeoii, he must attend six Latin schools [meaning, apparently, that he must keep six terms at the High School or University], and learn to cut hair^\ — Mornimf Pout, July 29th, 1852. In the journal of Captain James, printed in Mr. Rundall's Narrative of Voyages towards the North-West (page 199), is the following entry, under the date of November 30th, 1631 : — " Betimes, in the morning, I caused the chirurgion to cut off my hair short, and to shave away all the hair of my face. . . The like did all the rest." This was at a period when, as appears from the muster-roll of Captain Waymouth's expedi- tion, given in page 238 of the same volume, the rating of the surgeon, who thus acted as barber to the ship's company, was next after "the preacher", and before the master and the purser. ' The names, as here given, are neither correctly written nor placed in the order in which they stand in the original text. They are there ranged in six short columns of two names each, except tlie last, which has only one name; but the translator has read them as if written in two lines across the page. Correctly placed and written, the names are as follows : — lacob Ileemskerck. WiLLKM BaRENTZ. Pieter Pietersz, Vos. Gerrit de Veer. Meester Hans Vos. Leuaert Hendricksz. Laurens Wiliemsz. lacob lansz. Schiedam. Pieter Cornelisz. Jacob lansz. Sterrenburch. Ian Reyniersz. There were four others, who did not sign, most likely from their inability to write, or from ill-health. i I 1 I TUB NAVIOM'IOH '^'' , •„„ tV.8 sunno easterly U P- * The 14 of June '- *e "^^^''^'^'flZ the W of Noaa Zembla and the fa»t .co therov J ^^^^ ^^^j^. and enr .cute • hauing a «»' ""^j; „„,, „.» fi„e [201 east all that day to tho "-"'l^ 1° J;„, ^<„d, for «o „„e., but our fl«t beg.nn,ug -^^^J^l very hard entered fast into the -e t^';-^ „„, t,„„Ue ; and and fast, whieh put vs mto no sm ^^^ ^^^ teing there, f<-» "^ »= "'"""Xo bWs, «bich »« W-l thereof, and the.-e we took" »""? with stones vpon the cUltes. ^^ 1 1„ The 15 of June the ice began *« 6°=J7 ' ^y the Head sane againe with a south w.ud> -d P;^^ ^^ l.t north- Point' and the ^^-^^^-^l'^Z\<^l „f De,i.e,' which is east, and after that -"^'l^l] ,^,^ ,» the 16 of Jun. about 18 [52] nnles, "«-**;■; ,„,ine, and got to the The 16 of June we set »»''<''=' ^y,h is 8 [82] Is,and[s] of Orange; with » -* J f^,, ^e went one n.„es distant f- ^^fj; "ottle. to melt snow and land with two small banels ^^^ ^^^ ^,^j, ^„a ,„ pnt r -'-»'V?°:: sCkelui and being therewe egges te make meate f°™^;;^;„„„a there, and melted the n,ade fire with such wood "' «^'' „„^ „,n went oner snowe, but found no b.rds; bu^^thre ^,^^^^ ^_^^ _^^ ^ the ice to the other '-'""f' 7,l„u was one of the three) came backe againe. "" ""f; J^'^^t danger of his life, for fell into the ice, where he -»» >« f ^^"^^ , ^^ j,, Godshelpe in that place there ran a g^t s .eame ^^^^^^^ by the fire that we na ^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^.^. 1 Met ons hock ende schuijt. ^.^^^_ * Cliffs. . ^i,,_four. The translator ev«y^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^__pj^^^i„g Head. « &•.< geweldiglioi stroom-^ strong. INTO THK NORTH SKAS. 105 p. 4 Nona boato ttorth- [20] for wo y hard ; and tuatioa we kUd i^e put to he Head it north- which is )f June. 3b to the is 8 [32] ■went one , snow and birds and g there we melted the 1 went ouer , and as we f the three) his life, for ^Godshelpo ,'ed himselfo ve drest the qhmltx hoeck. ^ 4 Cliffs. usbing Head- birds, and carried them to the scute to our sicko men, and filled our two runlets with water that hold about ei<,'lit ^a\- lons^ a peoco; which done, wo put to the sea againe witli a south-east wind and drowsio Tnist'lini>senfier hnnft — Flushing Head. " Honft hoeck. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 201 i yet it liaue other lolt it rink]; downe e were traights sift, ond to the 6] miles. 2] miles. 0] miles. 2] miles, L6] miles. ,6o 58',7 and e Pole was with all the ni the house, 3vernnient of )00. oom-hay. 'aiidts hoeck- ft haeck. From the Head Point to the Point of Desire,^ the course south and north . . 6 [24] miles. From the Point of Desire to the l8land[s] of Orange,^ north-west . . .8 [32] miles. From the Islands of Orange to the Ice Point,^ the course west and west and by south 5 [20] miles. From the Ice Point to the Point of Thrust* the course [west and] west and by south . 25 [100] miles. From the Point of Trust to Nassawes Point/ the course^ west and by north . 10 [40] miles. From the Nassawe Point to the east end of the Crosse Island/ the course west and by north . . . . .8 [32] miles. From the east end of the Crosse Island to Williamslsland/thecoursewest and by south 3 [12] miles. From Williams Island to the Black Point," the course west south-west . . .6 [24] miles. From the Black Point, to the east end of the Admirable Island,^^the course west south- west . . . . .7 [28] miles. From the east to the west point of the Ad- mirable Island, the course west south-west , 5 [20] miles. From the west point of the Admirable Island to Cape Planto,^^ the course south- west and by west . . . .10 [40] miles. From Cape de Planto to Lombs-bay,^^ the course west south-west . . .8 [32] miles. ■ De Hoeck van Deghcerten — Cape Desire. * De Eylamlen van Oruvnijkn. * De Yslioeck. ♦ Capo de Troosts — Cape Comfort. » Capo {le Nasm Hire n — Cape Nassau. '"West and." — Ph. ' Ilet Cniijs /'Ji/landt. ^ Willems Eylaudt. " De Swarten Hoick — Cape Negro. See page 13. " Jfet Admiralitii/ts KyUuidt — Admiralty Island. " Capo Plaitcio — Cape Plancius. See page 219, note 4. '- Lomshay, See page 12. g < I Ui THK NAVIGATION FromLombs-baytotheStauesPoiut,Hhe course west soutU-west • - Vrnm tlie Staues Point to [tape ae Fiom tue ^ south-west and or] Langenesse,- the coui=»e by south . • ;^ to Cape From [Cape Puoi oij » ^^^y south 1 1 1 «i;ft<5 * the course soutix anu ujr black cUtts, tnec ^^ %ltheB,acUWanatoOon.tint.saAe, the course =°"*-'>'"'';'° '(„ MeUa«en,-« From S. Laurence Bay fte course t-^l-^-X^ i„,,as," tUe From Mcl-hauen to tue xw course -f-"*;^ts' where we cr^st ouer From the 2 ^^'^f ',,,,, „t MatHoo to the Russia coast, to the Islauds^o and Delgoye » the course south-west 10 [40] miles. 14 [56] miles. 6 [24] miles. 4 [16] miles. 3 [12] miles. 2 [8] miles. 5 [20] miles. 6 [24] miles. 6 [24] miles. 16 [64] miles. 30 [120] myles. . Be Staten Ho.cl-State« ^ «"^^- . Capo de Prior oft Lantjl.nc. Sec p g . Capo de Cant. See page 2U. p^j^t ^vith the black r/#. . Delloeck .net de s.arte c'^/'i-^^ I J,",,^,,,. gee page 30, note 4. » Het Sn-arte J¥<^ndt ^ ^ ^j^, elUng of tlus name : Cousil^mrc^- A fataUty seems to attc^ ^^^^^^^^^P ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ 3,. « Cniishocck. See page 31. ^^ ,s'. 7.f(»«»'t)-,s7)«;/. . ^Mharen See p. '33. ^^^ ^ ^.^^ ,,^0 named St. Clara. .3 Be twee Eijlandai. uu See page 34. 30, and also note C in page oO. . The true course is al.uost south-c,r^^ INTO THR NORTH SEAS. 203 miles. miles. [ miles. ] miles. ;] miles. 8] miles. 10] miles. 24] miles. 24] miles. [G4] miles. 120] myles. lack clip. age 30, note 4. of tills uame. See page 32. amed St. Clara, in page oO. 22 [88] 18 [72] 20 [80] From Matfloo and Dolgoye to the creeke^ where we sailed the compasse [almost] round abouto, and came to the same place againe . From that creeke to Colgoy,^ the course west north-west .... From Colgoy to the east point ot Jam- denas,^ the course west north-west . From the east point of Camdeuas to the west side of the White Sea, the course west north-west . . . . .40 [160] From the west point of the White Sea to the 7 Islands,* the course north-west From the 7 Islands, to the west end of Kilduin,*^ the course north-west From the west end of Kelduin to the place where John Cornells came vnto vs," the course north-west and by west From thence to Cola,'' the course most* southerly ..... So that we sailed in two open scutes, some times in the ice, then ouer the ice, and through the sea . . . 381 [1524] 14 [56] 20 [80] 7 [28] 18 [72] miles, mi'.as. miles. miles, miles, miles. miles, miles. miles." The 24 of June, the sunne being easterly, we rowed here and there [round about] in the ice, to see where ' Inham — inlet. » CoUjoij — the Island of Kolguev. See page 35, note 2. » Caiideims — Kanin Nos. See page 38, note 3. ♦ De 7 Eijhimk)). "The Seven Islands (.SVm Oslrovi) lie about 16 leagues S.E. by S., by compass, from Tieribieri Point, and by varying the appearance serve to distinguish this part of the coast." — Purdy, Sailing Directions for the Northern Ocean, p. 82. » See page 7, note 4. "• Namely, on August 30th, 1598. ' Coel. See page 200, note 5. » " West."—/'/;. * Phillip has inserted here "381 miles Flemish, which is 1143 miles Inglish". The miles of the text are German or Dutch miles of 15 to the degree, as is stated in page 7, note 1. -a li I ■; fill ri THK NAVIGATION r,ni,.,t best .00 out, ^'^J^^^ ^1^ :^\:Z t,e -"- ""-r* :7mo *Wtme that he had sent „hlch we thanked God raos ^^ ,„u„dwith an east vs an vnexpectod 0P»"i' ;;;*„ ,^,,, „e made our account „ind and »ent l-^'^yf^"'^' °^,,, ,. [but we were again to getaboneUhe P""' "^ ."^^ It we were obliged prevented by the ice »'-h be»et - »o ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ I„ .top on the east s.de of *» l^o';'; ^^ j,,,,.„s, and land, and we could easd, J the P ^^^^ .^_ ^^^ ^.„^ ^ade our account to be about 3 I J ^.^^ ^^ ^^^ „^„ teing south and south 'onth-west^ ^^^^^^^ went on land and th-e found ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ trought as much as they cou ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ „ neither birds nor egges , w.th ^,t,,„„,„re'). tha* we pot of water pap (»'"f^,7J"^'„i„d blowing stil south- „igUt eate some ««- ^^S; .^ ^^^,.3 erly, [and the longer t blew ^^^^^ ^.__j_ ^^^ ,^, „, The 25th of June it blew a g ^^ ^^^^^^^ thereunto we .nado °- -^^ ^'^ , „, ,Uould breake off IrXrwer-dtodilage and make our selues fast to another peece of ice. ^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^,^^ ,^d The 26 of June it still blew ha ^^^ ^^ ^hich word, according to the Z^^cc^o^k ^^^ ^eudered unserviceable , to the galley-slaves, rhe a P accounted for in page 12, "Otcl. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 205 wbeti r the sent 11 east •count I again Obliged by the 69, and \xe wind ,ur men lof they it found y sod* a tha^ we ;il south- id the ice y strong, oreake off ng], when brake of, our selues south, and !S, and we lore to the •8 to be ttU J vowed as 9 Boiled, sh mazamorru, nish Academy, unserviceable •, hicb was given ,y the l>utch is much as we could, but we could not get neero vnto the land, therefore we hoysed vp our fock ;^ and so made vp with our saile j^ but our fock-mast^ brake twice in peeces, and then it was worse for vs than before,* and notwithstanding that there blew a great gale of wind, yet we were forced to hoyse vp our great sayle,^ but the wind blew so hard into it that if we had not presently taken it in againe we had sunke in the sea,^ or else our boate would haue bin filled with water [so that we must have sunk] ; for the water began to leap ouer horde,'' and we were a good way in the sea, at which time the wanes went so hollow [and so short] that it was most fearful, and we thereby saw nothing but death before our eyes, and euery twinckling of an eye lookt when we should sincke. But God, that had deliuered us out of so many dangers of death, holpe vs once againe, and conti'ary to our expectations sent vs a north-west wind, and so with great danger we got to y^ fast ice againe. When we were deliuered out of that danger, and knew not where our other scute^ was, we sailed one mile [4 miles] along by the fast ice, but found it not, whereby we were wholy out of heart and in great feare y' they were drowned ; at which time it was mistie weather. And so sailing along, and hearing no newes of our other scute,** we shot of a musket, w^* they hear- ing shot of anothei", but yet we could not see each other ; meane time approaching nearer to each other, and the weather waxing somewhat cleerer, as we and they shot once againe, we saw the smoke of their peeces, and at last we met together againe, and saw them ly fast between driuing and ' Foresail. * Leyden op ons xeylen toe — tried to do it with our sailes. » Foremast. * Aiyer ah ten gat — worse than a leak. » Grootseyl — main-sail. * In den grondt gheslaghen gheicecM — been capsized. ' Al over boort in te loopen — to run quite over the gunwale. * Ons andcr niacker — our other companion. * Onxer marker — our companion. 'n .1 :!! « pi 206 THE NAVIGATION fast ice. And when wo got near unto thom, we went oner the ice andholp them to vnlado the goods out of their scute, and drew it ouer the ice, and witli much paino and trouble brought it into the open water againo ; and while they were fast in the ice, we* found some wood vpon the land by the sea side^ and when we lay by each other we sod- some bread and water together and eato it vp warme, which did vs much good. The 27^ of June we set sailo with an indifferent gale out of the east, and got a mile [i miles] abouo the Capo do Nas- saw one the west side thereof, and then we liad the wind against vs, and wo were forced to take in our sailos and began to rowe. And as wo went along [the firm ice] close by the land, wc saw so many sea-horses lying vpon the ice [more than we had ever seen before] that it was admirable,* and a great number of birds, at the which we discharged 2 muskets and killed twelue of thom, which we fctcht into our scutes. And rowing in that sort, wo had a great mist, and then we entred into [the] driuing ice, so that wo were com- pelled to make our scutes fast vnto the fast ice, and to stay there till the weather brake vp,'' the wind being west iiui-th- west and right against vs. The 28th of June, when the sunno was in the east, we laid all our goods vpon the ice, and then drew the scutes vpon the ice also, because we were so hardly prest on all sides with the ice, and the wind came out of the sea vpon the land, and therefore we were in feare to be wholely inclosed with the ice, and should not be able to get out thereof againe. And being vpon the ice, we laid sailes" ouer our scutes, and laie downe to rest, appointing one of our men to keepe watch ; and when the sunne was north there 1 Hadclen zy—tlmj had. « Boiled. ' " 17th."— P/i. * Jae zy waren ontelhaar — nay, they were numberless. ' Dattet op claerde — till it cleared up. • V(ni dp sei/len ecu trnte npr/heslnijht'ii — made a tent of our sails. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 207 jrthe ?, and •ouWe ^ were by the ) bread did V3 jale out do Nas- he wind iilo3 and ce] close ,n the ice Imirablo,* hargcd 2 it into our mist, and were com- ,nd to stay le east, we r the scutes y pvest on \\o seavpon be wliolely to get out i sailesO ouer one of our north there ui7th."-r/). came three boarcs towards our scutes, wherewith ho that kept the watch cried [out histily], throe bearos, throe bearos ; at which noise we leapt out of our boatos with our muskets, that wore laden with haile-shot' to shooto at birds, and had no time to discharge- them, and therefore shot at them there- with; and although that kinde of shot could not hurt them much yet they ranne away, aud in the meane time they gauo vs leisure to lade our muskets with bullets, aud by that meanes we shot one of the three dead, which the other two perceauing ranne away, but within two houres after they came againe, but when they were almost at vs and heard us make a noise, they ranne away; at which time the wind was west aud west and by north, which made the ice driue with groat force into the east. The 29th of June, the sunne being south south-west, the two beares came againe to the place where the dead beare laic, where one of them tooko the dead beare in his mouth, and went a great way with it ouer the rugged ice, and then began to eate it ; which we pei-ceauing, shot a musket at her, but she hearing the noise thereof, ran away, and let the dead beare lie. Then four of vs went thither, and saw that in so short a time she had eaten almost the halfe of her; [and] we tooke the dead beare aud laid it vpon a high heap of ice, [so] that we might see it out of our scute, that if the beare came againe we might shoot at her. At which time we tried^ the great strenght of the beare, that carried the dead bear as lightely in her mouth as if it had beene nothing, whereas wo foure had enough to doe to cary away the halfe dead beare betweene vs. Then the wind still held west, which draue the ice into the east. The 30 of Juno in the morning, when the sunne was east and by north, the ice draue hard eastward by meanes of the west wind, and then there came two beares vpon a •M our sails. ' llmjlu'l — small shot. ' lievoiideii — found out ; experienced. ^ Verlnden — re-load. I ! ? ! I f I 1 i-'\ |i^ > TUB NAVIGATION ^^^ „^ thouffbt to set vpon vs, and made »ho« as .f they J v ^^^^ „f „p,„,„„ oo^e to vs, but did -'''"«;;''X7had baene there be- th.t they were ^\^'^\^Zh-"^^^ »•"•» "■"" """" 7 fore; and about the »»"*-""'* "43 Wraight] towards : J beare vpon the fa.. -- ^^.^^^^ ^o a noise, she ,.., but being neare ", -^ ^^ „," „„, -"^^TTt „ent away aga-"- T''''" ' „„ from the land; but „d the ice began ^'"■'^^^^, , ,„„a „l„d. we durst not beoanse it was n,.st.e weather an pnt to sea, but stard '»'; ^ ^^ JP,„ „,ather. with awest- The 1 of Jnlie .t was ""l;*"^" a., 3„one being east, „„rth.westwind, and « ^; ^^'^y^e and swam over the there came a beare f™'" *\*^;,:; f Uut when she heard vs «ater to the fast r---^''2Zy A-* ""«" '"" '"■'™ """ she came no nearer. b»t ""^^f ^^„„,, ,„ that all the .ce south-east, the ,ce came so 6. ^^^ ^^^, and thereon we lay w.th »"' ^^^j^^^j, „e were in no small „n one peace vpon --"'^'^^r goods fell into tho water, fesra,' for at that ""^.^^f j'^^/^, scutes" further vpon B„t we with great dAgen- ^J - ^ ^ aa- the ice towards t'-'-^-;.*";;^ ;„,, ,„a as wa want to fetch fended from the ^^'l^jeatst trouble that euer we had „„ goods wo ,oli.ntothgr»te .^ ^^ before, for t « ^^^jd "„ one peece thereof the rest thereof, that as wala,d hold vpo J' ^^, i„e brake .„nhe downe with *« -■ ™Ve "ere wholy discomforted ,„der our owne feet ; whereby ^^^.^^ ^„ .,d in a manar <='--::'^l:",e:r that time surmounted thereof, in such sort '''"'' -'■^^;;,t„,„ts. And when we all our former cares ""^ J^ t^a ice, the ice brake *°r ^ra wcrTe^e^ -'"'* «>" -- -' ^^* ''^ ,.darvs,..udwaw ^ ^^^,_,,, ,,„, • ,«. 4 Aff « schnijt ewle «/— oo.iv INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 209 vpcn ar atnl pinion ire be- dvne an owarda tise, 3^0 bh-west, tid; but lurst not th a west- eing east, I over tbe e beard vs sunne was , all the ice brake and a no small ) tbe water. urtber vpon ,e better de- cent to fetcb euer we bad 1 tbe sauing .roof tbe rest ,he ice brake discomforted ■ting no isHue surmounted ^nd wben we tbe ice brake .uteandal^by J Ihid. the driuing ico; and when wo thought to sauo the goods the ice brake vnder our feet, and with that tho scute brak in many places, especially y' which wo had mended;' as y" mast, yo maat plankc,^ and almost all tho scuto,^ wherein one of our men that was sick and a chest of mony lay, which wo with great danger of our lines got out from it ; for as wo were doing it, tho ico that was vnder our foot drauo from vs and slid vpon other ice,* whereby we were in danger to burst both our armes and our legs. At which time, thinking y'' wo had been cleano qnit of our scute,'' we behold each other in pittiful maner, knowing not what wo should doe, our lines depending thereon ; but God made so good prouision for vs, yt ye peeces of ice drauo from each other, wherewith we ran in great haste vnto the scute" and drew it to vs again in such case as it was, and layd it vpon the fast ice by the boato,'' where it was in moro security, which put us unto an exceeding and great and dangerous labor from the time that the sunne was south-east vntill it was west south- west, and in al that tim? we rested not, which made vs extreame weary and wholy out of comfort, for that it troubled vs sore, and it was much more fearfull vnto vs then at that time when William Barents dyed ; for there we were almost drowned, and that day we lost (which was sounke in the sea) two barrels of bread, a chest w*^ linnen cloth, a drie- fat^ with the sailors [best] clothes, our astron[orai]oale ring, a pack of scarlet cloth, a runlet of oylo, and some cheeses, and a runlet of wine, which bongd with the ice,^ so that there was not anything thereof saued, ' Dat wy (her aeiujliemaeckt hwhlen — where we had added to it. ' Mnnt-banck — standing-tliwart. ' Al de schiiijt — the whole boat. * Ondert wider ys keen — away under the other ice. ' We had entirely lost our boat. • Boat. ' Yawl. * flaniax ton — coffer ; trunk. ' Dat dciirl ijs den hodriii iiifihrnrhrrct) nrrdt — which was stove in by the ice. 210 THK NAVIGATION The 2 of Julio, tlio siinno oast, there camo another beare vnto vs, but we making a noyse she ran away ; and when tlio sun was west south-west it began to be faire weathei'. Tlion we began to mend our scute ^ with the planks wherewith wo had made the buyckmiah ;^ and while 6 of vs were busied about mending ol our scute, the other sixe went further into the land, to seeko for some wood, and to fetch some stones to lay vpon the ice, that wo might make a fire thereon, therewith to melt otir ])itch, which we should need about the scute, as also to see if they could fetch any wood for a mast [for the boat], which they found with certain stones,^ and bi'ought them where the scutes lay. And when they canie to vs againe they shewed vs that they had found certain wood which had bin clouen,* and brouofht some wedrje.. with them wherewith the said wood had been clouon, whcieby it appeared that men had bin there. Then we made all the haste we could to make a fire, and to melt our pitch, and to do al other things that wcro necessary to bo done for the repairing of our scute, so that we got it ready againe by that the sunne was north-east ; at which time also we rested ' our birds [which we had shot], and made a good mealo with them. The 3 of July in the morning, the sunne being east, two of our men went to the water, and there they found two of our oares, our helme sticke,** the pack of scai'let clotli, the chest with linnen cloth, and a hat that fell out of the driefai,''' wliereby we gest** that it was broken in peeces j which they percciuiiig, tooke as much with them as: they could corry, and came vnto us, showing vs that they had loft ' 15oat. ^ Dc hiiijcldeiiuinyli — the bottom boards. ' " Staues." — P/i. A misprint. * /hhcuwcH — hewn ; i.e., laboured with an axe. ■ I'oorl'tcii — cooked; ///.boded. « Df liilmst(jcL—th(i ♦.iller cl i\ni rudder. ' lliinuis ton — cofF^'r; trunk. "^ Wrstniiiltii — understood; became aware. INTO TIIK NORTH SEAS, 211 other iway ; to bo ^ with ;2 and scute, ke for ho ice, elt our ) to SCO I, which here the shewed cloucn,'^ the said 1 had bin ke a fire, hat were 3, so that ivth-cast ; lad shot], jing east, ley found of scarlet fell out of in peeces ; m as: they oy had loft boards. more goods behind them, whereupon the rnaister with 5 more of vs went thither, and drew al the goods vpon tho firnio ice, y* when we \/ent away wo might take it with vs ; but they could not carry the c.iost nor tho pack of cloth (that were ful of water) because of thoii-waight, but were forced to let them stand till wo went away, that the water might drop out' of them [and we might afterwards fetch them], and so they did.^ Tlio sunno being south-west there came another great bcaro vnto vs, which the man that kept watch saw not, and had boeno deuoured by her if one of our other men that lay downe in tho shijr^ had not espied her, and called to him that kept watch to looke to liimselfe, who therewith ran away. Meane time the bear© was shot into the body, but she escaped ; and that time tho wind was east north-east. The 4 of July it was so fairc cleare weather, that fi'om tho time wo were first in Noua Zembla wo had not the like. Then woo washt the veluets that had been wet with tho salt water, in fresh water drawne out of snow, and then dryed them and packt them vp againo ; at which time tho wind was west and west south-west. The 5 of July it was fairo weather, the wind west south- west. The same day dyed John Fianson'' of Harlem (Claes Adrians'* nephew, that dyed the same day when William Barents dyed") the sunne being then about north north- west; at which time the ice came mightily driuiug in vpon vs, and then sixe of our men went into tho land, and there fetcht some fire-wood to dresse our meatc. The 6 of July it was misty weather, but about euening it began to cleere vp, and the wind was south-cast, which put vs in some comfort, and yet wo lay fast vpon the ice. ' Afonpcn — run out ; drain out. 2 Alst (jhcxchkl is — as it (at'torwards) happened ; as we afterwards did. ' Vnii (h schuijl of — from out of the boat. < Jan 7'V«H.s-r.— John, the son of Francis. '' ('l to ' '''le, whereby we got open water on the land side, auu i <,. . •. > the fast ice whereon we lay began to driue ; whereupon tho master and y** men went to fetch the pack and the chest that stood vpon the ice, to put them into the scute, and then drew the scutes to the water at least 340 paces, which was hard for vs to do, in regard that the labour was great and we very weake. And when the sun was south south-east we set saile with an east wind j but when the sunno was west we were forced to make towards the fast ice againe, because tlipveabouts it was not yet gon f y" wind being south and came right from the land, whereby we were in good hope that it would driue awaye, and that we should proceede in our voyage. The 10 of July, from the time that the sunne was east north-east till it was east, wo tooke groat paines and labour to got through the ice ; and at last we got through, and rowed forth^ vntill wee happened to fall betweeno two great flakes^ of ice, that closed one with the other. ' Schok'H — shot. » Die wy op een schots yn ime d'-yvende, dan opraeptcn^ ende opH vanfr ys hrachten — which we then picked up by floating after them on a T>i'.C! jf drift ice, and brought u^jon the firm ice. ' Mottich — dirty. * Fowls; birds. * Maeliijt- uiaa]; repait. ' Aft/heweecktu — given way. ' }'u(>rt — on; forward. " f'ehku — fields. ne, the north. a^ thir- ng ice,'* 7Q drest pi-incely of wind, t to get to ' •'■^e, i'lioti ••'-^> japou the jhest that then drew was hard at and we th-east we was west le, because south and good hope proceede in ae was east paines and •ot through, U betweeno h the other, iiii on a vi'-<'' •*^ -given way. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 213 so that we could not get through, but were forced to draw the scutes vpon them, and to vnlade the goods, and then to draw them ouer to the open water on the other side, and then we must go fetch the goods also to the same place, being at least 110 paces long, which was very hard for vs ; but there was no remedy, for it was but a folly for vs to thinke of any wearinea. And when we were in the open water againe, we rowed forward as well as we could, but -vve had not rowed long before we fell betweene two great flakes of ice, that came driuing one against the other, but by Gods help and our speedy rowing we got from betweene them before they closed vp, and being through, wo had a hard west wind right in our teeth, so that of force we were con- strained to make towards the fast ice that lay by the shore, and at last with much trouble we got vnto it. And being there, we thought to row along by the fast ice vnto an island that we saw before vs ; but by reason of the hard contrary wind we could not goe farre, so that we were compelled to draw the scutes and the goods vpon the ice, to see what weather^ God would send vs ; but our courages were cooled to see ourselues so often inclosed in y® ice, being in great feare y' by meanes of the long and continuall paines (which we were forced to take) we should loose all our strength, and by that meanes should not long be able to continue or hold out. The 11 of July in the morning as we sate fast vpon the ice, the sunne being north-east, there came a great beare out of the water running towards vs, but we watcht for her with three muskets, and when she came within yO paces of vs we shot all the three muskets at her and killed her outright, so that she stirred not a foote, and we might see the fat run out at the holes of her skinne, that was shot in with the muskets, swimme vpon the water like oyle ; and [she] so driving- dead upon the water, we went vpon a flake of ice to her, and putting a rope about her nock I ri/lcoiiis; — iBSUe. ■ Floating. I THE NAVIGATION drew her vp vpon the ice and smit out her teeth ; at wliich time we measured her body, and found it to be eight foote tliick.^ Then we had a west wind with a close^ voather ; but when tlio sunne was south it began to ( leere vp ; then three of our men went to the ishind that hiy before vs, and being there they saw the Crosse Island* lyi"g west- ward from them, and went thither Lo see if that sommer iLerohad been any Russian there, and went thither vpon t. -^r ice that hiy between the two islands; and being in tho islaii ,, they could not percieue that any man had bcene in it since we were there. There they got 70 [burro»v-ducks''J egges, but when they had them they knew not wherein to carry thenij at last one of them put off his breeches, and tying them fist below, they carried them betweene two of them, and the third bare the musket j and so [they] came to vs againe, after' they had been tweluo hours out, which put vs in no small feare to think what was become of them. They told vs that they had many times gone vp to the knees in water vpon tho ice betweene both the islands, and it was at least G [24] miles to and fro that they had gone, which made vs wonder how they could induro it, seeing wo wero all so weake. With the eggcs that they had brought wo wero al wol comforted, and fared like lords, so that we found some reliefo in our great misery,"'' and then we shared our last wine amongst us, whereof euory one had three glasses." The 12 of July in tho morning, when the sunno was east, tho wind began to blow east and east north- ' That is, in girth. * Muttich — dirty ; drizzly. ' Hct Critijn Eijlaiult. Sec page 16. Jjcnjh-ecnilcn—lit. luountaiii-ducks. Tliis ia the common sliieldrako or huiTow-duck {^Tadoniti ntljK.nstr): Gould, Birds of I'Jtiropv, vol. v, jil. ;j.")7. 'ihe trivial iiaiiio " liar-gaiuU'r" (U'ryaiidcr) is niaiiifustly a (uiiruption of the Dut'.,'h name, and not of " Uurrow-gander", as lias buon supiiosed. '" Also ildlht (illiiiiil hrniiis iras IhsmIkii onsen snuii — so tliat there was Hi>nK'tinies a holiday in tiie niitlst of our sorrows. ^ iJri( niini/liilin — three ndriglielen, ei[ual to nearly one ynllon. b wliicli it foote eather ; lei-e vp ; y before \iy VVCSt- soinmei' lei- vpon ug in tlio ceno in it '-ducks'^] u wherein 3clies, and ne two of y] came to )ut, wliiclx le of them. p tlio knees and it was jone, wliieli ng we wei'o brought we lat we found avcd our last glasses.*' , sunno was east north- y; drizzly. unoii Bliieldrako '• I'Jiirojn', vol. V, is manifestly a ^aiuler", as lias w that theic was 110 L'iiUon. INTO THE NOliTH SEAS. 21.: east, with misty weather; and at euening six of our men went into the land^ to seeke certaino stones,^ and found some, but n* le of the best sort j and comming backe againe, either of them brought some wood. The 13 of July it was a faire day ; then seuen of our men went to the firme land to seeke for more stones, and found some ; at which time the wind was south-east. The 14 of July it was faire weather with a good south wind, and then the ice began to driue from the hmd, whereby we v/ere in good hope to haue an open water ; but the wind turning westerly againe, it lay still [firm]. When the sunne was south-west, three of our men went to the next island that lay before vs, and there shot a bercheynet,'^ which they brought to the scute and gaue it amongst vs, for all our goods were [in] common. The 15 of July it was misty weather; that morning the wind was south-east, but the sunne being west it began to raine, and the wind turned west and west south-west. The 16 of July there came a beare from the firme land that came very neere vnto vs, by reason that it was as white as snow, whereby at first we could not discerne it to be a beare, because it shewed so like the snow ; but by her stirring at last wee perceiued her, and as she came neere vnto vs we shot at her and hit her, but she ran away. That morning the wind was west, and after that againe east north- east, with close^ weather. The 17 of July, about the south south-east sunne, 5 of our men went againe to the nearest island to see if there appeared any open water, for our long staying there was no small griefe vnto vs, perceiuing not how we should get from thence ; who being halfe way thither, they found a beare ' Ai'iil hiiiUt — oiislioio. -' Slceiityieiis — pebbles, or probably piecos of vock-crystiil. See page -"w. ■' y?(/'(7/-(7//;(//— burrow-duck. .Soo iioU' 4. in tlio preceding jiage. ' Mdlliili — dri/zly. '; : THE NAVIGATION lying bohiud a peece of ice, which the day before had beene shot by vs, but she hearing vs went away ; but one of our men following her with a boate-hooke, thrust her into the skiune/ wherewith the beare rose vp vpou her hinder feet, and as the man thrust at her againe, she stroke the iron of the boat-hooke in peeces, wherewith the man fell downe vpon his buttocks. Which our other two men seeing, two of them shot the beare into the body, and with that she ran away, but the other man went after her with his broken statte, and stroke the beare vpon the backe, wherewith the beare turned about against the man three times one after the other; and then the other two came to her, and shot her into the body againe, wherewith she sat downe vpon her buttocks, and could scaut^ runno any further; and then they shot once againe, wherewith she fell downe, and they smot''' her teeth out of her head. All that day the wind was north-east and east north-east. The 18 of July, about the east sunno, three of our men went vp vpon the highest part of the land, to see if there was any open water in the sea ; at which time they saw much opeii water, but it was so farre from the land that they were almost out of comfort, because it lay so farre from the land and the fast ice; being of opinion that we should not be abit *o drawe the scutes and the goods so farre thither, because our strengthes stil began to decrease,'' and the sore labour and paine that we were forced to indure more and more increased. And comming to our scutes, they brought vs that newes; but we, being compelled thereunto by neces- sity, abandoned all wearines and faint heartednes, and deter- mined with our seines to bring the boates and the goods to the water side, and to row vnto that ice where we must passe ouer to get to the open water. And when we got to ' In zijii Jiuijt — in the body. ' Scarcely. ' Smote ; struck. * lloe loiKjIur live mtcr oiis luQuvin — failed us luorc and more. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 217 . beene of our ato tho er feet, . iron of . downo r, two of she van 3 broken iwith tho after the shot bcr vpou her and then , and they ) wind was kf our men ee if thero tbey saw land tbat i farre from a should not irre thither, aud the sore re more and hey brought ito by neces- s, and deter- the goods to ere we must leu we got to jte; struck. auJ more. it, we vnladed our scutes, and drowe them first [the one and then the other] ouer the ice to the open water, and after that the goods, it being at the least 1000 paces ; which was so sore a labour for vs, that as we wei-e in hand therewith we wore in a manner ready to leaue off in the middle thereof, and feared that wee should not goe thi'ough withall ; but for thiit wo had gone through so many dangers, we hoped y' wo should not bo faint therin, wishing y' it might be y^ last trouble y' we should as then indure, and so w* great diffi- culty got into the open water about tho south-west sunne. Then we set saile till the sunne was west and by south, and presently fell amongst the ice agaitie, where we were forced to drawe vp the scutes againo vpon the ice ; and being vpon it, we could see the Crosse Island, which we gest to bo about a mile [4 miles] from vs, the wind then being east and east north-east. Tho 19 of July, lying in that manner vpon the ice, about the east sunne seuen of our men went to tho Crosse Island, and being there they saw great store of open water in y® west, wherewith they much reioyced, and made as great haste us they could to get to the scutes againo ; but before they came away they got a hundred egges, and brought them away with them. And comming to the scutes, they shewed vs that they had seen as much open water in the sea as they could decerne ; being in good hope that that would be the last time that they should di*aw the scutes ouer the ice, and that it should be no more measured by vs,^ and in that sort put vs in good comfort. Whereupon we made spcede to dresse our egges, and shared them amongst vs j and presently, the sun being south south-west, we fell to worke to make all things ready to bring the scutes to the water, which were to be draweu at least 270^ paces ' I'JiiiU' (lot 011,1 voort acii iKclrirjc iikl mtir f/emoctcn ftoiuk — and that llit'iieefortli the sjinio would not luappen to us agaiu. ^ "200."—;'//. 218 TUE NAVIGATION ouer the ico, which wo did with a good' courage because we were in good hope that it would bo the last time. And getting to the water, we put to sea, with Gods [merciful] helpe [in his mercy], with an east and east north-east wind and a good gale,^ so that with the west sun we past by the Crosse Island, which is distant from Cape do Nassawes 10 [40] miles. And presently after that the ice left vs, and we got cleere out of it ; yet we saw some in the sea, but it troubled vs not ; and so we held our course west and by south, with a good gale of wind"* out of the east and east north-east, so that we gest that betweene euery meale- tide* we sailed eighteene [72] miles, wherewith we were ex- ceedingly comforted [and full of joy], giuing God thanks that he had deliuered [and saved] vs out of so great and many difficulties (wherein it seemed that wo should haue bin ouer- whelmed), hoping in his mercie that from thence foorth he would [still mercifully) ayde vs." The 20 of July, hauing still a good gale," about the south- east sunne we past along by the Black Point,''' which is twelue [48] miles distant from the Crosse Island, and sailed west south-west ; and abor* the euening with the west sunne we saw the Admirable Island,^ and about the north sunne past along by it, which is distant from the Black Point eight [32] miles. And passing along by it, we saw about two hundred sea horses lying upon a flake of ice, and we sayled close by them * Giooter — greater. * liecht voort lacckcn met cen (joeden coortfjaiujh — right before the wind, at a good rate. ' Ecu (loonjaende coelte — a steady breez.c. * In dck eetinad — in every four-aud-twenty liours. See jiage 88, note 5. * riiillip here adds, " to bring our voyage to an end". " llcbbcudc uoch die htcrlijckc voort(jan. and draue thorn from thenco, which had ahnost cost vs doercj^ for they, being mighty strong fishes^ and of great force, swam towards vs (as if they would be reuenged on us for the dis- pight that we had don them) round about our scuts"* with a great noyse, as if they would haue deuoured vs; but wo escaped from them by reason that we had a good gale of wind, yet it was not wisely done of vs to wake sleeping wolues. The 21 of July we past by Cape Pluncio' about the east north-cast sunne, which lyeth west south-west eight [32] miles from y® Admirable Island f and with the good gale y' we had, about y* south-west sun we sailed by Langenes, 9 [36] miles from Cape Pluncio ; there the land reacheth most south-west, and we had a good** north-east winde. The 22 of July, we hauing so good a gale of wind,^ when we came to Capo do Cant,* there we went on land to seeko for some birds and egs, but we found none ; so we sayled forwards. But after y*, about y*' south sun, we saw a clift^ y' was ful of birds j thither we sailed, and casting stones at them, we killed 22 birds and got fifteen© egges, which one of our men fetcht from the clift, and if we would haue stayed there any longer we might haue taken a hun- dred or two hundred birds at least; but because the maister was somewhat further into sea-ward then we and stayed for vs, and for that we would not loose that faire fore-wind,^" wo [speedily] sailed forwards [close] a long by the laud ; and about the south-west sunne we came to another point, ' Dear. » Zce-moimtirs. De Veer knew better than to call the walrus ajinh. » Boats. * Capo PIdiicio — Cape riaucius. This headland is not anywhere named in the account of the first voyage, tliough it appears in the cliait of Lonisbay. ^ Admiralty Ishiiid. * Ihtrlijck — splendid. ' Alilns iwch evil i/oi'ikii vimrlijmiijh helihciKle — making still rapid progress. » Copn i!r Caul. » ntp—d'\({. '" Die III"!/ ikiinjitcmk iriiil — t'lat lino ytcady hreozc. ■ill lii ' '! t,. i' ■ 1 j r vl !■ i' ■ .■ 1 I P THE NAVIGATION where we got [about] a hundred [and] twenty fiuo birds, which we tooke with our hands out of their noasts, and some we killed with stones and made them fal downe into the water ; for it is a thing certaine y* those birds nouer vsed to see men, and that no man had euer sought or vsed to take them, for else they would haue flowne away,i and that they feared no body but the foxes and other wilde beastes, that could not clime up the high clifts,^ and that therefore they had made their nests thereon, where they were out of feare of any beastes comming vnto them; for we were in no small daunger of breaking of our legg6s and armes, especially as we came downe againe, because the clift was so high and so stepe. Those birds had euery one but one egge in their neasts, and that lay vpon the bare clift without any straw or other [soft] thing vnder them, which is to be wondred at to thinke how they could breed'^ their young ones in so great cold ; but it is to be thought and beleeued that they therfore sit but vpon one egge, that so the heat which they giue in breeding so many, [having so much more power,] may be wholy giuen vnto one egge, and by that meanes it hath all the heat of the birde vnto it selfe, [and is not divided among many eggs at the same time]. And there also we found many egges, but most of them were foule and bad. And when we left them,* the viud fell flat against vs and blew [a strong breeze from the; north-west, and there also we had much ice, and we tooke great paines to get from the ice, but we could not get aboue it.* And at last by lauering' we fell into the ice ; and being there we saw much open water" towards the land, whereuuto we made as well as wo could. But our maister, (that was [with his boat] more to ' The habits of these birds are not much altered by the presence of men, or else tliey would not be culled Jhulish Guillemots. See page 12, note 3. « Cliffs. 3 Hatch. * Van ihicr of xtacckdt — put oil from thence. " Weather it, * Luveeriiig. ' Mmj opiiiiiiijc — a line opening. I ii INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 221 irtls, somo the sed to ) take b tliey iy that e they f feare 3 small ially as gh and in their traw or ed at to so great therfore giue in 1 may be hath all divided B also we and bad. ist vs and there also b from the f lauering® auch open well as wo ,t] more to presence of See pivg« 1'^) Hatch. Weather it. lie opcniuy. sea ward,) perceiuiug vs to bo in the ice, thoufjfht wo had gotten some hurt, and lauered to and ugaino along by tho ice; but at last seeing that wo sailed therein,' ho was of opinion that we saw some open water,^ and that we made towards it (as it was true), and therefore he wound also towards vs and came to land by us, where wo found a good hauen and lay safe almost from all winds, and he came thither about two houres after vs. There we went on land, and got somo eggs and [picked up] some wood to make a fire, wherewith we made ready^ the birds that we had taken j at which time we had a north-west wind with close^ weather. The 2'-S of July it was darke and mistie weather, with a north wind, whereby we ,vere forced to lye still in that creoke or hauen: meanetime some of our men went on land,'^ to seeke for some egges and [perchance also for] stones,*' but found not many, but a reasonable number of good stones. The 24 of July it was faire weather, but the wind still northerly, whereby we were forced to lye still j and about noone we tooke the higth of y° sun with our astrolabium, and found it to be eleuated aboue the horizon 37 degrees and 20 min., his declination 20 degrees and 10 minutes, which sub^tracted from y" higth aforesaid rested 17 degrees and 10 minutes, which taken from 90 degrees, the higth of the Polo was 73 degrees and 10 minutes.''' And for y* we lay stil there, some of our men went often times on land to seeke stones, and found some that were as good as euer any that we found. The 25 of July it was darke misty weather, the wind north, but we were forced to ly still because it blew so hard. The 26 of July it began to 'jo faire weather, which we had ' Daer in seyhlen — sailed in that direction. ^ Openint/c — opening. » Coockten — boiled. ♦ Mottich — dirty. » Tc lawltivacrtu in — towards the land. * Steentgiens — pebbles. ' This calculation is altogether erroneous. The sun's declination on .fuly 24th, 1598, was + 19" 47',i ; so that, with the observed height (cor- rected for refraction), the elevation of the I'olc was only 72° 28',3. :■' ' 222 TllK NWIOATION n „ ilin wind stiU north ; ,„ groat a croeko tat w « _^^^^„,, „, ,„t „neB into the »^-.- *'°'^°'° " . j,,„ ,,i,ul, «o that >t was thereof, and it w- "tjuot sometimes sayling «nd ™a„ight before »- J° ^^™;:; h,»o stroWour sailos sometimes rowiugi and mm (,1 „„d vowea abas by tho lancl ^^ ^,,„^ ,,„ The 27 of July >t v,as f^'« *»; „ ;„„ „,„,„, by tho ,„„ed a« that day ""-^^ ^'"la „, evemng. about ,„„d. the ^-ind bemg - " "jf ' ,3 „„ere there rau a tto west sunne, we came to a p ^^ ^^_^ _^^„„^ great streame,« whereby - ^^f „^3,,, „„a wo ■ 're of Constiusarke ;' for we saw a grea^ ^ Qar opinion ,' it went through to the^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^„„^ course was most ;»»*-'«- ■ ^^ ,„;,«! between „e past aiong by the ^'^^ ^J^,^^ ,,,„, ,„„th south- .,e firmo land and an .^ nd, and ^^^^ ^^^^^_ east with a north-west "md, a ^,. ^^, „Uen „ai»ter with ,« seute bemg a 8°°^;.'^^^, ^^ ^^.i^a for vs, he had gotten about y pomt ^^^^ ^ _^^ ^ ^^^^ ,r,d there we lay [some t,me] b„ j__^^ ^^.,^3 ,,,„„ some birds, but got no-> -^J^^^ ^„ ,,, crosse Point ^"^° r rot°:!us'es- south-east, the wind north- 20 [80] miles, our course » west. . . weather, with a north-cast The 28 of July It w-« f^^^^ ^' ' .i,,,„d. .several. ^ ^^eu-aert in-U>^^^^^s^^^^^^ ^ s ?hat is to say, the Sea of ^^^ ";l^;Novaya Zemlya, this current rr=st9H=-'i::ufH INTO THK NOUTII SKAS. 00 a th; \VU3 loint ■was ftnd sailos H,t wo ly the about ran «- about ->re of Our sunno aotwcon I soutb- ed, tbo ut wben d fov vs, to take led from 3se Point id iiortb- north-cast lound. ct, that there this current md. But its rawn from it, lar, and not a in Cliffs. wind ; then wo sailed alono; by tlio land, and with tlio south-west sunno f^ot before S. Liinrenco Bay, or Sconce I'oiut,' and suyled south south-east G [21'] miles; and beiiif^ there, wo found two Russians lodgies'- or ships beyond the Point, wherewith wo wore [on the one hand] not a littlo comforted to thinko that wo were come to the ])laco whero wo found mon, but were [on the other hand] in some doubt of them because thoy were so many, for at that time wee sawo at least 30 men, and know not what [sort of persons] thoy wore [whether savages or other foreigners^]. There with much paino and labour wo got to the land, which they perceiuing, left off their worko and came towards v's, but without any armcs ; and wee also went on shore, as many as were well,* for diners of vs were very ill at ( aso and weake by reason of a great scouring in their bodies.^ And when wcc met together wee saluted each other in friendly wise, they after theirs, and we after our manner. And when we were met, both they and we lookt each other stedfastly [and pitifully] in the face, for that some of them knew vs, and we them to bee the same men which the yeare before, when we past through the Weigats, had been in our ship ;^ at which time we perceiued y* they were abasht and wondered at vs,' to remember that at that time we were so well furnished with a [splendid] great ship, that was exceedingly prouided of all things necessary, and then to see vs so leano and bare,^ and with so small [open] scutes into that country. And amongst them there were two that in friendly manner clapt y*' master and me upon the shoulder, as knowing vs since y" [former] voiago : for there was none of all our men that was as then in * S. Laurens Boy, ofte Schaiis hoeck. ^ See page 33, note C. See page 32. * On dniitschc — WH-Dutch. * .Vo vcel al.sser omer mochten row de sicckte — as many of us as were able on account of our illness. » De scheiirhiiljck — the scurvy. • Sec page 56. ' Orcr ons ontset oft lecommcrt naren — confused or concerned about us. " Oiitstcll — miserable. II !' II THE NAVTOATION that voiage^ but we two onley ; and [they] asked vs for our crable,^ meaning our ship, and we shewed them l»y signes as well as we could (for we had no interpreter) that we had lost our ship in the ice ; wherewith they sayd Grable pro pal,^ which we vnderstood to be, Haue you lost your ship ? and we madb answere, Grable pro pal, which was as much as to say, that we had lost our shin. And many more words vve could not vse, because wo vnderstood not each other. Then they made shew* to be sorry for our losse and to be grieued that we the yeare before had beeue there with so many ships, and then to see vfi la so simple manner/ and made vs signes that then they had drunke wine in our ship, and asked vs what drinke we had now ; wherewith one of our men went into the scute® and drew some water, and let them taste thereof; br : they shakt their heads, and said No dohhre,^ that is, it is not good. Then our master went nearer vnto them and shewed them his mouth, to giue them to vnder- stand that we were troubled with a loosnesse in our bellies,* and to know if they could giue vs any cotmcel to help it j but they thought we made shew that we had great hunger, wherewith one of them went unto their lodging'' and fctcht a round rie loafe weighing about 8 pounds, with some smoked^" foales, vvhicl: we accepted thankfully, and gaue them in ex- ' In dc Weyf/ats — in the Weygats. See page 27, note 4. ' Crahhle : intended for the Russian korahl, a ship. * Crahhle pt o pal. The correct quj^stion and answer in Russian would be : Projial korahl ? — is the ship lost ? Korahl propal — the ship is lost. * Made signs. " ' In soo sohtren stnet — in so poor a condition. « Boat. 7 No dohhre. The correct Russian is nijet dohre — not gnod. These Russian seamen appear to have made use of a sort of lingua franca, half Russian, half English, which is still common among the persons of their class, having been acciuircd from their converse with English traders to the White Sea. * Van den schwrhuijck — with the scurvy. See page 152, note 3. ' Lodtfien : intended for the Russian word, lodiji — boats. '« "Smored."— /'/(. A misprint. INTO THE yORTH SEAS. 225 r our .63 a3 Host ? and 1 as to rds we Then rrieued y ships, J signes tsked vs en went jtn taste dohhrei' p>rer vnto to vnder- bellies,* he^p it; hunger, md fotcht smoked^" em in ex- Hssian would ship is ^ost. r a condition. good. These ngua franca, the persons with English L 110 tc 3. change halfe a dozen of muschuyt.^ Then our master led two of the chiefe of them with him into his scute, and gaue them some of the wine that we had, being almost a gallon,^ for it was so neeve out. And while we staied there we were very familiar with them, and went to the place where they lay, and sod some of our mischuyt^ with water by their fire, that we might eate some warm e thing downe into our bodies. And we were much comforted to see the Russians, for that in thirteene moneths time [since] that we departed from John Cornelison'* we had not scene any man, but onely mon- sterous and craelP wild beares ; for that'' as then we were in some comfort, to see that we had lined so long to come in company of men againe, and therewith we said vnto each other, now we hope that it will fall out better with vs, seeing we haue found men againe, thanking God with all our hearts, that he had beenc so gracious and mercifuU vnto vs, to giue vs life vntill that time. The 29 of July it was reasonaMe faire weather, and that morning the Russians began to make preparation to be gone and to sf - saile ; at which time they digd ccrtaine barrels with traine oile out of the sieges,'^ which they had buried there, and put it into their ships ; and we not knowing whither they would go, saw them saile towards y° Weigats : at Avhich time also we set saile and followed after them. But they eayling before vs, and we following them along by the land, the weather being close and misty, we lost the sight of them, and knew not wl other they put into any creeke or sayled forward ; but we held on our course south south-east, with a north-west wind, and then south- east, betweene [the] two islands, vntill wo were inclosed ' Muschuijt (for hischuyt) — biscuits. ^ Een minghelen — about the third part of a gallon. ' Boiled some of our biscuit. ♦ Namely, at Bear Island, on the 1st of July, 1596. See page 85. ' Vcrschcunndc — ravenous. * Ahondat — so that. ' O'H^/ff/— shingle ; beach. I Ml r :i: : THE NAVIGATION 226 whereby we „ith ice ag»ino and saw no °P» ' ,„a that the supposed that they were -^o;''^: ^,„Lt creeke. And nor*-we»twind ^^ d™^" ^^^^ open water before vs, being so inclosed w' .ce, »d -« - P ^^^ ,^,,.3 to but with great 'ab»ur and pa.nes^we ^^^ ^_^^^^_^^^, the two idands aforesa>d and the ^^^ .^^^^_ ^^^ ., .unnewemadeourscntesfasat then it began to Wowe hard^-"* J^ ^^.^^ ^^^^ The 30 of Jnly 'J^S "* !„;! «eat store of raine and a as stiff from the] "»'•" :fXteredonr scutes with sore storme, so that ■'"^f/ ,Wch was an vnaccus- our sailes, ,et we could -ot lyej"?' ^^.^^ ,^ ,„„g t.me ton,ed thing vnto v» •■ ^ -j^^^^t,, there all that day. before, and yet we were forced y _^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^.,,,t The 31 of July, ■» *° Xd to a""*^"'''"'''' "''"'" sunne, we rowed from that ,dand to ^^^ ^^^ on there stood two -"-'^^'/^X of merchandise, as the „en had laine there about trade ^^^ ^^ other Russians that we saw before ^^^_^^^^_ ^^^^^^,y „o man there , the w»d - *;;/^/ t,.. There, to our the ice draue ««" t^^'f^^f ^/iu 'that island we found ^oat good, we went on 'f <>■ '" ^vs e«eeding well; peat store of leple Jj^^-'^^* ", JU vs thither,for as audit seemed that Go"adp- PO-'J ^ ^^^, ,„ troubled then we had many s.cke ^^TZ.ere thereby become so „ith a scom-ing m "-'^^''l^ ^^t by meanes of those «ahe, that we could har^ ~^ ^^^^ ^ ^„„„o as we had leaues we were "ealea *e^^ ^^^ ^^^,^,_ ,bereat wo :rdrc:::turraei-----7«^™*^" INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 227 we 1 the And re vs, ne to Vi-east for as w [just e and a teswith vnaccus- ang titno kt day. lortb-east a, wbere- that some se, as the ■ vve found t, whereby ;re, to our ti we found eding v?eU ; ither,foras } so troubled jr become so aes of those ac as we had [^ -whereat we ve gave God id. eario, officinalish great thanks for that and for many other his mercies shewed vnto vs, by his great and vnexpected ayd lent vs in that our dangerous voyage. And so, as I sayd before, we eate them by whole handfuls together, because in Holland wee had heard much spoken of their great force, and as then found it to be much more than we expected. The 1 of August the wind blew hard north-west, and the ice, that for a while had driuen towards the entry of the Weigats, stayed and draue no more, but the sea went very hollow,^ whereby we were forced to remoue our scutes on the other side of the island; to defend them from the wanes of the sea. And lying there, we went on land againe to fetch more leple leaues,^ whereby wee had bin so wel holpen, and stil more and more recouered our healths, and in so short time that we could not choose but wonder thereat; so that as then some of vs could eate bisket againe, which not long before they could not do.^ The 2 of August it was dark misty weather, the wind stil blowing stiffe north-west ; at which time our victuals began to decrease, for as then we li nothing but a little bread and water, and some of vs a little hecse, which made vs long sore to be gone from thence, special'} in regard of our hunger, whereby our weake members begin to be .auch weaker, and yet we were forced to labour sore, which wem two great contraries ; for it behoued vs rather to bane our bellies full, that so we might be the stronger to endure our labour ; but patience was our point of trust.* derden — yea, most of us were so afflicted with the scurvy that we could scarcely move, and by means of this spoon-wort we were im ' re- 'jovered ; for it helped us so remarkably and so speedily, that we our- selves were astonished. ' Ran very high. * See note 3 in the preceding page. * The almost instantaneous effect of a c!...iige of diet, and particularly of the use of fresh vegetables, in the cure of scurvy, has been noticed on numerous occasions. * Patkntie was mis vonrlandt — lit. patience was our fore-land, that is to say, what we had constantly before us. q2 ' ■ '^ J THE NAVIGATION somewhat better, we "S^^* 7"°|^,,i, , „„d so commit- ting our seines to God, w -^ » " J ^^^ ,,3,, ,„a then we and sailed sonthsonth-westtiU the s fe,,e, for we entred into ice -^^^^^^ .^:';;. N^ona Zembla - and had crost oner »\"'f'*;,a ...t'^^eet with any ice agame .ere in good nope y-^^'fj" ,,,„, [thns] in the ice in so short space. At wn c ^.,„ „„ia doe vs no great .ith calme weather, whereby our sa les cou^ ^^3 good, we stroke' our sa,les and ^^g™ f without great L last we rowed ^-n *r°n^^ * Cost snnne got cleere a„a sore labour, and about the soutl ^^ ^^^ ^^ .Hereof and -'- V:^;ti itg' an! r'owing, we had made ice ; and then, what «'* .™7« ^^s we thought to aproeh 20 [80] miles. A-^sosad.ng fo.^ards ^^^^^_^^^^ „eere vnto the Rnss.an --»>^ *„a then it was very sunnewe entred -'» '''! tclTv;; heauy. fo-ng that cold, wherewith om- h^^s be ame v y ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^ it would alwaies eontmew .n tta sor^.^^^ ^^^^^ ^^„,^ „„, nener be freed thereof. And ^^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^j^t make so good way nor «a -* ;*^„ ,^, ;,„ f„, that being oficcwewerecompoMto *r ^^^ ^^^ ^^^.^^^, in it we perceme.1 T"„!tt was very close, but at last we matter was to get .nto -t, for -t was - y^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ .^ crossed over ««.Z»'M7mZ*cu. . Struck, lowered. ^j^^^ ^owed forward through . Ende royden also deurt ys neui the ice. De ruyine lioat. ~f(, — the open sea. /jocit— Yawl. Yawl. To weather. Weathered. i A INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 229 eitig ieaue imit- wind, en we "or we ,^ and againe ae ice, great ae, and t great ,t cleere saw no ad made o aprocli »rth-west was very ring that ve should could not the point that being e hardest at last we r eiitred, it paine and r, that was got aboue^ we had auitc ward through To weather. Weathered. the point of the ice, and was in some feare that we were in- closed with yo ice ; but God sent vs the meanes to get out from it as soone as he could saile about the point thereof,* and so we met together againe. The 4 of August, about the south-east sunne, being gotten out of the ice, we sailed forward with a north-west wind, and held our course [mostly] southerly; and when the sunne was [about] south, at noone time, we saw the coast of Russia lying before vs, whereat we were exceeding glad ; and going neerer vnto it, we stroke^ our sailes and rowed on land, and found it to be very low land, J ke a bare strand that might be flowed ouer with the water.^ There we lay till the sunne was south-west ; but perceiuing that there we could not much further our selues, hauing as then sailed from the point of Noua Zembla (from whence we put off) thither ful 30 [120] miles, we sailed forward along by the coast of Russia with an indifferent gale of wind, and when the sunne was north we saw another Russian iolle or ship,* which we sailed vnto to speake with them ; and being hard by them, they came al aboue hatches,^ and we cried vnto them, Gandinaes, CaiuUnaes,^ whereby we asked them if we were about Candinaes, but they cryed againe and sayd, Pitzora, Pitzora,'' to shew vs that we were thereabouts. And for y* we sailed along by the coast, whei'o it was very drie,^ supposing that we held our course west ' Alu hijt vai) bni/teu om seyldc — while he was rounding it ou the out- side. '' Struck, lowered. * The point where they tlms reached the Russian coast would seem to bo in about 55 E. long., on the eastern side of the mouth of the Petchora. * Eeii Ilusxche jolk — a Russian yawl. ^ Boveii op Jiacrjollc — ou the deck of their yawl. « Caiulhiacs — Kanin Nos; the cape at the eastern side of the entrance to the White Sea. See page 38, note 3. ' Pitzora — the river Petchora. See page 55, note 3. ^ Dttcrt SCC7' droogli was — where it was very shallow. i, i him \U\ 230 THE NAVIGATION ■■lit ) I t n I and by north, that so we might get beyond the point pf Candinaes, we were wholy deceiued by our compas, that stood vpon a chest bound with yron bands, which made vs vary at least 2 points, whereby we were much more southerly then we thought our course had bin, and also farre more easterly, for we thought verily that we had not bin farre from Candinaes, and we were three daies sailing from it, as after we perceiued ;^ and for that we found our selues to bo so much out of our way, we stayed there all night til day appeared. The 5 of August, lying there, one of our men went on shore, and found the land further in to be greene and ful of trees,2 and from thence called to vs to bid vs bring our peeces on shore, saying that there was wild deere to be killed,^ which made vs exceeding glad, for then our victuales were almost spent, and we had nothing but some broken bread,* whereby we were wholy out of comfort, and^ some of vs were of opinion that we should leaue the scutes and goe further into the land, or else (they said) we yhould all die with hunger, for that many daies before we were forced to fast, and hunger was a sharpe sword which wo could hardly endure any longer. The 6 of August the weather began to be somewhat better; at which time we determined to row forward, because the wind was [dead ] against vs, [so] that we might get out of the creeke," the wind being east south-east, which was our ' We have hero a convincing proof that they were no longer under tlie able guidance of William Barentsz. For this reason it has, since the time of his death, been deemed unnecessary to attempt to fix the hour of the day by the recorded bearing of the sun, as had been done previously- * Elide lievondl (latter yrociite ivas, met somiuujhc cleyne bouiuktus — and found verdure there with a few small trees. ' Wilt te schieten — game (for us) to shoot. * Wat schummdt broodt — a little mouldy bread. * Also dat—m that. " Den inhum — the bay or inlet ; namely, the estuary of the river Potchora, INTO THE NORTH SEAS, 231 int pf , that ade vs itherly I more a farre a it, a3 IS to bo til day vent on id ful of ring our ■e to be victuales 3 broken id^ some iutes and ihould all ro forced wo could lat better; ecause the get out of ih was our longer under has, since the X the hour of le previously- of the river course as then. And so, hauing rowed about three [12] miles, we could get no further because it was so full in the wind, and we al together heartlesse and faint, the land streatching further north-east then we made account it had done,^ whereupon we beheld each other in pittifuU manner, for we had great want of victuals, and knew not how farro we had to saile before we should get any releefe, for al our victuals was almost consumed. The 7 of August, the wind being west north-west, it serued vs well to get out of that creeke, and so we sailed for- ward east and by north till we got out of the creeke, to the place and the point of land where we first had bin, and there made our scutes fast again; for the north-west wind was right against vs, whereby our mens hearts and courages were wholy abatc^ to see no issue how we should get from thence; for as then sicknesses, hunger, and no meanes to be found how to get from thence, consumed both our flesh and our bloud ; but if we had found any releefe,^ it would haue bin better with vs. The 8 of August there was no better weather, but still the wind was [dead] against vs, and we lay a good way one from the other, as we found best place for vs ; at which time there was most dislike^ in our boate, in regard that some of vs were exceeding hungrie and could not endure it any longer, but were wholy out of heart still* wishing to die. The 9 of August it was all one weather, so that the wind blowing contrary we were forced to lye still and could goe no further, our greefe still increasing more and more. At last, two of our men went out of the scute wherein the maister was, which we perceiuing two of our men also landed, and went altogether about a mile [4 miles] into the countrie," and at last saw a banke, by the which there issued 1 This was the promontory on the western side of the Petchora estuary. * Hadde dccrlijck nien nw(/hcii helpen — if looking deplorable could have helped us. * Verdrkt — sorrow. ^ Ende — and. » '/ laghc land! hciieii — along the low land. I ■I i u 23: THE NAVIGATION a groat streamo of water,' which wo thought to bo the way from whence the Russians came betweene Candinaes and the tii-me land of Russia.^ And as our men came backe againe, in the way as they went along they found a dead sea-horse^ that stanke exceedingly, which they drew with them to our acute,* thinking that they should haue a dainty morsell^ out of it, because they endured so great hunger ; but we [dis- suaded them from it, and] told them that without doubt it would kil us, and that it were better for vs to endure pouerty and hunger for a time, then to venture vpon it ; saying, that seeing God, who^ in so many great extremitys had sent vs a happy issue, stil lined and was exceeding powerfull, we hoped and nothing doubting that he would not altogether forsake vs, but rather holpe vs when we were most in dispaireJ The 10 of August it was stil a north-west wind, with niistie and darke^ weather, so that we wei'e driuen" to lio still; at which time it was no need for vs to aske one another how we fared, for we could well gesse it by our counte- nances. The 11 of August, in the morning, it was faire calme weather ; so that, the sunne being about north-east, the master sent one of his men to vs to bid vs prepare our selues to set saile, but we had made our selues ready there- unto before he came, and [had] bcg'j,n lo rowe towards ' /it M lacfk siaen dtur ecn siroom hy uijt licp — a beacon Btanding, by which there ran a current. * Dacr thiir wy vtniweden (latter 3. 3 Op(jhdiluckt — plucked. * Em moij covltijen — a nice breeze. ^ Meant ; intended. Misprinted " went". " This point, which they mistook for " Candinaes", or Kanin Nos, was apparently Cape Barmin, on ihc east side of Tcheskaya Bay, over which they now proceeded to cross, under the impression that it was the White Sea. ' Wat icy malcandereii mochten meJe deelen — that we could divide between us. ^1 i!i I' 2^6 THE NAVIGATION i passo ouor the White Sea to the coast of Russia.' And sail- ing in that sort with a good windo, about midnight there rose a gi*eat storme out of the north, wherewith we stroke saile and made it shorter ; ^ but our other boate, that was harder vnder saile,' (knowing not that we had lessened our sailes,) sailed foreward, whereby we straied one from the other, for then it was very darke. The 14 of August in the morning, it being indifferent good weather with a south-west wind, we sailed west north • west, and then it began to cleare vp, so that we [just] saw our [other] boate, and did what wo could to get vnto her, but we could not, because it began to be mistie weather againe ; and therefore we said unto each other, let vs hold on our course, we shal finde them wol enough on the north coast, when we are past the White Sea.* Our course was west north-'vest, the wind being sou ih- west and by west, and about the south-west sunne, we could get no further, because the wind fel contrary, whereby we were forced to strike our sailes and to row forward ; and in that sort, rowing till the sunne was west, there blew an indifferent gale of wind ^ out of the east, and therewith we set saile (and yet we rowed with two oares) till the sunne was north north-west, and then the wind began to blow somewhat stronger east and east south-east, at which time we tooke in our oares and sailed forward west north-west. The 15 of August wee saw the sunne rise east north-east, wherevpon we thought that our compasse varied somewhat; ^ ' Nae linslandt toe. This is a mistake in the original. The coast of Norway or Laplaud is meant. * Wy oiis seijl strcrcloi, ciak mimcn ecu riff oft twee in — we lowered our sail and took in a reof or two. •■• Onsc imiits die wat styvtr onder seijl ivareii — our comrades, who stood somewhat better under sail. * Aciidt Noordtsche cust over de Witte Zee — on the coast of Norway, ou the other side of the White Sea. » KucUc — breeze. * Vry wat — a good deal. As the sun's azimuth at his rising was nd sail- ht there 3 stroke that was med ouv :rom the idifferent ist north • just] saw vnto her, weather (t vs hold the north •ourse was 1 west, and _ sr, becavi c strike our ng till the ' wind ''' out ; we rowed i-west, and jr east and : oares and north-east, somewhat ; ' The coast of ,j__we lowered ides, who stood t o/iVo WO)/, ou his rising was INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 237 and when tlio sunno was oapt it was calmo weather ngaino, wherewith we were forced to take in our sailes and to row againe, but it was not long before wee had a gale of windo^ out of the south-east, tind then we hoyscd vp our sailes againe, and wont forward west and by south. And sayling in that manner with a good forewind,- when the sunne was south we saw land,* thinking that as then we had beeno on the west side of the White Sea beyond Cardinaos ; and being close vnder the land, we saw sixo Russian lodgies' lying there, to whom we sailed and spake with them, asking them how far wee were from Kilduin ; ■"' but although they vnderstood vs not well, yet they raado vs such signos that we vnderstood by them that we were still farro from thence, and that we were yet on the east side of Caudinaos. And with that they stroke their liands together," thereby signifying y* we must first passe ouor the White Sea, and that our scutes were too little to doe it, and that it would be ouer great daunger for vs to passe ouer it with so small scutos, and that Candinaes was still north-west from vs. Then woo asked them for some bread, and they gauo vs a loafe, which [dry as it was] wee eate hungcrly vp as wee were rowing, but woo would not beleeue them that we were still on the east side of Cardinaes, for we thought verily that wee had past ouer the White Sea. And when wo left them, we rowed along by the land, the wind beeing north ; and about the north-west sunne we had a good wind againe from the south-east, and therewith we saylcd along by the shore, and saw a groat Russian lodgie lying on tho starreboord from" vs, which we thought came out of the White Sea. 49° 56',6 W., the variation would be 17° 33',5 or about 1 J points W. This, as compared with the observation of the 12th August, as recorded, shows a considerable difference. But, as is remarked in the note on that observa- tion, the error is more likely to be on that than on the present occasion. ' Koelte — breeze. ^ Ecu moyc cuclte — a nice breeze. ' They had here reached the western side of Tcheskaya Bay. * Boats. » Kihhdjn. See page 7, note 1. * Zy smeten hacr handtn rnn ceii — they spread their hands out. 238 THE NAVIGATION I The 16 of August in the morning, sayling forward north- west, wee perceiued that we were in a creeke,^ and so made towards ye Russian lodgie which we had seene on our starreboord, which at last with great labour and much paine we got vnto ; and comming to them about the south- east sunne, with a hard wind, we asked them how farre wo were from Sembla de CooP or Kilduiu; but they shooke their heads, and shewed us that we were on the east side of Zembla de Candinaes^ but we would not beleeue them. And then we asked them [for] some victuals, where- with they gaue vs certaine plaice, for the which the maister gaue theui a peece of money, and [we] sailed from them againe, to get out of that hole where wee were,* as it roacht into the sea ; but they perceiuing that we tooke z, wrong course and that tha flood was almost past, sent two men vnto vs, in a small boate, with a great loafe of bread, which they gaue vs, and made signes vnto vs to come aboord of their ship againe,^ for that the) intended to haue further speech with vs and to help" vs, which we seemed not to refuse and desiring not to be vnthankfull, gaue them a peece of money and a peece of linnen cloth, but they stayevi still by vs, and they that were in the great lodgie held vp bacon and butter vnto vs, to mooue vs to come aboord of them againe, and so we did. And being with them, they showed vs that wo were stil on the eabt side of the point of Candinaes ; then we ' Gantsch in een inham heset — quite inclosed in a bay or creek. They would seem to have here been at the north-western corner of Tcheskaya Bay. * Vraeghen inj hacr nae Semhla de Cool — we asked them after Sembla de Cool. By this jargon, which is here a compound of Russian and Sjianish, the Dutch seamen desired to obtain information respecting " the country of Kola", in Laplanrl.. ' Dattrt Sembla de Caiidi7ias was — that it was Sembla de Candinas ; i.e., Kanineskaya Zemlya. * Om dcur dat gat te comcn daer zy voor lagen — to get through the passage, before which they lay. * Wcder aen hacr schip — back to their ship. " Ondcrrechten — to inctruct ; to give information. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 239 fetcht cm' card^ and let them see it, by the which they shewed vs that we were still on the east side of the White Sea and of Candinaes ; which we vnderstanding, were in some doubt with our selues* because we had so great a voiage to make ouer the White Sea, and were in more feare for our companions that were in the boate,^ as also y'' hauing sailed 22 [88] miles along by the Russian coast,* we had gotten no further, but were then to sailo ouer the mouth of the White Sea with so small prouision ; for which cause the master bought of y" Russians three sacks w* meale, two flitches and a halfe of bacon, a pot of Russia butter, and a runlet of honny, for prouision for vs and our boate^ when we should meet with it againe. And for yt in the meane time the flood was past, we sailed with the [beginning of the] ebbe out of the aforesaid creeke" where the Russians boate'' came to vs, and entred into the sea with a good south-east wind, holding our course north north-west ; and there we saw a point that reacht out into the sea, which we thought to be Candinaes, but we sailed still forward, and the land reached north-west.^ In the euening, the sunne being north-west, when we saw that we did not much good with rowing, and that the streamed was almost past, we lay still, and sod^*^ a pot full of water and meale, which tasted exceeding well, because we had put some bacon fat and honny into it, so that we thought it to be a feastiuall day^^ with vs, but still our minds ran vpon our boate,^^ because we knew not where it was. ' Cacrtc — chart. ' Waren hcducht — were alarmed. ' Bock — yawl. » Nu iry 22 mykn al over de zee waren gescylt — now that we had sailed 22 miles right across the sea. s Oitse luackcrs — our companions. « Gat — passage. ' IJct cleyne lodUjicn — the little lodja or boat. 8 Onviel hem n, w. — turned to the N.W. This must have been Cape Mikalkin, the S.E. cape of Kanineskaya Zemlya. » Stroom— tide. " Boiled. " Datter ktrnmln teas — that it was Christmas, It is kermis, which means a festival or fair-day. See page 39, note 2. '2 Onse ander maets — our other companions. mMm mm- 240 THE NAVIGATION The 17 of August, lying at anchor, in the morning at breake of day we saw a Russian lodgie that came sayling out of the White Sea, to whom we rowed, that we might haue some instruction^ from him; and when we boorded him, without asking or speaking vnto him, he gaue vs a loafe of bread, and by signes shewed vs as well as he could that he had seene our companions, and that there was seuen men in tiie boate ; but we not knowing well what they sayd, neither yet boleeuing them, they made other signes vnto vs,^ and held vp their seuen fingers and pointed to our scute, thereby shewing that there were so many men in the boate,'' and that they had sold them bread, flesh, fi-^h, and other victualls. And while we staid in their lodgie, we saw a small compasse therein, which we knew that they l^ad bought* of our chiefe boatson,^ which they likewise acisnowledged. Then we vnderstanding them well, askt them how long it was since they saw our boate" and whereabouts it was, [and] they made signes vnto vs that it was the day before. And to conclude, they showed vs great friendship, for the which we thanked them ; and so, being glad of the good newes wee had heard we tooke our leaues of them, much reioycing that wee heard of our companions welfare, and specially because they had gotten victuals from the Russians, which was the thing that wee most doubted of, in regard that we knew what small prouision they had with them. Which done, we rowed as hard as we could, to try if we might ouertake them, as being still in doubt that they had not prouision inough, wishing that we had had part of ours : and hauing rowed al that day with great labour along by the land, aboat mid- ' Beschcjjt — information. * Soo heduyilen zijt ons uoch bet — they explained it better to us, ' Battel mede sodatiiyhen open nchuijt teas — that it waa a similar open boat. ♦ Iladdeii — had ; obtained. • Ilooyhbootsman — the chief-boatswain, or first mate. « Voick — people. INTO THE NORTH SEAS. 2U ng at lyHng might lliim, oafe of hat he men in aeithcr 8,2 and thereby .nd that [ctualls. )mpasse ir chiefe hen we ras since iid] they And to vhich we wee had that wee iuse they was the we knew done, we ake them, inough, ng rowed boat mid- 3 us. a similar ni_^ht wo found a fall of fresh water, and then wo wont on land to fetch some [water], and there also we got some leple leaues.^ And as we thought to row forward, we were forced to saile, because the flood was past,2and still wee lookt earnestly out for the point of Candinaes, and the 6ue crosses, whereof we had beene instructed by the Russians, but we could not see it. The 18 of August in the morning, the sunne being east, [in order to gain time] wee puled vp our stone (which we vsed in steed of an anchor,*) and rowed along by the land till the sunne was south, then wee saw a point of land reach- ing into the sea, and on it certaiue signes of crosses,* which as we went neerer vnto wee saw perfectly ; and when the sunne was west, wee perceiued that the land reached west and south-west, so that thereby we knew it certainly to be tho point of Candinaes, lying at the mouth of the White Sea, which we were to crosse, and had long desired to see it. This point is easily to be knowne, hauing fine crosses stand- ing vpon it, which are perfectly to be decerned, ono the east side in tho south-east, and one the other side in the south-west.^ And when we thought to saile from thence to tho west side of the White Sea towards the coast of Norway, wo found that one of our runlets of fresh water was almost leakt out; and for that we had about 40 Dutch [100] miles to saile ouer tho sea before we should get any fresh water, we ' Sec page 226, note 3. * Kiuk (lis wy iiict'iitkn i-oort te varcii, so inocskii wij f them ; 10 mony tf one of e two or victuals.^ semewhat le lodgie, sw them ; td shewed led to and had been rraue God ht vs toge- rethev, and -cooked. 226, note 3. dranke of the cleare water, such as runneth along by Collon through the Rein/ and then we agreed that they should come vnto vs, that we might saile together. The 22 of xiugust the rest of our men^ with the boate came unto vs about the east south-east sunne, whereat we much reioyced, and then we prayed the Russians cooke to bake a sacke of meale for vs and to make it bread, paying him for it, which he did. And in the meane time, when the fishermen came with their fishe out of the sea, our maister bought foure cods of them, which we sod and eate. And while we were at meat, the chiefe of the Russians came vnto vs, and perceiuing that we had not much bread, he fetcht a loaf and gave it vs, and although we desired them to sit downe and eate sotne meat with vs, yet we could by no means get them to graunt thereunto, because it was their fast- ing day and for yt we had poured butter and fat into our fish ; nor we could not get them once to drinke with us, be- cause our cup was somewhat greasie, they were so supersti- tious touching their fasting and religion. Neither would they lend vs any of their cups to drinke in, least they should likewise be greased. At that time the wind was [constantly] north-west. The 23 of August the cooke began to knead our meale, and made vs bread thereof; which being don, and the wind and the weather beginning to be somewhat better, we made our selues ready to depart from thence ; at which time, when the Russians came from fishing, our maister gaue their chiefe commander a good peece of mony^ in regard of the ' Ende (jtdroiicken van den cktren, (ds in den Rhij'n voorhy Colen loopt — and drank of the pure article, such as flows past Cologne in the Rhine. There is here a play on the word elar, which signifies " clear", " pure", but is applied to spirits as well as to water. In common life, een (jlamje klare means " glass of neat IloUantls giu". ■^ 0ns under maets — our otlier comrades. ' Ken ijoeden drincpennick — a handsome present : lit. a good driuk- penny. 246 THE NAVICATION frendship that he had shewed vs, and gaue some what also to the cooke/ for the wliich they yieUled vs j^reat thaukes. At which time, the chiefe of the Russians [having before] desired our maister to giue hira some gunpowder, which he did, [and he also thanked hira much.] And when we were ready to saile from thence, we put a sacke of meale [out of our boat] into the boate,^ least we should chance to stray one from the other againe, that they might help them- selues therewith. And so about euening, when the sunne was west, we set saile and departed from thence when it began to be high water, and with a north-east wind held our course north-west along by the land. The 24 of August the wind blew east, and then, the sunne being east, we got to the Seuen Islands,^ where we found many fishermen, of whom we enquired after Cool and Kilduin, and they made signos that they lay west from vs, (which we likewise gest to be so.) And withall they shewed V3 great frendship, and cast a cod into our scute, but for that we had a good gale of wiud*^ we could not stay to pay them for it, but gaue them great thanks, much wondering at their great courtesy. And so, with a good gale of wind, we arriued before the Seven Islands when the sun was south- west, and past between them and the land, and there found certaine fishermen, that rowed to vs,** and asked vs where our arable (meaning our ship) was, whereunto wee made an- swer with as mucli Eussian language as we had learned, and said, Crable pro 2>al^ (y' is, our ship is lost), which they ' Den cock mede hctaelt — also paid the cook. 2 Dili bock — the yawl. •'• See page 203, note 4. * AUo iry (joedcn voorfyang haddeu — as we were making good way. * Met fjoeden voortrjangh seijlcnde, (/iiaiiien wy onlrent de z, u\ .sou verhy de selv'uje eylanden lungs de ivul heiien, onder eenighc vitischer.s die na onu toe royden — making good speed, we passed the said ishmds about south- west sun, and sailed along the coast among some fishermen, who rowed towards us. " Crnlthle iimpaK Sec pagf 224. INTO THE NOIMTI SKAS. 247 ilso to aukes. Defore] lich ho ion wo ' mealo ance to 5 tlietn- e sunnc when it bold our 18 sunne jQ found !ool and from vs, y shewed 3, but for ay to pay idering at wind, we as south- lere found where our made an- d learned, vhich they ,, note 4. rood way. ;. u\ .*•■'"' ^'erhy rs die na ons , about soiitVi- ■n, who lowed vnJerstanding said vato vs, Cuol lirabuase crahle,^ whereby we vuderstood that at Cool thero was certaine Neatherland ships, but we made no great account thereof, because our intent was to saile to Ware-house,^ fearing least the Russians or great prince of the country would stay vs thore.^ The 25 of August, sailing along by the land wit'ii a south- east wind, about the south sun we had a sight '^i Kilduin, at which time we held our course west north-west. And sailing in that manner between Kilduin and the firrae land, about the south south-west sunne we got to the west end of Kilduin. And being there [we] lookt [out sharp] if we could see any houses or people therein, and at last we saw certaine Russian lodgies'* that lay [hauled up] upon the strand, and thero find- ing a conuenient place for vs to anchor with our scutes while we went to know if any people were to be found, our maister put in with the land,^ and there found five or six small houses, wherein the Laplanders dwelt, of whom he^ asked if that were Kilduin, whereunto they made answere and shewed vs that it was Kilduin, and said y' at Coola there lay three Brabants crables or ships, whereof two were that day to set saile; which we hearing determined to saile to Ware-house, and about the west south-west sunne put off from thence with a south- east wind. But as we were vnder saile, the wind blew ' Tot Cool liraliuuse cnihle. A mixture of Dutch and llussiaii, mean- ing " at Kola there are Brabant ships". The correct llussiuu is v'Kuhje Brabunttikijle koraUi. Before the independence of the northern pro- vinces, the entire Netherlands were under tiie rule of the Dukes of Brabant ; and as the Dutch vessels trading to the northern coasts of Europe had first come there under the Brabant flag, the Russians not unnaturally continued to attach the name of Brabant to them in com- mon with other Netherlandish vessels. * Waerhiiyseu. See page 39, note 1. » Dat de liunnen oft Grootvor»t ep hair grennen oii.s ecnich verlct sonde doen — that the Russians or (their) (irand Prince might do us some injury on their frontiers. « Boats. » Wat te lantwaais inf/cudfii — going a little way on shore. « ''We."— /V». 1^ 24S TIIK NAVIOATION SO stitiu [from tho south-east] that wo durst not koopo tlie soa in tho night time, for that the wauos of tho sea went so hollow, that we were still in doubt that they would smite the scutes to the ground,^ and so tooke our course behind two clifts^ towards our land. And when we came there, we found a small house vpon tho shore, wherein there was three men and a great dogge, which rcceiued vs very friendly, asking vs of our affaires and how wo got thither ; whereunto we made answore and showed them that we had lost our ship, and that wo were como thither to see if we could get a ship that would bring vs into ITolland ; whereunto they made vs answore, as tho other issians had done, that there was three ships at Coola, whereof two were to set saile from thence that day. Then we asked them if they would goe with one of our men by land to Coola, to looke for a ship wherewith we might get into Holland, and said we would rcwai'd them well for their paines ; but they excused thera- selues, and said that they could not go from thence, but they sayd that they would bring vs oner the liill, where we should findo certaine Laplanders whom they thought would goo with vs, as they did ; for tho maister and one of our men going with them oner the hill, found certaine Laplanders there, whereof they got one to go with our man, promising him two royals of eight' for his pains. And so the Lap- lander going with him, tooke a peeco on his necke/ and our man a boate hooke, and about euening they set forward/'' the wind as then being east and east north-east. ' Wy meenden dat se telckemnel de sclmyteu in den grant gesineten souden Juhbcn — we thought that each wave would have swamped the boats. ' Tirec clippcn — two cliffs or rocks. ' Twee rtalcn van achten. This, though incorrect, was an usual ex- pression in Dutch It means, properly, two Spanish dollars ofeiyht rcalu, * Nam ecu roer nmle — took a musket with him, ' Elide Irncken rioch teijhen dcii mic nacht oji ter loop — and set off before break of day— //<. towards the after-night. INTO THK NOUTH SEAS. 2 to t?oopo f tllO that tooke And •n tho ioggo, lifaircs !i*e and hat wo ip that ado vs sre was le from aid goe r a ship a would d thcni- jut they B should mid goo our men planders I'omising ;lio Lap- * and our ^ard/* the ictcn sowlcn boats. ,n usual ex- fiiyht reuls, at off before Tho 20 r^F August it was fairo weather, the wind south- east, at which time wo drew vp both our scutes vpon the land, and tooke all the goods out of them, to make them tho lighter.^ Which done, we went to the Russians and warmed vs, and there dressed such moatcs'' as wc had j and then againe wee began to make two moales a day, when wo per- eoiucd that we should euery day find more people, and wo drank of their drink which they call qnns,^ which was made of broken poeces of [mouldy] bread, and it tasted well, for in long time we had drunko nothing else but water. Some of our men went [somewhat] further into the laud, and there found blew berries and bramble berries,* which they plucked and eate, and they did us much good, for wo found that tliey [perfectly] healed vs of our loosonosso.® The wiud still blew south-east. The 27 of August it was foulo weather with a great storm [out of the] north and north north-west, so that in regard that the strand was low," and as also for that tho spring tide was ready to come on, we drew our scutes a great way vp vpon the laiul. [And when wo had thus drawn them much higher up than wo had done before, on account of the high water*], wo went [still further upwards] to the Russians, to warme vs by their fire and to dress our meate. Mean time the maister ' Om dat imt le verliicJitcii — to air them a little. " Spyse — food. - Qiiitx. The woU-kiiown lliissiau driuk. Dr. Giles Fletcher, ainbu:^- sador from (Jueen Eliziibuth to the Emperor Fedor in 1588, describes it as "a thin drinke called Quasse, which is nothing else (as we say) but water turned out of hiK wits, with a little bran meashed with it." — J'/irclid.s; vol. iii, p. 459. ■< JUiiiiire-licxijeii mvt JJracin-besucii — bilberries and blackberries The latter are probably the Muroschka —cloudberries, or fruit of the mountain- bramble (^liiil)us chaiiuinwrus), — the gathering and preparation of which by the females of Kola are described by Liitke, in [)agc 223 of his oft- cited work. » Sfheurliuyck — scurvy. See page 152, note 2. Wi/ d(ur een layer iral haddcii—v/c there had a lee shore. ' I'hillip substitutes for this the words " this haviiig done". 250 THE NAVIOATION sent one of our men to the sea side to our scutes, to niiiko n fire for vs vpon the strand, that when wo came wo might finde it ready, and that in the meane time the smoake might be gone. And while [the] one of our men was there, and the other was going thither,^ the water draue se high that both our scutes were smitten into the water and in great danger to bo cast away ; for in the scute there was but two men and three in the boato, who with much labour and paine could hardly keep the scutes from being broken vpon the strand.* Which we seeing, were in great doubt/^ and yet could not help them, yet God be thanked he had then brought vs so farre that neuerthelesse we could haue gotten home, al- though we should have lost our scutes, as after it was scene. That day and all night it rained sore, whereby we indured great trouble and miserie, being throughly wet, and could neither couer nor defend our selues from it ; and yet they [who were] in the scutes indured much more, being forced to bee in that weather, and still in daunger to bee cast vpon the shore.* The 28 of August it was indifferent good weather, and then we drew the scutes vpon the land againe, that we might take the rest of the goods out of them, [in order to avoid the like danger in which the boats had been,] be- cause the wind still blow hard north and north north-wost. And hauing drawne the scutes vp, we spread our suilos vpon them to shelter vs vnder them, for it was still niistio and rainie weather, much desiring to heare some newes of our man that was gone to Coola with the Lapelander, to ' Vander vast aenquamen — the others were fast approachiny. ' Dc schuyten qualijck can den iral comkii hotideii, dot sc met in ntucken [/heKiHi'lcu tverden— could scarcely keep tlie boats from going on shore, and tliereby being dashed to pieces. ' .Seer beducht — much alarmed. ♦ Datue ill sidelceii icecr ciide reyheii nciide lc(/hc'r wal verblyrcn uwcstcii —that in such wind and rain they should have had to lie under a lee slioie. INTO THK NOUTH SKA3. 251 mako ft I miglit 3 tniglit and the lat both danger (Tien and le could strand.** ould not jht va so Lome, al- sr it was jreby we wet, and ; and yet re, being er to bee ther, and , that we n order to been,] be- orth-vvost. our suilos still niistie e nevves of elander, to uug. met in stucken iug on shore, blyrcn mocntcn io under a lee know if there were any shipping at Coola to bring vs into Holland. And while wo laio there we wont [daily] into tho land and fetcht some blew berries and bramble berries^ to eate, which did V8 much good. The 29 of August it was indifferent fairo vvoather, and wo were still in good hope^ to heare some good ncwos from Coola, and alwaies looked vp towards tho hill to see if our man and the Lapelander came ; but seeing they camo not'' wo went to the Russians againo, and there drest our moato [at their fire], and then ment* to goe to our scutes to lodge in them all night. In the meane time we spied the Lap- lander [upon the hill] comming alone without our man, whereat we wondred and were some what in doubt ; ^ but when he came vnto vs, he shewed vs a letter that was written vnto our maister, which he opened before vs, the contents thereof being that he that had written the letter wondred much at our arriuall in that place, and that long since he verily thought that we had beene all cast away," being ex- ceeding glad of our happy fortune,''' and how that he would presently come vnto vs with victuales and all other necessai-ies to succour vs withall. We being in no small admiration who it might be that shewed vs so great fauour and friendship, could not imagine what he was, for it appeared by the letter that he knew vs well. And although the letter was sub- scribed " by me John Coruelison Rip,"^ yet we could not be perswaded that it was the same John Cornelison, who the yeere before had beene set out in the other ship [at the same ' See page 249, note 4. » Met lijtsaemlieift verhopende — hoping with resignation. ' Enile (le saecke dien dach opyhevende — and giving the matter up for that day. • Meant. ' l» hcdncht — in fear. • Dat u'u al huge om den hals gecomen uann — that we had lo.st our lives long ago. ' Over onsc comstc — of our arrival. • Jan Cornells;:, lUjp. See page 71. I 25: THE NAVIOATION time] with vs, and loft vs about the Beare Iland.^ For those goode newes we paid the Lapelander hia hier,'^ and beside that gaue him hoase, breeches and other furniture/ so that he was apparelled like a Hollander; for as then we thought our selues to be wholy out of danger/ and so being of good comfort, wo laid vs dovv ne to rest. Here I cannot chuse but shew you how fast the Lapelander went : for when hee went to Coola, as our companion told vs, they were two dayes and two nights on the way, and yet went a pace, and when he came backe againe he was but a day and a night comming to vs, which was wonderful, it being but halfe y** time, so that we said, and verily thought, that he was halfe a coniurer;'"' aud ho brought vs a partridge, which he had killed by the way as he wont. The 30 of August it was indifferent faire weather, we still wondering who that John Cornolison might bo that Iiad written vnto vs ; and while we sat musing thereon, some of vs were of opinion that it might be the same John Curuclison that had saylod out of Holland in company with vs, which we could not he perswaded to boloeue, because we were in as Httle hope of his life as hee of ours, supposing that he Lad L.ped -vorso then we, and long before that had [perished o I oeene caste away. At last the master said, I will looko umongst my letters, for there I haue his name written," and t'lii* will put us out of doubt. And so, looking amongst them, we i'-nind that it was th-? same John Cornelison, where- with we wore as glad of his safety and welfare as ho was of ours. And while wo wore speaking thereof, and that somo ' See page 85. * Z!Jn h'loo/tie peiinhigen — his promised reward : ///. pence. 3 Clothes. * Ghi'uoevh in Ixkoinlen haven — suflicieutly in a safe port. * Dal inj fat mn!caii; e-e,^ wine, aqua uite,'^ bread, Hosh, bacon, salmon, suger, and other things, which comforted and I'eleeued vs much. And wee rejoyced together for our so vnexpected [safety and] meeting, at that time giuing God great thankes for his mercy shewed vnto vs. The 31 of August it was indifferent faire weather, the wind easterly, but in the evening it began to blow hard from the land ; and then we made preparation to saile from thence to Coola, first taking our leaues of the Russians, and heartily thanking them for their curtesie showed vnto vs, and gaue them a peece of money'' for their good wils, and at night about the north sunne we sailed from thence with a high water.'' The 1 of September in the morning, with the east sunno, we got to y" west bide of the river of Coola,*' and entered into it, where we [sailed and] rowed till the flood was past, and then we cast the stones that serued vs for anchors vpon the ground, at a point of land, till the flood came in againe. And when the sunne was south, wee set sailo againe with the flood, and so sailed and rowed till midnight, and then we cast anchor againe till morning. ' Ecn jol — a yawl. 2 Ilostii-ijckcr-bicr. A strong beer brewed at Keswick, a town of Sweden, in West Botlinia. ' yj/7/«'/(/r//«— spirits distilled from malt ; coninion Hollands gin. * lu-ii sliirk (jIk Its — some money. » Millet hoochnte water — at high water ; at the top of the tide. » "The entrance to Kola, which by some is most incorrectly called a river, is one of those bays to wliieh the English api)ly the designation of Inlet or Frith."— /,"7/.r, p. 225. 254 THE NAVIGATION I i; The 2 of September in the morning we rowed vp the riuer, and as we past along we saw some trees on the riuer side, which comforted vs and made vs as glad as if we had then come into a new world, for in all the time y* we had beene out we had not seene any trees ; and when we were by the salt kettles,'^ which is about three [12] miles from Coola, we stayed there awhile and made merry, and then went forward againe, and with the west north-west sun got to John Cornelisons ship, wherein we entred and drunke.- There wee began to make merry againe with the sailers that were therein and that had beene in the voiage with John Cornelison the yeare before and bad each other welcome. Then we rowed forward, and late in the euening got to Coola, where some of vs went on land, and some stayed in the scutes to looke to the goods, to whom we sent milke and other things to comfort and refresh them ; and we were all exceeding glad that God of his mercy had deliuered vs out of so many dangers and troubles, and had brought vs thither in safety; for as then wee esteemed our seines to be safe, although yc place in times past, lying so far from vs, was as much vnknowne vnto vs as if it had beene out of the world, and at that time, being there, wc thought y* wo were almost at home. The 3 of September we vnladed all our goods, and there refreshed our sehies after our toylesome and weary iourney ond the great hunger that wc had indured, thereby to re- couer our healthes and strengthes againe. i ho J 1 of September,'' by leaue and consent of the ' De soutketen — the salt-works. 'J'he buildings in which the manu- facture of salt is carried on are called in Dutch ketcn. '■ Dner iri/ ceim orcrclommen endc (Irovckeii dacr (fiiif — into which we clambered up, and there had &omething to drink. « Dcii elfdcii tldfj — on the eleventh day. This would seem to have been the eleventh dny after their orriral, or after the iJrd of September, ratlier than the 1 1th of the month. Reckoned cxcln.iivoly * that day, it would have been the I4th of September ; and it is reiisonable to sup- pose that they would not have parted with their boats till they had found a Kussian lotljn to receive them. INTO THK NORTH SEAS. 255 vp the le riuer ad then I beene by the Dola, we forward to John There [lat were )rnelison rhen we la, where scutes to er things ixceeding so many safety; for [i yo place rnknowne that time, e. and there •y iourney jby to re- nt of the the manu- to which we iceiu to have f September, * that clay, inalile to snp- till they ha«\ bayart,' goue/nour for the Great Prince of Muscouia, wo brought our scute and our bof go into the merchants house,^ and there let them stand^ fc a remembrance of our long, farre, and neuer before sailed way, and that wo had sailed in those open scutes almost 400 Dutch [IGOO] miles,, through and along by the sea coasts to the towne of Coola, whereat the inhabitants thereof could not sufficiently wonder. The 1 5 of Sep[tember] we went into a lodgie [and sailed down the river] w*^ all our goods and our men to Job.i Cor- nelisons ship, which lay about half a mile [2 miles] from the towne, and that day [at noon] sailed in the ship [further] downe the riuer til we were beyond the narrowest part therof, which was about half the riuer, and there staled for John Cornelison and our maister, that said they would come to vs the next day. The 17 of September [in the evening] John Cornelison and our maister being come abord, the next day about the east sunne we set saile out of the riuer [of] C ■)la, and with Gods grace put to sea to saile hom-wards ; and being out of the riuer we sailed along by the land north-west and by north, the wind being rfouth. The ] 9 of September, about the south sunne, we got to Ware-house, and there ankored and went on land, because John Cornelison was there to take in more goods, and staid there til the sixt of October, in the which time we had a* hard wind out of the north and north-west. And while we stayed there we refreshed our selues somewhat better, to recouer [from] our sicknesse and weaknesse agaiue, that we ' Den Baijaerl — the boyard; a Russian title, signifying a nobleman, great man, or chief. '' Int coopmans faiys. This is a literal translation of the Russian ijostiiiuij (lcor\ which is a collection of shops, corresponding to the buzur of the Persians. It is usually, but not invariably, situated in or near the market-place. ^ Liettn die ilaer slaeit— left them there. ♦ Veel — much. 256 THE NAVIGATION might grow stronger, which asked sometime/ for we were much spent and exceeding weake. The 6 of October, about euening, the sunne being south- west, we set saile, and with Gods grace, from Ware-house for Holland ; but for that it is a common and well knowne way, I will speak nothing thereof, only that vpon the 29 October we ariued in the Mase^ with an east north-east wind, and the next morning got to Masoland sluce,^ and there going on land, from thence rowed to Delfe, and then to the Hage, and from thence to Harlem ;* and vpon the first of Nouember about noone got to Amsterdam, in the same clothes that we ware in Nona Zambia, with our caps furd with white foxes skius,^ and went to the house of Peter Hasselaer, that was one of the marchants that set out the two ships," which were conducted by John Cornelison and our maister. And being there, where many men woundrod to see vs, as hauiug estemed vs long before that to haue bin dead and rotten, the newes thereof being spread abroad in the towne, it was also caried to the Princes Courte in the Hage,^ at which time the Lord Chancelor of Denmark, ambassador for the said king, was then at dinner with Prince Maurice.^ For the which cause we were presently fetclit ' Dat metier tijt ghenchieden »io«?.'(;(?— which required some time. * Be Macs — the river Maas or RIeuse. ' Maeslantxhiys. A town on tlie river Maas, opposite the Uriel. * Reysde also ikur Dclft^ den Ilaech eiidc Ilairhiii — tlieiice travi'lleil through Delft, the Hague, and Ilaerleni. * Bonte mnlHcu vdii uifte vo.sscii — white t'ox-Rkin caps. » Eeii van dc hewinthehliers dl' (lie managers, on hi'lmlf of the town of Amsterdam, \ov lilting out the two .ships. ' lilt I'riiinn Ifof. 'I'hiH was foimei'ly the Court of Admira.i/ at Amsterdam. IJut when the i'own-Hoiwe was given as a palace to j_jouis Kapoleon, then King of Holland, the I'rin/.en Hof was converted Into the Town-HiniHe, which it still is. " Aldaer op ilii lijdt mijii E. Ukilh den ('(incilier eiii/e AnilHissaihiu- van den AUerdoorlnrhurhsten Couinrk van Denncinarrlin, Xonnreiiliin , -Mi- INTO THE NOKTH SEAS. 257 I were south- -houso nowno the 29 th-east e/ and id then the first 10 same ,ps furd )f Teter i out the ison and /oundrod haue bin ibroad in •te in the lenvnark, ,th Prince itly fetcht lime. Uriel. oiled tnvv liianagers, on lilts, kdmira.i/ at [uvovtetl >»U> AinhasKaihiii' Xodnri'iiluK, thither by the scout and two of the burgers of the towno/ and there in the presence of those ambassadors^ and the burger masters we made vchearsall of our journey both forwards and backewards.'' And after that, ouery man that dwelt thereabouts went home, but such as dwelt not ueero to that place were placed in good lodgings for cortaino dales, vntill we had receiued our pay, and then euery one of vs departed and went to the place of his aboad. The Names of those that came home againe from this* Voiage wero'" : — Jacob Hemskeck, Maistor and Factor. Peter Peterson Vos, Gotten ende Wendcn nnr ta/cl sadt — wlioiv tlio noble lords, the chan- cellor and the ambaas;\dor from tUo most illustrious King of Denmark, Norway, Goths and Vandals, were then at taljlo. In the oi'iginal there is not a word about Prince Maurice and the Hague. • Mijn Hccr iiii)i tndt irederi'ilni) — our voyages and adventures. ♦ Phillii> here inserts the worvl " dangerous". '^ The names will be hoiv ivjvated, for the purpose of giving them correctly, and also showi?-^' those who died during the voyage: — lacob ll.v'mskeivk, Siipercan/< and Skipper. t WiLLVM Barentsz., Pilot (died June 20th, 1597). Piot<.'r Piotorsz. Vos. Gorrit ik' \'oor. M. llanf* Vos, J3urhu--i^urgcon. t Name unknown, Carpenter (died .September 2.'3rd, 1590). lacob lansz. Sterrenburgh. Lenacrt Hcyndricks^z. Laurens \\'iilcmsz. Ian Ilillebrantsz. lacob lansz. Hooghwout. Pieter Cornelisz. Ian van Buysen Heyniensz, lacob Evertsz. t Name unknown (died January 27tli, l.")97). tClaes Andiiesz. (died June -iOth, 1597). flan Fransz. i|< f-plinuonim, laitatUH Hi/Ill L'o (|iiod JiidiiliHsnin ill iitiUd iiHlHi\\ll\\i l\iii Ijjlj has litcras tradit, quum tibi culHiin:li>\iljlllu < |||f|M (Hi^jll, quiquo diujiiir) Arnsburgi hie ad OsselluHi WunutHi u])puUt. Hominis experientia, v(; tiii||i '|l)ii|n||( yitJMllll', miiKum te adiuuerit in re vnii, ciifjiio Riiimnis S (/■ voIIh expetita, et niagnopere elabolidK, i)(;(|l|!f taui vt^f-jp j|i(i'|' hi; disseutiunt cosmographi iccentforuM I |J|^tif/j/Jy *: ^ .>: c^ / ^ PhotograpMc Sciaices Corporation 1? WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4S03 t i ci^ ^vnnnPPlliapBBIiaiMBp ■OBB HffiP 264 APPENDIX. f postulabit, opportunum erit hybernare, se suosque reficere resque omnes necessarias conquirere. Quod si acciderit, non dubitat interim plurimdm se adiutum iri, plura illic quoerentura atque ediscentem Veruntamen sporat sestate ea- dem ad Cathayorum fines se ^ eruenturum, nisi ingenti gla- ciei mole ad os fluuij Obas impediatur, quae maior interdum, interdum minor est. Turn per Pechoram redire statuit, atque illic hybernare : vel si id n'^n poterit, in flumen Duinae, quo mature satis pertinget, atque ita primo vere proximo in itinere progredi. Vnum est quod suo loco oblitus sum. Qui locum ilium Yaks Olgush incolunt, a maioribus suis oiim praedicatum asserunt, se in lacu Kitthayo dulcissimam cam- panarum harmoniam audiuisse^ atque ampla aedificia con- spexisse. Et cum gentis Carrah Colmak mentionem faciunt (Catliaya ilia est) ab imb pectore suspiria repetunt, mani- busque proiectis suspiciunt in coelum, velut insignem illius splendorum innuentes atque admirantes, Vtinam Alferius hie cosmographiam melius saperet, multum ad illius vsum adiungeret, qui ean^ plurimus est. Multa praetereo, vir amicissime, ipsumque hominem te au«lire c;'pio, qui mihi spospondit se in itinere Duisburgi te visurum. Auet enira tecum conferre sermones, & procul dubio hominem multum adiuueris. Satis instructus videtur pecunia & gratia, in quibus alijsque officija amicitiae feci illi, si vellet, mei co- piam. Ueus Optimus maximus hominis votis atque alacri- tati faueat, initia oucundet, succes^us fortunet, exitum foeli- cissimum concedat. Vale amice ac Domine singularis. Arusburgi ad Ossellam lluuium 20 Februarij, 1581. Tuus quantus quantus sum Joannes Balakus. 265 reficere cciderit, ura illic state ea- jnti gla- iterdum, I statuit, n Duinse, •oximo in um. Qai suis olim aam cam- ficia con- !m faciunt int, mani- nem illius in Alferius Uius vsum etereo, vir , qui mihi Auet enim 3m multum gratia, in et, mei co- tque alacri- xitum foeli- fularis. 1581. Balakus. II. AN ACCOUNT OF HENRY HUDSON'S VISIT TO NOVAYA ZEMLYA. Extracted from "A Second Voyage or Employment of Master Henry Hudson, for finding a Passage to the East Indies by the North-East : written by himselfe." Printed in Purchas his Pilgrimes, vol. iii, pp. 577-579. [June, 1608.] The sixe and twentieth, faire sun-shining weather, and little wind at east north-east. From twelue a clocke at night till foure this morning we stood southward two leagues, sounding wee had sixtie sixe fathome oaze, asi afore. From four a clocke to noone, south-east and by south foure leagues, and had the sunne on the meridian on the south-east and by south point of the compasse, in the latitude of 72 degrees 25 minutes, and had sight of Nona Zembla foure or five leagues from vs, and the place called by the Hollanders Swart Cliffe bearing off south-east. In the after-noone wee had a fine gale at east north-east, and by eight of the clocke we had brought it to beare off vs east southerly, and sayled by the shoare a league from it. The seuen and twentieth, all the fore-noone it was almost calme. Wee being two mile from the shoare, I sent my mate Robert luet and lohn Cooke my boat-swaine on shoare, with foure others, to see what the land would yeeld that might bee profitable, and to fill two or three caskes with water. They found and brought aboord some whales fiunes, two deeres homes, and the dung of deere, and they told me that they saw grasse on the shoare of the last yeere, and young grasse came up amongst it a shaftman long, and it was boggle ground in some places; thci'e arc uiunv strcuincs of mmmmmmm 20G APPENDIX. snow water nigh, it was very hot on the shoarc, and the snow melted apace j they saw the footings of many great beares, of deere, and foxes. They went from vs at three a clocke in the morning, and came aboord at a south-east sanne ; and at their comming we saw two or three companies of morses in the sea neere vs swimming, being almost calme. I presently sent my mate, Ladlow the carpenter, and sixe others ashoare, to a place where I thought the morses might come on the shoare ; they found the place likely, but found no signe of any that had beene there. There was a crosse standing on the shoare, much driftwood, and signes of fires that had beene made there. They saw the footing of very great deere and bears, and much fowle, and a foxe; they brought aboord whale finnes, some raosse, flowers, and greene things, that did there grow. They brought also two peeces of a crosse, which they found there. The sunne was on the meridian on the north north-east, halfe a point easterly, before it began to fall. The sunnes height was 4 degrees 45 minutes, inclina- tion 22 degrees 33 minutes, which makes the latitude 72 degrees 12 minutes. There is disagreement betweene this and the last obseruation ; but by meanes of the cleerenesse of the sunne, the smoothnesse of the sea, and the neernoss to land, wee could not bee deceiued, and care was taken in it. The eight and twentieth, at foure a clocke in the morning, our boat came aboord, and brought two dozen of fowle, and some egges, whereof a few were good, and a whales finne ; and wee all saw the sea full of morses, yet no signes of their being on shoare. And in this calme, from eight a clocke last ccucuing till foure this morning, wee were drawne backo to the northward as farre as woe were the last eeuening at foure a clocke by a streamo or a tide; and wee choose rather so to driue, then to aduenturo the losse of an anchor and the spoyle of a cable. Heere our new ship-boate began to doe vs sevuico, and was an incouragement to my companic, which want I found the lust yoorc. APPENDIX. 267 The nine and twentieth, in the morning calme, being halfe a league from the shoare, the sea being smooth, the needle did encline 84 degrees ; we had many morses in the sea neere vs, and desiring to find where they came on shoare, wee put to with sayle and oares, towing in our boat and row- ing in our barke, to get about a point of land, from whence the land did fall more easterly, and the morses did goe that way. Wee had the sunne on the meridian on the south and by west point, halfe a point to the wester part of the com- passe, in the latitude of 71 degrees 15 minutes. At two a clocke this after-noone we came to anchor in the mouth of a riuer, where lieth an iland in the mouth thereof foure leagues : wee anchored from the iland in two and thirtie fathomes blacke sandy ground. There droue much ice out of it with a stroarao that set out of the river or sound, and there were many morses sleeping on the ice, and by it we were put from our road twice this night ; and being calme on this day, it pleased God at ourneede to giue vs a fine gale, which freed vs out of danger. This day was calme, cleere and hot weather: all the night we rode still. The thirtieth, calme, hot, and faire weather : we weighed in the moi'ning, and towed and rowed, and at noone we came to anchor neere the ile aforesaid in the mouth of the riuer, and saw very much ice driuing in the sea, two leagues without vs, lying south-east and north-west, and driving to the north-west so fast, that wee could not by twelve a clocke at night see it out of the top. At the iland where wee rode lieth a little rocke, whereon were fortie or fiftie morses lying asleepe, being all that it could hold, it being so full and little. I sent my companie ashoare to them, leaning none aboord but my boy with mee; and by mcanes of their noere- nesse to the water they all got away, sane one which they killed, and brought his head aboord j and ere they came aboord they went on the iland, which is reasonable high and steope, but Hut on the top. They killed and brought with 268 APPENDIX. them a great fowle, whereof there were many, and likewise some egges, and in an houre they came aboord. The ile is two flight-shot ouer in length, and one in breadth. At mid- night our anchor came home, .\nd wee tayld aground by meanes of the strength of the streame ; but by the helpe of God wee houed her off without hurt. In short time wee moued our ship^ and rode still all night ; and in the night wee had little wind at east and east south-east. Wee had at noone this day an obseruation, and were in the latitude of 71 degrees 15 minutes. The first of July wee saw more ice to seaward of vs, from the south-east to the north-west, driuing to the north- west. At noone it was calme, and we had the sunne on the meridian on the south and by west point, halfe a point to the westerly part of the compasse, in the latitude of 71 degrees 24 minutes. This morning I sent my mate Eueret and foure of our companie, to rowe about the bay, to see what riuers were in the same, and to find where the morses did come on land, and to see a sound or great riuer in the bottome of the bay, which did alwaies send out a great streame to the north- wards, against the tide that came from thence : and I found the same, in comming in from the north to this place, before this. When, by the meanes of the great plenty of ice, the hope of passage betweene Newland and Noua Zembla was taken away, my purpose was by the Vaygats to passe by the mouth of the river Ob, and to double that way the north cape of Tartaria, or to giue reason wherefore it will not be : but being here, and hoping by the pleutie of morses wee saw here to defray the charge of our voyage ; and also that this sound might for some reasons bee a better passage to the east of Nona Zembla than the Vaygats, if it held according to my hope conceiued by the likenesse it gaue : for whereas wo had a floud came from the northwards, yet this sound or riuer did runne so strong, that ice with the streame of this riuer was carried away, or anything else, against the APPENDIX. 2G9 likewise The ile is At mid- [•ound by e helpe of time wee the night lee had at latitude of ard of vs, the north- ane ou the )oint to the 71 degrees t and foure what riuers id como on tome of the o the north- and I found place, before |r of ice, the Zembla was passe by the y the north will not be : rses wee saw Iso that this issage to the jld according for whereas this sound or .e stream e of ), against the floud : so that both in floud and ebbo, the streame doth hold a strong course, and it floweth from the north three houres, and ebbeth nine. The second, the wind being at east south-east, it was rea- sonable cold and so was Friday j and the morses did not play in our sight as in warrae weather. This morning at three of the clocke, ray mate and companie came aboord, and brought a great deeres home, a white locke of deeres haire, foure dozen of fowle, their boat halfe laden with drift wood, and some flowers and greene things, that they found grow- ing on the shoare. They saw a herd of white deere of ten in a companie on the land, much drift wood lying on the shoare, many good bayes, and one riuer faire to see to, on the north shoare, for the morses to land on ; but they saw no morses there, but signes that they had beene in the bayes. And the great riuer or sound, they certified me, was of breadth two or three leagues, and had no ground at tvventie fathoms and that the water was of the colour of the sea, and very salt, and that the stream setteth strongly out of it. At sixe a clocke this morning, came much ice from the south- ward driuing upon ua, very fearefuU to looke on j but by the mercy of God and his mightie helpe, wee being moored with two anchors ahead, with vering out of one cable and heauing home the other, and fending off with beams and sparres, escaped the danger : which labour continued till sixe a clocke in the euening, and then it was past vs, and we rode still and tooke our rest this night. The third, the wind at north a hard gale. At three a clocke this morning wee weighed our anchor, and set sayle, purposing to runne into the riuer or sound before spoken of. The fourth, in the morning, it cleerod up with the wind at north-we.'t ; we weighed and set sayle, and stood to the eastwards, and passed ouer a reefe and found on it fiue and a halfe, sixe, sixe and a halfe and seuen fathoms water : then wee saw that the sound was full and a very large riuer 270 APPENDIX. from the north-eastward free from ice, and a strong streame comming out of it ; and we had sounding then, foure and thirtio fathoms water. Wee all conceiued hope of this north- erly riuer or sound ; and sayling in it, wee found three and twentie fathomes for three leagues, and after twentie fathomes for fine or sixe leagues, all tough ozie ground. Then the winde vered more northerly, and the streame came downe so strong, that we could doe no good on it ; we come to an- chor, and went to supper, and then presently I sent my mate luet, with fiue more of our companie, in our boat with sayle and oares, to get up the riuer, being prouided with victuals and weapons for defence, willing them to sound as they went, and if it did continue still deepe, to go unt'll it did trende to the eastward or to the southwards ; and wee I'ode still. The fift, in the morning, wo had the wind at west : we began to weigh anchor, purposing to set saylo, and to ruune vp the sound after our companie : then the wind vered northerly upon vs, and we saued our labour. At noone our companie came aboord vs, having had a hard rought ; for they had bcene vp the river sixe or seven leagues, and sounded it from twentie to three and twentie, and after brought it to eight, sixe, and one fathome, and then to foure foot in the best : they then went ashoare, and found good store of wilde goose quills, a piece of an old oare, and some flowers, and green things which they found growing : they saw many deere, and so did we in our aftei'-dayes sayling. They being come aboord, we presently set sayle with the wind at north north-west, and we stood out againe to the south-westwards, with sorrow that our labour was in vaine : for, had this sound held as it did make shew of, for breadth, depth, safenesse of harbour, and good anchor ground, it might haue yeelded an excellent passage to a more easterly sea. Generally, all the land of Nona Zembla that yet wee haue seene, is to a mans eye a pleasant land ; nmch mayne APPENDIX. 271 I'oamo '0 and north- 36 and homes en the wne so to an- ly mate ,h sayle iTictuals as they II it did ree rode est: we to ruune id vered oone our ght; for ues, and and after 1 to foure and good and some ing : they s sayling. with the line to tlie 3 in vaine : )r breadth, ground, it ire easterly lat yet wee uch mayne high land with no snow on it, looking in some places groono, and deere feeding thereon ; and the hills are partly covered with snow, and partly bare. It is no maruell that there is so much ice in the sea towards the Pole, so many sounds and riuers being in the lands of Nona Zembla and Newland to ingender it ; besides the coasts of Pechora, Eussia, and Greenland, with Lappia, as by proofes I finde by my trauell in these parts : by means of which ice I suppose there will be no nauigable passage this way. This eeuening wee had the wind at west and by south : wee therefore came to anchor under Deere Point ; and it was a storme at sea, wee rode in twentie fathomes, ozie ground : I sent my mate Ladlow, with foure more ashore, to see whether &ny morses were on the shoare, and to kill some fowle (for we had scene no morses since Saturday, the second day of this moneth, that wee saw them driuing out of the ice). They found good landing for them, but no signe that they had been there : but they found that fire had beeno made there, yet not lately. At ten of the clocke in the eeuening they came aboord, and brought with them neere an hurdred fowles called wellocks ; this night it was wet fogge, and very thicke and cold, the winde at west south-west. The sixt, in the morning, wee had the wind stormie and shifting, betweene the west and south-west, against us for doing any good : we rode still, and had much ice driuing by vs to the eastwards of vs. At nine of the clocke, this eeuen- ing wee had the wind at north north-west : we presently weighed, and set sayle, and stood to the westward, being out of hope to find passage by the north-east : and my purpose was now to see whether Willoughbies Land were, as it is layd in our cardes j which if it were, wee might finde morses on it; for with the ice they were all driven from hence. This place vpon Nona Zembla, is another then that which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch, discouered by Oliuer Brownell : aad William Barentsons obseruation doth wit- 272 APPENDIX. nesse the same. It is layd in plot by the Hollanders out of his true place too farre north : to what end I know not, un- lesse to make it hold course with the compasse, not respect- ing the variation. It is as broad and like to yeeld passage as the Vaygats, and my hope was, that by the strong etreame it, would haue cleored it selfe; but it did not. It is so full of ice that you will hardly thinke it. it o III. WRITINGS OF WILLIAM BARKNTS, PRESERVED BY PURCUAS'. [Purchas his Pilgrimes, vol. iii, pp. 518-520.] I thought good to adde hither for Barents or Barentsons sako, certaine notes which I have found (the one translated, the other written by hira (amongst Master Hakluyts Paper). This was written by William Barentson in a loose paper, which was lent mee by the Reuerend Peter Plantius in Amsterdam, March the seuen and twentieth, 1609.* The foure and twentieth of August, stilo nouo, 1595, wee spake with the Samoieds, and asked them how the land and sea did lye to the east of Way-gates. They sayd, after fiue dayes iourney going north-east, wee should come to a great sea, going south-east. This sea to the east of Way-gats they sayd was called Marmoria, that is to say, a calme sea.^ And they of Ward-house haue told vs the same. I asked them if at any time of the yeere it was frozen oner ? They sayd it was. And that sometimes they passed it with sleds. And the first of September 1595, stilo nouo, the Russes of the lodie or barke afiirmed the same ; saying, that the sea is sometimes so frozen, that the lodies or barkes going some- times to Gielhsidi from Pechora, are forced there to winter ; ' Referred to in page cvi of the Introduction. * This heading must have been written by Henry Hudson, and not by Hakluyt, as would at first sight appear. * De Veer (p. 55) writes this name Alermare. In Russian, more cer- tainly means '^ sea"; but this is all that we have been able to make out of the expression. T \ 274 APPENDIX. which Gielhaitli was wonno from tho Tartars three yeeres past. For tho ebbe and flood there, I can finde none ; but with the windo so runneth the stroame. The third of September, stilo 710U0, the wiude was south-west, and then I found the water higher then with the winde at north north-east. Mine opinion is grounded on experience : that if there bee a passage, it is small, or else the sea could not rise with a southerly winde. And for the better proofe to know if there were a flood and ebbe, the ninth of September, stilo nouo, I went on shoare on the south end of the States Hand, where the crosse standeth, and layd a stone on the brinke of the water to proue whether there were a tide, and went round about the iland to shoote at a hare ; and returning, I found the stone as I left it, and the water neither higher nor lowere : which prooueth, as afore, that there is no flood nor ebbe. 1^ THE END. INDEX. Adams (Clemont), his account of the first attempt to discover a uorth-eiiHt paHsuge to China, Ixiv Admiralty iHlaud, cxxxviii, 13, 90, 218 Afgoden Hoeck, sec Idol Cape Alert, one of the ships of the English expedition of 1875, i Alferius (or Oliver), opinions as to liis identity with Oliver Brunei, vii, viii, xlii, 1 ; the bearer of a letter from John Balak to Gerard Mercator, xci ; a captive in Russia sent by Yacovius and Unekius to Antwerp, lb. ; had visited the river Ob, ib. ; his proposal for a voyage of discovery to ♦' . north-eas*, xciii Alpha, schooner, commanded by F. Torkildsen, xliii Ameckers, Kusuan merchants, release Brunei, who enters their service, viii, X ; their identity with the brothers Anikiew, viii Amsterdam (the city of), sends out an expedition to the North Pole in 1611, xxxiv ; on the first expedition sends Barents round by the north of No- vaya Zemlya, cv ; on the second ex- pedition sends two ships in company with the others through the Strait of Nassau, cxii ; alone equips tx'o ships for the third expedition, 70 Amsterdam Island, xxvii Andriesz. (Claes), one of the third ex- pedition, dies, 198 Anian (Strait of), xxxvi, 149 Anikiew (Jakov) and (Grigory), obtain the release of Olivier Brunei, x ; he becomes their commercial agent, xi Anikyi, see Unekius Archangel, first settlement there, xii ; the English go thither from Rose Island, xii ; first called Novo Khol- mogorui, Ixx Archiv fUr Wissenschd/tllrhe Kunde van Rustland contains accounts of Russian expeditions since 1690, xxxvii Ardoh river, falls into the lake of Kittay, xl Arensburg, xiii ArthuM (Ootard), adopts a work of llessell Gerard without recognition, Ixxxviii Asher, reference in his work " Hudson the Navigator" to Bareuts's chai-t, xxvi Baer (Professor vont, his opinions re- specting the geography of Novaya Zemlya, cxxxiv, cxxxvi, cxxxvii, cxxxix ; critical history of the wal- rus, 25 Balak (John), his letter to Gerard Mer- cator, xcii, 261 Balboa (Vasco Nunez de) discovers the Pacific Ocean, 2 Barber-surgeon, 125, 193 Barents or Barentszoon (William), the track of his third voyage incorrectly laid down by Dr. Beke, xvii ; ex- tract from his log preserved in Gerard's " Histoire du Pays nomnii^ Spitzbergen", xvii, et seq. ; the log not written by Barents according to Dr. Beke, xxii ; refutation of that opinion, xxii, et seq. ; direction of his true track, xxv, xxvi ; the question treated of by Mr. P. A. Tiele, xxv ; the track in the chart of J. Houdius' " Tabula Geographica", a drawing after Barents himself, xxvi : his win- ter house discovered in 1871, ii, xlvi ; relics found there, xlvi, xlvii, 1 ; de- scription of them in detail, lii-lxii ; their discovery made known in Hol- land in February 1872, li ; they be- come the possession of Mr. Lister Kay, ib. ; by him transferred to the Netherlands Government, tA.; finally deposited in the Naval Department at the Hague, lii ; his journal found in 1875, V, Ixii ; a Dutch translation of that of Pet and Jackman, ih.; commander of the Mercury of Am- sterdam on the first voyage, civ, 6 ; his biography, cv ; wrote the account of the first voyage, cvi ; his charac- ter, ib. ; various ways of spelling his 276 INDEX. name, ib. ; sailed from Texol, cvii, fi ; separates from Nai and Tetgales, ib. ; account of his voyage, cviii ; ditticul- ties and return, cix ; accniracy of liis observations, ex, cxl ; his great dis- coveries, xeix ; meets again with the otiier vessels, ex, 30 ; returns to Mulland, ex, 39 ; difference between his report and that of Linsclioten, ex ; had gone further than Nai and Tetgales, cxi ; on the second voyage is pilot-major of the fleet, aboard the Greyhound, cxiii ; goes on shore, cxvi, 57 ; liis dispute with the ad- miral, cxvi, 60 ; resolves on proceed- ing, cxvii ; proposes to winter there, cxviii ; observes the tides in the Kara Sea, cxix ; his note thereon, 273 ; again attempts to i)voceed, cxix ; signs jtrotest tvith the other com- manders, lb. ; his scruples, cxxi ; arrives in the Maas, cxxii ; on the third voyage accompanies Heems- kerck as chief pilot, exxvii ; reasons why he did not command, ib. ; his relation to Heemskerck and the crew, cxxviii ; differs with J. C. Rijp as to their course, xxviii, xxix, exxix, 72, 75 ; further disputes and separa- tion, cxxsi, 85 ; journal of third voyage wrongly attributed to him, cxxxii ; reaches Novaya Zemlya, cxxxiii ; speaks with Heemskerck about returning home in the boats, cxliii, 177 ; writes a letter to be left at Novaya Zemlya, 189 ; his last words, 195, 198 ; dies, 198 ; his be- lief in the practicability of a north- east passage to China, clix, 6 Barents's Land, the north-eastern por- tion of Novaya Zemlya proposed to be so called, cxl Barents's Sea, the sea between Spitz- bergen and Novaya Zemlya proposed to be so named, cxli Barnacles, see Brent-geese Barrow (Sir John), his observations on Olivier Brunei and on Kostin Shar, ci ; references to his " Chronological History", Ixxx, 5, 32, 33, 79, 149 Basseudine (James), his commission from the Russia Company, Ixxi Bast, boat sewed together with, 55 Baxo (Cape), 12 Bears, combats with, 15, 26, 62, 75, 78, 90, 95, 106, 113, 118, 154, 169, 181, 188, 207, 213, 216 ; two men killed by a bear, cxviii. 62 ; the crew made ill by eating a bear's liver, 183 Rear Island, xviii, xxi, xxvi ; its dis- covery by the Dutch, exxix ; why so named, ib. ; its situation, 76, 85 Beechey (Captain), references to his " Voyage towards the North Pole", Ixxiv, Ixxxi, clxxii Beeldthoeck, see Image Cape Beer, see Sprueebeer Beerenfort, or Bear Creek, 15 Behouden-huis, or House of Safety, see House Beke (Charles J.), editor of the first edition of this work in 1853, ii ; facts discovered since then, ib.; his opinion as to the identity of Olivier Brunei with Alferius, vii ; his track of Barents's third voyage incorrect, xvii ; his opinion as to the authenti- city of Barents's log, quoted by (jerard refuted by Mr. Muller, xxii Bell Sound, xxviii Bennel, name erroneously given to Brunei by J. R. Forster, c Bennet (Stephen), his voyage to Bear Island in 1603, 76 Bering's Strait, cix Bibliiigriiphy of De Veer's work, clvi- clxxii Bibliography of Linschoten's voyages, cxxii-cxxvi Bilberries, 249 Bird Cape, xxi, xxvi, xxvii, xxviii, cxxxi Blackberries, 249 Black Mand, 80 Black Point, 8ce Cape Negro Boat lost in a storm, 17 Boats parted from each other, 236 ; meet iigaiu, 244 Boden, Anthony Marsh's man, im- prisoned and whipped by the Rus- sians, Ixxxv Bolvauovsky Nos, Ixx Bona Coufidencia, and Bona Esperanza, two vessels of Sir Hugh Willough- by's expedition, Ixv Bosman (Cornelis Fennisz.), commander of the ship De Kat in the expedition of 1624, xxxvi ; succeeds in pene- trating Pet's Strait, ib. j driven back thither, ib. ; returns to Holland, xxxvii Bow Bell (Clerk of the), verses .on him preserved by Stow, cxlix Brandt Ysbrantsz., see Tetgales Brant's Bay, 65 Brent-geese and their eggs, found at Spitzbergen, 79 ; their fabulous breed, ib. Britwin Cape, cxxxvi Browne (Oliver), see Brunei INDBX. 277 Browne (Richard), his cuminisiiiuu from the Uussia Company, Ixxi Brownell, Oliver Brunei so called by Hudson, xcviii Brunei (Oliver), reaches the Obi by land, vi ; sent by the Dutch to Kholmogory, vii ; the founder of their White Sea trade, ib. ; their fir.it arctic navigator, ib. ; his identity with Alferius maintained, viii, ix ; his history by Mr. S. MuUer, ix, et seq. ; birth and early career, ix ; goes to Kholmogory, ix ; imi)risoned by the Russian Government but subse- quently released, x ; acts as agent to Russian merchants in expeditions to the East, !b. ; is taken by a Russian guide to Kostin Shar, ib. ; opens up Russian trade with the Dutch, and establishes the commerce of the Netherlands with the White Sea, xi ; sent to Holland to commission men for a Russian expedition to the North- East, xiii ; his interviev. with J. Balak, ib. ; who gives him a letter to O. Meroator, xiii, xcii ; abandons his Russian connection and under- takes a voyage to the North-East in 1584, xiv ; unable to pass Pet Strait, ill. ; result of the voyage, ib. ; enters the Danish service, xv ; makes three fruitless attempts to discover the lost Greenland colonies, xv ; uncer- tainty as to his subseiiuent career, XV, and death, xvi ; Knight's jour- nal, quoted by Purchas, partly written by him, xv ; reasonb f(jr supposing he entered the English service, xv ; his voyage to Novaya Zemlya and discovery of Kostin Shar, xcv ; supposed to be the same as Alferius, ib. ; his voyage one of the causes of the Dutch expeditions, xcviii, cii ; land-locked near Mezh- dusharsky Ostrov and rescued by a Russian, xcvi ; shipwrecked and lost at the mouth of the Pechora, xcvii, xcix ; not an Englishman, but a native of Brussels, xcviii Bry (de), his translation of Gerard's tract on Spitzbergen, cxxxi Buchelius, papers of, in the Arcliives of Utrecht, xiv Bunel (Oliver), nee Brunei Burrough (Stephen), his voyage in the Searchthrift, Ixviii ; and return, Ixx ; discovers Burrough's Strait, Ixxi Burrough's Strait, the Karskoi \'orota or Kara Strait so called, xxxviii, xlii- sliv, Ixxi, Ixxxvii Burrow-ducks, 214, 215 Buysen (Ian van), one of the third ex- pedition whoreturns to Holland, 257 Cabot (Sebastian) concerned in fitting out Sir Hugh Willoughby's expedi- tion, Ixiv Camen Bolshay, Ixix Candinaes or Caninoz, see Kanin Nos Cant (Capo de), 219 C&\Hi Baxo, see Baxo ; and other Capes under their respective names Carlsen (Captain EUing) sails in a small fishing-boat through Pet Strait, xli ; rea*;hes White Island without meet- ing with ice, ib. ; makes a vast cap- ture of blubber-yielding animals, ib. ; his voytige in the Solid, xiv, et seq. ; leaves Hammerfest in 1871, >lv ; rounds Novaya Zemlya and anchors at Cajje Hooft, ib, ; meets with Caii- tain ]\Iack ; very correct observations taken by them, ib. ; they correct the longitude of the N.E. point of No- vaya Zemlya, ib. ; confirms the cal- culations of the old Dutch navigators, xlvi ; extract from his log, xlvi, et seq. ; discovers Bareuta's winter house, ih. ; articles seen there, xlvi ; sails along the coast, xlvii ; returns to Ice Harbour, finds other articles in Barents's house, xlvii ; further investigates the ruins, xlvii ; erects a cairn and sets sail, xlviii ; deter- mines to return home by circum- navigating the island, ib. ; diflftcul- ties with the ice, ib. ; a storm places the ship in great danger, ib. ; meets at length with open water, sails through Burrough Strait, and reaches home, xlix Carpencer dies, and is buried in Novaya Zemlya, 108 Carrah Colmak or Cathay, xciv Casting Sarch, Ixxxix ; see Kostin Shar Cathay, the samu as Carrah Colmak, xciv Chancellor (Richard), pilot-major of Sir Hugh Willoughby's fleet, Ixvii ; enters the White Sea, Ixvii ; goes to the court of Muscovy, ib. Cherry (Sir Francis) sends a ship to Bear Iflaud, cxxix Cherry Island, see Bear Island Cloud-berries, 249 Cloven Clift", xxvii Coasting Search, ci ; see Kostin Shar Cochima, see Kotschmare Coffins found at Novaya Zemlya, 33 Cola, see Kola \1 ?■■ 278 INDEX. Coif, played by the Dutch in Novaya Zemlya, 168, 177 Colgiioy (Island of i, gee Kolguev Colmogro, Ixx Comfort (Cape), 22, 28, 92, 199 Compaaa, variation of the, cxli, 10, 75, 77, 84, 92, 154, 230, 234, 236 Conjunction of the Moon and Jupiter, cliv ; its time calculated by Mr. Vogel, 146 ; remarkable circum- Btances attending it, civ, 147 Constant Search, Constinsarch, c, see Kostin Shar Cordona in Spain, ice compared to the salt rocks there, 103 Conielisz. (Claes), mate of the Mer- cury, civ Conidlisz. (Ian), see Rijp Cornelisz. (Pieter), one of the crew who returns to Holland, 257 Costing Sarch, Costiu-sarca, see Kostin Shar Cross Bay, cxxxvii Crosses (Island of) 16, 90, 114 Cross Point, cxv, 31, 54, 56, 222 Cross-stafF, description of, 10 Crow-bar, various names for, 100 Crystal, see Rock Crystal Current along the western coast of No- vaya Zemlya, cxxxv, 266 Cutlas, derivation of the word, 26 Danish Island, xxvii De Craen, Dutch vessel commanded by S. W. Cat in the expedition of 1611, xxxiv Dedication of De Veer's work to the States General, clvii Deer, see Reindeer. Deer Point, clxxiii, 271 De Freia, Norwegian schooner, com- manded bj' Capt. Nilsen in his voy- age of 1872, XXV De la Dale (Fran9ois), supercargo of the Swan on the first expedition, civ ; chief commissioner with Lin- Bchoten on the second expedition, cxiii ; instructions given to them, ib. Delgoy, see Dolgoi De Moucheron, see Moucheron Desire (Cape), xxxviii, cxxxix, 97 De Veer (Qerrit), author of the pre- sent work, makes uu mention of the name Spitsbergen, xxiii ; Barents's log contains peculiarities not found in De Veer's work, ib ; Barents's •tatements the more correct, xxiv ; explanation of such differences as may appear between him and Lin- schoten, cxxvi, cxxvii ; character f)f his work, cxliii ; was not of the first expedition, 4 ; accompanies the se- cond expedition, 43 ; first sees the sun reappear, 1 43 ; makes a ro])e fast to the ice, 196 ; returns to Amster- dam, 257 ; his personal history, xxiii, clvi ; various editions of his work,clvi-clxxii ; its dedication, clvii ; improper use made of his name by Hulsius, clxvi De Vos, Dutch vessel commanded by J. C. May in the expedition of jiOll, xxxiv De Wal (Ernst van) see Wal Discovery, one of the ships of the En- glish expedition of 1875, i Dispute (Cape), cxvi, 55, 60 Dolgoi Island, ex, 51, 66 Drift-wood found in Novaya Zemlya, 105 Dry Cape, cxxxvi Dutch, their war against Philip of Spain, iii ; their labour and industry, ih ; their petition to the Emperor Charles V, iv ; their estimate of navigation, ib ; their first connexion with Russia, cii; rival the English in the trtule with Russia, ciii ; their expeditious to discover a north-east passage to Cliina, see Expeditions DutcL East India Company{established in 1602, xxxi ; possesses the mono- poly of the southern route to the East Indies, ih. ; invites Hudson to enter their service, and sends him on an expedition to seek the north-east passage, xxxii Dutch walrus hunters frequent ths seas to the North of Novaya Zemlya,xxxix Dwina River, vi, vii, xi, xii Edward Bonaventure, one of the ships of Sir Hugh Willoughby's exi)edi- tion, Ixvii Eggs (sea mews') found in great num- bers at Bear Island, 75 English Arctic expelition of 1875, i Enkhuysen (merchants of), join in fit- ting out two ships for the first ex- pedition, ciii ; send two ships on the second expedition, cxii Evertsz. (Jacob), one of the third ex- pedition, returns to Holland, 257 Expedition of Oliver Brunei on behalf of the Dutch in 1584, xiv Expedition (Eii-st) of the Dutch in 1594 ; account of it, ciii, civ ; starts from the Texel, cvii, 6 ; arrives at Kildin,cvii, 7 ; Barents leaves for No- vaya Zemlya, (uid Nai for Vaigats, INDEX. 279 ib. ; misttikes of writers as to this expedition, cviii ; Barents arrives at Laugenes,cviii, 11 ; at Loms Bay, 12 ; at Admiralty Island, 13; at Cape Negro, ih. ; at William's Island, 1 4 ; enters Beerenfort, 15 ; combat with a bear, ib. ; arrives at Cross Island, 16 : reaches Cape Nassau, ib. ; boat lost in a storm, 17 ; comes close to Novaya Zemlya, ib. ; meets with large fields of ice, 18 ; again at Cape Nassau, cviii, 20 ; impeded by the ice, 22 ; arrives at Cape Comfort, ih, ; at Ice Point, 24 ; finds " gold- stones", ib. ; arrives at the Islands of Orange, cix, 25 ; sees many wal- ruses, 25 ; returns homewards, cix, 27 ; reaches Cape Nassau, cix, 29 ; arrives at Costinaarch, 30 ; at Law- rence Bay, 32 ; finds several coffins, 33 ; arrives at Meal Haven, ib. ; at Colgoy, 35 ; at Matfloe and Delgoy, 36 ; meets with Nai and Tetgales, who had been through the Strait of Nassau into the Kara Sea, ex, 36 ; they sail back to Holland, ex, 37 ; Nai proceeds to Middleburg, ex; Barents arrives at Amsterdam, 39 Expedition (Second) in 1595 ; why un- dertaken, cxii, 40 ; consists of seven ships, cxii, 42 ; their names and offi- cers, cxii ; differently described by Hulsius, cxxviii ; their instructions, cxiii J assemble at Texel, and start from thence, cxv, 43 ; see Norway, 44 ; arrive at Trompsoe, 46 ; one of the ships in danger, 47 ; pass the North Cape, cxv, 47 ; the Mother- and-her-Daughters, 48 ; arrives at Matfloe, cxv, 50 ; at the Strait of Niwsau (Yugorsky Shar), cxv, 52 ; the passage closed up with ice, ib. ; aiiuhor in Train-Oil Bay, ib. ; hold council there, ib. ; send a yacht to examine the Striiit, ih. ; and a party of men across Vaigats Island, ib., 63 ; again send out a yacht, cxvi ; fa- vourable report, ib. ; weigh anchor and proceed, but forced to return, ib., 57 ; tpiite surrounded by the ice, cxvi ; Barents alone not discou- raged, ib. ; he crosses over to the main land, ib., 57 ; meets with Sa- moyedes, cxvii ; his representations to the admiral, ib., GO ; tlie fleet reaches States Island, cxvii, 61 ; de- cide in council that only one more attemptshall be made, cxvii ; twomen killed by a bear, cxviii, 62 ; anijther council held, the Amsterdanmiers alone wish to proceed, cxrai; Barents goes on shore and observes the tides, ib., 274 ; the fleet sails from States Islnnd, but is driven back by the ice, cxix,64 ; two vessels run aground, 65 ; reach Cape Dispute, cxix, 65; make a final attempt, cxix, 66 ; the Amster- dammersgive in, cxix ; protest signed by all the officers, cxx ; the fleet sails homeward, cxxii. 66 ; arrives at Kil- duyn, 68 ; reaches Wardhuus, cxxii, 69 ; arrives in Holland, ib. Expedition (Third) in 1596 ; the States General refuse to fit it out at the public expense, cxxvii ; under- taken by the city of Amsterdam alone, cxxvii. 70 ; names of the com- manders, 71 ; Barents subordinate to Heemskerck, ih. ; but virtually the leader, cxxviii ; sails from Am- sterdarc *o the Vlie, 71 ; departs from theiioe, ib. ; difference of opi- nion between Rijp and Barents as to their course, cxxix, 72 ; they see the first ice, 73 ; discover Bear Island, cxxix, 74, 76 ; further disputes, 75 ; in great danger on land in the snow, ib. ; combat with a bear, 76 ; reach Spitzbergen,cxxx, 78 ; circum- navigate it, cxxx ; see many geese, 79 ; return to Bear Island, cxxxi, 85 ; Rijp and Barents separate, ib. ; Rijp returns to Spitzbergen, ib. ; and eventually to Holland, cxxxiii ; Ba- rents proceeds towards NovayaZem- lya, (7>.,85 ; sees land, 89; passes Ad- miralty Island, 90 ; in great danger from the ice, 93 ; arrives at the Is- lands of Orange, 95 ; ten men land on Novaya Zemlya, iind think they have attiiiued the objectof their voy- age, 96 ; arrive at Cape Desire, 97 ; enter Ice Haven, cxxxiv, 97 ; sur- rounded by the ice, 98 ; attempt in vain to retuni, 99 ; three men nearly lost, ib. ; the ship being beset by the ice, they resolve to pass the winter there, ih. ; the ship in great danger, 100 ; they bring their stores on land, 102, 103, 113, 116 ; decide on building a house, 105 ; find great quantities of drift-wood, ib. ; the carpenter dies, 108; great sufferings from cold, 109, 114, 127, 131, 135 ; sleep the first time in the house, 114; beer frozen, 114, 116, 122 ; lose eight of the sun, 121 ; set traps for foxes, 123, 126 ; take some foxes, 125, 130, 133, 136 ; the clock frozen, 128 ; wine frozen, 129 ; are nearly smothered from ma- 280 INUKX. I ^ 11 king a coal fire,;130 ; hard frost, 137 ; keep Twelfth night, 158 ; short al- lowance, 112, 174 : the sun reap- pears, 144 ; observalions thereon, 145 ; the house covered up with snow, cxlii, 135, 138, 151, 153 ; a man dies, 150 ; they suffer from scurvy, cxliv, 152 ; keep Shrove Tues- day, 156 ; see the Siberian coast, 162 ; great trouble in fetching wood, 163 ; their exemplary conduct, cxlii ; resignation, cxliii ; think of getting away in the boats, 176, 178 ; begin to take down the house for firewood, 177 ; prepare the boats for going iiway, 178,185 ; ship their provisions, 186 ; Barents writes a letter to be left behind, 189 ; Heemskerck writes a letter or protest in duplicate, of which one copy is put into each boat, 190 ; it is signed by most of the crew, 193 ; they leave Novaya Zem- lya in two boats, 194 ; pass the Ice Cape, 195 ; in extreme danger from the ice, 196 ; William Barents and CInes Andriosz die, 198 ; draw the boats over the ice, 199 ; reach Cape Comfort, i'l. ; their course along the coasts of Novaya Zemlya and Russia as far as Kola, 200-203 ; pass Cape Nassau, 204 ; the boats separ.ate, but again meet, 205 ; nearly wrecked, 208 ; Jan Fransz dies, 211 ; meets \vith some Russians, 223, 229, 233, 237, 240, 243, 246 ; suffer from scur- vy, 224, 226 ; cross from Novaya Zemlya to the coast of Russia, 228 ; reach it, 229 ; the two boats are separated, 236 ; cross the Wliite Sea, 241 ; meet with Laplanders, 243 ; their miserable manner of living, ih. ; the boats ineet again, 244 ; arrive at Kildin, 247 ; send a man to K )la in ipiest of ships, 248 ; receive tidings of I. C. Riji), 251 ; meet him again, 252 ; arrive at Kola, ib. ; leave their boats at Kola, 255 ; depart for Hol- land, il). ; arrive at Amsterdam, 256 ; relate their adventures, 257 ; names of the survivors, ih. Expeditions (subsequent) : — 1608. The Dutch East India Com- pany, under the command of Hudson, xxxii ; its result, ih, 1609. Isiuic lo Maire, under the command of Melchior van Kerck- oven, xxxii ; its result, xxxiii 1611. Tlie Admiralty of Amster- dam, under the command of Jan Cor- nelisz May, xxxiv ; consists of two ships, their names, ib. ; sails towards Novaya Zemlya, ib. ; obliged to return to Kildin, ib. ; sails to North America and winters there, ib. ; one of the ships returns to Holland, xxxv ; May again perseveres, xxxv ; his attempt to sail straight to the Pole a comi)lete failure, ib. ; returns to Holland, xxxv 1624. C. F. Bosman in the ship De Cat, xxxvi ; the design of the expedi- tion, i6.; passes through Pets Straight, but driven back thither, ib. ; returns to Holland, xxxvii 1664. William de Vlaming rounds the N.E. point of Novaya Zemlya, xl 1676. English expedition underthe command of Wood, xxxvii ; only ex- plore the edge of the ice between Spitsbergen and Novaya Zemlya, ib, 1760. Russian expedition under the command of the Russian Navigator Sawwii Lbschkin, xxxviii ; sails along the eiiat coast of Novaya Zemlya, and twice winters there, ib. ; reaches its N.E. point, ib. Captain Carlsen's first expedition ; sails in a small fishing-boat through Pet Strait, and reaches White Island, xli ;pecimiary result of the voyage, i'6. Captain Palliser, English waJrtis hunter, sails to the north of Novaya Zemlya, ;di 18(i9. Captain E.W. Johannesenin the Nordland, xlii ; in hi.s second voy- age circumnavigates Novaya Zemlya, xliii F. Torkildsen commands the schoo- ner Ali)ha, xliii ; enters Kara Bay, where he loses his ship, ib. Capt. Ulve in the schooner Samson, xliii Capt. Mack in the schooner Polar- stern, xliv Capt. P. Quale in his yacht, the Johan Mary, xliv 1871. Capt. Elling Carlsen in the Solid, xlv, et seq. ; extract from his log, xlvi, et ne'j. ; disc(jvery of Ba- rents's winter house, xlvi ; relics found there, xlvi, xlvii, 1, lii — Ixii 1875. (iunilersen, M., in the schoo- ner liegina, Ixii ; visits Ice Harbour and discovers further relics of Ba- rents, ib. 1875. English Arctic expedition in the Alert and Discovery, i E3'chelenberg(Oille8 van), owner of the first Dutch ship sent to the Pudo- shemseo mouth of the Dwina, xi r--^ INDEX. 281 Fabin (Cape), xxxvi Fair Isle, or Feyeril, xvii, 71 B'aire Foreland, xxviii Fayril, 8ee Fair Island Fields of Ice, 18 Fiele (P. A). Reference to his work, "Memoire Bibliographique sur lea Joumaux des Navigateurs N<$rlan- dais", Ixii Fifth Point, 31 Finmarksposten, Hammerfest newspa- I)er, gives details of the finding of Barents'a winter house, by Capt. Carl- sen, xlix Fish, various sorts in the river Ob, Ixxxiii Fisher {Rev. George), his observations on the reappearance of the sun, cli Fleet of seven vessels sent on the se- cond expedition, see Expedition Flessingue (Cape), xxxviii Fletcher (Dr. Giles), ambassador at the court of Moscovy, Ixxii Flushing Head, 97, 11-4 Forster ( Johann Iteinhold), his mistake as to Oliver Brunei, c ; his erroneous derivation of Kostin Shar, ib. ; the like of Waigats, 27 ; notes upon the ship Mercurius, cv Foxes killed and eaten, 115), 120, 12C ; nm over the house, 134 Franklin and his comi)anions, a|)pre- hensions as to their fate, Ixiii Fransz. (Ian), one of the third expedi- tion dies, 211 Fransz. (Pieter), mate of the ship De Vos in the expedition of 1611, xxxiv Gabriel, a Russian seaman, assists Bur- rough, Ixviii Geep, a kind of fish, 184 (Jeese, see Brent-geese George (the), vessel commanded by Artluir Pet, sec Pet Gerard (Hessel), extract from the log of Barents on his voyage to Spitzbergen pul)li,shed by (Serai'd, xvii ; its authen- ticity questioned by Dr. Beke, xxii, cxxxii, cxxxiii ; refutation of Dr. Beke's opinion by Mr. Mnller, //). ; reasons for not approving Dr. Beke's charge against Gerard, xxiii, et seq.; the extract truly *-aken from Barents' log, XXV ; publishes Massa's map, Ixxxvii; hib account of Oliver Brunei, xcviii ; "Qoldstones" found in No- vayaZemlya, 24 Glimmer (Willeni Joosten) appointed supercargo of the ship De Kat in the px)iepointed with F. de la Dale, chief commissioner on the se- cond expedition, oxiii, 40 ; Instruc- tions given to them, cxiii ; protest dra\vn up by him on their abandon- ing their undertaking, cxix ; returns to Holland, cxxii ; ]>ublishe8 a narra- tive of the two voyages, ib. ; editions of his work, cxxii — cxxvi ; his bio- graphy, 40 Lippen (Jan Jakobszmette), captaiii of the first Dutch ship sent to the Pu--' ■ <- shemsco mouth of the Dwina, xi Lodya (Russian boat) found by the third expedition, 33 ; how construct- ed, 55 Logan (Josiah), his reference to Oliver Brunei, xv, xcvi Lommen (Foolish Guillemots) found in great numbers in Novaya Zemlya, 12, 220 Loms Bay, its situation, cxxxvi, cxxxvii ; why so named, 12 ; plan of it, ib. Long Island, see Dolgoi Longitude of the winter residence of the Dutch calculated by Mr. Vogel, 147 Liischkin (Sawwii) sails in 1760 along the east coast of Novaya Zemlya, xxxviii ; twice winters there, ib. ; reaches its N.E. point, ib. ; win- tered more southwardly than Ba- rents Loshak, a Russian seaman, met by Burrough, Ixix Liitke ( Friedrich), references to his voy- ages and opinions, xxxviii, Ixvii, Ixix, Ixx, cxix, cxxxiv, cxxxv — cxxxix, cxli, clvi, 5, 83, 249 ; surveys the west eoiwt of Novaya Zemlya from 1821 to 1824, ib. ; his explanation of the name Waygatz, 28 Liitke's Land, part of Novaya Zemlya proposed to be so called, cxl Miuis, or Meuse, 69 Mack (F. E.) his voyage in the schooner Polarstern, xliv Maelson (Francis), concerned in fitting out the first expedition, ciii Magdalena Bay, xxvii Marcasite, 24 Mars Diep, cxv Marsh (Anthony), notes by him on the disco verj' of the river Ob, Ixxxii ; the like on the way from Kanin Nos to the Ob, Ixxxiv 281 INDEX. Mossa (Iiiiiac), his niaii of the Russian coiuts, Ixxxvii Mattlue Island, ex, csv, 36, 51, 66 Matfeiof Shar, Matiskin Jar, or Mathj's- stroom, its situation, and notes upon it, Ixxxviii, Ixxxix, xcvi Matuchkiu Shar, a corruption of Matyu- shiu Shar, Ixxxvi Matsammore, a kind of water por- ridge, 204 Matseiof Shar, an erroneous spelling of Matfeiof Shar, Ixxxviii ; De Bry's further error with respect to this name, ib. Matthew's Island, ex Matthew's Land, or the Land of Mat- pheoue, a part of Novaya Zemlya, Ixxxiv, Ixxxvi, Ixxxvii, ex, cxl Matthew's Strait, xxxvii, xlii, xliv Mattuschan Yar, Ixxxiv, Ixxxv, see Matyushin Shar Matvydeva Zemlya, see Matthew's Land Matyushiu Shar, Ixxxvi, Ixxxvii, xc Maurice Island, 51 May, Jan Cornelisz, surnamed the " Man Eater," commands an expedi- tion in 1611 ; sails towards Novaya Zemlya, xxxiv. ; prevented by ice from entering the Kara Sea and re- turns to Kildin, xxxiv ; sails to North America, and wintera there, ib. ; again perseveres, xxxv ; his attempt to sail straight to the Pole a complete failure, xxxv ; returns to Holland, ib. May-tree, 111 Mealhaven, a part of Novaya Zemlya, why so named, 33 Medina (Pieter de) his work, "The Navigation, or the Art of Sailing," etc., 1580, one of those found in Bareuts's winter house, Ix ; its bear- ing on the date of the Dutch Expe- dition, Ixi Meudoza Juan Gonzales de, see Gon- zales Mercator (Q.), co-operator with Mouch- erson in originating the first Dutch Arctic expedition, ix ; his letter to Hakluyt, Ixxxii; letter to him from John Balak, xcii, 261 Mercury (the), of Amsterdam, one of the vessels of the first expedition, cv ; commanded by W. Barents, ib.; notes upon its name, ib. ; Forster's mistake, ib. ; probably on the second expedition, cxiii Mercury (the), of Enkhuysen, one of the vessels of the first expedition, v.'iv; in the second expedition, cxii, 36 Mormare, or Marmoria (Sea), 55 Meyer (Cornelia de) an Antwerp mer- chant, vi ; sails from Kola to the White Sea, in 1566, and travels over- land to Moscow, vii Mezhdusharsky Ostrov (or Island), xlii ; its position, xcvi ; Oliver Bru- nei land-locked there, ib. Middleburg, see Zeeland Miles, difference between German and English, 7 Mock-suns, 72 Moon, see Conjunction Moroschka, 249 Mother-and-her-Daughters (islands so called), 48 Moueheron (Balthasar), originator of the first expedition of the Dutch, ix, ciii ; sends a ship to the mouth of the Dwina, xi ; proposes an ex- pedition to the north-east, xiv ; not supported by state aid, and fits one out at his own expense, xiv Moueheron (Melchior de) settles at the mouth of the Dwina as agent for B. de Moueheron, xii Muller (S.) Reasons for identifying Olivier Brunei with Alferius, viii ; his history of Olivier Brunei, ix, et seq. Muscovy, see Russia Muscovy Company, see Russia Com- pany Nai (Cornelisz.) commands the Swan on the first expedition, civ ; named admiral, cvii ; sails for Vaigats, ib. ; meets again with Barents, ex ; returns to Holland, ib. ; admiral of the se- cond expedition, cxii ; meets with great difficulties from the ice, cxv, cxvi ; signs a protest, cxxi ; returns, cxxii Nassau (Cape), xli ; Barents arrives there on the first voyage, cviii, 16 ; again, cviii, 20 ; returns thither, cix, 29 ; difficulty in pjissing it, ib. ; its identification, cxxxviii ; extreme point reached by Liitke, ib., cxii ; Ba- rents arrives there on the third voyage, 92 ; the crew return thither in the boats, 204 Nassau (Strait of), see Vaigats Strait. Negro (Cape), cxxxviii, 13, 218 Netherlands, see Dutch New Style, used by the Dutch, clii, 273 New Walcheren, 51 Nilsen (Captain) his expedition in 1872, XXV ; arrives at Hinlopen Strait, but is compelled to return, ih. I INDKX. 2»5 Nordland, schooner comtuaufled by Capt. Johanneaen in 1869, xlii North Cape, 47 North Kyen, 49 North-east passage to Cathay and China, belief in its practicability, clviii, 5, 41 Northern Ocean, attempted voyage through it to Cathay and China by the English, Ixiv ; by the Dutch, ciii ; surveyed by Liitke, cxxxiv Norwegians, their recent inroads into the Kara Sea, xli Nova Kholniogory, see Archangel Novaya Zemlya, . circumnavigated, ii, xliii ; its N.E. coast seldom visited by the Russians, xxxviii ; Lieut. Weyprecht fails in rounding it, xxxix ; the sea to the north not always ob- structed by ice, ib. ; reasons why the ice is more abundant there than fur- ther northward tosvards the Pole, clviii, 4, 42 ; discovered by Sir Hiigh WUloughby, Ixvi ; so called by the Russians, Ixvii ; search if it is the same as Willoughby's Land, Ixxiv, Ixxv ; error in the estimate of its distance from Senyeu, Ixxiv ; seen by Pet, Ixxvii ; particulars by Marsh respectiug it, Ixxxiv ; map of it by Isaac Massa, Ixxxviii ; the generic name of a series of islands, xc ; should properly be restricted to the south- ernmost of them, xci ; is visited by Liitke, cxxxiv ; by Professor von Baer, ib. ; strong current along its western coast, cxxxv, 266 ; identifi- cation of places along that coast, cxxxvi, cxxxvii ; deer found there, clxxiii, 5, 8, 104 ; the first expedition reaches it, 11 ; the third expedition arrives there, cxxxiii, 89, see Expedi- tions Novo-Kholmogorui, Ixx Nuffelen (Hans van), clerk to W. Ba- rents, assists in killing a bear, 64 Nunez, see Balboa Ob, or Oby, a river of Tartaiy, instruc- tions given to Bassendine and others for a voyage to it, Ixxiii ; dis- covered by the English before 1584, Ixxxiii, Ixxxv; viei'ied by Alferius, xcii ; his description of it, xciii ; great masses of ice at its mouth, xciv ; its wonderful inhabitants, xcvii ; Nai and Linschoten imagined they had reached it, ox, 36 ; visited by the Russians, 55 Observations, tee Latitude and Longi- tude. Ode upon Waygats or the Strait of Nassau, to the tune of the 42)id psalm, cxxiii Oesul, Island, xiii Oliver, see Alferius Onega, river, vii Oom (Lambert Oerritsz.) commands the Swan on the socond expedition, cxii Orange Island or Ostrov Qolets, 51 Orange (Islands of) cix, 25, 194 Palliser (Captain), sails to th' North Coast of Novaya Zemlya, xli ; reasons for his not circumnavigating it, ib. ; enters the Kara Sea through Mat- thew's Straight, xlii Pampus, 13, 174 Parhelia, see Mock-suns Passage to China by the north-east, see North-east Pechora, a river of Tartary, 55 ; voyage of discovery to it by Bassendine and others, Ixxi ; visited by Alferius, xcii ; Oliver Brunei lost there, xcvii Pet (Arthur), Barents's "Journal" a translation of his and Jackman's, v, Ixii ; commissioned by the Russia Company for a voyage to the noi-th- east, Ixxv ; sails from Harwich, Ixxvi ; his course after separating from Jackman, Ixxvii ; first enters the Yugorsky Shar, Ixxviii ; which should therefore be called Pet's Strait, ib. ; impeded by ice in the Kara Sea, Ixxviii ; again joined by Jackman, ib. ; they decide on returning, Ixxix ; arrives safe at Ratcliff, Ixxx ; de- fence of his character as an able navigator, Ixxxi Pet's Strait, called by the Dutch the Strait of Nassau, and by the Russians Yugorsky Shar, xxxiii, Ixxviii Petchora river, Brunei's ship with cargo wrecked there, xiv Petermann (Augustus), his track of Barents's third voyage incorrect, xvii ; never followed by any known ship, XXV ; lays down Barents's track, cix ; his observations thereon, ib. ; and on the geography of Novaya Zemlya, cxl Philip of Spain, his war against the Dutch, iii Phillip (WUliam), remarks on his trans- lation of De Veer's wovk, clxxii ; other works translat'"'. by him, clxxiii 286 INDEX. f ^ PlanciuB, Cape, xcv, 219 PlanciuB (Peter), umiutiunB the exist- ence of an open Pular sea, xxxiii ; one of the promoters of the first ex- |jedition, civ ; his opinion aa to Lin- Bchoten's report, cxi ; assists in the preparations for the second exi>edi- tion, 41 ; persists in the oi)iiiiou that the passage could be eftected, cxxvii ; his biography, 41 Poems, see Ode Polar sea, existence of an open Polar sea maintained by Plancius, xxxiii Polarstern, schooner commanded by F. E. Mack, xliv Pontanus, reference to Barents's chart in his " History of Amsterdam", xxvi ; and his "History" generally, xxix Prinsen, Hof, the Court of Admiralty of Ams'i^rdam, 256 Protest signed by the ofiicers of t he second expedition, cxx ; erroneously supposed not to have been signed by Barents, ib. Proverbs and Sayings (Dutch), 106, 135, 159, 165, 174, 183, 196, 245 Furchas, his reference to Oliver Bioi- nel, XV, xcix ; writings of Barents preserved by him, cvi, 273 Quale (Captain P.), his voyage in the Yacht Johan Mary, xliv Quas, a beverage among the Russians, 249 Randolph (Thomas), ambassador at the court of Russia, his instructions to Bassendine and others, Ixxii Red Bay, xxvii Refraction(Atmospheric)extraordinary, cl, clv, 145, 147, 151 Regina, schooner commanded by M. Oundersen in 1875, Ixii Reindeer exist in Novaya Zemlya, clxxiii, 5, 83, 104 Reyniersz (Ian), see Buysen Rijp (Ian Comelisz.), one of the super- cargoes on the second ex [sedition, cxiii ; and in the third expedition, cxxvii, 71 ; disputes between him and Barents as to the course to be taken, xxviii, xxix, cxxix, cxxxi, 72, 75, 85 ; separates from Barents, cxxxi, 85 ; his course after separating from Barents, xxix ; proceeds up the West Coast of Spitzbergen, xxx ; sails to Kola and retunis to Holland, xxx, cxxxiii ; meets again with Heemskerck and his crew, and assists them, 252 Rock crystal found in States Island, 37 Rose Island, vii, xii Roslin (Helisarius), his book on the wrong directions of previous expedi- tions to the North-east presented va 1610 to the States-Oeneral, xxxiii Rosmuislov, a Russian pilot, winters in Matochkin Shar, Ixxxvi Rotgansen, tee Breut-geeeo Rotterdam (town of), sends out one vessel on the second expedition, cxii Roule (Cornells), Dutch walrus-hunter, xxxix Rundall (Thomas), his claim on behalf of Sir Hugh Willoughby, Ixvi Russia Company, first chartered, Ixviii ; obtain an Act of Parliament, ib. ; send out expeditions for the dis- covery of a north-east passage to China, Ixviii ; Stephen Burrough's expedition, ib. ; commission to Bas- sendine, Woodcocke, and Browne, Ixxi ; instructions to Pet and Jack- man, Ixxi, Ixxv ; their continued endeavours to eiTect a passage, Ixxxii Russia, Richard Chancellor goes to the court of, Ixvii Russian expeditions, account of in the " Archiv fiir Wissenchiiftliche Kunde, van Rusland", xxxvii Russians cannot claim the discovery of Novaya Zemlya, Ixvii , their explora- tions to the eastward of the White Sea, xci St. Clara (Islands of), 34 St. James's Island, Ixix St. John (Cape), Ixix St. Lawrence Bay, 32, 223 St. Lawrence Point, 32 St. Michiel (monastery), xii St. Nicholas Bay, see White Sea Salingen (Simon van), an Antwerp merchant, vi ; sails from Kola to the White Sea in 1666, and travels over- land to Moscow, vii Salt-hills, tee Cordova Samoyedes, dwell on Vaygats Island, xciii, 57 ; their country, 53 j ' ress, 58 ; sledges, 59 ; idols, Ixix, tu Samson, schooner commanded by Capt. Ulve, xliii Sayings (Dutch), see Proverbs Scala ( Josephus), Ephemerides printed by him, 145 Sconce Point, 32, 223 Scoresby (Capt., now Rev. Dr.), refer- TNDKX. 287 ence to his " Account of the Arctic Regions", 18, 20 Scotchman, one of the crew on the se- cond ex])edition, *U Scurvy, Bufferings of the third expedi- tion from, cxliii, 152, 224, 249 Scurvy -grass, benefit derived Trom it, 226, 227, 23.5, 244 Sea-horse, see Walrus Sea of Kara, gee Kara Sea Searchthrift, a vessel sent out under command of S. Burroughs for an ex- pedition to the north-east, Ixviii Seven Islands, 246 Seynam or Senyen (Island of ),'it8 situ- ation, Ixvi J Willoughby's erroneous estimate of its distance from Novaya Zemlya, Ixxiv Shallow Bay, cxxxviii Shar, or Schar, its meaning, 31 Shetland, 71 Shieldrake, see Burrow-duck Shrove Tuesday kept by the Dutch in Ice Haven, IStt Siberia, its coast seen from Novaya Zemlya, 162 Sir Thomas Smith Bay, xxviii Sloets (President of the States Gene- ral) signs the instructions given to Linschoten on the second voyage, cxiv Snow, house covered up with, cxlii, 135, 138, 151, 153, 169 Soundings off the coast of Novaya Zemlya, cxli Spanish words adopted by the Dutch, 12, 204 Spitzbergen, its name given by Barents, XX ; why so called, ib. ; the name not mentioned by De Veer, xxiii ; first dis- covered by the Dutch, cxxx, 77 ; sup- posed to be a part of Oreenland, cxxx, cxxxii, clviii, 5, 82 ; its discovery wrongly attributed to Sir Hugh Wil- loughby, ib. ; circumnavigated by the Dutch, cxxx ; Rijp sailed back to it, cxxxi ; H. Oeranl's history of it, ib. ; pretended journal of Barents, ib. ; his track falsified by Qerard, cxxxiii (but see xxiii, et seq.); name of the sea between it and Novaya Zemlya, cxl Splindler (Mr. Christolfel), a Slavonian, interpreter to the first expedition, civ ; the same to the second expedi- tion, cxiii ; his duties, ib. Spoon-wort, see Scurvy-grass Spruce-beer, 114 Statcs-Qeneral send out an expedition to the north-east, xcix ; send out a second expedition, their instructions for that expedition, cxii, cxiii, 42 ; object to send out a third expetlition, cxxvii, 70 ; dedication to them of De Veer's work, civil States Island, 87, 62 Staves (Cask) found in Novaya Zem- lya, 33 Sterrenburgh (Jacob Jansz.), one of the crew who returns to Holland, 257 Stream Bay, 29 StrickboUe (Pieter Dirksz.), pilot under Nai, civ Strogonovs, their residence in Novaya Zemlya, 33 Sun, the time of day determined by its bearing, 7 ; its disappearance for the winter, cl, 121 ; its reappearance, cxliv, 143,145 ; mistake of one day in the time, ib. ; Mr. Vogel's investiga- tion of the subject, 146 ; proofs of De Veer's veracity as to its disap- pearance, cxlix ; reasons for believ- ing him as to its reappearance, civ Surgeon, see Barber Survivors on the third voyage, 257 Svyatoi Nos, Ixix Swan (the), one of the ships of the first expedition, ciii ; also of the second expedition, cxii, 63 Swedish shipwright employed to build two ships in the Dwina, xiii, xci, xcii Tabin (Cape) see Taimur Table given by De Veer, of the dis- tances performed on their third voy- age, cxxxiv, 200-203 Taemsz. (Com.), translator of Gonzales de Mendoza's work on China, Ixi Tail (Island with the), 66 Taimur (Cape), ex, 37, 149 Tegethof , steamer commanded by Lieu- tenant Weyprecht in 1872, xxxix Ter Schelling, an island on the north coast of Holland, the native place of Barents, cv Tetgales (Brant), commands the Mer- cury of Enkhuysen on the first ex- pedition, civ ; sails for Vaigats, cvii ; meets with Barents, ex ; vice-admiral of the second expedition, cxii ; his ship runs aground, 47 ; runs foul of Barents's ship, 48 ; returns to Hol- land, cxxii Texel, cxv, 39, 43 Tliorue (Robert), maintains the possi- bility of a route straight across the pole, xxxiii Tides in the Kara Sea, Barents's notes thereon, 273 288 INDKX. Tiele (P. A.)i reference to his upiiiion aa to BarentsH course along the coast of Spitsbergen, xxv ; shows the chart published by Hondius to have been after a drawing by Barents himself, xxvi Time correctly kept by the Dutch dur- ing their wmter residence, cxv Time of day, rude method of determin- ing it, 7 Torell (Cape), xxv Torkildsen (F.), commander of the schooner Alpha, xliii ; loses his ship in Kara Bay, ib. Train Oil Bay, cxv, 53, 60 Translation, curious mistakes in,lxxxiii, Ixxxviii, cv, clxxii, 12, 32, 33, 39, 55, 79, 166, 182 Traps set to catch foxes, 125 Trocknes Cap, »ee Dry Cape Tromp (Admiral), v Trampsoe, or Trompsont, an island on the coast of Norway, 46 Troost (Cape), ace Comfort Trust (Cai)e), see Comfort Twelfth Night kept by the Dutch in Novaya Zemlya, 138 Twist Point, 55 ; see Cai>e Dispute Ugoria.part of the const of Russia, xciii Ugorian Strait, see Yugoreky Shar Ulve (Capt. E. A ), sailb in the Samson along the W. coast of Novaya Zem- lya, xliii ; his track, xliv Unekius, see Yacovius Unknown Bay, xc, cxxxvii Vaigats, or Vaygats Island, Ixvii ; pro- per spelling and meaning of the name, xliv, Ixxvii, 27 Vaigats Strait, first entered by Pet, Ixxviii ; properly Pet's Strait, ib. ; not passable on account of the ice, Ixxiv ; called by the Dutch the Strait of Nassau, ex ; ode on it, cxxiii ; see Expeditions Valck (Jacob) aids in fitting out the first expedition, ciii Van de Wal (Ernst), see Wal Variation, see Compass Veer (Gerrit de), see De Veer Veroue Ostrov, a name given to Vai- gats Island, Ixxvi Vlamingh (William de), Dutch walrus hunter, xxxix ; Witsen's account of his voyage to Novaya Zemlya, ib. ; sails in 1664 along its N. coast, xl ; rounds the N.E. 'point, ib. ; M. de Jonge's remarks on the voyage, t6. Vlie, or Vlieland, 71 Vogel (Edward), his calculation of th« conjunction of the moon and Jupiter, civ ; of the longitude of the winter residence of the Dutch in Novaya Zemlya, cxl, 146 Vos (Hans), barber-surgeon to the third expedition, 193 ; returns to Amster- dam, 257 Vos (Pioier Pietersz.)i chief boatswain on the third expedition, 191 ; re- tunis to Amsterdam, 257 Voyages, see Expeditious Waigats, or Waigntsch, see Vaigats Wal (Ernst van de) requests the States General to fit out an expedition in 1611, xrxiv ; appointed superavgo to the ship De Vos ib. Walle (Jan van de) journeys overland to Russia with Brunei, xi ; acts as agent to G. van Eychelenberg, ib. ; the first Netherlander who visited the White Sea, cii ; his dispute with Horsey at the c.-»irt of Moscow, ib. Walruses met with at Novaya Zemlya, 14, 25, 218 ; description of, 25 ; one brought to Holland, 39 Wardhuus, its situation, 39 ; the ships arrive there on their return from the second expedition, 69 Warsina, a river of Lapland, Sir Hugh Willoughby perished there, Ixv Watchers, two stars in the Little Bear (Ursa Minor), why so named, 62 Waygats, see Vaigats Weyprecht (Lieut.), commands the steamer Tegethof in 1872, xxxix ; fails in rounding Novaya Zemlya, ib. Whale seen, 45 White Island, xli, xl White Sea, Dutch commerce estab- lished, xi ; first entered by Stephen Burrough, Ixvii ; crossed by the Dutch in two boats, 241 Wieringen, an island on the coast of Holland, 79 Willemsz. (Laurens), one of the crew who returns to Amsterdam, 267 Willemsz. (Thomas), commands the Mercury, of Enkhuysen, on the second expedition, cxii William, the name of Jackman's ship, see Jackman William's Island, cxxxviii WUlougLby (Sir Hugh) sails on an ex- pedition to the north-east, Ixv ; meets with a violent tempest, and ia driven into a small haven on the coast of I.apland, where he dies, ib. ; discovers Novaya Zemlya, Ixvi ; his r INUKX, 281) erroneouH eHtiniate of tliu diHtniico Ijutween Sonyoii iitid VVill()iighl)y'H Land, Ixxiv Willoughby'H Land, part of the wost- orn coast of Novaya Zcnilya, Ixvi, Ixxiv, 88 Wine frozen, 127 Winterkcining (Philip), instrumental in founding tlie Dutch settleuseut at Kola, vi Winthont, see Greyhound Witsen (Nicholas), his account of the whaling cruise of William de Vlam- ingh in 1664, xl ; comments thereon, ib. ; his reference to Oliver Brunei, xcix Wood, commander of an English Ex- pedition in 1676, xxxvii Woodcocke (James), his commission from the Russia Company, Ixxi Yacovius (or Yakov) and rnokiun, build two ships in thu Dwiiia for discoveries to the north-eaxt, xci Yakau (Capo), cix Yonisey, a river of Tartary, its course, 55 Ys ^Thotmis, or Anthouis), ma»ter of a trading vessel, who visited Novaya Zeinlya, xxxix, xc Ysbrants (Brant), see Tetgales Yugorsky bhar, aee Vaigats Strait Zecland (merchants of), join in fitting out two ships for the first expedi- tion, ciii ; send two ships ou the se- cond expedition, cxii Zivolka (ii pilot in the Kussinn navy), his discoveries on the coast of No- vaya Zumlya, cxxxiv T. mCUiUUS, 3.-, UUEAX liVLt.V STI1.-LV.